Carrier Weathermaker 48 50Aj Users Manual 48_50a 9t
4850AJ to the manual 7ad0b691-d363-4490-b3d9-0a7624fa0139
2015-01-24
: Carrier Carrier-Weathermaker-48-50Aj-Users-Manual-310498 carrier-weathermaker-48-50aj-users-manual-310498 carrier pdf
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 190 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Catalog No. 04-53480077-01 Printed in U.S.A. Form 48/50A-9T Pg 1 6-10 Replaces: 48/50A-7T
Controls, Start-Up, Operation,
Service and Troubleshooting
CONTENTS
Page
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Conventions Used in this Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
BASIC CONTROL USAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
ComfortLink Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Scrolling Marquee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Accessory Navigator™ Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
System Pilot™ Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
CCN Tables and Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
• GENERICS STATUS DISPLAY TABLE
START-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Unit Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Unit Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Internal Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Accessory Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Crankcase Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Evaporator Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Gas Heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
CONTROLS QUICK START . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-29
Two-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Mechanical Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Two-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Space Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Variable Air Volume Units Using Return Air Sensor
or Space Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Multi-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Mechanical Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Multi-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Space Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Economizer Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Indoor Air Quality Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Exhaust Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Programming Operating Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
SERVICE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29,30
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Service Test Mode Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Independent Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Fans in Service Test Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Cooling in Service Test Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Heating in Service Test Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
THIRD PARTY CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31,32
Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Alarm Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Remote Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
VFD Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Supply Air Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Demand Limit Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Demand Controlled Ventilation Control . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
CONTROLS OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-75
Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
• SYSTEM MODES
• HVAC MODES
Page
Unit Configuration Submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Cooling Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• MACHINE DEPENDENT CONFIGURATIONS
• SET POINTS
• SUPPLY AIR RESET CONFIGURATION
• COOLING CONFIGURATION
• COMPRESSOR SAFETIES
• COMPRESSOR TIME GUARDS
• COOL MODE SELECTION PROCESS
• COOLING MODE DIAGNOSTIC HELP
• SUMZ COOLING ALGORITHM
• DEMAND LIMIT CONTROL
• HEAD PRESSURE CONTROL
• ECONOMIZER INTEGRATION WITH
MECHANICAL COOLING
Heating Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• HEAT MODE SELECTION PROCESS
• TEMPERATURE DRIVEN HEAT MODE
EVALUATION
• HEAT MODE DIAGNOSTIC HELP
• INTEGRATED GAS CONTROL BOARD LOGIC
• RELOCATE SAT SENSOR FOR HEATING IN
LINKAGE SYSTEMS
• MORNING WARM UP
• TEMPERING MODE
Static Pressure Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
•OPERATION
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• STATIC PRESSURE RESET OPERATION
• RELATED POINTS
Fan Status Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
• GENERAL
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• SUPPLY FAN STATUS MONITORING LOGIC
Dirty Filter Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Economizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• ECONOMIZER OPERATION
• UNOCCUPIED ECONOMIZER FREE COOLING
• ECONOMIZER OPERATION CONFIGURATION
• ECONOMIZER DIAGNOSTIC HELP
Building Pressure Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
• BUILDING PRESSURE CONFIGURATION
• CONSTANT VOLUME 2-STAGE CONTROL
OPERATION
• MULTIPLE POWER EXHAUST STAGE BUILDING
PRESSURE CONTROL OPERATION
• VFD POWER EXHAUST BUILDING PRESSURE
CONTROL
Smoke Control Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
• FIRE-SMOKE INPUTS
• AIRFLOW CONTROL DURING THE
FIRE-SMOKE MODES
• RELEVANT ITEMS
WEATHERMAKER®
48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY,A2,A3,A4,A5020-060
Single Package Large Rooftop Units
with COMFORTLINK™ Version 5.x Controls
2
CONTENTS (cont)
Page
Indoor Air Quality Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
•OPERATION
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• PRE-OCCUPANCY PURGE
Dehumidification and Reheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
•OPERATION
Temperature Compensated Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED START LOGIC
Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) System. . . . . . . . . . . 71
Alert Limit Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Sensor Trim Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Discrete Switch Logic Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Display Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Remote Control Switch Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Hot Gas Bypass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Space Temperature Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
TIME CLOCK CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-77
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77-101
Complete Unit Stoppage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Single Circuit Stoppage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Service Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Restart Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Thermistor Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Transducer Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Forcing Inputs and Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Run Status Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
• AUTO VIEW OF RUN STATUS
• ECONOMIZER RUN STATUS
• COOLING INFORMATION
• MODE TRIP HELPER
• CCN/LINKAGE DISPLAY TABLE
• COMPRESSOR RUN HOURS DISPLAY TABLE
• COMPRESSOR STARTS DISPLAY TABLE
• TIME GUARD DISPLAY TABLE
• SOFTWARE VERSION NUMBERS DISPLAY TABLE
Alarms and Alerts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101-127
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Factory-Installed Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Accessory Control Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128-139
Service Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Evaporator Fan Performance Adjustment . . . . . . . . . 130
Evaporator Fan Coupling Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Evaporator Fan Service and Replacement . . . . . . . . 131
Belt Tension Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Evaporator-Fan Motor Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Condenser-Fan Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Four-Inch Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Power Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Refrigerant Charge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Thermostatic Expansion Valve (TXV). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Gas Valve Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Main Burners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Filter Drier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Replacement Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES . . . . 140-147
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148-160
APPENDIX C — VFD INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . 161-169
APPENDIX D — MODE SELECTION
PROCESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER. . . . 171-182
INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
CONTROLS SET POINT AND
CONFIGURATION LOG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CL-1 to CL-5
UNIT START-UP CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CL-6
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Installation and servicing of air-conditioning equipment can
be hazardous due to system pressure and electrical compo-
nents. Only trained and qualified service personnel should in-
stall, repair, or service air-conditioning equipment. Untrained
personnel can perform the basic maintenance functions of re-
placing filters. Trained service personnel should perform all
other operations.
When working on air-conditioning equipment, observe pre-
cautions in the literature, tags and labels attached to the unit,
and other safety precautions that may apply. Follow all safety
codes. Wear safety glasses and work gloves. Use quenching
cloth for unbrazing operations. Have fire extinguishers avail-
able for all brazing operations.
WARNING
Before performing service or maintenance operation on
unit turn off and lock off main power switch to unit.
Electrical shock can cause personal injury and death.
Shut off all power to this equipment during installation
and service. The unit may have an internal non-fused
disconnect or a field-installed disconnect. Note that the
unit may also be equipped with a convenience outlet,
that this outlet is wired to the line side of the unit-
mounted disconnect and will remain hot when the
disconnect in the unit is off. There is a separate fuse/
disconnect for the convenience outlet.
CAUTION
Puron® refrigerant (R-410A) systems operate at higher
pressures than standard R-22 systems. Do not use R-22 ser-
vice equipment or components on Puron refrigerant equip-
ment. If service equipment is not rated for Puron
refrigerant, equipment damage or personal injury may
result.
CAUTION
This unit uses a microprocessor-based electronic control
system. Do not use jumpers or other tools to short out com-
ponents or to bypass or otherwise depart from recom-
mended procedures. Any short-to-ground of the control
board or accompanying wiring may destroy the electronic
modules or electrical components.
WARNING
1. Improper installation, adjustment, alteration, service,
or maintenance can cause property damage, personal
injury, or loss of life. Refer to the User’s Information
Manual provided with this unit for more details.
2. Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable va-
pors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other
appliance.
What to do if you smell gas:
1. DO NOT try to light any appliance.
2. DO NOT touch any electrical switch, or use any phone
in your building.
3. IMMEDIATELY call your gas supplier from a neigh-
bor’s phone. Follow the gas supplier’s instructions.
4. If you cannot reach your gas supplier call the fire
department.
3
GENERAL
This book contains Start-Up, Controls Operation, Trouble-
shooting and Service information for the 48/50A Series
rooftop units. See Table 1. These units are equipped with
ComfortLink™ controls.
Use this guide in conjunction with the separate installation
instructions packaged with the unit. Refer to the Wiring Dia-
grams literature for more detailed wiring information.
Table 1 — A Series Product Line
LEGEND
The A Series units provide ventilation, cooling, and heating
(when equipped) in variable air volume (VAV), variable volume
and temperature (VVT®), and constant volume (CV) applica-
tions. The A Series units contain the factory-installed Com-
fortLink™ control system which provides full system manage-
ment. The main base board (MBB) stores hundreds of unit con-
figuration settings and 8 time of day schedules. The MBB also
performs self diagnostic tests at unit start-up, monitors the oper-
ation of the unit, and provides alarms and alert information. The
system also contains other optional boards that are connected to
the MBB through the Local Equipment Network (LEN). Infor-
mation on system operation and status are sent to the MBB pro-
cessor by various sensors and optional boards that are located at
the unit. Access to the unit controls for configuration, set point
selection, schedule creation, and service can be done through a
unit-mounted scrolling marquee. Access can also be done
through the Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) system using the
ComfortVIEW™ software, the accessory Navigator™ hand-
held display, or the System Pilot™ interface.
The ComfortLink system controls all aspects of the rooftop.
It controls the supply-fan motor, compressors, and economiz-
ers to maintain the proper temperature conditions. The controls
also cycle condenser fans to maintain suitable head pressure.
All VAV units are equipped with a standard VFD (variable fre-
quency drive) for supply fan speed control and supply duct
pressure control. The ComfortLink controls adjust the speed of
the VFD based on a static pressure sensor input. In addition,
the ComfortLink controls can raise or lower the building pres-
sure using multiple power exhaust fans controlled from econo-
mizer damper position or from a building pressure sensor. The
control safeties are continuously monitored to ensure safe oper-
ation under all conditions. Sensors include suction pressure
transducers, discharge pressure transducers, and saturated con-
densing temperature sensors which allow for display of opera-
tional pressures and saturation temperatures.
A scheduling function, programmed by the user, controls
the unit occupied/unoccupied schedule. Up to 8 different
schedules can be programmed.
The controls also allow the service person to operate a quick
test so that all the controlled components can be checked for
proper operation.
Conventions Used in This Manual — The follow-
ing conventions for discussing configuration points for the lo-
cal display (scrolling marquee or Navigator accessory) will be
used in this manual.
Point names will be written with the Mode name first, then
any sub-modes, then the point name, each separated by an
arrow symbol (). Names will also be shown in bold and
italics. As an example, the IAQ Economizer Override Position
which is located in the Configuration mode, Indoor Air Quality
Configuration sub-mode, and the Air Quality Set Points
sub-sub-mode, would be written as Configuration
IAQ
IAQ.SP
IQ.O.P. A list of point names can be found in
Appendix A.
This path name will show the user how to navigate through
the local display to reach the desired configuration. The user
would scroll through the modes and submodes using the
and keys. The arrow symbol in the path name repre-
sents pressing to move into the next level of the
menu structure.
When a value is included as part of the path name, it will be
shown at the end of the path name after an equals sign. If the
value represents a configuration setting, an explanation will be
shown in parentheses after the value. As an example, Configu-
ration
IAQ
AQ.CF
IQ.AC = 1 (IAQ Analog Input).
Pressing the and keys simultaneously
at any time will display an expanded text description of the four-
character point name. The expanded description is shown in the
local display tables (Appendix A).
The CCN point names are also referenced in the local
display tables for users configuring the unit with CCN software
instead of the local display. The CCN tables are located in
Appendix B of this manual.
BASIC CONTROL USAGE
ComfortLink Controls — The ComfortLink control
system is a comprehensive unit-management system. The con-
trol system is easy to access, configure, diagnose and trouble-
shoot.
The control is flexible, providing two types of constant
volume cooling control sequences, two variable air volume
cooling control sequences, and heating control sequences for
two-stage electric and gas systems, and for multiple-stage gas
heating, in both Occupied and Unoccupied schedule modes.
This control also manages:
• VAV duct pressure (through optional VFD), with reset
• Building pressure through two different power exhaust
schemes
• Condenser fan cycling for mild ambient head pressure
control
• Space ventilation control, in Occupied and Unoccupied
periods, using CO2 sensors or external signals, with ven-
tilation defined by damper position
• Smoke control functions
• Occupancy schedules
• Occupancy or start/stop sequences based on third party
signals
• Alarm status and history and run time data
• Management of a complete unit service test sequence
UNIT APPLICATION
48AJ CV Unit with Gas Heat, Vertical Supply
48AK VAV Units with Gas Heat, Vertical Supply
48AW CV Unit with Gas Heat, Horizontal Supply
48AY VAV Unit with Gas Heat, Horizontal Supply
48A2 CV Unit with Gas Heat, Vertical Supply with MCHX Coil
48A3 VAV Unit with Gas Heat, Vertical Supply with MCHX Coil
48A4 CV Unit with Gas Heat, Horizontal Supply with MCHX Coil
48A5 VAV Unit with Gas Heat, Horizontal Supply with MCHX Coil
50AJ CV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Vertical Supply
50AK VAV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Vertical Supply
50AW CV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Horizontal Supply
50AY VAV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Horizontal Supply
50A2 CV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Vertical Supply with MCHX
Coil
50A3 VAV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Vertical Supply with MCHX
Coil
50A4 CV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Horizontal Supply with
MCHX Coil
50A5 VAV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Horizontal Supply with
MCHX Coil
CV — Constant Volume
MCHX — Microchannel Heat Exchanger
VAV — Variable Air Volume
ENTER
ESCAPE
ENTER
4
System diagnostics are enhanced by the use of multiple
external sensors for air temperatures, air pressures, refrigerant
temperatures, and refrigerant pressures. Unit-mounted actua-
tors provide digital feedback data to the unit control.
The ComfortLink control system is fully communicating
and cable-ready for connection to the Carrier Comfort Net-
work® (CCN) building management system. The control pro-
vides high-speed communications for remote monitoring via
the Internet. Multiple units can be linked together (and to other
ComfortLink control equipped units) using a 3-wire communi-
cation bus.
The ComfortLink control system is easy to access through
the use of a unit-mounted display module. There is no need to
bring a separate computer to this unit for start-up. Access to
control menus is simplified by the ability to quickly select from
11 menus. A scrolling readout provides detailed explanations
of control information. Only four, large, easy-to-use buttons are
required to maneuver through the entire controls menu.
For added service flexibility, an accessory hand-held
Navigator module is also available. This portable device has an
extended communication cable that can be plugged into the
unit’s communication network either at the main control box or
at the opposite end of the unit, at a remote modular plug. The
Navigator display provides the same menu structure, control
access and display data as is available at the unit-mounted
scrolling marquee display.
Scrolling Marquee — This device is the standard inter-
face used to access the control information, read sensor values,
and test the unit. The scrolling marquee is located in the main
control box. The scrolling marquee display is a 4-key, 4-char-
acter LED (light-emitting diode) display module. The display
also contains an Alarm Status LED. See Fig. 1. The display is
easy to operate using 4 buttons and a group of 11 LEDs that in-
dicate the following menu structures, referred to as modes (see
Appendix A):
• Run Status
• Service Test
• Temperatures
•Pressures
• Set points
• Inputs
• Outputs
• Configuration
• Timeclock
• Operating Modes
•Alarms
Through the scrolling marquee, the user can access all of the
inputs and outputs to check on their values and status, config-
ure operating parameters plus evaluate the current decision sta-
tus for operating modes. Because the A Series units are
equipped with suction pressure and saturated condensing
temperature transducers, the scrolling marquee can also display
refrigerant circuit pressures typically obtained from service
gages. The control also includes an alarm history which can be
accessed from the display. In addition, through the scrolling
marquee, the user can access a built-in test routine that can be
used at start-up commissioning to diagnose operational prob-
lems with the unit.
Accessory Navigator™ Display — The accessory
hand-held Navigator display can be used with the A Series
units. See Fig. 2. The Navigator display operates the same way
as the scrolling marquee device. The Navigator display is
plugged into the RJ-14 (LEN) jack in the main control box on
the COMM board. The Navigator display can also be plugged
into the RJ-14 jack located on the ECB (economizer control
board) located in the auxiliary control box.
Operation — All units are shipped from the factory with
the scrolling marquee display, which is located in the main con-
trol box. See Fig. 1. In addition, the ComfortLink™ controls
also support the use of the handheld Navigator display.
Both displays provide the user with an interface to the
ComfortLink control system. The displays have and
arrow keys, an key and an key. These
keys are used to navigate through the different modes of the
display structure. The Navigator and the scrolling marquee dis-
plays operate in the same manner, except that the Navigator
display has multiple lines of display and the scrolling marquee
has a single line. All further discussions and examples in this
document will be based on the scrolling marquee display. See
Table 2 for the menu structure.
The four keys are used to navigate through the display
structure, which is organized in a tiered mode structure. If the
buttons have not been used for a period, the display will default
to the AUTO VIEW display category as shown under the RUN
STATUS category. To show the top-level display, press the
key until a blank display is shown. Then
use the and arrow keys to scroll through the top-level
categories (modes). These are listed in Appendix A and will be
indicated on the scrolling marquee by the LED next to each
mode listed on the face of the display.
When a specific mode or sub-mode is located, push the
key to enter the mode. Depending on the mode, there
may be additional tiers. Continue to use the and keys
and the keys until the desired display item is found.
At any time, the user can move back a mode level by pressing
the key. Once an item has been selected the display
will flash showing the item, followed by the item value and
then followed by the item units (if any).
ESCAPE
ENTER
ESCAPE
ENTER
ENTER
ESCAPE
Run Status
Service Test
Temperature
Pressures
Setpoints
Inputs
Outputs
Configuration
Time Clock
Operating Modes
Alarms
Alarm Status
ENTER
MODE
ESCAPE
Fig. 1 — Scrolling Marquee
A30-2239
Run Status
Service Test
Temperatures
Pressures
Setpoints
Inputs
Outputs
Configuration
Time Clock
Operating Modes
Alarms
ENTER
ESC
MODE
Alarm Status
TIME
EWT
LWT
SETP
12.58
54.6F
44.1 F
44.0F
NAVIGATOR
ComfortLink
Fig. 2 — Accessory Navigator Display
30-650
5
Items in the Configuration and Service Test modes are
password protected. The display will flash PASS and WORD
when required. Use the and arrow keys to enter the
four digits of the password. The default password is 1111.
Pressing the and keys simultaneously
will scroll an expanded text description across the display indi-
cating the full meaning of each display point. Pressing the
and keys when the display is blank
(MODE LED level) will return the display to its default menu
of rotating AUTO VIEW display items. In addition, the pass-
word will need to be entered again before changes can be made.
Changing item values or testing outputs is accomplished in
the same manner. Locate and display the desired item. If the
display is in rotating auto-view, press the key to stop
the display at the desired item. Press the key again so
that the item value flashes. Use the arrow keys to change the
value of state of an item and press the key to accept
it. Press the key and the item, value or units display
will resume. Repeat the process as required for other items.
If the user needs to force a variable, follow the same process
as when editing a configuration parameter. A forced variable
will be displayed with a blinking “f” following its value. For
example, if supply fan requested (FAN .F) is forced, the display
shows “YESf”, where the “f” is blinking to signify a force on
the point. Remove the force by selecting the point that is forced
with the key and then pressing the and ar-
row keys simultaneously.
Depending on the unit model, factory-installed options and
field-installed accessories, some of the items in the various
Mode categories may not apply.
System Pilot™ Interface — The System Pilot
(33PILOT-01) device is a component of Carrier’s 3V™ system
and serves as a user-interface and configuration tool for all Car-
rier communicating devices. The System Pilot device can be
used to install and commission a 3V zoning system, linkage
compatible air source, universal controller, and all other devic-
es operating on the CCN system.
Additionally, the System Pilot device can serve as a
wall-mounted temperature sensor for space temperature
measurement. The occupant can use the System Pilot device to
change set points. A security feature is provided to limit access
of features for unauthorized users. See Fig. 3 for System Pilot
details.
CCN Tables and Display — In addition to the unit-
mounted scrolling marquee display, the user can also access the
same information through the CCN tables by using the Service
Tool or other CCN programs. Details on the CCN tables are
summarized in Appendix B. The variable names used for the
CCN tables and the scrolling marquee tables may be different
and more items are displayed in the CCN tables. As a refer-
ence, the CCN variable names are included in the scrolling
marquee tables and the scrolling marquee names are included
in the local display tables in Appendix B.
GENERICS STATUS DISPLAY TABLE — The GENERICS
points table allows the service/installer the ability to create a
custom table in which up to 20 points from the 5 CCN
categories (Points, Config, Service-Config, Set Point, and
Maintenance) may be collected and displayed.
In the Service-Config table section, there is a table named
“generics”. This table contains placeholders for up to 20 CCN
point names and allows the user to decide which points are dis-
played in the GENERICS points table under the local display.
Each one of these placeholders allows the input of an 8-character
ASCII string. Using a CCN interface, enter the Edit mode for the
Service-Config table “generics” and enter the CCN name for
each point to be displayed in the custom points table in the order
they will be displayed. When done entering point names, down-
load the table to the rooftop unit control.
ENTER
ESCAPE
ENTER
ESCAPE
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER
ESCAPE
ENTER
IMPORTANT: The computer system software
(ComfortVIEW™, Service Tool, etc.) that is used to
interact with CCN controls always saves a template of
items it considers as static (e.g., limits, units, forcibil-
ity, 24-character text strings, and point names) after
the software uploads the tables from a control. There-
after, the software is only concerned with run time
data like value and hardware/force status. With this in
mind, it is important that anytime a change is made to
the Service-Config table “generics” (which in turn
changes the points contained in the GENERICS point
table), that a complete new upload be performed. This
requires that any previous table database be
completely removed first. Failure to do this will not
allow the user to display the new points that have been
created and the CCN interface will have a different
table database than the unit control.
SCROLL +
-
NAVIGATE/
EXIT
MODIFY/
SELECT
PAGE
Fig. 3 — System Pilot™ User Interface
A33-1050
6
Table 2 — Scrolling Marquee Menu Display Structure
(ComfortLink™ Display Modes)
RUN
STATUS
SERVICE
TEST TEMPERATURES PRESSURES SETPOINTS INPUTS OUTPUTS CONFIGURATION TIME
CLOCK
OPERATING
MODES ALARMS
Auto View of
Run Status
(VIEW)
Econ
Run Status
(ECON)
Cooling
Information
(COOL)
Mode
Trip Helper
(TRIP)
CCN
Linkage
(LINK)
Compressor
Run Hours
(HRS)
Compressor
Starts
(STRT)
Timeguards
(TMGD)
Software
Version
Numbers
(VERS)
Service Test Mode
(TEST)
Software
Command
Disable
(STOP)
Soft Stop
Request
(S.STP)
Supply Fan
Request
(FAN.F)
4 in. Filter
Change Mode
(F.4.CH)
Test Independent
Outputs
(INDP)
Te s t Fa ns
(FANS)
Test Cooling
(COOL)
Test Heating
(HEAT)
Air
Temperatures
(AIR.T)
Refrigerant
Temperatures
(REF.T)
Air Pressures
(AIR.P)
Refrigerant
Pressures
(REF.P)
Occupied Heat
Setpoint
(OHSP)
Occupied Cool
Setpoint
(OCSP)
Unoccupied
Heat Setpoint
(UHSP)
Unoccupied
Cool Setpoint
(UCSP)
Heat - Cool
Setpoint
(GAP)
VAV Occ
Cool On
(V.C.ON)
VAV Occ
Cool Off
(V.C.OF)
Supply Air
Setpoint
(SASP)
Supply Air
Setpoint Hi
(SA.HI)
Supply Air
Setpoint Lo
(SA.LO)
Heating Supply
Air Setpoint
(SA.HT)
Te m p e r i n g
Purge SASP
(T.PRG)
Tempering in
Cool SASP
(T.CL)
Tempering in
Vent Occ SASP
(T.V.OC)
Tempering in
Vent Unocc.
SASP
(T.V.UN)
General Inputs
(GEN.I)
Compressor
Feedback
(FD.BK)
Thermostat
Inputs
(STAT)
Fire-Smoke
Modes
(FIRE)
Relative
Humidity
(REL.H)
Air Quality
Sensors
(AIR.Q)
Reset Inputs
(RSET)
4-20 Milliamp
Inputs
(4-20)
Fans
(FANS)
Cooling
(COOL)
Heating
(HEAT)
Economizer
(ECON)
General
Outputs
(GEN.O)
Unit
Configuration
(UNIT)
Cooling
Configuration
(COOL)
Evap/Discharge
Temp. Reset
(EDT.R)
Heating
Configuration
(HEAT)
Supply Static
Press. Config.
(SP)
Economizer
Configuration
(ECON)
Building Press.
Configs
(BP)
Cool/Heat
Setpt. Offsets
(D.LV.T)
Demand Limit
Config.
(DMD.L)
Indoor Air
Quality Cfg.
(IAQ)
Dehumidification
Config.
(DEHU)
CCN
Configuration
(CCN)
Alert Limit
Config.
(ALLM)
Sensor Trim
Config.
(TRIM)
Switch
Logic
(SW.LG)
Display
Configuration
(DISP)
Time of Day
(TIME)
Month, Date,
Day and Year
(DATE)
Local Time
Schedule
(SCH.L)
Local
Holiday
Schedules
(HOL.L)
Daylight
Savings
Time
(DAY.S)
System
Mode
(SYS.M)
HVAC Mode
(HVAC)
Control Type
(CTRL)
Mode
Controlling
Unit
(MODE)
Currently
Active
Alarms
(CURR)
Reset All
Current
Alarms
(R.CUR)
Alarm
History
(HIST)
7
START-UP
Unit Preparation — Check that unit has been installed in
accordance with the installation instructions and applicable
codes.
Unit Setup — Make sure that the economizer hoods have
been installed and that the outdoor filters are properly installed.
Internal Wiring — Ensure that all electrical connections
in the control box are tightened as required. If the unit has
staged gas heat make sure that the leaving air temperature
(LAT) sensors have been routed to the supply ducts as required.
Accessory Installation — Check to make sure that all
accessories including space thermostats and sensors have been
installed and wired as required by the instructions and unit
wiring diagrams.
Crankcase Heaters — Crankcase heaters are energized
as long as there is power to the unit, except when the compres-
sors are running.
Evaporator Fan — Fan belt and fixed pulleys are factory-
installed. See Tables 3-38 for fan performance. Remove tape
from fan pulley, and be sure that fans rotate in the proper direc-
tion. See Table 39 for motor limitations. See Tables 40A and
40B for air quantity limits. Static pressure drop for power
exhaust is negligible. To alter fan performance, see Evaporator
Fan Performance Adjustment section on page 130.
Controls — Use the following steps for the controls:
1. Set any control configurations that are required (field-
installed accessories, etc.). The unit is factory configured
for all appropriate factory-installed options.
2. Enter unit set points. The unit is shipped with the set point
default values. If a different set point is required use the
scrolling marquee, Navigator™ accessory or Service
Tool software to change the configuration valves.
3. If the internal unit schedules are going to be used config-
ure the Occupancy schedule.
4. Verify that the control time periods programmed meet
current requirements.
5. Using Service Test mode, verify operation of all major
components.
6. If the unit is a VAV unit make sure to configure the VFD
static pressure set point using the display. To checkout the
VFD use the VFD instructions shipped with the unit.
Gas Heat — Verify gas pressure before turning on gas heat
as follows:
1. Turn off field-supplied manual gas stop, located external
to the unit.
2. Connect pressure gages to supply gas tap, located at field-
supplied manual shutoff valves.
3. Connect pressure gages to manifold pressure tap on unit
gas valve.
4. Supply gas pressure must not exceed 13.5 in. wg. Check
pressure at field-supplied shut-off valve.
5. Turn on manual gas stop and initiate a heating demand.
Jumper R to W1 in the control box to initiate heat.
6. Use the Service Test procedure to verify heat operation.
7. After the unit has run for several minutes, verify that
incoming pressure is 6.0 in. wg or greater and that the
manifold pressure is 3.5 in wg. If manifold pressure must
be adjusted refer to Gas Valve Adjustment section.
IMPORTANT: Do not attempt to start unit, even
momentarily, until all items on the Start-Up Checklist
and the following steps have been completed.
IMPORTANT: Unit power must be on for 24 hrs prior
to start-up of compressors. Otherwise damage to com-
pressors may result.
IMPORTANT: The unit is shipped with the unit control
disabled. To enable the control, set Local Machine Disable
(Service Test
STOP) to No.
8
Table 3 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK020,025 and 48A2,A3020 Units
Table 4 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK027,030 and 48A2,A3025-030 Units
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
edb — Entering Dry Bulb
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet
losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at
70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited
by edb and ewb conditions.
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
4,000 328 0.62 406 0.84 472 1.07 529 1.30 580 1.54 626 1.78 668 2.02 708 2.27 745 2.51 780 2.76
5,000 369 0.97 439 1.19 500 1.43 554 1.69 604 1.95 650 2.21 692 2.48 731 2.74 769 3.01 804 3.28
6,000 415 1.43 477 1.65 533 1.90 584 2.17 631 2.45 676 2.73 717 3.01 756 3.30 793 3.59 828 3.88
7,000 463 2.01 519 2.25 570 2.50 618 2.78 662 3.06 704 3.36 744 3.65 782 3.96 818 4.27 852 4.58
7,500 488 2.36 541 2.60 590 2.86 636 3.13 679 3.42 720 3.72 759 4.02 796 4.33 832 4.65 866 4.96
8,000 513 2.74 564 2.98 611 3.24 655 3.52 697 3.81 737 4.11 775 4.42 811 4.74 846 5.06 879 5.38
9,000 564 3.61 612 3.87 655 4.13 696 4.42 735 4.71 772 5.02 808 5.33 843 5.65 876 5.98 909 6.32
10,000 616 4.64 661 4.91 701 5.18 739 5.47 776 5.77 811 6.08 845 6.40 878 6.72 909 7.06 940 7.40
11,000 669 5.84 711 6.11 749 6.40 785 6.69 819 6.99 852 7.30 884 7.63 915 7.96 945 8.30 975 8.65
12,000 723 7.20 762 7.49 798 7.78 831 8.08 864 8.39 895 8.71 925 9.04 955 9.37 984 9.72 1012 10.07
12,500 750 7.95 788 8.25 823 8.54 855 8.85 887 9.16 917 9.48 947 9.81 976 10.15 1004 10.49 1031 10.84
13,000 777 8.75 814 9.05 848 9.35 880 9.66 910 9.97 940 10.30 969 10.63 997 10.97 1024 11.31 1051 11.67
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
4,000 814 3.01 845 3.26 876 3.51 905 3.76 934 4.02 961 4.28 987 4.54 1013 4.80 1038 5.06 1062 5.32
5,000 837 3.55 869 3.82 900 4.10 929 4.37 958 4.64 985 4.92 1012 5.20 1038 5.48 1063 5.76 1087 6.04
6,000 861 4.17 893 4.46 923 4.76 953 5.05 981 5.35 1009 5.65 1036 5.94 1062 6.24 1087 6.54 1111 6.84
7,000 885 4.89 917 5.20 947 5.51 977 5.83 1005 6.14 1033 6.46 1059 6.78 1085 7.09 1110 7.41 1135 7.73
7,500 898 5.28 930 5.61 960 5.93 989 6.25 1017 6.58 1045 6.90 1071 7.23 1097 7.56 1122 7.88 1147 8.21
8,000 912 5.71 943 6.04 973 6.37 1002 6.70 1030 7.04 1057 7.37 1083 7.71 1109 8.04 1134 8.38 1159 8.72
9,000 940 6.66 970 7.00 999 7.35 1028 7.69 1055 8.04 1082 8.39 1109 8.75 1134 9.10 1159 9.45 1183 9.81
10,000 971 7.75 1000 8.10 1028 8.46 1056 8.82 1083 9.18 1109 9.54 1135 9.91 1160 10.28 1185 10.65 — —
11,000 1004 9.00 1032 9.36 1059 9.73 1086 10.09 1112 10.46 1138 10.84 1163 11.22 1188 11.60 — — — —
12,000 1039 10.42 1066 10.79 1093 11.16 1119 11.53 1144 11.91 1169 12.30 1193 12.68 — — — — — —
12,500 1058 11.20 1085 11.57 1110 11.94 1136 12.32 1161 12.70 1185 13.09 — — — — — — — —
13,000 1077 12.03 1103 12.40 1129 12.77 1154 13.15 1178 13.54 — — — — — — — — — —
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
4,000 331 0.63 408 0.85 474 1.08 531 1.31 581 1.55 627 1.79 670 2.03 709 2.28 746 2.52 781 2.77
5,000 374 0.98 443 1.20 503 1.45 558 1.70 607 1.96 653 2.23 695 2.49 734 2.76 771 3.03 806 3.30
6,000 421 1.45 482 1.68 538 1.93 589 2.20 636 2.47 680 2.75 721 3.04 759 3.33 796 3.62 831 3.91
7,000 471 2.04 526 2.28 576 2.54 623 2.81 668 3.10 710 3.39 749 3.69 787 4.00 823 4.31 857 4.62
8,000 522 2.78 572 3.03 619 3.29 662 3.57 704 3.86 743 4.16 781 4.47 817 4.79 851 5.11 885 5.44
9,000 574 3.66 621 3.92 664 4.19 704 4.47 743 4.77 780 5.08 815 5.40 850 5.72 883 6.05 915 6.39
10,000 628 4.71 671 4.97 711 5.25 748 5.54 784 5.84 819 6.15 853 6.47 885 6.81 917 7.14 948 7.49
11,000 682 5.91 722 6.19 759 6.48 795 6.77 828 7.08 861 7.40 893 7.72 924 8.06 954 8.40 983 8.75
12,000 736 7.30 774 7.59 809 7.88 842 8.18 874 8.49 905 8.82 935 9.15 965 9.48 993 9.83 1021 10.19
13,000 791 8.86 827 9.16 860 9.46 891 9.78 922 10.09 951 10.42 979 10.75 1007 11.10 1034 11.45 1061 11.80
14,000 846 10.61 880 10.93 912 11.24 941 11.56 970 11.88 998 12.21 1025 12.56 1052 12.90 1078 13.26 1103 13.62
15,000 902 12.56 934 12.89 964 13.21 992 13.54 1020 13.87 1046 14.21 1072 14.55 1098 14.91 1122 15.26 1147 15.63
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
4,000 815 3.02 847 3.27 877 3.52 906 3.77 935 4.03 962 4.29 988 4.55 1014 4.81 1039 5.07 1063 5.33
5,000 839 3.57 871 3.84 902 4.11 931 4.39 960 4.66 987 4.94 1014 5.22 1039 5.50 1064 5.78 1089 6.06
6,000 864 4.20 896 4.49 926 4.79 956 5.08 984 5.38 1012 5.68 1038 5.97 1064 6.27 1089 6.57 1114 6.87
7,000 890 4.93 921 5.24 951 5.55 980 5.87 1009 6.18 1036 6.50 1063 6.82 1088 7.14 1114 7.45 1138 7.77
8,000 917 5.76 948 6.09 977 6.42 1006 6.76 1034 7.09 1061 7.43 1088 7.76 1113 8.10 1138 8.43 1163 8.77
9,000 946 6.73 976 7.07 1005 7.42 1033 7.76 1061 8.11 1088 8.46 1114 8.82 1139 9.17 1164 9.52 1188 9.88
10,000 978 7.84 1007 8.19 1035 8.55 1063 8.91 1089 9.27 1116 9.63 1141 10.00 1166 10.37 1191 10.74 — —
11,000 1012 9.10 1040 9.47 1067 9.83 1094 10.20 1120 10.57 1145 10.95 1170 11.33 1195 11.71 — — — —
12,000 1048 10.54 1075 10.91 1102 11.28 1127 11.66 1152 12.04 1177 12.42 — — — — — — — —
13,000 1087 12.17 1113 12.54 1138 12.91 1163 13.30 1187 13.68 — — — — — — — — — —
14,000 1128 13.98 1153 14.36 1177 14.74 — — ————————————
15,000 117116.00119416.38————————————————
Watts = Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
9
Table 5 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK,A2,A3035 Units
Table 6 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK036 Units
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
edb — Entering Dry Bulb
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean
2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is
limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb and ewb conditions.
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.61.82.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
7,000 534 2.46 584 2.80 630 3.13 674 3.48 716 3.82 756 4.16 793 4.50 829 4.83 863 5.17 896 5.49
8,000 590 3.27 635 3.63 677 3.99 718 4.35 757 4.72 794 5.08 830 5.45 864 5.81 897 6.18 929 6.54
9,000 646 4.23 687 4.62 726 5.00 764 5.38 800 5.76 835 6.15 869 6.54 902 6.93 934 7.31 964 7.70
10,000 704 5.35 742 5.77 778 6.17 812 6.57 846 6.97 879 7.38 911 7.78 942 8.19 972 8.60 1002 9.01
10,500 733 5.97 769 6.40 804 6.82 837 7.23 870 7.64 902 8.05 933 8.46 963 8.88 992 9.30 1021 9.72
11,000 762 6.63 797 7.08 830 7.51 863 7.93 894 8.35 925 8.77 955 9.19 984 9.62 1013 10.04 1041 10.47
12,000 820 8.09 853 8.56 884 9.01 915 9.46 944 9.90 973 10.34 1001 10.78 1029 11.22 1056 11.66 1083 12.10
13,000 879 9.72 909 10.22 939 10.70 968 11.17 996 11.63 1023 12.09 1050 12.55 1076 13.01 1102 13.46 1127 13.92
14,000 938 11.54 967 12.07 995 12.58 1022 13.07 1048 13.55 1074 14.03 1099 14.51 1124 14.98 1149 15.46 1173 15.93
15,000 997 13.56 1024 14.11 1051 14.64 1076 15.16 1102 15.67 1126 16.17 1150 16.66 1174 17.16 1197 17.65 1220 18.14
16,000 1056 15.78 1082 16.35 1107 16.91 1132 17.45 1156 17.98 1179 18.50 1202 19.02 1225 19.53 1247 20.04 1269 20.55
17,000 1116 18.20 1140 18.80 1164 19.38 1188 19.95 1210 20.50 1233 21.05 1255 21.58 1276 22.11 1298 22.64 — —
17,500 114519.49117020.10119320.70121621.28123821.84126022.40128222.94——————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.22.42.62.83.03.23.43.63.84.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
7,000 927 5.81 956 6.13 985 6.45 1012 6.76 1039 7.06 1065 7.37 1090 7.67 1114 7.97 1138 8.26 1161 8.56
8,000 960 6.89 989 7.25 1018 7.60 1045 7.94 1072 8.29 1098 8.63 1122 8.96 1147 9.29 1170 9.62 1193 9.95
9,000 994 8.09 1023 8.47 1051 8.85 1078 9.23 1104 9.61 1130 9.98 1155 10.35 1179 10.71 1203 11.08 1226 11.44
10,000 1030 9.42 1058 9.82 1085 10.23 1112 10.64 1138 11.04 1163 11.44 1188 11.84 1212 12.24 1235 12.64 1258 13.03
10,500 1049 10.14 1077 10.56 1103 10.97 1129 11.39 1155 11.81 1180 12.23 1204 12.64 1228 13.05 1251 13.46 1274 13.87
11,000 1069 10.90 1095 11.33 1122 11.76 1147 12.18 1173 12.61 1197 13.04 1221 13.47 1245 13.89 1268 14.31 1291 14.73
12,000 110912.55113513.00116013.44118513.89120914.34123314.79125615.24127915.69————
13,000 115214.38117614.84120015.31122415.77124816.24127116.70129317.17——————
14,000 119616.41122016.88124317.36126617.84128818.32——————————
15,000 124318.63126519.12128719.61——————————————
16,000 129021.06——————————————————
17,000 ————————————————————
17,500 ————————————————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
7,000 454 2.15 508 2.52 557 2.90 605 3.29 650 3.69
8,000 502 2.90 550 3.30 596 3.71 639 4.12 680 4.54
9,000 552 3.81 595 4.24 637 4.67 677 5.11 715 5.55
10,000 602 4.89 642 5.34 680 5.80 717 6.26 752 6.73
11,000 653 6.15 689 6.62 725 7.11 759 7.59 792 8.08
12,000 704 7.60 738 8.09 771 8.60 803 9.11 834 9.63
13,000 756 9.24 788 9.76 818 10.29 848 10.83 878 11.36
14,000 808 11.10 838 11.64 867 12.19 895 12.74 922 13.30
15,000 861 13.18 888 13.74 915 14.31 942 14.88 968 15.46
16,000 914 15.49 940 16.06 965 16.65 990 17.24 1015 17.85
17,000 967 18.03 991 18.62 1015 19.23 1039 19.85 1062 20.47
17,500 993 19.40 1017 20.00 1040 20.61 1064 21.24 1086 21.87
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
7,000 693 4.09 734 4.52 773 4.95 811 5.39 847 5.83
8,000 720 4.97 759 5.40 796 5.85 832 6.31 867 6.77
9,000 752 6.00 788 6.45 823 6.92 857 7.39 890 7.87
10,000 787 7.20 821 7.67 854 8.16 886 8.64 917 9.14
11,000 825 8.58 856 9.07 887 9.57 918 10.08 947 10.59
12,000 865 10.14 895 10.66 924 11.18 952 11.71 980 12.24
13,000 906 11.90 935 12.44 962 12.99 989 13.53 1016 14.08
14,000 950 13.87 976 14.43 1002 15.00 1028 15.57 1053 16.14
15,000 994 16.05 1019 16.63 1044 17.22 1068 17.81 1093 18.40
16,000 1039 18.45 1063 19.06 1087 19.67 1110 20.28 1133 20.89
17,000 1086 21.09 1109 21.72 1131 22.35 1153 22.98 1175 23.61
17,500 1109 22.50 1131 23.14 1154 23.78 1175 24.42 1197 25.07
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
7,000 881 6.29 914 6.74 946 7.21 977 7.68 1006 8.15
8,000 901 7.24 933 7.72 965 8.20 995 8.69 1024 9.19
9,000 923 8.35 954 8.85 985 9.35 1014 9.86 1043 10.37
10,000 948 9.64 978 10.15 1007 10.66 1036 11.19 1064 11.71
11,000 976 11.11 1005 11.63 1033 12.16 1061 12.70 1088 13.24
12,000 1008 12.77 1035 13.31 1062 13.86 1088 14.41 1114 14.97
13,000 1042 14.64 1068 15.19 1093 15.76 1118 16.32 1143 16.89
14,000 1078 16.71 1103 17.28 1127 17.86 1151 18.45 1174 19.03
15,000 1116 19.00 1140 19.59 1163 20.19 1186 20.79 1208 21.40
16,000 1156 21.51 1178 22.12 1200 22.74 1222 23.36 1244 23.98
17,000 1197 24.25 1218 24.89 1240 25.52 1261 26.17 1281 26.81
17,500 1218 25.71 1239 26.36 1260 27.00 1280 27.66 — —
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
7,000 1035 8.63 1062 9.11 1089 9.60 1115 10.09 1140 10.58
8,000 1053 9.69 1081 10.19 1108 10.70 1134 11.21 1159 11.73
9,000 1072 10.89 1099 11.41 1126 11.94 1152 12.47 1177 13.00
10,000 1092 12.25 1119 12.78 1145 13.33 1171 13.88 1196 14.43
11,000 1114 13.79 1140 14.34 1166 14.90 1191 15.46 1216 16.03
12,000 1139 15.53 1164 16.09 1189 16.67 1213 17.24 1237 17.83
13,000 1167 17.47 1191 18.05 1215 18.64 1238 19.23 1262 19.82
14,000 1198 19.63 1221 20.22 1244 20.82 1266 21.43 1288 22.04
15,000 1230 22.00 1253 22.62 1274 23.23 1296 23.85 — —
16,000 126524.61128625.24——————
17,000 ——————————
17,500 ——————————
Watts = Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
10
Table 7 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK,A2,A3040 Units
Table 8 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK041 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.61.82.0
RpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhp
8,000 502 2.90 550 3.30 596 3.71 639 4.12 680 4.54 720 4.97 759 5.40 796 5.85 832 6.31 867 6.77
9,000 552 3.81 595 4.24 637 4.67 677 5.11 715 5.55 752 6.00 788 6.45 823 6.92 857 7.39 890 7.87
10,000 602 4.89 642 5.34 680 5.80 717 6.26 752 6.73 787 7.20 821 7.67 854 8.16 886 8.64 917 9.14
11,000 653 6.15 689 6.62 725 7.11 759 7.59 792 8.08 825 8.58 856 9.07 887 9.57 918 10.08 947 10.59
12,000 704 7.60 738 8.09 771 8.60 803 9.11 834 9.63 865 10.14 895 10.66 924 11.18 952 11.71 980 12.24
13,000 756 9.24 788 9.76 818 10.29 848 10.83 878 11.36 906 11.90 935 12.44 962 12.99 989 13.53 1016 14.08
14,000 808 11.10 838 11.64 867 12.19 895 12.74 922 13.30 950 13.87 976 14.43 1002 15.00 1028 15.57 1053 16.14
15,000 861 13.18 888 13.74 915 14.31 942 14.88 968 15.46 994 16.05 1019 16.63 1044 17.22 1068 17.81 1093 18.40
16,000 914 15.49 940 16.06 965 16.65 990 17.24 1015 17.85 1039 18.45 1063 19.06 1087 19.67 1110 20.28 1133 20.89
17,000 967 18.03 991 18.62 1015 19.23 1039 19.85 1062 20.47 1086 21.09 1109 21.72 1131 22.35 1153 22.98 1175 23.61
18,000 1020 20.82 1043 21.43 1066 22.06 1088 22.69 1111 23.33 1133 23.97 1155 24.62 1176 25.27 1197 25.92 1219 26.58
19,000 1073 23.87 1095 24.50 1117 25.14 1138 25.79 1159 26.44 1180 27.11 1201 27.77 1222 28.45 1242 29.12 — —
20,000 112727.18114727.82116828.48118829.15————————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.22.42.62.83.03.23.43.63.84.0
RpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhp
8,000 901 7.24 933 7.72 965 8.20 995 8.69 1024 9.19 1053 9.69 1081 10.19 1108 10.70 1134 11.21 1159 11.73
9,000 923 8.35 954 8.85 985 9.35 1014 9.86 1043 10.37 1072 10.89 1099 11.41 1126 11.94 1152 12.47 1177 13.00
10,000 948 9.64 978 10.15 1007 10.66 1036 11.19 1064 11.71 1092 12.25 1119 12.78 1145 13.33 1171 13.88 1196 14.43
11,000 976 11.11 1005 11.63 1033 12.16 1061 12.70 1088 13.24 1114 13.79 1140 14.34 1166 14.90 1191 15.46 1216 16.03
12,000 1008 12.77 1035 13.31 1062 13.86 1088 14.41 1114 14.97 1139 15.53 1164 16.09 1189 16.67 1213 17.24 1237 17.83
13,000 1042 14.64 1068 15.19 1093 15.76 1118 16.32 1143 16.89 1167 17.47 1191 18.05 1215 18.64 1238 19.23 1262 19.82
14,000 1078 16.71 1103 17.28 1127 17.86 1151 18.45 1174 19.03 1198 19.63 1221 20.22 1244 20.82 1266 21.43 1288 22.04
15,000 1116 19.00 1140 19.59 1163 20.19 1186 20.79 1208 21.40 1230 22.00 1253 22.62 1274 23.23 1296 23.85 — —
16,000 115621.51117822.12120022.74122223.36124423.98126524.61128625.24——————
17,000 119724.25121824.89124025.52126126.17128126.81——————————
18,000 123927.24126027.89128028.55——————————————
19,000 ————————————————————
20,000 ————————————————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 502 2.90 550 3.30 596 3.71 639 4.12 680 4.54
9,000 552 3.81 595 4.24 637 4.67 677 5.11 715 5.55
10,000 602 4.89 642 5.34 680 5.80 717 6.26 752 6.73
11,000 653 6.15 689 6.62 725 7.11 759 7.59 792 8.08
12,000 704 7.60 738 8.09 771 8.60 803 9.11 834 9.63
13,000 756 9.24 788 9.76 818 10.29 848 10.83 878 11.36
14,000 808 11.10 838 11.64 867 12.19 895 12.74 922 13.30
15,000 861 13.18 888 13.74 915 14.31 942 14.88 968 15.46
16,000 914 15.49 940 16.06 965 16.65 990 17.24 1015 17.85
17,000 967 18.03 991 18.62 1015 19.23 1039 19.85 1062 20.47
18,000 1020 20.82 1043 21.43 1066 22.06 1088 22.69 1111 23.33
19,000 1073 23.87 1095 24.50 1117 25.14 1138 25.79 1159 26.44
20,000 1127 27.18 1147 27.82 1168 28.48 1188 29.15 — —
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 720 4.97 759 5.40 796 5.85 832 6.31 867 6.77
9,000 752 6.00 788 6.45 823 6.92 857 7.39 890 7.87
10,000 787 7.20 821 7.67 854 8.16 886 8.64 917 9.14
11,000 825 8.58 856 9.07 887 9.57 918 10.08 947 10.59
12,000 865 10.14 895 10.66 924 11.18 952 11.71 980 12.24
13,000 906 11.90 935 12.44 962 12.99 989 13.53 1016 14.08
14,000 950 13.87 976 14.43 1002 15.00 1028 15.57 1053 16.14
15,000 994 16.05 1019 16.63 1044 17.22 1068 17.81 1093 18.40
16,000 1039 18.45 1063 19.06 1087 19.67 1110 20.28 1133 20.89
17,000 1086 21.09 1109 21.72 1131 22.35 1153 22.98 1175 23.61
18,000 1133 23.97 1155 24.62 1176 25.27 1197 25.92 1219 26.58
19,000 1180 27.11 1201 27.77 1222 28.45 1242 29.12 — —
20,000 ——————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 901 7.24 933 7.72 965 8.20 995 8.69 1024 9.19
9,000 923 8.35 954 8.85 985 9.35 1014 9.86 1043 10.37
10,000 948 9.64 978 10.15 1007 10.66 1036 11.19 1064 11.71
11,000 976 11.11 1005 11.63 1033 12.16 1061 12.70 1088 13.24
12,000 1008 12.77 1035 13.31 1062 13.86 1088 14.41 1114 14.97
13,000 1042 14.64 1068 15.19 1093 15.76 1118 16.32 1143 16.89
14,000 1078 16.71 1103 17.28 1127 17.86 1151 18.45 1174 19.03
15,000 1116 19.00 1140 19.59 1163 20.19 1186 20.79 1208 21.40
16,000 1156 21.51 1178 22.12 1200 22.74 1222 23.36 1244 23.98
17,000 1197 24.25 1218 24.89 1240 25.52 1261 26.17 1281 26.81
18,000 1239 27.24 1260 27.89 1280 28.55 — — — —
19,000 ——————————
20,000 ——————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 1053 9.69 1081 10.19 1108 10.70 1134 11.21 1159 11.73
9,000 1072 10.89 1099 11.41 1126 11.94 1152 12.47 1177 13.00
10,000 1092 12.25 1119 12.78 1145 13.33 1171 13.88 1196 14.43
11,000 1114 13.79 1140 14.34 1166 14.90 1191 15.46 1216 16.03
12,000 1139 15.53 1164 16.09 1189 16.67 1213 17.24 1237 17.83
13,000 1167 17.47 1191 18.05 1215 18.64 1238 19.23 1262 19.82
14,000 1198 19.63 1221 20.22 1244 20.82 1266 21.43 1288 22.04
15,000 1230 22.00 1253 22.62 1274 23.23 1296 23.85 — —
16,000 126524.61128625.24——————
17,000 ——————————
18,000 ——————————
19,000 ——————————
20,000 ——————————
11
Table 9 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK,A2,A3050 Units
Table 10 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK051 Units
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
edb — Entering Dry Bulb
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in.
filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to
unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb and ewb conditions.
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
RpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhp
8,000 512 2.98 560 3.38 604 3.79 647 4.20 688 4.62 728 5.05 766 5.49 803 5.94 839 6.40 874 6.86
9,000 561 3.90 604 4.33 645 4.77 685 5.20 723 5.65 760 6.10 796 6.55 831 7.02 864 7.49 897 7.97
10,000 611 5.00 651 5.45 689 5.91 725 6.37 761 6.84 795 7.31 829 7.79 861 8.27 893 8.76 925 9.26
11,000 662 6.27 699 6.75 734 7.23 768 7.72 801 8.21 833 8.71 865 9.20 895 9.71 925 10.21 955 10.73
12,000 714 7.74 748 8.24 780 8.75 812 9.26 843 9.77 873 10.29 903 10.81 932 11.33 960 11.86 988 12.39
13,000 766 9.41 798 9.93 828 10.46 858 11.00 887 11.54 916 12.08 944 12.62 971 13.16 998 13.71 1024 14.26
14,000 819 11.29 848 11.84 877 12.39 905 12.95 932 13.51 959 14.07 986 14.63 1012 15.20 1037 15.77 1062 16.34
15,000 872 13.40 899 13.96 926 14.54 953 15.11 979 15.70 1004 16.28 1029 16.87 1054 17.46 1078 18.05 1102 18.64
16,000 925 15.74 951 16.32 976 16.91 1001 17.51 1026 18.12 1050 18.72 1074 19.33 1097 19.94 1121 20.55 1143 21.17
17,000 979 18.32 1003 18.92 1027 19.53 1051 20.15 1074 20.77 1097 21.40 1120 22.03 1142 22.66 1164 23.29 1186 23.93
18,000 1032 21.15 1055 21.77 1078 22.40 1100 23.04 1123 23.68 1145 24.33 1166 24.98 1188 25.63 1209 26.28 1230 26.93
19,000 1086 24.24 1108 24.88 1129 25.52 1151 26.18 1172 26.84 1193 27.51 1214 28.18 1234 28.85 1255 29.52 1275 30.19
20,000 1140 27.60 1161 28.25 1181 28.92 1202 29.59 1222 30.27 1242 30.95 1262 31.64 1281 32.33 — — — —
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
RpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhp
8,000 907 7.34 940 7.81 971 8.30 1001 8.79 1030 9.29 1059 9.79 1086 10.29 1113 10.80 1139 11.31 1164 11.83
9,000 930 8.46 961 8.95 991 9.46 1021 9.97 1050 10.48 1078 11.00 1105 11.52 1131 12.05 1157 12.58 1183 13.12
10,000 955 9.76 985 10.27 1014 10.79 1043 11.31 1071 11.84 1098 12.37 1125 12.91 1151 13.46 1177 14.01 1202 14.56
11,000 984 11.25 1012 11.77 1040 12.30 1068 12.84 1095 13.38 1121 13.93 1147 14.49 1172 15.05 1197 15.61 1222 16.18
12,000 1016 12.93 1043 13.47 1069 14.02 1095 14.57 1121 15.13 1147 15.69 1172 16.26 1196 16.83 1220 17.41 1244 18.00
13,000 1050 14.82 1076 15.38 1101 15.94 1126 16.51 1151 17.08 1175 17.66 1199 18.24 1223 18.83 1246 19.42 1269 20.02
14,000 1087 16.92 1111 17.49 1136 18.07 1159 18.66 1183 19.25 1206 19.84 1229 20.44 1252 21.04 1274 21.64 1296 22.25
15,000 1126 19.23 1149 19.83 1172 20.43 1195 21.03 1217 21.64 1239 22.25 1261 22.86 1283 23.48 — — — —
16,000 1166 21.78 1188 22.40 1210 23.01 1232 23.64 1253 24.26 1275 24.89 1296 25.52 — — — — — —
17,000 1208 24.56 1229 25.20 1250 25.84 1271 26.48 1291 27.12 ——————————
18,000 1250 27.59 1271 28.25 1291 28.91 ——————————————
19,000 1294 30.87 — — — ———————————————
20,000 ————————————————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
10,000 419 2.89 483 3.54 538 4.25 587 5.00 632 5.79
12,000 476 4.33 534 5.04 585 5.78 632 6.56 674 7.39
13,000 506 5.21 561 5.94 610 6.70 655 7.50 697 8.34
14,000 536 6.18 588 6.96 636 7.74 680 8.56 720 9.41
15,000 566 7.28 617 8.09 662 8.90 704 9.73 744 10.59
16,000 597 8.48 645 9.34 689 10.17 730 11.02 768 11.90
17,000 628 9.80 674 10.71 717 11.58 756 12.45 793 13.34
18,000 659 11.25 704 12.21 745 13.11 783 14.00 819 14.91
19,000 691 12.82 734 13.84 773 14.77 810 15.69 845 16.62
20,000 723 14.53 764 15.60 802 16.57 838 17.52 872 18.47
21,000 755 16.37 794 17.49 831 18.51 866 19.49 899 20.47
22,000 787 18.35 825 19.53 861 20.59 894 21.60 927 22.61
23,000 819 20.48 856 21.71 890 22.81 923 23.87 954 24.90
24,000 851 22.75 887 24.04 920 25.19 952 26.28 983 27.34
25,000 883 25.17 918 26.52 951 27.72 982 28.84 1011 29.94
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
10,000 673 6.60 711 7.42 747 8.26 782 9.10 815 9.96
12,000 714 8.24 751 9.12 786 10.02 819 10.92 851 11.85
13,000 735 9.22 772 10.11 806 11.03 839 11.97 870 12.92
14,000 758 10.30 793 11.21 827 12.15 859 13.11 890 14.08
15,000 781 11.50 816 12.43 849 13.38 881 14.35 911 15.35
16,000 804 12.82 839 13.76 871 14.73 902 15.72 932 16.73
17,000 829 14.27 862 15.23 894 16.21 925 17.21 954 18.24
18,000 853 15.85 886 16.82 918 17.82 948 18.84 977 19.88
19,000 879 17.58 911 18.56 942 19.57 971 20.60 1000 21.65
20,000 905 19.44 936 20.44 966 21.45 995 22.50 1023 23.57
21,000 931 21.46 961 22.47 991 23.50 1019 24.55 1047 25.63
22,000 958 23.62 987 24.64 1016 25.69 1044 26.76 1071 27.84
23,000 985 25.93 1014 26.97 1042 28.03 1069 29.11 1096 30.21
24,000 1012 28.40 1041 29.46 1068 30.54 1095 31.63 1121 32.74
25,000 1040 31.02 1068 32.11 1095 33.21 1121 34.31 1147 35.44
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
10,000 846 10.82 876 11.69 906 12.56 934 13.44 961 14.32
12,000 881 12.78 911 13.72 939 14.67 967 15.62 993 16.58
13,000 900 13.88 929 14.85 957 15.82 984 16.81 1011 17.80
14,000 920 15.06 948 16.06 976 17.07 1003 18.08 1029 19.11
15,000 940 16.36 968 17.38 996 18.41 1022 19.45 1048 20.50
16,000 961 17.76 989 18.80 1016 19.86 1042 20.92 1067 22.00
17,000 983 19.28 1010 20.34 1036 21.42 1062 22.51 1087 23.60
18,000 1005 20.94 1032 22.01 1058 23.11 1083 24.21 1108 25.33
19,000 1027 22.72 1054 23.81 1080 24.92 1105 26.04 1129 27.18
20,000 1050 24.65 1076 25.76 1102 26.88 1126 28.01 1151 29.17
21,000 1073 26.73 1099 27.84 1124 28.97 1149 30.13 1173 31.29
22,000 1097 28.95 1123 30.08 1147 31.22 1172 32.39 1195 33.56
23,000 1122 31.33 1147 32.47 1171 33.63 1195 34.80 — —
24,000 1146 33.87 1171 35.02 1195 36.19 — — — —
25,000 1171 36.58 1196 37.74 ——————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
10,000 988 15.21 1014 16.09 1039 16.98 1063 17.88 1087 18.77
12,000 1019 17.54 1045 18.51 1069 19.48 1093 20.45 1117 21.43
13,000 1036 18.80 1061 19.80 1086 20.81 1109 21.82 1133 22.84
14,000 1054 20.13 1079 21.17 1103 22.21 1126 23.26 1149 24.31
15,000 1073 21.56 1097 22.63 1121 23.70 1144 24.78 1167 25.86
16,000 1092 23.08 1116 24.17 1140 25.28 1162 26.38 1185 27.49
17,000 1112 24.71 1135 25.83 1159 26.95 1181 28.09 — —
18,000 1132 26.46 1156 27.60 1178 28.74 — — — —
19,000 1153 28.33 1176 29.48 1199 30.65 — — — —
20,000 1174 30.33 1197 31.50 ——————
21,000 119632.47————————
22,000 ——————————
23,000 ——————————
24,000 ——————————
25,000 ——————————
Watts = Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
12
Table 11 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK,A2,A3060 Units
Table 12 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AK020,025 and 50A2,A3020 Units
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
edb — Entering Dry Bulb
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet
losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at
70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited
by edb and ewb conditions.
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
12,000 476 4.33 534 5.04 585 5.78 632 6.56 674 7.39 714 8.24 751 9.12 786 10.02 819 10.93 851 11.85
14,000 536 6.19 588 6.96 636 7.74 680 8.56 720 9.41 758 10.30 793 11.21 827 12.15 859 13.11 890 14.08
15,000 566 7.28 617 8.09 662 8.90 704 9.73 744 10.59 781 11.50 816 12.42 849 13.38 881 14.36 911 15.35
16,000 597 8.48 645 9.34 689 10.17 730 11.02 768 11.90 804 12.82 839 13.76 871 14.73 902 15.72 932 16.73
17,000 628 9.80 674 10.71 717 11.58 756 12.45 793 13.34 829 14.27 862 15.23 894 16.21 925 17.21 954 18.24
18,000 659 11.25 704 12.21 745 13.11 783 14.00 819 14.91 853 15.85 886 16.82 918 17.82 948 18.84 977 19.88
19,000 691 12.82 734 13.84 773 14.77 810 15.69 845 16.62 879 17.58 911 18.56 942 19.57 971 20.60 1000 21.65
20,000 723 14.53 764 15.60 802 16.57 838 17.52 872 18.47 905 19.44 936 20.44 966 21.45 995 22.50 1023 23.57
21,000 755 16.37 794 17.49 831 18.51 866 19.49 899 20.47 931 21.46 961 22.47 991 23.50 1019 24.55 1047 25.63
22,000 787 18.35 825 19.53 861 20.59 894 21.60 927 22.61 958 23.62 987 24.64 1016 25.69 1044 26.76 1071 27.84
23,000 819 20.48 856 21.71 890 22.81 923 23.87 954 24.90 985 25.93 1014 26.97 1042 28.03 1069 29.11 1096 30.21
24,000 851 22.75 887 24.04 920 25.19 952 26.28 983 27.34 1012 28.40 1041 29.46 1068 30.54 1095 31.63 1121 32.74
25,000 883 25.17 918 26.52 951 27.72 982 28.84 1011 29.94 1040 31.02 1068 32.11 1095 33.21 1121 34.31 1147 35.44
26,000 916 27.76 950 29.15 981 30.40 1011 31.57 1040 32.70 1068 33.81 1095 34.92 1122 36.04 1147 37.16 1172 38.30
27,000 948 30.49 981 31.95 1012 33.24 1041 34.46 1070 35.62 1097 36.76 1123 37.90 1149 39.04 1174 40.18 1199 41.34
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
12,000 881 12.78 911 13.72 939 14.67 967 15.62 993 16.58 1019 17.54 1045 18.51 1069 19.48 1093 20.45 1117 21.43
14,000 920 15.06 948 16.06 976 17.07 1003 18.08 1029 19.11 1054 20.13 1079 21.17 1103 22.21 1126 23.26 1149 24.31
15,000 940 16.36 968 17.38 996 18.41 1022 19.45 1048 20.50 1073 21.56 1097 22.63 1121 23.70 1144 24.78 1167 25.86
16,000 961 17.76 989 18.80 1016 19.86 1042 20.92 1067 22.00 1092 23.08 1116 24.17 1140 25.28 1162 26.38 1185 27.49
17,000 983 19.28 1010 20.34 1036 21.42 1062 22.51 1087 23.60 1112 24.71 1135 25.83 1159 26.95 1181 28.09 — —
18,000 1005 20.94 1032 22.01 1058 23.11 1083 24.21 1108 25.33 1132 26.46 1156 27.60 1178 28.74 — — — —
19,000 1027 22.72 1054 23.81 1080 24.92 1105 26.04 1129 27.18 1153 28.33 1176 29.48 1199 30.65 — — — —
20,000 1050 24.65 1076 25.76 1102 26.88 1126 28.01 1151 29.17 1174 30.33 1197 31.50 — — — — — —
21,000 1073 26.73 1099 27.84 1124 28.97 1149 30.13 1173 31.29 1196 32.47 — ———————
22,000 1097 28.95 1123 30.08 1147 31.22 1172 32.39 1195 33.56 — — — ———————
23,000 112231.33114732.47117133.63119534.80————————————
24,000 114633.87117135.02119536.19——————————————
25,000 117136.58119637.74————————————————
26,000 119739.46——————————————————
27,000 ————————————————————
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
4,000 311 0.54 390 0.71 457 0.88 515 1.05 567 1.21 613 1.38 656 1.55 696 1.71 733 1.88 768 2.04
5,000 347 0.84 417 1.02 480 1.21 536 1.40 587 1.59 633 1.78 676 1.97 716 2.16 753 2.34 788 2.52
6,000 387 1.25 450 1.43 507 1.63 560 1.84 609 2.05 654 2.26 696 2.47 735 2.68 773 2.88 808 3.09
7,000 430 1.77 488 1.96 540 2.17 588 2.38 634 2.61 677 2.83 718 3.06 756 3.29 793 3.51 828 3.74
7,500 452 2.07 507 2.27 557 2.48 604 2.70 648 2.93 690 3.16 730 3.40 768 3.63 804 3.87 839 4.10
8,000 474 2.41 528 2.61 576 2.82 620 3.04 663 3.28 704 3.52 743 3.76 780 4.00 816 4.24 850 4.48
9,000 519 3.19 570 3.39 614 3.60 656 3.83 696 4.07 734 4.32 771 4.57 806 4.82 840 5.08 873 5.34
10,000 565 4.10 613 4.31 655 4.53 694 4.76 731 5.00 767 5.26 802 5.51 835 5.78 868 6.04 900 6.31
11,000 611 5.17 657 5.37 697 5.60 734 5.84 769 6.08 803 6.34 836 6.60 868 6.87 899 7.15 929 7.42
12,000 658 6.39 702 6.60 741 6.83 776 7.07 809 7.32 841 7.58 872 7.85 902 8.12 932 8.40 960 8.68
12,500 681 7.06 725 7.27 763 7.50 797 7.74 830 8.00 861 8.26 891 8.53 920 8.80 949 9.08 977 9.37
13,000 705 7.77 748 7.98 785 8.21 819 8.46 850 8.71 881 8.98 910 9.25 939 9.53 967 9.81 994 10.10
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
4,000 802 2.21 833 2.38 864 2.55 893 2.71 921 2.88 949 3.06 975 3.23 1001 3.40 1026 3.58 1050 3.75
5,000 822 2.71 854 2.89 885 3.08 914 3.26 943 3.45 970 3.64 997 3.82 1023 4.01 1048 4.20 1072 4.39
6,000 842 3.29 874 3.50 905 3.70 934 3.90 963 4.10 991 4.31 1017 4.51 1043 4.71 1069 4.91 1093 5.12
7,000 862 3.96 894 4.19 924 4.41 954 4.63 983 4.85 1010 5.07 1037 5.29 1063 5.51 1089 5.72 1113 5.94
7,500 872 4.33 904 4.56 934 4.79 964 5.02 993 5.25 1020 5.48 1047 5.71 1073 5.94 1099 6.16 1123 6.39
8,000 883 4.73 914 4.97 945 5.21 974 5.45 1003 5.68 1030 5.92 1057 6.16 1083 6.39 1108 6.63 1133 6.87
9,000 905 5.60 936 5.85 966 6.11 995 6.37 1023 6.62 1051 6.88 1077 7.13 1103 7.38 1129 7.64 1153 7.89
10,000 931 6.58 961 6.85 990 7.13 1018 7.40 1046 7.67 1073 7.94 1099 8.21 1124 8.48 1149 8.75 1174 9.02
11,000 958 7.70 987 7.99 1015 8.27 1043 8.55 1070 8.84 1096 9.12 1122 9.41 1147 9.69 1171 9.98 1195 10.26
12,000 989 8.97 1016 9.26 1043 9.55 1070 9.85 1096 10.14 1121 10.44 1146 10.73 1171 11.03 1195 11.33 — —
12,500 1005 9.66 1032 9.95 1058 10.25 1084 10.55 1110 10.85 1135 11.15 1159 11.45 1183 11.75 — — — —
13,000 1021 10.39 1048 10.69 1074 10.99 1099 11.29 1124 11.59 1149 11.90 1173 12.20 1197 12.51 — — — —
Watts = Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
13
Table 13 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AK027,030 and 50A2,A3025-030 Units
Table 14 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AKA2,A3035 Units
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
edb — Entering Dry Bulb
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet
losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at
70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited
by edb and ewb conditions.
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
4,000 314 0.54 394 0.72 460 0.89 517 1.05 569 1.22 615 1.39 658 1.55 697 1.72 734 1.88 769 2.05
5,000 352 0.85 422 1.03 484 1.22 540 1.42 590 1.61 636 1.79 678 1.98 718 2.17 755 2.35 791 2.54
6,000 394 1.26 456 1.45 513 1.65 565 1.86 613 2.07 658 2.28 700 2.49 739 2.70 776 2.90 811 3.11
7,000 438 1.79 495 1.98 546 2.19 594 2.41 640 2.64 682 2.86 723 3.09 761 3.32 798 3.54 833 3.77
8,000 483 2.44 536 2.64 583 2.85 628 3.08 670 3.32 710 3.55 749 3.80 786 4.04 821 4.28 855 4.52
9,000 530 3.23 579 3.43 623 3.65 664 3.88 704 4.12 741 4.37 778 4.62 813 4.88 847 5.13 880 5.39
10,000 577 4.15 624 4.36 665 4.58 703 4.82 740 5.06 776 5.32 810 5.58 843 5.84 876 6.11 907 6.38
11,000 625 5.22 669 5.44 708 5.67 744 5.91 779 6.16 813 6.41 845 6.68 877 6.95 907 7.22 937 7.50
12,000 674 6.45 715 6.67 753 6.90 787 7.15 820 7.40 851 7.67 882 7.93 912 8.21 941 8.49 970 8.78
13,000 722 7.85 762 8.07 798 8.30 831 8.55 862 8.81 892 9.08 921 9.35 950 9.63 977 9.92 1005 10.21
14,000 771 9.41 810 9.64 844 9.88 875 10.13 905 10.39 934 10.66 962 10.94 989 11.22 1015 11.51 1041 11.81
15,000 821 11.15 857 11.38 890 11.62 921 11.88 949 12.14 977 12.42 1004 12.70 1030 12.99 1055 13.28 1080 13.58
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
4,000 803 2.22 835 2.38 865 2.55 894 2.72 923 2.89 950 3.06 976 3.24 1002 3.41 1027 3.58 1051 3.76
5,000 824 2.72 856 2.91 887 3.09 916 3.28 945 3.46 972 3.65 999 3.83 1024 4.02 1049 4.21 1074 4.40
6,000 845 3.31 877 3.52 908 3.72 937 3.92 966 4.12 993 4.32 1020 4.53 1046 4.73 1071 4.93 1096 5.14
7,000 866 3.99 898 4.21 928 4.43 958 4.66 986 4.88 1014 5.10 1041 5.31 1067 5.53 1092 5.75 1116 5.97
8,000 888 4.77 919 5.01 950 5.25 979 5.49 1007 5.72 1035 5.96 1061 6.20 1087 6.43 1113 6.67 1137 6.90
9,000 912 5.65 942 5.90 972 6.16 1001 6.42 1029 6.67 1056 6.93 1083 7.18 1108 7.43 1134 7.69 1158 7.94
10,000 938 6.65 968 6.92 997 7.19 1025 7.46 1052 7.73 1079 8.00 1105 8.27 1130 8.54 1155 8.81 1180 9.08
11,000 967 7.78 995 8.07 1023 8.35 1051 8.63 1077 8.92 1103 9.20 1129 9.49 1154 9.77 1178 10.06 — —
12,000 998 9.07 1025 9.35 1052 9.65 1078 9.94 1104 10.24 1130 10.54 1154 10.83 1179 11.13 — — — —
13,000 1031 10.50 1058 10.80 1083 11.10 1109 11.40 1133 11.71 1158 12.01 1182 12.32 — — — — — —
14,000 1067 12.10 1092 12.41 1117 12.71 1141 13.02 1165 13.33 1188 13.65 — — — — — — — —
15,000 1104 13.88 1128 14.19 1152 14.50 1175 14.81 1198 15.13 — — — — — — — — — —
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
7,000 503 1.96 553 2.22 601 2.47 646 2.72 689 2.97 730 3.22 768 3.46 804 3.70 839 3.94 872 4.17
8,000 553 2.62 599 2.89 643 3.16 684 3.43 724 3.70 763 3.97 799 4.23 834 4.50 868 4.76 901 5.02
9,000 605 3.39 647 3.68 687 3.97 726 4.26 763 4.55 798 4.83 833 5.12 867 5.40 899 5.68 930 5.96
10,000 657 4.29 696 4.61 733 4.91 769 5.22 803 5.52 837 5.82 870 6.12 901 6.42 932 6.72 962 7.02
10,500 684 4.80 721 5.12 757 5.43 791 5.75 825 6.06 857 6.37 889 6.68 920 6.98 950 7.29 979 7.60
11,000 710 5.33 747 5.66 781 5.99 814 6.31 847 6.63 878 6.95 909 7.26 939 7.58 968 7.89 997 8.21
12,000 764 6.52 798 6.86 830 7.21 861 7.54 891 7.88 921 8.21 950 8.54 978 8.87 1006 9.20 1033 9.53
13,000 818 7.85 849 8.21 880 8.57 909 8.92 938 9.27 966 9.62 993 9.97 1020 10.31 1046 10.66 1072 11.00
14,000 872 9.33 901 9.71 930 10.09 958 10.45 985 10.82 1012 11.19 1037 11.55 1063 11.91 1088 12.27 1113 12.63
15,000 926 10.98 954 11.37 981 11.76 1008 12.15 1033 12.53 1059 12.91 1083 13.28 1108 13.66 1131 14.03 1155 14.40
16,000 980 12.79 1007 13.20 1033 13.60 1058 14.00 1082 14.40 1106 14.79 1130 15.18 1153 15.57 1176 15.96 1199 16.35
17,000 1035 14.77 1060 15.19 1085 15.61 1109 16.03 1132 16.44 1155 16.84 1178 17.25 1200 17.65 1222 18.05 1243 18.46
17,500 1062 15.83 1087 16.25 1111 16.68 1134 17.10 1157 17.52 1180 17.94 1202 18.35 1224 18.76 1245 19.17 1266 19.58
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
7,000 903 4.40 933 4.62 962 4.84 990 5.06 1017 5.27 1043 5.48 1068 5.69 1092 5.89 1116 6.09 1139 6.28
8,000 932 5.27 962 5.52 991 5.77 1019 6.02 1045 6.26 1071 6.50 1097 6.73 1121 6.96 1145 7.19 1168 7.42
9,000 961 6.24 990 6.52 1019 6.79 1047 7.06 1073 7.33 1099 7.59 1125 7.85 1149 8.11 1173 8.37 1196 8.62
10,000 992 7.32 1020 7.62 1048 7.91 1075 8.20 1102 8.49 1127 8.78 1152 9.07 1177 9.35 1201 9.63 1224 9.91
10,500 1008 7.90 1036 8.21 1063 8.51 1090 8.82 1116 9.12 1142 9.41 1166 9.71 1191 10.01 1214 10.30 1238 10.59
11,000 1025 8.52 1052 8.84 1079 9.15 1105 9.46 1131 9.77 1156 10.08 1181 10.39 1205 10.69 1228 10.99 1252 11.29
12,000 1060 9.86 1086 10.19 1112 10.52 1137 10.85 1162 11.17 1187 11.50 1211 11.82 1234 12.15 1257 12.47 1280 12.79
13,000 1097 11.35 1122 11.69 1147 12.03 1171 12.37 1195 12.72 1219 13.06 1242 13.40 1265 13.74 1287 14.08 — —
14,000 1137 12.98 1161 13.34 1184 13.69 1208 14.05 1231 14.41 1253 14.76 1276 15.12 1298 15.47 — — — —
15,000 1178 14.77 1201 15.15 1223 15.51 1246 15.88 1268 16.25 1289 16.62 ————————
16,000 122116.73124317.11126417.50128617.88————————————
17,000 126518.85128619.25————————————————
17,500 128719.98——————————————————
Watts = Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
14
Table 15 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AK036 Units
Table 16 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AK,A2,A3040 Units
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
edb — Entering Dry Bulb
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean
2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is
limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb and ewb conditions.
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
7,000 431 1.99 484 2.35 534 2.72 580 3.08 625 3.46
8,000 475 2.69 523 3.08 569 3.47 612 3.86 653 4.26
9,000 521 3.53 565 3.94 606 4.36 646 4.78 684 5.20
10,000 568 4.52 608 4.96 646 5.40 683 5.84 719 6.29
11,000 615 5.68 652 6.14 687 6.60 722 7.07 755 7.55
12,000 663 7.01 697 7.49 730 7.98 762 8.47 794 8.97
13,000 712 8.53 743 9.03 774 9.54 804 10.05 834 10.57
14,000 760 10.24 790 10.76 819 11.29 847 11.82 875 12.36
15,000 809 12.15 837 12.69 864 13.24 891 13.79 917 14.35
16,000 859 14.27 885 14.83 910 15.40 936 15.97 960 16.55
17,000 908 16.61 933 17.19 957 17.77 981 18.36 1004 18.96
17,500 933 17.87 957 18.45 981 19.04 1004 19.64 1027 20.25
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
7,000 667 3.85 707 4.24 746 4.65 783 5.07 819 5.49
8,000 692 4.66 730 5.07 767 5.49 802 5.92 836 6.36
9,000 721 5.63 757 6.06 791 6.49 825 6.94 857 7.39
10,000 753 6.74 787 7.20 819 7.65 851 8.11 882 8.58
11,000 788 8.02 819 8.50 850 8.97 880 9.46 909 9.94
12,000 824 9.47 854 9.96 883 10.47 912 10.97 939 11.48
13,000 862 11.09 891 11.61 918 12.13 945 12.66 972 13.19
14,000 902 12.90 929 13.45 955 13.99 981 14.54 1006 15.09
15,000 943 14.91 968 15.48 993 16.04 1018 16.62 1042 17.18
16,000 985 17.13 1009 17.71 1033 18.30 1056 18.89 1079 19.48
17,000 1028 19.56 1051 20.16 1073 20.77 1096 21.38 1118 21.99
17,500 1049 20.86 1072 21.47 1094 22.09 1116 22.71 1137 23.33
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
7,000 854 5.93 887 6.37 919 6.82 950 7.28 980 7.74
8,000 870 6.81 902 7.26 933 7.73 964 8.20 993 8.67
9,000 889 7.85 920 8.31 950 8.79 979 9.27 1008 9.75
10,000 912 9.05 941 9.53 970 10.02 998 10.51 1026 11.00
11,000 938 10.43 966 10.92 993 11.42 1020 11.93 1047 12.44
12,000 967 11.98 993 12.49 1020 13.01 1046 13.53 1071 14.05
13,000 998 13.72 1023 14.25 1049 14.78 1073 15.32 1098 15.86
14,000 1031 15.64 1055 16.19 1079 16.75 1103 17.30 1126 17.86
15,000 1066 17.76 1089 18.33 1112 18.90 1135 19.48 1157 20.06
16,000 1102 20.08 1124 20.67 1147 21.26 1168 21.86 1190 22.46
17,000 1140 22.61 1161 23.22 1182 23.84 1203 24.45 1224 25.07
17,500 1159 23.95 1180 24.58 1201 25.21 1221 25.83 1242 26.46
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
7,000 1009 8.21 1037 8.69 1064 9.17 1091 9.65 1116 10.14
8,000 1022 9.16 1050 9.65 1077 10.14 1104 10.64 1129 11.15
9,000 1036 10.25 1064 10.75 1090 11.26 1117 11.77 1142 12.29
10,000 1053 11.51 1080 12.02 1106 12.54 1131 13.06 1157 13.59
11,000 1073 12.95 1099 13.47 1124 14.00 1149 14.53 1173 15.07
12,000 1096 14.58 1121 15.11 1145 15.65 1169 16.19 1192 16.74
13,000 1121 16.40 1145 16.95 1168 17.50 1191 18.06 1214 18.62
14,000 1149 18.42 1172 18.98 1195 19.55 1217 20.12 1239 20.69
15,000 1179 20.63 1201 21.21 1223 21.80 1244 22.38 1265 22.97
16,000 1211 23.06 1232 23.66 1253 24.26 1274 24.86 1294 25.46
17,000 1245 25.69 1265 26.31 1285 26.93 — — — —
17,500 126227.09128227.71——————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.61.82.0
RpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhp
8,000 475 2.69 523 3.08 569 3.47 612 3.86 653 4.26 692 4.66 730 5.07 767 5.49 802 5.92 836 6.36
9,000 521 3.53 565 3.94 606 4.36 646 4.78 684 5.20 721 5.63 757 6.06 791 6.49 825 6.94 857 7.39
10,000 568 4.52 608 4.96 646 5.40 683 5.84 719 6.29 753 6.74 787 7.20 819 7.65 851 8.11 882 8.58
11,000 615 5.68 652 6.14 687 6.60 722 7.07 755 7.55 788 8.02 819 8.50 850 8.97 880 9.46 909 9.94
12,000 663 7.01 697 7.49 730 7.98 762 8.47 794 8.97 824 9.47 854 9.96 883 10.47 912 10.97 939 11.48
13,000 712 8.53 743 9.03 774 9.54 804 10.05 834 10.57 862 11.09 891 11.61 918 12.13 945 12.66 972 13.19
14,000 760 10.24 790 10.76 819 11.29 847 11.82 875 12.36 902 12.90 929 13.45 955 13.99 981 14.54 1006 15.09
15,000 809 12.15 837 12.69 864 13.24 891 13.79 917 14.35 943 14.91 968 15.48 993 16.04 1018 16.62 1042 17.18
16,000 859 14.27 885 14.83 910 15.40 936 15.97 960 16.55 985 17.13 1009 17.71 1033 18.30 1056 18.89 1079 19.48
17,000 908 16.61 933 17.19 957 17.77 981 18.36 1004 18.96 1028 19.56 1051 20.16 1073 20.77 1096 21.38 1118 21.99
18,000 958 19.18 981 19.77 1004 20.37 1027 20.98 1049 21.60 1071 22.22 1093 22.84 1115 23.46 1136 24.09 1157 24.72
19,000 1007 21.98 1030 22.59 1052 23.21 1073 23.84 1095 24.47 1116 25.10 1137 25.74 1157 26.39 1178 27.04 1198 27.68
20,000 105725.02107925.65109926.29112026.93114027.58116128.23118128.89——————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.22.42.62.83.03.23.43.63.84.0
RpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhp
8,000 870 6.81 902 7.26 933 7.73 964 8.20 993 8.67 1022 9.16 1050 9.65 1077 10.14 1104 10.64 1129 11.15
9,000 889 7.85 920 8.31 950 8.79 979 9.27 1008 9.75 1036 10.25 1064 10.75 1090 11.26 1117 11.77 1142 12.29
10,000 912 9.05 941 9.53 970 10.02 998 10.51 1026 11.00 1053 11.51 1080 12.02 1106 12.54 1131 13.06 1157 13.59
11,000 938 10.43 966 10.92 993 11.42 1020 11.93 1047 12.44 1073 12.95 1099 13.47 1124 14.00 1149 14.53 1173 15.07
12,000 967 11.98 993 12.49 1020 13.01 1046 13.53 1071 14.05 1096 14.58 1121 15.11 1145 15.65 1169 16.19 1192 16.74
13,000 998 13.72 1023 14.25 1049 14.78 1073 15.32 1098 15.86 1121 16.40 1145 16.95 1168 17.50 1191 18.06 1214 18.62
14,000 1031 15.64 1055 16.19 1079 16.75 1103 17.30 1126 17.86 1149 18.42 1172 18.98 1195 19.55 1217 20.12 1239 20.69
15,000 1066 17.76 1089 18.33 1112 18.90 1135 19.48 1157 20.06 1179 20.63 1201 21.21 1223 21.80 1244 22.38 1265 22.97
16,000 1102 20.08 1124 20.67 1147 21.26 1168 21.86 1190 22.46 1211 23.06 1232 23.66 1253 24.26 1274 24.86 1294 25.46
17,000 114022.61116123.22118223.84120324.45122425.07124525.69126526.31128526.93————
18,000 117825.36119925.99121926.63124027.26126027.90127928.54129929.18——————
19,000 121828.34123828.99————————————————
20,000 ————————————————————
Watts = Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
15
Table 17 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AK041 Units
Table 18 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AK,A2,A3050 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 475 2.69 523 3.08 569 3.47 612 3.86 653 4.26
9,000 521 3.53 565 3.94 606 4.36 646 4.78 684 5.20
10,000 568 4.52 608 4.96 646 5.40 683 5.84 719 6.29
11,000 615 5.68 652 6.14 687 6.60 722 7.07 755 7.55
12,000 663 7.01 697 7.49 730 7.98 762 8.47 794 8.97
13,000 712 8.53 743 9.03 774 9.54 804 10.05 834 10.57
14,000 760 10.24 790 10.76 819 11.29 847 11.82 875 12.36
15,000 809 12.15 837 12.69 864 13.24 891 13.79 917 14.35
16,000 859 14.27 885 14.83 910 15.40 936 15.97 960 16.55
17,000 908 16.61 933 17.19 957 17.77 981 18.36 1004 18.96
18,000 958 19.18 981 19.77 1004 20.37 1027 20.98 1049 21.60
19,000 1007 21.98 1030 22.59 1052 23.21 1073 23.84 1095 24.47
20,000 1057 25.02 1079 25.65 1099 26.29 1120 26.93 1140 27.58
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 692 4.66 730 5.07 767 5.49 802 5.92 836 6.36
9,000 721 5.63 757 6.06 791 6.49 825 6.94 857 7.39
10,000 753 6.74 787 7.20 819 7.65 851 8.11 882 8.58
11,000 788 8.02 819 8.50 850 8.97 880 9.46 909 9.94
12,000 824 9.47 854 9.96 883 10.47 912 10.97 939 11.48
13,000 862 11.09 891 11.61 918 12.13 945 12.66 972 13.19
14,000 902 12.90 929 13.45 955 13.99 981 14.54 1006 15.09
15,000 943 14.91 968 15.48 993 16.04 1018 16.62 1042 17.18
16,000 985 17.13 1009 17.71 1033 18.30 1056 18.89 1079 19.48
17,000 1028 19.56 1051 20.16 1073 20.77 1096 21.38 1118 21.99
18,000 1071 22.22 1093 22.84 1115 23.46 1136 24.09 1157 24.72
19,000 1116 25.10 1137 25.74 1157 26.39 1178 27.04 1198 27.68
20,000 116128.23118128.89——————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 870 6.81 902 7.26 933 7.73 964 8.20 993 8.67
9,000 889 7.85 920 8.31 950 8.79 979 9.27 1008 9.75
10,000 912 9.05 941 9.53 970 10.02 998 10.51 1026 11.00
11,000 938 10.43 966 10.92 993 11.42 1020 11.93 1047 12.44
12,000 967 11.98 993 12.49 1020 13.01 1046 13.53 1071 14.05
13,000 998 13.72 1023 14.25 1049 14.78 1073 15.32 1098 15.86
14,000 1031 15.64 1055 16.19 1079 16.75 1103 17.30 1126 17.86
15,000 1066 17.76 1089 18.33 1112 18.90 1135 19.48 1157 20.06
16,000 1102 20.08 1124 20.67 1147 21.26 1168 21.86 1190 22.46
17,000 1140 22.61 1161 23.22 1182 23.84 1203 24.45 1224 25.07
18,000 1178 25.36 1199 25.99 1219 26.63 1240 27.26 1260 27.90
19,000 121828.34123828.99——————
20,000 ——————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 1022 9.16 1050 9.65 1077 10.14 1104 10.64 1129 11.15
9,000 1036 10.25 1064 10.75 1090 11.26 1117 11.77 1142 12.29
10,000 1053 11.51 1080 12.02 1106 12.54 1131 13.06 1157 13.59
11,000 1073 12.95 1099 13.47 1124 14.00 1149 14.53 1173 15.07
12,000 1096 14.58 1121 15.11 1145 15.65 1169 16.19 1192 16.74
13,000 1121 16.40 1145 16.95 1168 17.50 1191 18.06 1214 18.62
14,000 1149 18.42 1172 18.98 1195 19.55 1217 20.12 1239 20.69
15,000 1179 20.63 1201 21.21 1223 21.80 1244 22.38 1265 22.97
16,000 1211 23.06 1232 23.66 1253 24.26 1274 24.86 1294 25.46
17,000 1245 25.69 1265 26.31 1285 26.93 — — — —
18,000 127928.54129929.18——————
19,000 ——————————
20,000 ——————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.61.82.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 485 2.76 532 3.15 577 3.54 620 3.94 661 4.34 700 4.74 737 5.16 774 5.58 809 6.01 843 6.45
9,000 530 3.62 574 4.03 615 4.45 655 4.87 692 5.29 729 5.72 764 6.15 798 6.59 832 7.03 864 7.49
10,000 577 4.62 617 5.06 655 5.50 692 5.95 727 6.40 761 6.85 794 7.30 827 7.76 858 8.22 889 8.69
11,000 625 5.80 661 6.26 697 6.73 731 7.20 764 7.67 796 8.14 827 8.62 858 9.10 888 9.58 917 10.07
12,000 673 7.15 707 7.63 740 8.12 772 8.62 803 9.11 833 9.61 863 10.11 891 10.61 920 11.12 947 11.62
13,000 722 8.69 753 9.19 784 9.70 814 10.22 843 10.74 872 11.26 900 11.78 927 12.31 954 12.83 980 13.36
14,000 771 10.43 800 10.95 829 11.48 857 12.01 885 12.55 912 13.10 938 13.64 964 14.19 990 14.74 1015 15.29
15,000 821 12.37 848 12.91 875 13.46 901 14.01 928 14.57 953 15.14 978 15.70 1003 16.27 1028 16.84 1052 17.41
16,000 870 14.52 896 15.08 922 15.65 947 16.22 971 16.80 996 17.39 1020 17.97 1043 18.56 1066 19.15 1089 19.75
17,000 920 16.89 945 17.48 969 18.06 993 18.65 1016 19.25 1039 19.86 1062 20.46 1084 21.07 1107 21.68 1129 22.30
18,000 971 19.50 994 20.10 1017 20.71 1039 21.32 1061 21.93 1083 22.55 1105 23.18 1126 23.80 1148 24.44 1169 25.07
19,000 1021 22.35 1043 22.96 1065 23.59 1086 24.21 1107 24.85 1128 25.49 1149 26.13 1170 26.78 1190 27.42 1210 28.08
20,000 1071 25.43 1092 26.07 1113 26.71 1133 27.36 1154 28.01 1174 28.66 1194 29.33 1213 29.99 1233 30.65 1252 31.33
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.22.42.62.83.03.23.43.63.84.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 876 6.90 908 7.35 939 7.82 970 8.29 999 8.77 1027 9.25 1055 9.74 1082 10.24 1109 10.74 1134 11.25
9,000 896 7.95 926 8.41 956 8.89 986 9.37 1014 9.86 1042 10.36 1069 10.86 1096 11.37 1122 11.88 1148 12.40
10,000 919 9.17 948 9.64 977 10.13 1005 10.62 1032 11.12 1059 11.63 1086 12.14 1112 12.66 1137 13.18 1162 13.71
11,000 945 10.56 973 11.05 1001 11.55 1027 12.06 1054 12.57 1080 13.09 1105 13.61 1130 14.14 1155 14.67 1179 15.21
12,000 975 12.13 1001 12.64 1027 13.16 1053 13.68 1078 14.21 1103 14.74 1128 15.27 1152 15.81 1176 16.35 1199 16.90
13,000 1006 13.89 1032 14.42 1057 14.96 1081 15.49 1105 16.03 1129 16.58 1153 17.12 1176 17.68 1199 18.23 1221 18.80
14,000 1040 15.84 1064 16.39 1088 16.94 1112 17.50 1135 18.06 1158 18.62 1180 19.18 1203 19.75 1225 20.32 1246 20.90
15,000 1075 17.99 1098 18.56 1121 19.13 1144 19.71 1166 20.29 1188 20.86 1210 21.45 1231 22.03 1253 22.62 1274 23.21
16,000 1112 20.34 1134 20.93 1156 21.53 1178 22.12 1199 22.72 1221 23.32 1241 23.92 1262 24.52 1283 25.13 — —
17,000 115022.91117223.52119324.14121424.76123425.37125525.99127526.61129527.23————
18,000 119025.70121026.34123026.97125027.61127028.25129028.89————————
19,000 123028.73125029.38126930.04128930.70————————————
20,000 127131.99129032.67————————————————
16
Table 19 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AK051 Units
Table 20 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AK,A2,A3060 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
10,000 397 2.69 461 3.31 516 3.96 564 4.63 608 5.33
12,000 450 4.03 509 4.71 560 5.41 605 6.12 647 6.86
13,000 477 4.83 533 5.55 582 6.27 627 7.01 668 7.77
14,000 505 5.74 558 6.49 606 7.24 649 8.01 689 8.79
15,000 533 6.75 584 7.53 630 8.32 672 9.11 711 9.91
16,000 561 7.88 610 8.68 655 9.50 696 10.32 734 11.14
17,000 590 9.12 637 9.95 680 10.79 720 11.64 757 12.49
18,000 619 10.48 664 11.33 706 12.20 744 13.07 781 13.96
19,000 648 11.96 692 12.84 732 13.74 769 14.64 805 15.54
20,000 678 13.57 719 14.47 758 15.40 795 16.32 829 17.25
21,000 707 15.30 748 16.24 785 17.19 821 18.14 854 19.09
22,000 737 17.18 776 18.14 812 19.11 847 20.09 879 21.07
23,000 767 19.20 804 20.18 840 21.17 873 22.17 905 23.18
24,000 797 21.35 833 22.36 867 23.38 900 24.40 931 25.43
25,000 827 23.66 862 24.68 895 25.72 927 26.78 957 27.83
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
10,000 649 6.06 686 6.82 722 7.60 755 8.40 787 9.23
12,000 686 7.62 723 8.40 757 9.21 790 10.04 821 10.89
13,000 706 8.55 742 9.35 776 10.17 808 11.01 839 11.87
14,000 727 9.59 762 10.40 795 11.24 827 12.09 857 12.96
15,000 748 10.73 782 11.56 815 12.41 846 13.28 876 14.17
16,000 770 11.98 803 12.84 836 13.71 866 14.59 896 15.49
17,000 792 13.35 825 14.23 857 15.12 887 16.02 916 16.94
18,000 815 14.84 847 15.74 878 16.65 908 17.57 937 18.50
19,000 838 16.45 870 17.37 900 18.30 930 19.24 958 20.19
20,000 862 18.19 893 19.13 923 20.08 952 21.04 979 22.01
21,000 886 20.05 917 21.02 946 22.00 974 22.98 1001 23.97
22,000 911 22.06 940 23.05 969 24.04 997 25.05 1024 26.06
23,000 935 24.19 965 25.21 993 26.23 1020 27.25 1046 28.28
24,000 961 26.47 989 27.51 1017 28.55 1044 29.60 1070 30.65
25,000 986 28.89 1014 29.95 1041 31.02 1068 32.09 1093 33.17
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
10,000 818 10.06 847 10.92 875 11.80 902 12.68 929 13.59
12,000 851 11.75 880 12.63 907 13.53 934 14.45 960 15.38
13,000 868 12.75 897 13.64 924 14.55 951 15.48 976 16.42
14,000 886 13.85 915 14.76 942 15.68 968 16.62 993 17.57
15,000 905 15.07 933 15.99 960 16.92 986 17.87 1011 18.83
16,000 924 16.41 952 17.34 978 18.28 1004 19.25 1029 20.22
17,000 944 17.86 971 18.81 997 19.77 1023 20.74 1047 21.73
18,000 964 19.45 991 20.41 1017 21.38 1042 22.36 1066 23.36
19,000 985 21.15 1011 22.13 1037 23.12 1061 24.11 1085 25.13
20,000 1006 22.99 1032 23.98 1057 24.99 1081 26.00 1105 27.03
21,000 1028 24.97 1053 25.97 1078 26.99 1102 28.02 1126 29.06
22,000 1050 27.08 1075 28.10 1099 29.14 1123 30.18 1146 31.24
23,000 1072 29.32 1097 30.37 1121 31.42 1144 32.48 1167 33.55
24,000 1095 31.71 1119 32.78 1143 33.85 1166 34.93 1189 36.02
25,000 1118 34.25 1142 35.33 1165 36.42 1188 37.52 — —
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
10,000 954 14.50 979 15.42 1003 16.36 1027 17.30 1050 18.26
12,000 985 16.32 1010 17.28 1033 18.24 1057 19.22 1079 20.22
13,000 1001 17.38 1026 18.35 1049 19.32 1072 20.32 1095 21.32
14,000 1018 18.54 1042 19.52 1066 20.51 1088 21.52 1111 22.53
15,000 1035 19.81 1059 20.81 1082 21.81 1105 22.82 1127 23.85
16,000 1053 21.21 1077 22.21 1100 23.22 1122 24.25 1144 25.29
17,000 1071 22.73 1095 23.74 1117 24.76 1140 25.80 1161 26.85
18,000 1090 24.37 1113 25.40 1136 26.43 1158 27.48 1179 28.54
19,000 1109 26.15 1132 27.19 1154 28.24 1176 29.29 1197 30.36
20,000 1128 28.06 1151 29.11 1173 30.17 1195 31.24 — —
21,000 1148 30.11 1171 31.17 1193 32.25 — — — —
22,000 1169 32.30 1191 33.38 ——————
23,000 119034.64————————
24,000 ——————————
25,000 ——————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
12,000 450 4.02 509 4.71 560 5.41 605 6.12 647 6.86 686 7.62 723 8.40 757 9.21 790 10.04 821 10.89
14,000 505 5.74 558 6.49 606 7.24 649 8.01 689 8.79 727 9.59 762 10.40 795 11.24 827 12.09 857 12.96
15,000 533 6.75 584 7.53 630 8.32 672 9.11 711 9.91 748 10.73 782 11.56 815 12.41 846 13.28 876 14.17
16,000 561 7.88 610 8.68 655 9.50 696 10.32 734 11.14 770 11.98 803 12.84 836 13.71 866 14.59 896 15.49
17,000 590 9.12 637 9.95 680 10.79 720 11.64 757 12.49 792 13.35 825 14.23 857 15.12 887 16.02 916 16.94
18,000 619 10.48 664 11.33 706 12.20 744 13.07 781 13.96 815 14.84 847 15.74 878 16.65 908 17.57 937 18.50
19,000 648 11.96 692 12.84 732 13.74 769 14.64 805 15.54 838 16.45 870 17.37 900 18.30 930 19.24 958 20.19
20,000 678 13.57 719 14.47 758 15.40 795 16.32 829 17.25 862 18.19 893 19.13 923 20.08 952 21.04 979 22.01
21,000 707 15.30 748 16.24 785 17.19 821 18.14 854 19.09 886 20.05 917 21.02 946 22.00 974 22.98 1001 23.97
22,000 737 17.18 776 18.14 812 19.11 847 20.09 879 21.07 911 22.06 940 23.05 969 24.04 997 25.05 1024 26.06
23,000 767 19.20 804 20.18 840 21.17 873 22.17 905 23.18 935 24.19 965 25.21 993 26.23 1020 27.25 1046 28.28
24,000 797 21.35 833 22.36 867 23.38 900 24.40 931 25.43 961 26.47 989 27.51 1017 28.55 1044 29.60 1070 30.65
25,000 827 23.66 862 24.68 895 25.72 927 26.78 957 27.83 986 28.89 1014 29.95 1041 31.02 1068 32.09 1093 33.17
26,000 857 26.11 891 27.16 923 28.23 954 29.30 984 30.38 1012 31.46 1040 32.55 1066 33.64 1092 34.73 1117 35.83
27,000 888 28.72 920 29.79 952 30.88 982 31.97 1011 33.08 1038 34.19 1065 35.29 1091 36.40 1117 37.52 1141 38.64
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
12,000 851 11.75 880 12.63 907 13.53 934 14.45 960 15.38 985 16.32 1010 17.28 1033 18.24 1057 19.22 1079 20.22
14,000 886 13.85 915 14.76 942 15.68 968 16.62 993 17.57 1018 18.54 1042 19.52 1066 20.51 1088 21.52 1111 22.53
15,000 905 15.07 933 15.99 960 16.92 986 17.87 1011 18.83 1035 19.81 1059 20.81 1082 21.81 1105 22.82 1127 23.85
16,000 924 16.41 952 17.34 978 18.28 1004 19.25 1029 20.22 1053 21.21 1077 22.21 1100 23.22 1122 24.25 1144 25.29
17,000 944 17.86 971 18.81 997 19.77 1023 20.74 1047 21.73 1071 22.73 1095 23.74 1117 24.76 1140 25.80 1161 26.85
18,000 964 19.45 991 20.41 1017 21.38 1042 22.36 1066 23.36 1090 24.37 1113 25.40 1136 26.43 1158 27.48 1179 28.54
19,000 985 21.15 1011 22.13 1037 23.12 1061 24.11 1085 25.13 1109 26.15 1132 27.19 1154 28.24 1176 29.29 1197 30.36
20,000 1006 22.99 1032 23.98 1057 24.99 1081 26.00 1105 27.03 1128 28.06 1151 29.11 1173 30.17 1195 31.24 — —
21,000 1028 24.97 1053 25.97 1078 26.99 1102 28.02 1126 29.06 1148 30.11 1171 31.17 1193 32.25 ————
22,000 1050 27.08 1075 28.10 1099 29.14 1123 30.18 1146 31.24 1169 32.30 1191 33.38 — —————
23,000 1072 29.32 1097 30.37 1121 31.42 1144 32.48 1167 33.55 1190 34.64 — — — —————
24,000 1095 31.71 1119 32.78 1143 33.85 1166 34.93 1189 36.02 ——————————
25,000 1118 34.25 1142 35.33 1165 36.42 1188 37.52 — — ——————————
26,000 1141 36.93 1165 38.04 1188 39.15 ——————————————
27,000 1165 39.76 1188 40.89 — ———————————————
17
Table 21 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY020,025 and 48A4,A5020 Units
Table 22 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY027,030 and 48A4,A5025-030 Units
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
edb — Entering Dry Bulb
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet
losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at
70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited
by edb and ewb conditions.
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
4,000 339 0.71 414 0.97 478 1.25 534 1.54 585 1.84 631 2.14 674 2.44 714 2.75 751 3.06 787 3.37
5,000 384 1.10 452 1.37 510 1.66 563 1.96 611 2.28 656 2.60 698 2.93 738 3.27 775 3.60 811 3.94
6,000 433 1.61 494 1.89 548 2.19 597 2.51 643 2.84 686 3.18 726 3.52 764 3.88 800 4.23 835 4.60
7,000 484 2.27 540 2.56 590 2.87 636 3.19 679 3.53 719 3.88 757 4.24 794 4.61 829 4.98 863 5.36
7,500 511 2.66 563 2.95 612 3.26 656 3.59 698 3.94 737 4.29 775 4.66 810 5.03 845 5.41 877 5.79
8,000 538 3.09 588 3.38 634 3.70 678 4.03 718 4.38 756 4.74 793 5.11 827 5.49 861 5.87 893 6.26
9,000 593 4.07 639 4.37 682 4.69 722 5.03 760 5.39 796 5.76 831 6.13 864 6.52 896 6.91 927 7.32
10,000 649 5.23 691 5.54 731 5.87 769 6.21 805 6.58 839 6.95 872 7.34 904 7.73 934 8.13 964 8.54
11,000 706 6.58 744 6.89 782 7.23 817 7.58 851 7.95 884 8.33 915 8.72 945 9.12 975 9.53 1003 9.95
12,000 763 8.12 799 8.45 834 8.79 867 9.14 899 9.52 930 9.90 960 10.30 989 10.71 1017 11.12 1045 11.54
12,500 792 8.97 827 9.30 860 9.64 893 10.00 924 10.38 954 10.77 983 11.16 1012 11.57 1039 11.99 1066 12.42
13,000 821 9.87 855 10.20 887 10.55 918 10.91 949 11.29 978 11.68 1007 12.08 1034 12.49 1062 12.92 1088 13.35
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
4,000 820 3.68 852 3.99 883 4.30 912 4.62 940 4.93 967 5.25 993 5.57 1019 5.89 1043 6.21 1067 6.53
5,000 844 4.28 877 4.63 907 4.97 937 5.31 966 5.66 993 6.01 1020 6.35 1046 6.70 1071 7.05 1095 7.40
6,000 869 4.96 901 5.33 931 5.70 961 6.07 990 6.44 1017 6.81 1044 7.19 1070 7.57 1096 7.94 1121 8.32
7,000 895 5.74 926 6.13 956 6.52 986 6.91 1014 7.30 1042 7.70 1068 8.10 1094 8.50 1120 8.90 1145 9.30
7,500 909 6.18 940 6.57 970 6.97 999 7.37 1027 7.78 1054 8.18 1081 8.59 1107 9.00 1132 9.41 1157 9.82
8,000 925 6.66 955 7.06 984 7.46 1013 7.87 1040 8.28 1067 8.69 1094 9.11 1119 9.53 1144 9.95 1169 10.37
9,000 957 7.72 986 8.13 1015 8.55 1042 8.97 1069 9.39 1096 9.82 1121 10.25 1146 10.69 1171 11.12 1195 11.56
10,000 993 8.96 1021 9.38 1048 9.80 1075 10.23 1101 10.67 1126 11.11 1151 11.55 1176 12.00 1200 12.45 — —
11,000 1031 10.37 1058 10.80 1084 11.23 1110 11.67 1135 12.12 1160 12.56 1184 13.02 — — — — — —
12,000 1071 11.97 1097 12.41 1123 12.85 1148 13.30 1172 13.75 1196 14.21 — — — — — — — —
12,500 1092 12.85 1118 13.29 1143 13.74 1167 14.19 1191 14.64 — — — — — — — — — —
13,000 1113 13.78 1139 14.22 1163 14.67 — — ————————————
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
4,000 342 0.72 417 0.98 480 1.26 536 1.55 587 1.85 633 2.15 676 2.45 715 2.76 753 3.07 788 3.38
5,000 389 1.11 456 1.38 514 1.68 566 1.98 614 2.30 659 2.62 701 2.95 740 3.29 777 3.62 813 3.96
6,000 439 1.64 499 1.92 553 2.22 602 2.54 647 2.87 689 3.21 730 3.56 768 3.91 804 4.27 838 4.63
7,000 492 2.31 546 2.60 596 2.91 641 3.24 684 3.58 724 3.93 762 4.29 798 4.66 833 5.03 867 5.41
8,000 546 3.14 596 3.43 642 3.75 684 4.09 724 4.44 762 4.80 798 5.17 833 5.55 866 5.93 898 6.32
9,000 602 4.13 647 4.43 690 4.76 730 5.10 768 5.46 803 5.83 838 6.21 871 6.60 903 7.00 933 7.40
10,000 659 5.31 701 5.62 740 5.95 777 6.30 813 6.67 847 7.04 880 7.43 911 7.83 942 8.23 971 8.64
11,000 717 6.67 755 6.99 792 7.33 827 7.68 860 8.06 893 8.44 924 8.83 954 9.24 983 9.65 1011 10.07
12,000 775 8.23 811 8.56 845 8.90 878 9.27 909 9.64 940 10.03 970 10.43 999 10.84 1026 11.26 1054 11.69
13,000 834 9.99 867 10.33 899 10.68 930 11.05 960 11.44 989 11.83 1017 12.24 1045 12.65 1072 13.08 1098 13.51
14,000 893 11.97 924 12.32 954 12.68 983 13.06 1012 13.44 1039 13.85 1066 14.26 1093 14.68 1118 15.11 1143 15.54
15,000 953 14.17 982 14.53 1010 14.90 1037 15.28 1064 15.68 1091 16.08 1116 16.50 1142 16.93 1166 17.36 1190 17.80
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
4,000 821 3.69 853 4.00 884 4.31 913 4.63 941 4.95 968 5.26 994 5.58 1020 5.90 1044 6.22 1068 6.55
5,000 846 4.31 879 4.65 909 4.99 939 5.34 968 5.68 995 6.03 1022 6.38 1048 6.73 1073 7.08 1097 7.43
6,000 872 5.00 903 5.36 934 5.73 964 6.10 992 6.48 1020 6.85 1047 7.22 1073 7.60 1098 7.98 1123 8.36
7,000 899 5.79 930 6.18 960 6.57 989 6.96 1018 7.36 1045 7.75 1072 8.15 1098 8.55 1123 8.95 1148 9.35
8,000 930 6.72 960 7.12 989 7.53 1017 7.94 1045 8.35 1072 8.76 1098 9.18 1124 9.60 1148 10.02 1173 10.44
9,000 963 7.80 992 8.22 1020 8.63 1048 9.06 1075 9.48 1101 9.91 1126 10.34 1151 10.78 1176 11.21 1200 11.65
10,000 1000 9.06 1028 9.48 1055 9.91 1081 10.34 1107 10.77 1133 11.22 1157 11.66 1182 12.11 — — — —
11,000 1039 10.49 1066 10.92 1092 11.36 1117 11.80 1142 12.24 1167 12.69 1191 13.15 — — — — — —
12,000 1080 12.12 1106 12.56 1131 13.00 1156 13.45 1180 13.90 — — — — — — — — — —
13,000 1123 13.95 1148 14.39 1172 14.84 1196 15.30 ————————————
14,000 116815.99119216.44————————————————
15,000 ————————————————————
Watts = Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
18
Table 23 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY,A4,A5035 Units
Table 24 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY036 Units
See legend on page 17.
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.61.82.0
RpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhp
7,000 553 2.59 602 2.92 648 3.26 691 3.61 732 3.95 770 4.29 807 4.63 842 4.96 875 5.29 907 5.62
8,000 612 3.45 656 3.81 698 4.17 738 4.53 776 4.90 812 5.27 847 5.63 881 6.00 913 6.36 944 6.72
9,000 672 4.47 712 4.86 750 5.24 787 5.62 823 6.01 857 6.39 890 6.78 922 7.17 953 7.56 983 7.95
10,000 733 5.67 769 6.08 805 6.48 839 6.88 872 7.28 904 7.69 935 8.10 966 8.51 995 8.92 1024 9.33
10,500 763 6.33 798 6.75 832 7.17 865 7.58 897 7.99 929 8.40 959 8.82 989 9.24 1017 9.66 1046 10.08
11,000 794 7.04 828 7.47 861 7.90 892 8.32 923 8.74 954 9.16 983 9.59 1012 10.01 1040 10.44 1067 10.87
12,000 855 8.60 887 9.06 918 9.51 948 9.95 977 10.39 1005 10.83 1033 11.27 1060 11.71 1087 12.16 1113 12.60
13,000 917 10.36 947 10.84 976 11.31 1004 11.77 1031 12.23 1058 12.69 1084 13.14 1110 13.60 1135 14.06 1160 14.52
14,000 980 12.32 1008 12.82 1035 13.31 1061 13.79 1087 14.27 1112 14.75 1137 15.22 1161 15.70 1185 16.17 1209 16.65
15,000 1042 14.49 1069 15.01 1094 15.52 1119 16.03 1143 16.53 1167 17.02 1191 17.51 1214 18.01 1237 18.50 1260 18.99
16,000 1105 16.88 1130 17.42 1154 17.96 1178 18.48 1201 19.00 1224 19.51 1246 20.02 1268 20.53 1290 21.04 — —
17,000 116819.49119120.06121420.61123721.16125921.69128122.23————————
17,500 120020.88122221.46124522.03126722.58128823.13——————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.22.42.62.83.03.23.43.63.84.0
RpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhp
7,000 937 5.94 967 6.26 995 6.57 1022 6.87 1048 7.18 1073 7.48 1098 7.78 1122 8.07 1145 8.36 1168 8.66
8,000 974 7.08 1003 7.43 1031 7.77 1058 8.12 1084 8.46 1109 8.79 1134 9.13 1158 9.46 1181 9.78 1204 10.11
9,000 1012 8.33 1041 8.72 1068 9.10 1094 9.47 1120 9.85 1145 10.22 1169 10.58 1193 10.95 1216 11.31 1239 11.66
10,000 1052 9.74 1080 10.15 1106 10.55 1132 10.96 1157 11.36 1182 11.76 1206 12.16 1229 12.55 1252 12.95 1275 13.34
10,500 1073 10.50 1100 10.92 1126 11.34 1151 11.75 1176 12.17 1201 12.59 1224 13.00 1248 13.41 1271 13.82 1293 14.22
11,000 1094 11.30 1120 11.73 1146 12.16 1171 12.59 1196 13.02 1220 13.45 1243 13.87 1266 14.30 1289 14.72 — —
12,000 113813.05116313.50118813.95121214.40123614.84125915.30128215.74——————
13,000 118414.99120815.45123215.92125516.39127816.85——————————
14,000 123217.13125517.61127818.09——————————————
15,000 128219.48——————————————————
16,000 ————————————————————
17,000 ————————————————————
17,500 ————————————————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
7,000 475 2.29 527 2.66 576 3.05 622 3.44 666 3.84
8,000 526 3.10 573 3.50 617 3.91 660 4.33 700 4.75
9,000 579 4.08 621 4.51 662 4.95 701 5.39 738 5.83
10,000 633 5.24 671 5.70 709 6.16 744 6.62 779 7.09
11,000 687 6.59 723 7.07 757 7.56 790 8.05 823 8.54
12,000 742 8.15 775 8.65 807 9.17 838 9.68 868 10.20
13,000 797 9.92 827 10.45 857 10.98 887 11.52 915 12.07
14,000 852 11.92 881 12.47 909 13.03 936 13.59 963 14.15
15,000 908 14.15 935 14.72 961 15.31 987 15.89 1013 16.48
16,000 964 16.63 989 17.23 1014 17.83 1039 18.43 1063 19.04
17,000 1021 19.37 1044 19.98 1068 20.60 1091 21.23 1114 21.86
17,500 1049 20.84 1072 21.46 1095 22.09 1117 22.73 1139 23.36
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
7,000 709 4.25 749 4.68 788 5.11 825 5.55 860 6.00
8,000 740 5.18 778 5.62 814 6.07 850 6.53 884 7.00
9,000 775 6.28 810 6.74 845 7.21 878 7.69 911 8.17
10,000 813 7.57 846 8.05 879 8.53 910 9.03 941 9.53
11,000 854 9.04 885 9.54 916 10.05 945 10.56 974 11.08
12,000 898 10.72 927 11.24 955 11.77 983 12.30 1011 12.84
13,000 943 12.61 970 13.15 997 13.70 1024 14.25 1050 14.81
14,000 990 14.72 1016 15.29 1041 15.86 1066 16.43 1091 17.01
15,000 1038 17.06 1062 17.65 1086 18.25 1110 18.84 1134 19.44
16,000 1086 19.65 1110 20.26 1133 20.88 1156 21.49 1178 22.11
17,000 1136 22.49 1158 23.12 1180 23.76 1202 24.39 1223 25.03
17,500 1161 24.01 1183 24.65 1205 25.30 1226 25.94 1247 26.59
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
7,000 894 6.46 927 6.92 958 7.38 988 7.85 1017 8.33
8,000 917 7.48 949 7.96 980 8.44 1010 8.93 1039 9.43
9,000 942 8.66 973 9.16 1003 9.66 1033 10.17 1061 10.69
10,000 971 10.03 1001 10.55 1030 11.06 1058 11.59 1086 12.12
11,000 1003 11.60 1031 12.13 1059 12.67 1086 13.21 1112 13.75
12,000 1038 13.38 1065 13.92 1091 14.47 1117 15.03 1142 15.59
13,000 1075 15.37 1101 15.93 1126 16.50 1150 17.07 1175 17.65
14,000 1115 17.59 1139 18.17 1163 18.75 1186 19.34 1210 19.94
15,000 1157 20.04 1180 20.64 1202 21.24 1225 21.85 1247 22.46
16,000 1200 22.73 1222 23.35 1243 23.97 1265 24.60 1286 25.23
17,000 1245 25.67 1266 26.32 1286 26.96 — — — —
17,500 126727.24128827.89——————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
7,000 1046 8.81 1073 9.29 1099 9.78 1125 10.27 1150 10.76
8,000 1067 9.93 1094 10.44 1121 10.95 1147 11.46 1172 11.98
9,000 1089 11.21 1116 11.73 1142 12.26 1168 12.80 1193 13.33
10,000 1113 12.66 1139 13.20 1165 13.75 1190 14.30 1215 14.86
11,000 1139 14.31 1164 14.86 1189 15.43 1214 15.99 1238 16.56
12,000 1167 16.16 1192 16.73 1216 17.31 1240 17.89 1264 18.48
13,000 1199 18.23 1222 18.82 1246 19.41 1269 20.00 1291 20.61
14,000 1232 20.53 1255 21.14 1277 21.74 1300 22.35 — —
15,000 126923.07129023.69——————
16,000 ——————————
17,000 ——————————
17,500 ——————————
19
Table 25 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY,A4,A5040 Units
Table 26 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY041 Units
See legend on page 17.
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.61.82.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 526 3.10 573 3.50 617 3.91 660 4.33 700 4.75 740 5.18 778 5.62 814 6.07 850 6.53 884 7.00
9,000 579 4.08 621 4.51 662 4.95 701 5.39 738 5.83 775 6.28 810 6.74 845 7.21 878 7.69 911 8.17
10,000 633 5.24 671 5.70 709 6.16 744 6.62 779 7.09 813 7.57 846 8.05 879 8.53 910 9.03 941 9.53
11,000 687 6.59 723 7.07 757 7.56 790 8.05 823 8.54 854 9.04 885 9.54 916 10.05 945 10.56 974 11.08
12,000 742 8.15 775 8.65 807 9.17 838 9.68 868 10.20 898 10.72 927 11.24 955 11.77 983 12.30 1011 12.84
13,000 797 9.92 827 10.45 857 10.98 887 11.52 915 12.07 943 12.61 970 13.15 997 13.70 1024 14.25 1050 14.81
14,000 852 11.92 881 12.47 909 13.03 936 13.59 963 14.15 990 14.72 1016 15.29 1041 15.86 1066 16.43 1091 17.01
15,000 908 14.15 935 14.72 961 15.31 987 15.89 1013 16.48 1038 17.06 1062 17.65 1086 18.25 1110 18.84 1134 19.44
16,000 964 16.63 989 17.23 1014 17.83 1039 18.43 1063 19.04 1086 19.65 1110 20.26 1133 20.88 1156 21.49 1178 22.11
17,000 1021 19.37 1044 19.98 1068 20.60 1091 21.23 1114 21.86 1136 22.49 1158 23.12 1180 23.76 1202 24.39 1223 25.03
18,000 1077 22.37 1099 23.01 1122 23.64 1144 24.29 1165 24.94 1187 25.59 1208 26.25 1229 26.90 1250 27.56 1270 28.22
19,000 113325.65115526.30117626.96119727.62121728.29123828.96————————
20,000 119029.21——————————————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.22.42.62.83.03.23.43.63.84.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 917 7.48 949 7.96 980 8.44 1010 8.94 1039 9.43 1067 9.93 1094 10.44 1121 10.95 1147 11.46 1172 11.98
9,000 942 8.66 973 9.16 1003 9.66 1033 10.17 1061 10.69 1089 11.21 1116 11.73 1142 12.26 1168 12.80 1193 13.33
10,000 971 10.03 1001 10.55 1030 11.06 1058 11.59 1086 12.12 1113 12.66 1139 13.20 1165 13.75 1190 14.30 1215 14.86
11,000 1003 11.60 1031 12.13 1059 12.67 1086 13.21 1112 13.75 1139 14.31 1164 14.86 1189 15.43 1214 15.99 1238 16.56
12,000 1038 13.38 1065 13.92 1091 14.47 1117 15.03 1142 15.59 1167 16.16 1192 16.73 1216 17.31 1240 17.89 1264 18.48
13,000 1075 15.37 1101 15.93 1126 16.50 1150 17.07 1175 17.65 1199 18.23 1222 18.82 1246 19.41 1269 20.00 1291 20.61
14,000 1115 17.59 1139 18.17 1163 18.75 1186 19.34 1210 19.94 1232 20.53 1255 21.14 1277 21.74 1300 22.35 — —
15,000 115720.04118020.64120221.24122521.85124722.46126923.07129023.69——————
16,000 120022.73122223.35124323.97126524.60128625.23——————————
17,000 124525.67126626.32128626.96——————————————
18,000 129028.88——————————————————
19,000 ————————————————————
20,000 ————————————————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 526 3.10 573 3.50 617 3.91 660 4.33 700 4.75
9,000 579 4.08 621 4.51 662 4.95 701 5.39 738 5.83
10,000 633 5.24 671 5.70 709 6.16 744 6.62 779 7.09
11,000 687 6.59 723 7.07 757 7.56 790 8.05 823 8.54
12,000 742 8.15 775 8.65 807 9.17 838 9.68 868 10.20
13,000 797 9.92 827 10.45 857 10.98 887 11.52 915 12.07
14,000 852 11.92 881 12.47 909 13.03 936 13.59 963 14.15
15,000 908 14.15 935 14.72 961 15.31 987 15.89 1013 16.48
16,000 964 16.63 989 17.23 1014 17.83 1039 18.43 1063 19.04
17,000 1021 19.37 1044 19.98 1068 20.60 1091 21.23 1114 21.86
18,000 1077 22.37 1099 23.01 1122 23.64 1144 24.29 1165 24.94
19,000 1133 25.65 1155 26.30 1176 26.96 1197 27.62 1217 28.29
20,000 119029.21————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 740 5.18 778 5.62 814 6.07 850 6.53 884 7.00
9,000 775 6.28 810 6.74 845 7.21 878 7.69 911 8.17
10,000 813 7.57 846 8.05 879 8.53 910 9.03 941 9.53
11,000 854 9.04 885 9.54 916 10.05 945 10.56 974 11.08
12,000 898 10.72 927 11.24 955 11.77 983 12.30 1011 12.84
13,000 943 12.61 970 13.15 997 13.70 1024 14.25 1050 14.81
14,000 990 14.72 1016 15.29 1041 15.86 1066 16.43 1091 17.01
15,000 1038 17.06 1062 17.65 1086 18.25 1110 18.84 1134 19.44
16,000 1086 19.65 1110 20.26 1133 20.88 1156 21.49 1178 22.11
17,000 1136 22.49 1158 23.12 1180 23.76 1202 24.39 1223 25.03
18,000 1187 25.59 1208 26.25 1229 26.90 1250 27.56 1270 28.22
19,000 123828.96————————
20,000 ——————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 917 7.48 949 7.96 980 8.44 1010 8.94 1039 9.43
9,000 942 8.66 973 9.16 1003 9.66 1033 10.17 1061 10.69
10,000 971 10.03 1001 10.55 1030 11.06 1058 11.59 1086 12.12
11,000 1003 11.60 1031 12.13 1059 12.67 1086 13.21 1112 13.75
12,000 1038 13.38 1065 13.92 1091 14.47 1117 15.03 1142 15.59
13,000 1075 15.37 1101 15.93 1126 16.50 1150 17.07 1175 17.65
14,000 1115 17.59 1139 18.17 1163 18.75 1186 19.34 1210 19.94
15,000 1157 20.04 1180 20.64 1202 21.24 1225 21.85 1247 22.46
16,000 1200 22.73 1222 23.35 1243 23.97 1265 24.60 1286 25.23
17,000 1245 25.67 1266 26.32 1286 26.96 — — — —
18,000 129028.88————————
19,000 ——————————
20,000 ——————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 1067 9.93 1094 10.44 1121 10.95 1147 11.46 1172 11.98
9,000 1089 11.21 1116 11.73 1142 12.26 1168 12.80 1193 13.33
10,000 1113 12.66 1139 13.20 1165 13.75 1190 14.30 1215 14.86
11,000 1139 14.31 1164 14.86 1189 15.43 1214 15.99 1238 16.56
12,000 1167 16.16 1192 16.73 1216 17.31 1240 17.89 1264 18.48
13,000 1199 18.23 1222 18.82 1246 19.41 1269 20.00 1291 20.61
14,000 1232 20.53 1255 21.14 1277 21.74 1300 22.35 — —
15,000 126923.07129023.69——————
16,000 ——————————
17,000 ——————————
18,000 ——————————
19,000 ——————————
20,000 ——————————
20
Table 27 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY,A4,A5050 Units
Table 28 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY051 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 536 3.18 582 3.58 626 3.99 668 4.41 708 4.83 747 5.27 785 5.71 821 6.16 857 6.63 891 7.09
9,000 588 4.17 630 4.60 670 5.04 709 5.48 746 5.93 782 6.38 818 6.84 852 7.31 885 7.79 918 8.28
10,000 642 5.35 680 5.80 717 6.27 753 6.73 787 7.20 821 7.68 854 8.16 886 8.65 917 9.14 948 9.65
11,000 696 6.72 732 7.20 766 7.69 799 8.18 831 8.67 863 9.17 893 9.68 923 10.18 953 10.70 982 11.21
12,000 751 8.29 784 8.80 816 9.32 847 9.83 877 10.35 906 10.87 935 11.40 964 11.92 991 12.46 1019 12.99
13,000 807 10.09 837 10.62 867 11.16 896 11.70 924 12.24 952 12.78 979 13.33 1006 13.88 1032 14.43 1058 14.99
14,000 863 12.12 891 12.67 919 13.23 946 13.79 973 14.36 999 14.92 1025 15.49 1050 16.06 1075 16.64 1100 17.21
15,000 919 14.38 946 14.96 972 15.54 997 16.12 1023 16.71 1047 17.30 1072 17.89 1096 18.48 1120 19.08 1143 19.68
16,000 975 16.90 1000 17.49 1025 18.09 1049 18.70 1073 19.31 1097 19.92 1120 20.53 1143 21.15 1165 21.76 1188 22.38
17,000 1032 19.67 1056 20.29 1079 20.91 1102 21.54 1125 22.17 1147 22.80 1169 23.44 1191 24.07 1213 24.71 1234 25.35
18,000 1089 22.71 1111 23.35 1134 23.99 1155 24.64 1177 25.29 1198 25.95 1219 26.60 1240 27.26 1261 27.92 1281 28.58
19,000 1146 26.04 1167 26.69 1188 27.35 1209 28.02 1230 28.69 1250 29.37 1270 30.04 1290 30.72 ————
20,000 1203 29.65 1224 30.32 1244 31.00 1263 31.69 1283 32.38 ——————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 923 7.57 955 8.05 986 8.54 1016 9.03 1045 9.53 1073 10.03 1100 10.54 1126 11.05 1152 11.56 1177 12.08
9,000 949 8.77 980 9.27 1010 9.77 1039 10.28 1067 10.80 1095 11.32 1122 11.85 1148 12.38 1174 12.91 1199 13.45
10,000 978 10.15 1008 10.67 1036 11.19 1064 11.72 1092 12.25 1119 12.79 1145 13.33 1171 13.88 1196 14.43 1221 14.99
11,000 1010 11.74 1038 12.27 1066 12.81 1093 13.35 1119 13.90 1145 14.45 1171 15.01 1196 15.57 1220 16.14 1245 16.72
12,000 1046 13.53 1072 14.08 1098 14.63 1124 15.19 1149 15.76 1174 16.32 1199 16.90 1223 17.48 1247 18.06 1270 18.65
13,000 1084 15.55 1109 16.11 1134 16.68 1158 17.26 1182 17.84 1206 18.42 1230 19.01 1253 19.60 1276 20.20 1299 20.80
14,000 1124 17.79 1148 18.38 1171 18.97 1195 19.55 1218 20.15 1241 20.75 1263 21.35 1285 21.96 ————
15,000 1166 20.27 1189 20.88 1211 21.49 1234 22.09 1256 22.71 1277 23.32 1299 23.94 — —————
16,000 1210 23.00 1231 23.62 1253 24.25 1274 24.88 1295 25.51 ——————————
17,000 1255 25.99 1276 26.63 1296 27.27 ——————————————
18,000 ————————————————————
19,000 ————————————————————
20,000 ————————————————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
10,000 450 3.19 509 3.86 561 4.58 608 5.34 651 6.14
12,000 516 4.81 569 5.54 617 6.30 660 7.10 701 7.93
13,000 550 5.80 600 6.56 646 7.34 688 8.15 727 9.00
14,000 584 6.90 632 7.69 676 8.50 716 9.33 754 10.20
15,000 619 8.13 664 8.96 706 9.79 745 10.65 782 11.53
16,000 654 9.49 697 10.36 737 11.22 775 12.10 811 13.00
17,000 689 10.99 730 11.90 769 12.79 806 13.69 840 14.61
18,000 725 12.64 764 13.58 801 14.51 837 15.43 870 16.38
19,000 760 14.43 798 15.41 834 16.37 868 17.32 900 18.29
20,000 796 16.37 833 17.39 867 18.39 900 19.37 931 20.36
21,000 832 18.47 867 19.54 901 20.56 932 21.57 963 22.59
22,000 869 20.74 902 21.84 934 22.90 965 23.94 995 24.98
23,000 905 23.17 937 24.31 968 25.40 998 26.48 1027 27.55
24,000 942 25.78 973 26.95 1003 28.08 1032 29.18 1059 30.28
25,000 978 28.56 1008 29.77 1037 30.93 1065 32.07 1092 33.20
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
10,000 691 6.96 728 7.80 764 8.66 797 9.53 829 10.42
12,000 739 8.79 774 9.68 808 10.59 841 11.52 872 12.46
13,000 764 9.88 799 10.79 832 11.72 864 12.67 894 13.64
14,000 790 11.10 824 12.02 857 12.97 888 13.94 917 14.92
15,000 817 12.44 850 13.38 882 14.35 912 15.33 941 16.34
16,000 845 13.93 877 14.88 908 15.86 938 16.86 966 17.88
17,000 873 15.56 904 16.53 935 17.52 964 18.54 992 19.58
18,000 902 17.34 933 18.32 962 19.33 990 20.36 1018 21.41
19,000 932 19.27 961 20.27 990 21.29 1018 22.34 1045 23.40
20,000 962 21.36 991 22.38 1019 23.42 1046 24.48 1072 25.56
21,000 992 23.61 1020 24.65 1048 25.71 1074 26.78 1100 27.87
22,000 1023 26.03 1051 27.09 1077 28.17 1103 29.26 1129 30.36
23,000 1055 28.62 1081 29.70 1107 30.79 1133 31.90 1157 33.02
24,000 1086 31.38 1113 32.48 1138 33.59 1163 34.72 1187 35.86
25,000 1119 34.32 1144 35.44 1169 36.58 1193 37.72 — —
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
10,000 860 11.31 890 12.21 918 13.11 946 14.02 973 14.94
12,000 901 13.42 930 14.38 958 15.36 985 16.34 1011 17.33
13,000 923 14.62 952 15.61 979 16.61 1006 17.62 1031 18.64
14,000 946 15.92 974 16.94 1001 17.97 1027 19.01 1052 20.06
15,000 970 17.36 997 18.40 1024 19.45 1049 20.51 1074 21.58
16,000 994 18.93 1021 19.98 1047 21.05 1072 22.14 1097 23.23
17,000 1019 20.63 1045 21.70 1071 22.79 1096 23.89 1120 25.01
18,000 1045 22.48 1070 23.57 1096 24.67 1120 25.79 1144 26.93
19,000 1071 24.49 1096 25.59 1121 26.71 1145 27.84 1169 28.99
20,000 1098 26.66 1123 27.77 1147 28.90 1171 30.05 1194 31.21
21,000 1125 28.99 1150 30.12 1173 31.26 1197 32.42 — —
22,000 1153 31.49 1177 32.63 ——————
23,000 118134.16————————
24,000 ——-————————
25,000 ———-———————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
10,000 998 15.86 1024 16.79 1048 17.72 1072 18.66 1096 19.60
12,000 1036 18.33 1061 19.33 1085 20.34 1108 21.35 1131 22.36
13,000 1056 19.67 1081 20.71 1104 21.75 1128 22.80 1150 23.85
14,000 1077 21.12 1101 22.18 1125 23.25 1148 24.33 1170 25.42
15,000 1099 22.67 1122 23.76 1146 24.86 1168 25.97 1191 27.08
16,000 1121 24.34 1144 25.45 1167 26.58 1190 27.71 — —
17,000 1144 26.13 1167 27.27 1190 28.42 — — — —
18,000 1167 28.07 1190 29.23 ——————
19,000 119230.16————————
20,000 ——————————
21,000 ——————————
22,000 ——————————
23,000 ——————————
24,000 ——————————
25,000 ——————————
21
Table 29 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY,A4,A5060 Units
Table 30 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY020,025 and 50A4,A5020 Units
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
edb — Entering Dry Bulb
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet
losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at
70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited
by edb and ewb conditions.
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
12,000 516 4.81 569 5.54 617 6.30 660 7.10 701 7.93 739 8.79 774 9.68 808 10.59 841 11.52 872 12.46
14,000 584 6.90 632 7.69 676 8.50 716 9.33 754 10.20 790 11.10 824 12.02 857 12.97 888 13.94 917 14.92
15,000 619 8.13 664 8.96 706 9.79 745 10.65 782 11.53 817 12.44 850 13.38 882 14.35 912 15.33 941 16.34
16,000 654 9.49 697 10.36 737 11.22 775 12.10 811 13.00 845 13.93 877 14.88 908 15.86 938 16.86 966 17.88
17,000 689 10.99 730 11.90 769 12.79 806 13.69 840 14.61 873 15.56 904 16.53 935 17.52 964 18.54 992 19.58
18,000 725 12.64 764 13.58 801 14.51 837 15.43 870 16.38 902 17.34 933 18.32 962 19.33 990 20.36 1018 21.41
19,000 760 14.43 798 15.41 834 16.37 868 17.32 900 18.29 932 19.27 961 20.27 990 21.29 1018 22.34 1045 23.40
20,000 796 16.37 833 17.39 867 18.39 900 19.37 931 20.36 962 21.36 991 22.38 1019 23.42 1046 24.48 1072 25.56
21,000 832 18.47 867 19.54 901 20.56 932 21.57 963 22.59 992 23.61 1020 24.65 1048 25.71 1074 26.78 1100 27.87
22,000 869 20.74 902 21.84 934 22.90 965 23.94 995 24.98 1023 26.03 1051 27.09 1077 28.17 1103 29.26 1129 30.36
23,000 905 23.17 937 24.31 968 25.40 998 26.48 1027 27.55 1055 28.62 1081 29.70 1107 30.79 1133 31.90 1157 33.02
24,000 942 25.78 973 26.95 1003 28.08 1032 29.18 1059 30.28 1086 31.38 1113 32.48 1138 33.59 1163 34.72 1187 35.86
25,000 978 28.56 1008 29.77 1037 30.93 1065 32.07 1092 33.20 1119 34.32 1144 35.44 1169 36.58 1193 37.72 — —
26,000 1015 31.52 1044 32.76 1072 33.96 1099 35.13 1125 36.29 1151 37.44 1176 38.59 — — — — — —
27,000 1052 34.66 1080 35.94 1107 37.18 1133 38.38 1159 39.57 1184 40.75 ————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
12,000 901 13.42 930 14.38 958 15.36 985 16.34 1011 17.33 1036 18.33 1061 19.33 1085 20.34 1108 21.35 1131 22.36
14,000 946 15.92 974 16.94 1001 17.97 1027 19.01 1052 20.06 1077 21.12 1101 22.18 1125 23.25 1148 24.33 1170 25.42
15,000 970 17.36 997 18.40 1024 19.45 1049 20.51 1074 21.58 1099 22.67 1122 23.76 1146 24.86 1168 25.97 1191 27.08
16,000 994 18.93 1021 19.98 1047 21.05 1072 22.14 1097 23.23 1121 24.34 1144 25.45 1167 26.58 1190 27.71 — —
17,000 1019 20.63 1045 21.70 1071 22.79 1096 23.89 1120 25.01 1144 26.13 1167 27.27 1190 28.42 — — — —
18,000 1045 22.48 1070 23.57 1096 24.67 1120 25.79 1144 26.93 1167 28.07 1190 29.23 — — — — — —
19,000 1071 24.49 1096 25.59 1121 26.71 1145 27.84 1169 28.99 1192 30.16 ————————
20,000 1098 26.66 1123 27.77 1147 28.90 1171 30.05 1194 31.21 — — ————————
21,000 112528.99115030.12117331.26119732.42————————————
22,000 115331.49117732.63————————————————
23,000 118134.16——————————————————
24,000 ————————————————————
25,000 ————————————————————
26,000 ————————————————————
27,000 ————————————————————
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
4,000 322 0.62 399 0.82 464 1.04 521 1.26 572 1.48 619 1.71 662 1.93 702 2.16 739 2.38 774 2.61
5,000 361 0.95 431 1.17 491 1.41 545 1.65 594 1.89 640 2.14 682 2.39 722 2.64 759 2.89 795 3.14
6,000 405 1.41 467 1.64 524 1.88 574 2.14 621 2.40 664 2.67 705 2.93 744 3.20 780 3.47 816 3.75
7,000 451 2.00 508 2.22 559 2.48 607 2.75 651 3.02 693 3.30 732 3.58 769 3.87 804 4.16 839 4.45
7,500 475 2.34 529 2.57 579 2.82 625 3.10 668 3.38 708 3.66 746 3.96 783 4.25 818 4.55 851 4.84
8,000 500 2.72 551 2.95 598 3.21 643 3.48 685 3.77 724 4.06 762 4.36 797 4.66 832 4.96 864 5.27
9,000 550 3.60 596 3.83 640 4.09 682 4.36 721 4.66 759 4.96 795 5.27 829 5.58 862 5.90 893 6.22
10,000 601 4.63 644 4.86 684 5.12 723 5.40 760 5.70 796 6.01 830 6.33 863 6.65 894 6.98 925 7.31
11,000 653 5.83 692 6.07 730 6.33 766 6.61 801 6.91 835 7.22 867 7.54 899 7.87 929 8.21 958 8.55
12,000 706 7.20 742 7.45 777 7.71 811 7.99 844 8.29 875 8.61 906 8.93 936 9.27 966 9.61 994 9.96
12,500 732 7.96 768 8.20 801 8.47 834 8.75 866 9.05 897 9.37 927 9.69 956 10.03 985 10.38 1012 10.73
13,000 759 8.76 793 9.01 826 9.27 857 9.56 888 9.86 918 10.17 947 10.50 976 10.84 1004 11.19 1031 11.54
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
4,000 808 2.84 840 3.06 870 3.29 900 3.52 928 3.75 955 3.98 981 4.21 1007 4.44 1031 4.67 1055 4.91
5,000 829 3.39 861 3.64 892 3.89 922 4.14 950 4.40 978 4.65 1005 4.90 1031 5.16 1056 5.41 1080 5.67
6,000 849 4.02 881 4.29 912 4.57 942 4.84 971 5.12 999 5.39 1026 5.67 1052 5.94 1077 6.22 1102 6.49
7,000 871 4.74 903 5.03 933 5.33 963 5.62 991 5.92 1019 6.21 1046 6.51 1072 6.80 1098 7.10 1123 7.40
7,500 883 5.14 915 5.44 945 5.75 974 6.05 1002 6.35 1030 6.66 1057 6.96 1083 7.27 1108 7.58 1133 7.88
8,000 896 5.58 927 5.89 957 6.20 985 6.51 1014 6.82 1041 7.13 1067 7.45 1093 7.76 1118 8.08 1143 8.39
9,000 924 6.54 954 6.86 983 7.19 1011 7.51 1038 7.84 1064 8.17 1090 8.50 1116 8.83 1141 9.16 1165 9.49
10,000 954 7.64 983 7.98 1011 8.31 1038 8.65 1065 8.99 1091 9.34 1116 9.68 1141 10.02 1165 10.37 1189 10.72
11,000 987 8.89 1015 9.24 1042 9.59 1068 9.94 1094 10.29 1119 10.65 1144 11.01 1168 11.36 1191 11.72 — —
12,000 1022 10.31 1048 10.67 1075 11.03 1100 11.39 1125 11.75 1150 12.12 1173 12.48 1197 12.85 — — — —
12,500 1039 11.08 1066 11.44 1092 11.81 1117 12.17 1141 12.54 1165 12.91 1189 13.28 — — — — — —
13,000 1058 11.90 1084 12.26 1109 12.63 1134 13.00 1158 13.37 1182 13.75 — — — — — — — —
Watts = Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
22
Table 31 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY027,030 and 50A4,A5025-030 Units
Table 32 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY,A4,A5035 Units
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
edb — Entering Dry Bulb
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet
losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at
70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited
by edb and ewb conditions.
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
4,000 325 0.62 402 0.83 466 1.05 523 1.27 574 1.49 620 1.72 663 1.94 703 2.17 740 2.39 776 2.62
5,000 366 0.97 435 1.19 495 1.42 548 1.67 597 1.91 642 2.16 685 2.41 724 2.65 762 2.90 797 3.16
6,000 411 1.43 473 1.66 529 1.91 579 2.16 625 2.43 668 2.69 709 2.96 747 3.23 784 3.50 819 3.77
7,000 459 2.02 515 2.25 566 2.51 613 2.78 657 3.06 698 3.34 737 3.62 774 3.91 809 4.20 843 4.49
8,000 508 2.76 559 2.99 606 3.25 650 3.53 691 3.82 731 4.11 768 4.41 803 4.71 837 5.01 870 5.32
9,000 560 3.64 605 3.88 649 4.14 690 4.42 729 4.72 766 5.02 802 5.33 835 5.64 868 5.96 900 6.28
10,000 612 4.68 654 4.92 694 5.19 732 5.47 769 5.77 804 6.09 838 6.40 870 6.73 902 7.06 932 7.39
11,000 665 5.89 703 6.14 740 6.41 776 6.69 811 7.00 844 7.31 876 7.64 907 7.97 937 8.31 967 8.65
12,000 718 7.28 754 7.53 788 7.80 822 8.09 854 8.39 886 8.71 916 9.04 946 9.38 975 9.72 1003 10.07
13,000 772 8.85 806 9.11 838 9.38 869 9.67 899 9.98 929 10.30 958 10.63 987 10.97 1014 11.32 1041 11.68
14,000 826 10.61 858 10.87 888 11.15 917 11.44 946 11.75 974 12.07 1002 12.41 1029 12.75 1055 13.10 1081 13.46
15,000 881 12.57 910 12.84 939 13.12 967 13.41 994 13.72 1021 14.05 1047 14.38 1073 14.73 1098 15.08 1123 15.45
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
4,000 809 2.84 841 3.07 872 3.30 901 3.53 929 3.76 956 3.99 982 4.22 1008 4.45 1032 4.68 1056 4.92
5,000 831 3.41 863 3.66 894 3.91 924 4.16 952 4.41 980 4.67 1007 4.92 1032 5.17 1057 5.43 1082 5.68
6,000 852 4.05 884 4.32 915 4.59 945 4.87 974 5.14 1001 5.42 1028 5.69 1054 5.97 1080 6.24 1105 6.52
7,000 875 4.78 907 5.07 937 5.37 967 5.66 995 5.95 1023 6.25 1049 6.55 1076 6.84 1101 7.14 1126 7.44
8,000 901 5.63 932 5.94 961 6.25 990 6.56 1018 6.87 1045 7.18 1072 7.50 1097 7.81 1123 8.13 1147 8.44
9,000 930 6.60 960 6.93 988 7.25 1016 7.58 1043 7.91 1070 8.23 1096 8.57 1121 8.90 1146 9.23 1170 9.56
10,000 961 7.72 990 8.06 1018 8.40 1045 8.74 1071 9.08 1097 9.42 1122 9.76 1147 10.11 1171 10.46 1194 10.80
11,000 995 8.99 1022 9.34 1049 9.69 1075 10.04 1101 10.39 1126 10.75 1151 11.11 1175 11.47 1198 11.82 — —
12,000 1030 10.43 1057 10.78 1083 11.14 1108 11.51 1133 11.87 1157 12.24 1181 12.61 — — — — — —
13,000 1068 12.04 1093 12.40 1119 12.77 1143 13.14 1167 13.52 1191 13.89 — — — — — — — —
14,000 1107 13.83 1131 14.20 1156 14.58 1179 14.96 ————————————
15,000 1147 15.82 1171 16.19 1194 16.58 — — ————————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
7,000 522 2.06 573 2.32 620 2.57 664 2.82 705 3.06 744 3.30 780 3.54 815 3.78 849 4.01 881 4.24
8,000 576 2.75 622 3.03 665 3.30 706 3.57 745 3.84 782 4.10 817 4.36 850 4.62 883 4.87 914 5.12
9,000 630 3.57 672 3.86 712 4.16 750 4.45 787 4.74 822 5.02 855 5.30 888 5.58 919 5.86 949 6.13
10,000 686 4.52 724 4.84 761 5.15 797 5.46 831 5.77 864 6.07 896 6.37 927 6.67 957 6.97 986 7.26
10,500 714 5.05 750 5.38 786 5.70 821 6.02 854 6.34 886 6.65 917 6.96 947 7.27 977 7.57 1005 7.87
11,000 742 5.62 777 5.95 811 6.28 845 6.61 877 6.94 909 7.26 939 7.58 968 7.90 997 8.21 1025 8.52
12,000 799 6.88 831 7.22 863 7.57 894 7.91 925 8.25 954 8.60 983 8.93 1011 9.27 1039 9.60 1065 9.93
13,000 856 8.29 886 8.65 916 9.01 945 9.37 974 9.72 1002 10.08 1029 10.44 1056 10.79 1082 11.14 1108 11.49
14,000 914 9.87 942 10.24 969 10.61 997 10.98 1024 11.36 1050 11.73 1076 12.10 1102 12.47 1127 12.84 1152 13.20
15,000 971 11.62 998 12.00 1024 12.39 1050 12.77 1075 13.16 1100 13.54 1125 13.93 1149 14.31 1173 14.70 1197 15.08
16,000 1029 13.55 1054 13.94 1079 14.34 1103 14.74 1127 15.13 1151 15.53 1174 15.93 1198 16.33 1220 16.73 1243 17.12
17,000 1088 15.66 1111 16.07 1134 16.47 1157 16.88 1180 17.29 1203 17.70 1225 18.11 1247 18.53 1269 18.93 1290 19.34
17,500 1117 16.79 1140 17.20 1162 17.61 1184 18.02 1207 18.44 1229 18.86 1250 19.27 1272 19.69 1293 20.11 — —
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
7,000 912 4.46 942 4.68 970 4.90 998 5.12 1025 5.33 1051 5.54 1076 5.75 1101 5.96 1124 6.16 1148 6.36
8,000 944 5.37 973 5.62 1001 5.86 1029 6.11 1055 6.35 1081 6.58 1106 6.82 1130 7.05 1154 7.28 1177 7.51
9,000 978 6.40 1006 6.67 1034 6.93 1060 7.20 1086 7.46 1112 7.72 1136 7.98 1160 8.23 1184 8.49 1207 8.74
10,000 1014 7.55 1041 7.84 1068 8.12 1094 8.41 1119 8.69 1144 8.97 1168 9.25 1192 9.52 1215 9.80 1238 10.07
10,500 1033 8.17 1059 8.47 1086 8.77 1111 9.06 1136 9.35 1161 9.64 1184 9.93 1208 10.22 1231 10.50 1253 10.79
11,000 1052 8.83 1078 9.14 1104 9.44 1129 9.75 1154 10.05 1178 10.35 1201 10.64 1224 10.94 1247 11.23 1269 11.53
12,000 1091 10.26 1117 10.58 1142 10.90 1166 11.23 1190 11.54 1213 11.86 1236 12.18 1259 12.49 1281 12.80 — —
13,000 1133 11.83 1157 12.17 1181 12.51 1205 12.85 1228 13.19 1251 13.52 1273 13.86 1295 14.19 — — — —
14,000 1176 13.56 1199 13.92 1222 14.28 1245 14.63 1268 14.99 1290 15.34 — ———————
15,000 122015.45124315.83126516.20128716.58————————————
16,000 126517.52128717.91————————————————
17,000 ————————————————————
17,500 ————————————————————
Watts = Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
23
Table 33 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY036 Units
Table 34 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY,A4,A5040 Units
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
edb — Entering Dry Bulb
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean
2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is
limited to unloaded operation and may be additional limited by edb and ewb conditions.
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
7,000 451 2.13 503 2.49 552 2.86 597 3.23 641 3.60
8,000 499 2.88 546 3.27 590 3.66 632 4.06 672 4.46
9,000 548 3.78 591 4.20 631 4.62 670 5.04 708 5.47
10,000 599 4.86 637 5.30 675 5.74 711 6.19 746 6.64
11,000 649 6.11 685 6.57 720 7.04 753 7.51 786 7.99
12,000 701 7.54 734 8.03 766 8.52 797 9.02 828 9.52
13,000 753 9.18 783 9.69 813 10.21 842 10.72 871 11.25
14,000 805 11.03 833 11.56 861 12.09 889 12.63 916 13.18
15,000 857 13.09 884 13.64 910 14.20 936 14.76 962 15.32
16,000 910 15.38 935 15.95 960 16.53 984 17.11 1008 17.69
17,000 963 17.91 986 18.50 1010 19.09 1033 19.69 1056 20.30
17,500 989 19.26 1012 19.86 1035 20.47 1058 21.08 1080 21.69
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
7,000 682 3.99 722 4.39 760 4.80 797 5.22 832 5.65
8,000 711 4.87 748 5.28 784 5.70 819 6.14 853 6.58
9,000 744 5.90 778 6.33 812 6.77 845 7.22 877 7.67
10,000 779 7.09 812 7.55 844 8.01 875 8.47 905 8.94
11,000 817 8.47 848 8.94 878 9.43 907 9.91 936 10.40
12,000 857 10.02 886 10.52 915 11.03 943 11.53 970 12.04
13,000 899 11.77 927 12.30 953 12.82 980 13.35 1006 13.88
14,000 942 13.73 968 14.27 994 14.82 1019 15.37 1044 15.92
15,000 987 15.89 1011 16.46 1036 17.03 1060 17.61 1083 18.18
16,000 1032 18.28 1056 18.87 1079 19.47 1101 20.06 1124 20.66
17,000 1078 20.91 1101 21.52 1123 22.13 1145 22.75 1166 23.36
17,500 1102 22.31 1124 22.93 1145 23.55 1166 24.18 1187 24.80
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
7,000 866 6.09 899 6.54 931 6.99 961 7.45 991 7.91
8,000 885 7.03 917 7.48 948 7.95 978 8.42 1007 8.90
9,000 908 8.13 939 8.60 968 9.08 997 9.56 1026 10.05
10,000 934 9.42 963 9.90 992 10.39 1020 10.89 1047 11.39
11,000 964 10.89 992 11.39 1019 11.89 1045 12.40 1071 12.91
12,000 996 12.55 1023 13.07 1048 13.59 1074 14.11 1099 14.64
13,000 1031 14.41 1056 14.95 1081 15.48 1105 16.03 1129 16.57
14,000 1068 16.48 1092 17.03 1115 17.59 1138 18.15 1161 18.71
15,000 1106 18.75 1129 19.33 1151 19.91 1174 20.48 1196 21.07
16,000 1146 21.25 1168 21.85 1189 22.45 1211 23.04 1232 23.64
17,000 1187 23.98 1208 24.60 1229 25.21 1249 25.83 1270 26.46
17,500 1208 25.43 1229 26.06 1249 26.69 1269 27.32 1289 27.95
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
7,000 1020 8.39 1047 8.86 1074 9.34 1101 9.83 1126 10.32
8,000 1036 9.39 1063 9.88 1090 10.38 1116 10.88 1142 11.39
9,000 1053 10.55 1080 11.05 1107 11.56 1133 12.08 1158 12.60
10,000 1073 11.89 1100 12.41 1125 12.93 1151 13.45 1175 13.99
11,000 1097 13.43 1122 13.96 1147 14.49 1171 15.02 1195 15.56
12,000 1123 15.17 1147 15.71 1171 16.25 1195 16.80 1218 17.35
13,000 1152 17.12 1175 17.67 1198 18.22 1221 18.78 1243 19.35
14,000 1184 19.27 1206 19.84 1228 20.41 1250 20.99 1271 21.56
15,000 1217 21.65 1239 22.23 1260 22.82 1280 23.41 — —
16,000 1253 24.25 1273 24.85 1293 25.45 — — — —
17,000 128927.07————————
17,500 ——————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.61.82.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 499 2.88 546 3.27 590 3.66 632 4.06 672 4.46 711 4.87 748 5.28 784 5.70 819 6.14 853 6.58
9,000 548 3.78 591 4.20 631 4.62 670 5.04 708 5.47 744 5.90 778 6.33 812 6.77 845 7.22 877 7.67
10,000 599 4.86 637 5.30 675 5.74 711 6.19 746 6.64 779 7.09 812 7.55 844 8.01 875 8.47 905 8.94
11,000 649 6.11 685 6.57 720 7.04 753 7.51 786 7.99 817 8.47 848 8.94 878 9.43 907 9.91 936 10.40
12,000 701 7.54 734 8.03 766 8.52 797 9.02 828 9.52 857 10.02 886 10.52 915 11.03 943 11.53 970 12.04
13,000 753 9.18 783 9.69 813 10.21 842 10.72 871 11.25 899 11.77 927 12.30 953 12.82 980 13.35 1006 13.88
14,000 805 11.03 833 11.56 861 12.09 889 12.63 916 13.18 942 13.73 968 14.27 994 14.82 1019 15.37 1044 15.92
15,000 857 13.09 884 13.64 910 14.20 936 14.76 962 15.32 987 15.89 1011 16.46 1036 17.03 1060 17.61 1083 18.18
16,000 910 15.38 935 15.95 960 16.53 984 17.11 1008 17.69 1032 18.28 1056 18.87 1079 19.47 1101 20.06 1124 20.66
17,000 963 17.91 986 18.50 1010 19.09 1033 19.69 1056 20.30 1078 20.91 1101 21.52 1123 22.13 1145 22.75 1166 23.36
18,000 1016 20.68 1038 21.29 1060 21.90 1082 22.52 1104 23.15 1126 23.77 1147 24.41 1168 25.04 1189 25.67 1209 26.31
19,000 1069 23.71 1090 24.33 1111 24.96 1132 25.60 1153 26.25 1173 26.89 1194 27.54 1214 28.19 1234 28.85 — —
20,000 112226.99114227.64116228.29118228.95————————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.22.42.62.83.03.23.43.63.84.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 885 7.03 917 7.48 948 7.95 978 8.42 1007 8.90 1036 9.39 1063 9.88 1090 10.38 1116 10.88 1142 11.39
9,000 908 8.13 939 8.60 968 9.08 997 9.56 1026 10.05 1053 10.55 1080 11.05 1107 11.56 1133 12.08 1158 12.60
10,000 934 9.42 963 9.90 992 10.39 1020 10.89 1047 11.39 1073 11.89 1100 12.41 1125 12.93 1151 13.45 1175 13.99
11,000 964 10.89 992 11.39 1019 11.89 1045 12.40 1071 12.91 1097 13.43 1122 13.96 1147 14.49 1171 15.02 1195 15.56
12,000 996 12.55 1023 13.07 1048 13.59 1074 14.11 1099 14.64 1123 15.17 1147 15.71 1171 16.25 1195 16.80 1218 17.35
13,000 1031 14.41 1056 14.95 1081 15.48 1105 16.03 1129 16.57 1152 17.12 1175 17.67 1198 18.22 1221 18.78 1243 19.35
14,000 1068 16.48 1092 17.03 1115 17.59 1138 18.15 1161 18.71 1184 19.27 1206 19.84 1228 20.41 1250 20.99 1271 21.56
15,000 1106 18.75 1129 19.33 1151 19.91 1174 20.48 1196 21.07 1217 21.65 1239 22.23 1260 22.82 1280 23.41 — —
16,000 114621.25116821.85118922.45121123.04123223.64125324.25127324.85129325.45————
17,000 118723.98120824.60122925.21124925.83127026.46128927.07————————
18,000 123026.95125027.58126928.22128928.86————————————
19,000 ————————————————————
20,000 ————————————————————
Watts = Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
24
Table 35 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY041 Units
Table 36 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY,A4,A5050 Units
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
edb — Entering Dry Bulb
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in.
filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to
unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb and ewb conditions.
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 499 2.88 546 3.27 590 3.66 632 4.06 672 4.46
9,000 548 3.78 591 4.20 631 4.62 670 5.04 708 5.47
10,000 599 4.86 637 5.30 675 5.74 711 6.19 746 6.64
11,000 649 6.11 685 6.57 720 7.04 753 7.51 786 7.99
12,000 701 7.54 734 8.03 766 8.52 797 9.02 828 9.52
13,000 753 9.18 783 9.69 813 10.21 842 10.72 871 11.25
14,000 805 11.03 833 11.56 861 12.09 889 12.63 916 13.18
15,000 857 13.09 884 13.64 910 14.20 936 14.76 962 15.32
16,000 910 15.38 935 15.95 960 16.53 984 17.11 1008 17.69
17,000 963 17.91 986 18.50 1010 19.09 1033 19.69 1056 20.30
18,000 1016 20.68 1038 21.29 1060 21.90 1082 22.52 1104 23.15
19,000 1069 23.71 1090 24.33 1111 24.96 1132 25.60 1153 26.25
20,000 1122 26.99 1142 27.64 1162 28.29 1182 28.95 — —
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 711 4.87 748 5.28 784 5.70 819 6.14 853 6.58
9,000 744 5.90 778 6.33 812 6.77 845 7.22 877 7.67
10,000 779 7.09 812 7.55 844 8.01 875 8.47 905 8.94
11,000 817 8.47 848 8.94 878 9.43 907 9.91 936 10.40
12,000 857 10.02 886 10.52 915 11.03 943 11.53 970 12.04
13,000 899 11.77 927 12.30 953 12.82 980 13.35 1006 13.88
14,000 942 13.73 968 14.27 994 14.82 1019 15.37 1044 15.92
15,000 987 15.89 1011 16.46 1036 17.03 1060 17.61 1083 18.18
16,000 1032 18.28 1056 18.87 1079 19.47 1101 20.06 1124 20.66
17,000 1078 20.91 1101 21.52 1123 22.13 1145 22.75 1166 23.36
18,000 1126 23.77 1147 24.41 1168 25.04 1189 25.67 1209 26.31
19,000 1173 26.89 1194 27.54 1214 28.19 1234 28.85 — —
20,000 ——————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 885 7.03 917 7.48 948 7.95 978 8.42 1007 8.90
9,000 908 8.13 939 8.60 968 9.08 997 9.56 1026 10.05
10,000 934 9.42 963 9.90 992 10.39 1020 10.89 1047 11.39
11,000 964 10.89 992 11.39 1019 11.89 1045 12.40 1071 12.91
12,000 996 12.55 1023 13.07 1048 13.59 1074 14.11 1099 14.64
13,000 1031 14.41 1056 14.95 1081 15.48 1105 16.03 1129 16.57
14,000 1068 16.48 1092 17.03 1115 17.59 1138 18.15 1161 18.71
15,000 1106 18.75 1129 19.33 1151 19.91 1174 20.48 1196 21.07
16,000 1146 21.25 1168 21.85 1189 22.45 1211 23.04 1232 23.64
17,000 1187 23.98 1208 24.60 1229 25.21 1249 25.83 1270 26.46
18,000 1230 26.95 1250 27.58 1269 28.22 1289 28.86 — —
19,000 ——————————
20,000 ——————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 1036 9.39 1063 9.88 1090 10.38 1116 10.88 1142 11.39
9,000 1053 10.55 1080 11.05 1107 11.56 1133 12.08 1158 12.60
10,000 1073 11.89 1100 12.41 1125 12.93 1151 13.45 1175 13.99
11,000 1097 13.43 1122 13.96 1147 14.49 1171 15.02 1195 15.56
12,000 1123 15.17 1147 15.71 1171 16.25 1195 16.80 1218 17.35
13,000 1152 17.12 1175 17.67 1198 18.22 1221 18.78 1243 19.35
14,000 1184 19.27 1206 19.84 1228 20.41 1250 20.99 1271 21.56
15,000 1217 21.65 1239 22.23 1260 22.82 1280 23.41 — —
16,000 1253 24.25 1273 24.85 1293 25.45 — — — —
17,000 128927.07————————
18,000 ——————————
19,000 ——————————
20,000 ——————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 509 2.95 555 3.35 599 3.74 640 4.14 680 4.54 718 4.95 755 5.36 791 5.79 826 6.22 859 6.66
9,000 558 3.87 600 4.29 640 4.71 678 5.13 715 5.56 751 5.99 786 6.42 819 6.87 852 7.31 884 7.77
10,000 608 4.96 646 5.40 683 5.85 719 6.30 754 6.75 787 7.20 819 7.66 851 8.12 882 8.58 912 9.06
11,000 659 6.23 694 6.69 728 7.16 762 7.64 794 8.11 825 8.59 856 9.07 886 9.55 915 10.04 943 10.53
12,000 710 7.68 743 8.17 775 8.67 806 9.17 836 9.67 866 10.17 895 10.67 923 11.17 950 11.68 978 12.19
13,000 763 9.35 793 9.86 823 10.37 852 10.89 880 11.42 908 11.94 935 12.47 962 12.99 988 13.52 1014 14.05
14,000 815 11.22 843 11.75 871 12.29 899 12.83 925 13.38 952 13.92 978 14.47 1003 15.02 1028 15.57 1052 16.12
15,000 868 13.31 895 13.86 921 14.42 946 14.98 972 15.55 997 16.12 1021 16.69 1045 17.26 1069 17.83 1092 18.41
16,000 921 15.64 946 16.21 971 16.78 995 17.37 1019 17.96 1043 18.54 1066 19.14 1089 19.73 1111 20.32 1134 20.92
17,000 974 18.20 998 18.79 1021 19.39 1044 19.99 1067 20.60 1089 21.21 1112 21.82 1134 22.43 1155 23.05 1176 23.66
18,000 1028 21.01 1050 21.62 1072 22.24 1094 22.86 1116 23.49 1137 24.12 1158 24.75 1179 25.38 1200 26.02 1220 26.65
19,000 1081 24.08 1103 24.71 1124 25.35 1145 25.99 1165 26.63 1185 27.28 1206 27.93 1226 28.58 1245 29.24 1265 29.90
20,000 1135 27.42 1155 28.06 1175 28.72 1195 29.38 1215 30.04 1234 30.71 1254 31.38 1273 32.05 1292 32.72 — —
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
8,000 892 7.12 923 7.57 954 8.04 984 8.52 1013 9.00 1041 9.49 1069 9.98 1095 10.48 1121 10.98 1147 11.49
9,000 915 8.23 945 8.70 975 9.18 1003 9.67 1032 10.16 1059 10.66 1086 11.16 1112 11.67 1138 12.19 1163 12.71
10,000 941 9.53 970 10.02 998 10.51 1026 11.00 1053 11.51 1080 12.01 1106 12.53 1131 13.05 1156 13.58 1181 14.11
11,000 971 11.02 999 11.52 1026 12.02 1052 12.53 1078 13.05 1103 13.57 1128 14.09 1153 14.63 1177 15.16 1201 15.71
12,000 1004 12.70 1030 13.22 1056 13.74 1081 14.26 1106 14.79 1130 15.33 1154 15.86 1178 16.41 1201 16.96 1224 17.51
13,000 1039 14.59 1064 15.12 1088 15.66 1113 16.20 1136 16.74 1160 17.29 1183 17.85 1206 18.40 1228 18.96 1250 19.53
14,000 1076 16.68 1100 17.23 1123 17.79 1147 18.35 1169 18.91 1192 19.48 1214 20.04 1236 20.62 1257 21.19 1279 21.77
15,000 1115 18.98 1138 19.56 1160 20.14 1182 20.72 1204 21.30 1226 21.88 1247 22.47 1268 23.05 1289 23.65 — —
16,000 1156 21.52 1178 22.11 1199 22.71 1220 23.31 1241 23.91 1262 24.51 1282 25.12 — —————
17,000 1198 24.28 1218 24.90 1239 25.52 1259 26.14 1279 26.76 1299 27.38 — — — —————
18,000 1240 27.29 1260 27.93 1280 28.57 1300 29.21 — — ——————————
19,000 1284 30.55 — — — ———————————————
20,000 ————————————————————
Watts = Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
25
Table 37 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY051 Units
Table 38 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY,A4,A5060 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
10,000 429 2.98 488 3.61 539 4.26 585 4.95 627 5.66
12,000 490 4.48 543 5.17 591 5.88 634 6.61 673 7.36
13,000 522 5.39 572 6.11 618 6.85 659 7.61 698 8.38
14,000 554 6.41 602 7.17 645 7.94 686 8.72 723 9.51
15,000 586 7.56 632 8.34 674 9.14 713 9.94 749 10.77
16,000 619 8.83 663 9.64 703 10.46 741 11.30 776 12.14
17,000 652 10.23 694 11.07 733 11.92 769 12.78 803 13.65
18,000 685 11.76 725 12.63 763 13.51 798 14.39 831 15.29
19,000 719 13.44 757 14.33 793 15.23 827 16.14 860 17.07
20,000 753 15.26 789 16.18 824 17.10 857 18.04 888 18.99
21,000 787 17.23 822 18.17 855 19.12 887 20.08 918 21.05
22,000 821 19.35 855 20.32 887 21.29 918 22.28 947 23.28
23,000 855 21.63 888 22.62 919 23.62 949 24.63 977 25.65
24,000 889 24.07 921 25.08 951 26.11 980 27.14 1008 28.19
25,000 924 26.67 954 27.71 983 28.76 1011 29.82 1038 30.89
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
10,000 666 6.41 703 7.17 737 7.96 770 8.78 801 9.61
12,000 711 8.14 746 8.94 779 9.76 811 10.60 841 11.45
13,000 734 9.18 769 9.99 801 10.82 832 11.68 862 12.55
14,000 759 10.33 792 11.16 824 12.01 855 12.88 884 13.76
15,000 784 11.60 816 12.45 848 13.32 878 14.21 906 15.11
16,000 810 13.00 841 13.87 872 14.76 901 15.66 929 16.58
17,000 836 14.53 867 15.42 897 16.33 926 17.25 953 18.19
18,000 863 16.20 893 17.11 922 18.04 950 18.98 978 19.93
19,000 890 18.00 920 18.94 949 19.88 976 20.84 1003 21.81
20,000 918 19.94 947 20.90 975 21.87 1002 22.85 1028 23.84
21,000 947 22.03 975 23.02 1002 24.01 1029 25.01 1054 26.02
22,000 976 24.28 1003 25.28 1030 26.30 1056 27.32 1081 28.35
23,000 1005 26.68 1032 27.71 1058 28.75 1083 29.79 1108 30.85
24,000 1035 29.24 1061 30.29 1086 31.35 1111 32.42 1135 33.49
25,000 1065 31.96 1090 33.04 1115 34.12 1139 35.21 1163 36.31
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
10,000 831 10.46 860 11.33 888 12.21 915 13.11 941 14.02
12,000 870 12.33 898 13.22 925 14.13 951 15.06 977 16.00
13,000 891 13.44 918 14.35 945 15.27 971 16.20 996 17.16
14,000 912 14.67 939 15.59 965 16.52 991 17.47 1016 18.44
15,000 934 16.02 961 16.96 987 17.90 1012 18.87 1036 19.84
16,000 957 17.51 983 18.46 1008 19.42 1033 20.39 1057 21.38
17,000 980 19.13 1006 20.10 1031 21.07 1055 22.06 1079 23.06
18,000 1004 20.89 1029 21.87 1054 22.86 1078 23.86 1101 24.88
19,000 1028 22.80 1053 23.79 1078 24.80 1101 25.81 1124 26.84
20,000 1053 24.85 1078 25.86 1102 26.88 1125 27.91 1148 28.96
21,000 1079 27.04 1103 28.07 1126 29.11 1149 30.16 1172 31.22
22,000 1105 29.39 1129 30.44 1152 31.50 1174 32.57 1196 33.65
23,000 1131 31.90 1155 32.97 1177 34.05 1199 35.13 — —
24,000 1158 34.57 1181 35.66 ——————
25,000 118637.41————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
10,000 966 14.94 991 15.88 1014 16.83 1038 17.79 1060 18.76
12,000 1002 16.96 1026 17.92 1049 18.90 1072 19.89 1094 20.89
13,000 1020 18.13 1044 19.11 1067 20.10 1090 21.10 1112 22.12
14,000 1040 19.42 1063 20.41 1086 21.41 1109 22.43 1131 23.46
15,000 1060 20.83 1083 21.84 1106 22.85 1128 23.88 1150 24.92
16,000 1081 22.39 1104 23.40 1126 24.43 1148 25.47 1170 26.52
17,000 1102 24.07 1125 25.10 1147 26.14 1169 27.19 1190 28.26
18,000 1124 25.91 1147 26.94 1169 28.00 1190 29.06 — —
19,000 1147 27.89 1169 28.94 1190 30.00 — — — —
20,000 1170 30.01 1192 31.08 ——————
21,000 119432.30————————
22,000 ——————————
23,000 ——————————
24,000 ——————————
25,000 ——————————
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
RpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhp
12,000 490 4.48 543 5.17 591 5.88 634 6.61 674 7.37 711 8.14 746 8.94 779 9.76 811 10.60 841 11.45
14,000 554 6.41 602 7.17 645 7.94 686 8.72 723 9.51 759 10.33 792 11.16 824 12.01 855 12.88 884 13.76
15,000 586 7.56 632 8.34 674 9.14 713 9.94 749 10.77 784 11.60 816 12.45 848 13.32 878 14.21 906 15.11
16,000 619 8.83 663 9.64 703 10.46 741 11.30 776 12.14 810 13.00 841 13.87 872 14.76 901 15.66 929 16.58
17,000 652 10.23 694 11.07 733 11.92 769 12.78 803 13.65 836 14.53 867 15.42 897 16.33 926 17.25 953 18.19
18,000 685 11.76 725 12.63 763 13.51 798 14.39 831 15.29 863 16.20 893 17.11 922 18.04 950 18.98 978 19.93
19,000 719 13.44 757 14.33 793 15.23 827 16.14 860 17.07 890 18.00 920 18.94 949 19.88 976 20.84 1003 21.81
20,000 753 15.26 789 16.18 824 17.10 857 18.04 888 18.99 918 19.94 947 20.90 975 21.87 1002 22.85 1028 23.84
21,000 787 17.23 822 18.17 855 19.12 887 20.08 918 21.05 947 22.03 975 23.02 1002 24.01 1029 25.01 1054 26.02
22,000 821 19.35 855 20.32 887 21.29 918 22.28 947 23.28 976 24.28 1003 25.28 1030 26.30 1056 27.32 1081 28.35
23,000 855 21.63 888 22.62 919 23.62 949 24.63 977 25.65 1005 26.68 1032 27.71 1058 28.75 1083 29.79 1108 30.85
24,000 889 24.07 921 25.08 951 26.11 980 27.14 1008 28.19 1035 29.24 1061 30.29 1086 31.35 1111 32.42 1135 33.49
25,000 924 26.67 954 27.71 983 28.76 1011 29.82 1038 30.89 1065 31.96 1090 33.04 1115 34.12 1139 35.21 1163 36.31
26,000 958 29.45 987 30.51 1016 31.59 1043 32.67 1069 33.76 1095 34.85 1120 35.95 1144 37.06 1168 38.17 1191 39.29
27,000 993 32.40 1021 33.49 1048 34.58 1075 35.69 1101 36.80 1126 37.92 1150 39.04 1174 40.17 1197 41.30 — —
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
RpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhpRpmBhp
12,000 870 12.33 898 13.22 925 14.13 951 15.06 977 16.00 1002 16.96 1026 17.92 1049 18.90 1072 19.89 1094 20.89
14,000 912 14.67 939 15.59 965 16.52 991 17.47 1016 18.44 1040 19.42 1063 20.41 1086 21.41 1109 22.43 1131 23.46
15,000 934 16.02 961 16.96 987 17.90 1012 18.87 1036 19.84 1060 20.83 1083 21.84 1106 22.85 1128 23.88 1150 24.92
16,000 957 17.51 983 18.46 1008 19.42 1033 20.39 1057 21.38 1081 22.39 1104 23.40 1126 24.43 1148 25.47 1170 26.52
17,000 980 19.13 1006 20.10 1031 21.07 1055 22.06 1079 23.06 1102 24.07 1125 25.10 1147 26.14 1169 27.19 1190 28.26
18,000 1004 20.89 1029 21.87 1054 22.86 1078 23.86 1101 24.88 1124 25.91 1147 26.94 1169 28.00 1190 29.06 — —
19,000 1028 22.80 1053 23.79 1078 24.80 1101 25.81 1124 26.84 1147 27.89 1169 28.94 1190 30.00 — — — —
20,000 1053 24.85 1078 25.86 1102 26.88 1125 27.91 1148 28.96 1170 30.01 1192 31.08 — — — — — —
21,000 1079 27.04 1103 28.07 1126 29.11 1149 30.16 1172 31.22 1194 32.30 — — — — — — — —
22,000 1105 29.39 1129 30.44 1152 31.50 1174 32.57 1196 33.65 ——————————
23,000 1131 31.90 1155 32.97 1177 34.05 1199 35.13 — — ——————————
24,000 1158 34.57 1181 35.66 — ———————————————
25,000 1186 37.41 — — — ———————————————
26,000 ————————————————————
27,000 ————————————————————
26
Table 39 — Motor Limitations
LEGEND
NOTES:
1. Extensive motor and electrical testing on the Carrier units has ensured that
the full horsepower range of the motor can be utilized with confidence.
Using the fan motors up to the horsepower ratings shown in the Motor Lim-
itations table will not result in nuisance tripping or premature motor fail-
ures. Unit warranty will not be affected.
2. All motors comply with Energy Policy Act (EPACT) Standards effective
October 24, 1997.
Table 40A — Air Quantity Limits (48AJ,AK,AW,AY,A2,A3,A4,A5)
LEGEND
* Sizes 036,041, and 051 are 48AJ,AK,AW,AY only.
NOTE: Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton in Cooling
mode. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be
also limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb (entering wet bulb) conditions.
HIGH-EFFICIENCY MOTORS
Nominal Maximum Maximum Amps Maximum
Watts
Maximum
Efficiency
Bhp BkW Bhp BkW 230 v 460 v 575 v
53.735.9 4.40 15.0 7.9 6.0 5,030 87.5
7.5 5.6 8.7 6.49 23.5 — — 7,717 84.1
9.5 7.09 — 12.0 10.0 8,008 88.5
10 7.46 10.2 7.61 31.0 — — 9,502 89.5
11.8 8.80 — 15.0 12.0 9,836 89.5
15 11.19 15.3 11.41 46.0 — — 12,543 91.0
18.0 13.43 — 22.0 19.0 14,756 91.0
20 14.92 22.4 16.71 60.0 — — 18,363 91.0
23.4 17.46 — 28.7 23.0 19,183 91.0
25 18.65 28.9 21.56 73.0 — — 23,511 91.7
29.4 21.93 — 37.4 28.4 23,918 91.7
30 22.38 35.6 26.56 91.0 — — 28,742 92.4
34.7 25.89 — 43.8 36.3 28,015 92.4
40 29.84 42.0 31.33 110.0 55.0 43.8 33,690 93.0
PREMIUM-EFFICIENCY MOTORS
Nominal Maximum Maximum Amps Maximum
Watts
Maximum
Efficiency
Bhp BkW Bhp BkW 230 v 460 v
53.735.9 4.40 15.8 7.9 4,918 89.5
7.5 5.6 8.7 6.49 23.5 — 7,078 91.7
9.5 7.09 — 12.0 7,728 91.7
10 7.46 10.2 7.61 30.0 — 8,298 91.0
11.8 8.80 — 15.0 9,600 91.7
15 11.19 15.3 11.41 46.0 — 12,273 91.7
18.0 13.43 — 22.0 14,439 93.0
20 14.92 22.4 16.71 59.0 — 17,853 93.0
23.4 17.46 — 28.7 18,650 93.6
25 18.65 28.9 21.56 73.0 — 23,034 93.6
29.4 21.93 — 36.3 23,432 93.6
30 22.38 35.6 26.56 82.6 — 28,374 93.6
34.7 25.89 — 41.7 27,656 93.6
40 29.84 42.0 31.33 110.0 55.0 33,156 94.5
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
BkW — Brake Kilowatts
UNIT SIZE*
MINIMUM HEATING
AIRFLOW CFM
(Low Heat)
MINIMUM HEATING
AIRFLOW CFM
(High Heat)
MINIMUM COOLING
AIRFLOW (VAV) CFM
AT FULL LOAD
MINIMUM COOLING
AIRFLOW CFM
(CV)
MAXIMUM AIRFLOW
CFM
020 5,900 6,100 4,000 6,000 10,000
025 5,900 6,100 5,000 7,500 12,500
027 5,900 6,100 5,400 8,100 13,500
030 5,900 6,100 6,000 9,000 15,000
035 (AJ,AK,AW,AY) 5,900 6,100 7,000 10,500 17,500
035 (A2,A3,A4,A5) 5,900 10,100 7,000 10,500 17,500
036,040,041 7,600 10,100 8,000 12,000 20,000
050 7,600 10,100 10,000 15,000 22,500
051,060 11,000 10,100 12,000 18,000 27,000
CV — Constant Volume
VAV — Variable Air Volume
27
Table 40B — Air Quantity Limits (50AJ,AK,AW,AY,A2,A3,A4,A5)
*Operation at these levels may be limited by entering evaporator air wet bulb temperatures.
CONTROLS QUICK START
The following section will provide a quick user guide to set-
ting up and configuring the A Series units with ComfortLink™
controls. See Basic Control Usage section on page 3 for infor-
mation on operating the control. For wiring information, refer
to unit wiring diagrams in the Major System Components sec-
tion on page 101.
Two-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Mechanical Thermostat — To configure the unit, per-
form the following:
1. The type of control is configured under Configuration
UNIT
C.TYP. Set C.TYP to 4 (TSTAT 2 STG).
2. Remove jumpers from R-W2 and W2-W1 on TB4 in the
control box.
3. See Economizer Options section on page 28 for addition-
al economizer option configurations.
4. See Exhaust Options section on page 29 for additional
exhaust option configurations.
Two-Stage Constant Volume Units with Space
Sensor — To configure the unit, perform the following:
1. The type of control is configured under Configuration
UNIT
C.TYP. Set C.TYP to 6 (SPT 2 STG).
2. Under Configuration
UNIT
SENS
SPT.S, enable
the space sensor by setting SPT.S to ENBL (enable).
3. Install jumpers between R-W2 and W2-W1 on TB4 in
the control box.
4. The space temperature set points are configured under the
Setpoints menu. The heating and cooling set points may
be configured. See the Heating Control and Cooling
Control sections on pages 50 and 37 for further descrip-
tion on these configurations. The following set points
may be configured:
5. The degrees of demand from the space temperature set
points are configured under the Configuration
D.LV.T
submenu. See the Heating Control and Cooling Control
sections for further description on these configurations.
The following set points may be configured:
6. Under Configuration
UNIT
CV.FN, set CV.FN to 1
for continuous fan or 0 for automatic fan.
7. To program time schedules, set SCH.N=1 under Config-
uration
CCN
SC.OV
SCH.N to configure the
control to use local schedules.
8. Under the Timeclock
SCH.L submenu, enter the
desired schedule. See Time Clock Configuration section
on page 75 for further description of these configurations.
9. Under the Configuration
CCN
SC.OV submenu, the
following schedules and overrides should be configured:
10. See Economizer Options section on page 28 for addition-
al economizer option configurations.
11. See Exhaust Options section on page 29 for additional
exhaust option configurations.
UNIT COOLING ELECTRIC HEAT
Min CFM Max CFM* Min CFM Max CFM
50AJ,AW,A2,A3020 6,000 10,000
6,000 15,000
50AK,AY,A4,A5020 4,000 10,000
50AJ,AW,A2,A3025 7,500 12,500
50AK,AY,A4,A5025 5,000 12,500
50AJ,AW,A2,A4027 8,100 13,500
50AK,AY,A3,A5027 5,400 13,500
50AJ,AW,A2,A4030 9,000 15,000
50AK,AY,A3,A5030 6,000 15,000
50AJ,AW,A2,A4035 10,500 17,500
50AJ,AW036 10,500 17,500
50AK,AY,A3,A5035 7,000 17,500
50AK,AY036 7,000 17,500
50AJ,AW,A2,A4040 12,000 20,000
10,500 20,000
50AJ,AW041 12,000 20,000
50AK,AY,A3,A5040 8,000 20,000
50AK,AY041 8,000 20,000
50AJ,AW,A2,A4050 13,500 20,000
50AK,AY,A3,A5050 10,000 20,000
50AJ,AW051 18,000 27,000
15,000 27,000
50AJ,AW,A2,A4060 18,000 27,000
50AK,AY051 12,000 27,000
50AK,AY,A3,A5060 12,000 27,000
IMPORTANT: The ComfortLink controls provide the user
with numerous configuration options such as set points,
demand levels, reset, and many others. If the building
owner or design engineer has not provided specific recom-
mendations for these configuration settings, it is suggested
that the installer do not make changes to the default factory
settings. The factory-configured default values are appro-
priate for many applications.
IMPORTANT: The unit is shipped with the unit control
disabled. Enable the control by setting Local Machine Dis-
able (Service Test
STOP) to No.
OHSP Occupied Heat Setpoint
OCSP Occupied Cool Setpoint
UHSP Unoccupied Heat Setpoint
UCSP Unoccupied Cool Setpoint
GAP Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap
L.H.ON Demand Level Lo Heat On
H.H.ON Demand Level Hi Heat On
L.H.OF Demand Level Lo Heat Off
L.C.ON Demand Level Lo Cool On
H.C.ON Demand Level Hi Cool On
L.C.OF Demand Level Lo Cool Off
O.T.L. Override time limit
SPT.O SPT override enabled?
T58.O T58 override enabled?
28
Variable Air Volume Units Using Return Air
Sensor or Space Temperature Sensor — To con-
figure the unit, perform the following:
1. The type of control is configured under Configuration
UNIT
C.TYP. Set C.TYP to 1 (VAV-RAT) for return
air sensor. Set C.TYP to 2 (VAV-SPT) for space tempera-
ture sensor.
NOTE: For VAV with a space sensor (VAV-SPT), under
Configuration
UNIT
SENS
SPT.S, enable the
space sensor by setting SPT.S to ENBL.
2. Install jumpers between R-W2 and W2-W1 on TB4 in
the control box.
3. The space temperature set points and the supply air set
points are configured under the Setpoints menu. The
heating and cooling set points must be configured. See
the Heating Control and Cooling Control sections for
further description on these configurations. Configure the
following set points:
4. To program time schedules, make sure SCH.N=1 under
Configuration
CCN
SC.OV
SCH.N to configure
the control to use local schedules.
5. Under the Timeclock
SCH.L submenu, enter the de-
sired schedule. See Time Clock Configuration section on
page 75 for further description of these configurations.
6. Under Configuration
SP
SP.SP, the supply duct Stat-
ic Pressure Setpoint should be configured.
7. If supply air temperature reset is desired, under the
Configuration
EDT.R submenu, the following set
points should be configured:
NOTE: Configure either RTIO and LIMT or RES.S. All three
are not used.
8. See the Economizer Options section on this page for ad-
ditional economizer option configurations.
9. See the Exhaust Options section on page 29 for additional
exhaust option configurations.
Multi-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Mechanical Thermostat — To configure the unit, per-
form the following:
1. Under Configuration
UNIT
C.TYP, set C.TYP to 3
(TSTAT MULTI).
2. Remove jumpers from R-W2 and W2-W1 on TB4 in the
control box. Connect thermostat to TB4.
3. Under the Setpoints menu, set the following
configurations:
4. See the Economizer Options section on this page for ad-
ditional economizer option configurations.
5. See the Exhaust Options section on page 29 for additional
exhaust option configurations.
Multi-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Space Sensor — To configure the unit, perform the
following:
1. Under Configuration
UNIT
C.TYP, set C.TYP to 5
(SPT MULTI).
2. Install jumpers between R-W2 and W2-W1 on TB4 in
the control box.
3. Under the Setpoints menu, the following configurations
should be set:
4. The degrees of demand from the space temperature set
points are configured under the Configuration
D.LV.T
submenu. See the Heating Control and Cooling Control
sections for further description on these configurations.
Configure the following set points:
5. Under Configuration
UNIT
SENS
SPT.S, enable
the space sensor by setting SPT.S to ENBL.
6. Under Configuration
UNIT
CV.FN, set CV.FN to 1
for continuous fan or 0 for automatic fan.
7. To program time schedules, set SCH.N=1 under Config-
uration
CCN
SC.OV
SCH.N to configure the con-
trol to use local schedules.
8. Under the Timeclock
SCH.L submenu, enter the de-
sired schedule. See Time Clock Configuration section on
page 75 for further description of these configurations.
9. See the Economizer Options section below for additional
economizer option configurations.
10. See the Exhaust Options section on page 29 for additional
exhaust option configurations.
Economizer Options — Under the Configuration
ECON submenu, the following set points may be configured:
Configuration
ECON
EC.MN should always be set for
the minimum damper position.
OHSP Occupied Heat Setpoint
OCSP Occupied Cool Setpoint
UHSP Unoccupied Heat Setpoint
V. C . O N VAV Occupied Cool On Delta
V. C . O F VAV Occupied Cool Off Delta
SASP Supply Air Setpoint
SP.SP Static Pressure Setpoint
RS.CF EDT Reset Configuration
RTIO Reset Ratio (if RS.CF = 1 or 2)
LIMT Reset Limit (if RS.CF = 1 or 2)
RES.S EDT 4-20 mA Reset Input (if RS.CF = 3)
SA.HI Supply Air Set Point Hi
SA.LO Supply Air Set Point Lo
OHSP Occupied Heat Setpoint
OCSP Occupied Cool Setpoint
UHSP Unoccupied Heat Setpoint
UCSP Unoccupied Cool Setpoint
GAP Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap
SA.HI Supply Air Set Point Hi
SA.LO Supply Air Set Point Lo
L.H.ON Demand Level Lo Heat On
H.H.ON Demand Level Hi Heat On
L.H.OF Demand Level Lo Heat On
L.C.ON Demand Level Lo Cool On
H.C.ON Demand Level Hi Cool On
L.C.OF Demand Level Lo Cool On
EC.EN Economizer Enabled?
EC.MN Economizer Min.Position
EC.MX Economizer Maximum Position
E.TRM Economizer Trim for SumZ?
E.SEL Econ Changeover Select
OA.E.C OA Enthalpy Change Over Select
OA.EN Outdoor Enthalpy Compare Value
OAT.L High OAT Lockout Temp
O.DEW OA Dew Point Temp Limit
ORH.S Outside Air RH Sensor
29
Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Options
DEMAND CONTROLLED VENTILATION — Under
Configuration
IAQ
DCV.C, the following configuration
parameters should be set to establish the minimum and maxi-
mum points for outdoor air damper position during demand
controlled ventilation (DCV):
EC.MN Economizer Min.Position
IAQ.M IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos.
Configuration
IAQ
DCV.C
IAQ.M is used to set the
absolute minimum vent position (or maximum reset) under
DCV.
Configuration
IAQ
DCV.C
EC.MN is used to set the
minimum damper position (or with no DCV reset). This is also
referenced in the economizer section.
Exhaust Options — The A Series units can be config-
ured with constant volume 2-stage power exhaust or modulat-
ing power exhaust. The following exhaust options should be
configured.
Configuration
BP
BF.CF=1 (Two-Stage Exhaust
Option) — For two-stage exhaust, under the Configuration
BP submenu, configure the following:
Configuration
BP
BF.CF=2 (Modulating Power Exhaust
Option) — For modulating exhaust, in the Configuration
BP submenu, configure the following:
Programming Operating Schedules — The
ComfortLink™ controls will accommodate up to eight differ-
ent schedules (Periods 1 through 8), and each schedule is
assigned to the desired days of the week. Each schedule
includes an occupied on and off time. As an example, to set an
occupied schedule for 8 AM to 5 PM for Monday through
Friday, the user would set days Monday through Friday to ON
for Period 1. Then the user would configure the Period 1
Occupied From point to 08:00 and the Period 1 Occupied To
point to 17:00. To create a different weekend schedule, the user
would use Period 2 and set days Saturday and Sunday to ON
with the desired Occupied On and Off times. To create a sched-
ule, perform the following procedure:
NOTE: By default, the time schedule periods are programmed
for 24 hours of occupied operation.
1. Scroll to the Configuration mode, and select CCN
CONFIGURATION (CCN). Scroll down to the Schedule
Number (Configuration
CCN
SC.OV
SCH.N). If
password protection has been enabled, the user will be
prompted to enter the password before any new data is
accepted. SCH.N has a range of 0 to 99. The default val-
ue is 1. A value of 0 is always occupied, and the unit will
control to its occupied set points. A value of 1 means the
unit will follow a local schedule, and a value of 65 to 99
means it will follow a CCN schedule. Schedules 2 to 64
are not used as the control only supports one internal/lo-
cal schedule. If one of the 2 to 64 schedules is configured,
then the control will force the number back to 1. Make
sure the value is set to 1 to use a local schedule.
2. Enter the Time Clock mode. Scroll down to the LOCAL
TIME SCHEDULE (SCH.L) sub-mode, and press
ENTER. Period 1 (PER.1) will be displayed. Press EN-
TER to configure Period 1.
3. Configure the beginning of the occupied time period for
Period 1 (OCC). Scroll down to OCC and press ENTER
to go into Edit mode. The first two digits of the 00.00 will
start flashing. Use the UP or DOWN key to display the
correct value for hours, in 24-hour (military) time. Press
ENTER and hour value is saved and the minutes digits
will start flashing. Use the same procedure to display and
save the desired minutes value. Press ESCAPE.
4. Configure the unoccupied time for period 1 (UNC).
Scroll down to UNC and press ENTER to go into Edit
mode. The first two digits of the 00.00 will start flashing.
Use the UP or DOWN key to display the correct value for
hours, in 24-hour (military) time. Press ENTER and hour
value is saved and the minutes digits will start flashing.
Use the same procedure to display and save the desired
minutes value. Press ESCAPE.
5. Scroll to DAYS and press ENTER. Scroll down to the
MON point. This point indicates if schedule 1 applies to
Monday. Use the ENTER command to go into Edit
mode, and use the UP or DOWN key to change the dis-
play to YES or NO. Scroll down through the rest of the
days and apply schedule 1 where desired. The schedule
can also be applied to a holiday. Press ESCAPE.
6. The first schedule is now complete. If a second schedule
is needed, such as for weekends or holidays, scroll down
and repeat the entire procedure for period 2 (PER.2). If
additional schedules are needed, repeat the process for as
many as are needed. Eight schedules are provided.
SERVICE TEST
General — The units are equipped with a Service Test fea-
ture, which is intended to allow a service person to force the
unit into different modes of operation to test them. To use this
feature, enter the Service Test category on the local display and
place the unit into the test mode by changing Service
Test
TEST from OFF to ON. The display will prompt for the
password before allowing any change. The default password is
1111. Once the unit enters the Service Test mode, the unit will
shut down all current modes.
TEST — The TEST command turns the unit off (hard stop)
and allows the unit to be put in a manual control mode.
STOP — The STOP command completely disables the unit
(all outputs turn off immediately). Once in this mode, nothing
can override the unit to turn it on. The controller will ignore all
inputs and commands.
S.STP — Setting Soft Stop to YES turns the unit off in an
orderly way, honoring any time guards currently in effect.
FAN.F — By turning the FAN FORCE on, the supply fan is
turned on and will operate as it normally would, controlling
duct static pressure on VAV applications or just energizing the
fan on CV applications. To remove the force, press ENTER
and then press the UP and DOWN arrows simultaneously.
F. 4 .C H — The 4-Inch Filter Change Mode variable is used to
service the unit when 4-in. filters are used. When the filters
need to be changed, set Service Test
F. 4 . C H = YES. The unit
will be placed in Service Test mode and the economizer will
move to the 40% open position to facilitate removal of the 4-in.
filters. After the filters have been changed, set Service
Test
F. 4 . C H = NO to return the unit to normal operation.
The remaining categories: INDP, FANS, COOL, and
HEAT are sub-modes with separate items and functions. See
Table 41.
Service Test Mode Logic — Operation in the Service
Test mode is sub-mode specific except for the Independent sub-
mode. Leaving the sub-mode while a test is being performed
and attempting to start a different test in the new sub-mode will
cause the previous test to terminate. When this happens, the
new request will be delayed for 5 seconds. For example, if com-
pressors were turned on under the COOL sub-mode, any at-
tempt to turn on heating stages within the HEAT sub-mode
would immediately turn off the compressors and, 5 seconds lat-
er, the controller would honor the requested heat stages.
BP.P1 Power Exhaust On Setp.1
BP.P2 Power Exhaust On Setp.2
BP.SP Building Pressure Setp.
30
However, it is important to note that the user can leave a
Service Test mode to view any of the local display modes and
the control will remain in the Service Test mode.
Independent Outputs — The INDP sub-mode items
can be turned on and off regardless of the other category states.
For example, the alarm relay can be forced on in the INDP
sub-mode and will remain on if compressor relays are request-
ed in the COOL sub-mode.
Fans in Service Test Mode — Upon entering the
FANS sub-mode, the user will be able to turn the supply fan on
and off, set the supply fan VFD speed, and turn the condenser
fans on and off.
Cooling in Service Test Mode — The COOL sub-
mode offers different cooling service tests.
The user has manual relay control of individual compres-
sors. If the user energizes mechanical cooling, the supply fan
and the outdoor fans will be started automatically. During
mechanical cooling, the unit will protect itself. Compressor
diagnostics are active, monitoring for high discharge pressure,
low suction pressure, etc. The user can also turn the hot gas
bypass valve on and off.
NOTE: It is crucial that proper compressor rotation be verified
during the service test. Each compressor must be tested
individually. After starting each compressor, the control will
check the suction pressure after 5 seconds of run time. If the
control does not see a sufficient decrease in suction pressure
after 5 seconds, mechanical cooling will be shut down, and an
alarm will be generated (A140). This alarm requires a manual
reset. If this alarm occurs, do not attempt a restart of the
compressor and do not attempt to start any other compressors
until the wiring to the unit has been corrected.
Heating in Service Test Mode — If unit has a ther-
mostat connected (C.TYP = 3 or 4), install the RED jumper
wires between TB4, terminals R (1), W2 (3) and W1 (4). Ter-
minal block TB4 is located in the unit control box. Remember
to disconnect these jumpers when Test Mode is completed. The
Heat Test Mode sub-mode will offer automatic fan start-up if
the unit is not a gas heat unit. On gas heat units, the IGC feed-
back from the gas control units will bring the fan on as
required.
Within this sub-mode, the user has control of heat relays 1
to 6. The user can also turn on the requested heat stage.
NOTE: When service test has been completed, if unit has a
thermostat connected (C.TYP = 3 or 4), remove the RED
jumper wires at TB4, terminals R (1), W2 (3) and W1 (4).
Terminal block TB4 is located in the unit control box. Store
these jumpers in the unit control box for future use.
Table 41 — Service Test
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT WRITE STATUS
TEST Service Test Mode ON/OFF MAN_CTRL
STOP Local Machine Disable YES/NO UNITSTOP config
S.STP Soft Stop Request YES/NO SOFTSTOP forcible
FAN.F Supply Fan Request YES/NO SFANFORC forcible
F.4.CH 4 in. Filter Change Mode YES/NO FILT4CHG
INDP TEST INDEPENDENT OUTPUTS
ECON Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos. ECONCTST
E.PWR Economizer Power Test ECONPTST
E.CAL Calibrate the Economizer? ECON_CAL
E.VFD Exhaust Fan VFD Speed 0-100 % EFAN_VFD
PE.A Power Exhaust Relay A PE_A_TST
PE.B Power Exhaust Relay B PE_B_TST
PE.C Power Exhaust Relay C PE_C_TST
H.I.R Heat Interlock Relay ON/OFF HIR_TST
ALRM Remote Alarm/Aux Relay ON/OFF ALRM_TST
FANS TEST FANS
S.FAN Supply Fan Relay ON/OFF SFAN_TST
S.VFD Supply Fan VFD Speed 0-100 % SGVFDTST
CD.F.A Condenser Fan Circuit A ON/OFF CNDA_TST
CD.F.B Condenser Fan Circuit B ON/OFF CNDB_TST
COOL TEST COOLING
A1 Compressor A1 Relay ON/OFF CMPA1TST
A2 Compressor A2 Relay ON/OFF CMPA2TST
MLV Min. Load Valve (HGBP) ON/OFF MLV_TST
B1 Compressor B1 Relay ON/OFF CMPB1TST
B2 Compressor B2 Relay ON/OFF CMPB2TST
HEAT TEST HEATING
HT.ST Requested Heat Stage 0-MAX HTST_TST
HT.1 Heat Relay 1 ON/OFF HS1_TST
HT.2 Heat Relay 2 ON/OFF HS2_TST
HT.3 Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2 ON/OFF HS3_TST
HT.4 Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2 ON/OFF HS4_TST
HT.5 Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3 ON/OFF HS5_TST
HT.6 Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3 ON/OFF HS6_TST
31
THIRD PARTY CONTROL
Thermostat — The method of control would be through
the thermostat inputs:
Y1 = first stage cooling
Y1 and Y2 = first and second stage cooling
W1 = first stage heating
W1 and W2 = first and second stage heating
G = supply fan
Alarm Output — The alarm output TB4-7 and 8, will pro-
vide relay closure whenever the unit is under an alert or alarm
condition.
Remote Switch — The remote switch may be configured
for three different functions. Under Configuration
UNIT, set
RM.CF to one of the following:
0 = no remote switch
1 = occupied/unoccupied switch
2 = start/stop switch
3 = occupancy override switch
With RM.CF set to 1, no time schedules are followed and
the unit follows the remote switch only in determining the state
of occupancy.
With RM.CF set to 2, the remote switch can be used to shut
down and disable the unit, while still honoring time guards on
compressors. Time schedules, internal or external, may be run
simultaneously with this configuration.
With RM.CF set to 3, the remote input may override an
unoccupied state and force the control to go into occupied
mode. As with the start/stop configuration, an internal or exter-
nal time schedule may continue to control occupancy when the
switch is not in effect.
Under Configuration
SW.LG
RMI.L, the remote occu-
pancy switch can be set to either a normally open or normally
closed switch input. Normal is defined as either unoccupied, start
or “not currently overridden,” respective to the RM.CF
configuration.
VFD Control — On VFD equipped supply fans, supply
duct static pressure control may be left under unit control or be
externally controlled. To control a VFD externally with a 4 to
20 mA signal, set SP.RS to 4, under the Configuration
SP
menu. This will set the reset to VFD control. When SP.RS = 4,
the static pressure reset function acts to provide direct VFD
speed control where 4 mA = 0% speed and 20 mA = 100%
(SP.MN and SP.MX will override). Note that SP.CF must be
set to 1 (VFD Control) prior to configuring SP.RS = 4. Failure
to do so could result in damage to ductwork due to overpressur-
ization. In effect, this represents a speed control signal “pass
through” under normal operating circumstances. The Com-
fortLink controller overrides the third party signal for critical
operation situations, most notably smoke and fire control. Wire
the input to the controls expansion module (CEM) using TB-11
and 12. An optional CEM board is required.
See Appendix C and the VFD literature supplied with the unit
for VFD configurations and field wiring connections to the VFD.
Supply Air Reset — With the installation of the CEM,
the ComfortLink controller is capable of accepting a 4 to
20 mA signal, to reset the supply-air temperature up to a maxi-
mum of 20 F. See VFD Control section above.
Demand Limit Control — The term “demand limit
control” refers to the restriction of the machine’s mechanical
cooling capacity to control the amount of power that a machine
may use.
Demand limiting using mechanical control is possible via two
means:
Two discrete inputs tied to demand limit set point percentages.
OR
A 4 to 20 mA input that can reduce or limit capacity linearly to
a set point percentage.
In either case, it will be necessary to install a controls ex-
pansion module (CEM).
DEMAND LIMIT DISCRETE INPUTS — First, set DM.L.S
in Configuration
DMD.L to 1 (2 switches).
When Inputs
GEN.I
DL.S1 (Demand Switch no. 1) is
OFF, the control will not set any limit to the capacity, and
when ON, the control sets a capacity limit to the Configura-
tion
DMD.L
D.L.S1 set point.
Likewise, when Inputs
GEN.I
DL.S2 (Demand Switch
no. 2) is OFF, the control will not set any limit to the capacity,
and when ON, the control sets a capacity limit to the Configu-
ration
DMD.L
D.L.S2 set point.
If both switches are ON, Inputs
GEN.I
DL.S2 is used
as the limiter of capacity.
Under Configuration
SW.LG, set the logic state appropri-
ately for the action desired. Set the DL1.L and DL2.L configu-
rations. They can be set normally open or normally closed. For
example, if DL1.L is set to OPEN, the user will need to close
the switch to cause the control to limit capacity to the demand
limit 1 set point. Likewise, if DL1.L is set to CLSE (closed),
the user will need to open the switch to cause the control to
limit capacity to the demand limit 1 set point.
DEMAND LIMIT 4 TO 20 mA INPUT — Under Configu-
ration
DMD.L, set configuration DM.L.S to 2 (2 = 4 to
20 mA control). Under the same menu, set D.L.20 to a value
from 0 to 100% to set the demand limit range. For example,
with D.L.20 set to 50, a 4 mA signal will result in no limit to
the capacity and 20 mA signal will result in a 50% reduction in
capacity.
Demand Controlled Ventilation Control —
There are multiple methods for externally controlling the econ-
omizer damper.
IAQ DISCRETE INPUT CONFIGURATION — The IAQ dis-
crete input configuration requires a CEM module (optional) to
be installed and an interface to a switch input at TB5-13 and
14. The state of the input on the display can be found at
Inputs
AIR.Q
IAQ.I.
Before configuring the switch functionality, first determine
how the switch will be read. A closed switch can indicate either
a low IAQ condition or a high IAQ condition. This is set at
Configuration
SW.LG and IAQ.L. The user can set what a
low reading would mean based on the type of switch being
used. Setting IAQ.L to OPEN means that when the switch is
open the input will read LOW. When the switch is closed, the
input will read HIGH. Setting IAQ.L to CLSE (closed) means
that when the switch is closed the input will read LOW, and
therefore, when the switch is open the switch will read HIGH.
There are two possible configurations for the IAQ discrete
input. Select item Configuration
IAQ
AQ.CF
IQ.I.C
and configure for either 1 (IAQ Discrete) or 2 (IAQ Discrete
Override).
IQ.I.C = 1 (IAQ Discrete) — If the user sets IQ.I.C to 1 (IAQ
Discrete), and the switch logic (Configuration
SW.LG
IAQ.L) is set to OPEN, then an open switch reads low and a
closed switch reads high.
If the switch is open, the economizer will be commanded to
the IAQ Demand Vent Minimum Position.
These settings may be adjusted and are located at Configura-
tion
IAQ
DCV.C
IAQ.M.
If the switch is closed, the IAQ reading will be high and the
economizer will be commanded to the Economizer Minimum
Position.
This setting may be adjusted and is located at Configura-
tion
IAQ
DCV.C
EC.MN.
32
IQ.I.C = 2 (IAQ Discrete Override) — If the user sets IQ.I.C
to 2 (IAQ Discrete Override), and Configuration
SW.LG
IAQ.L is set to OPEN, then an open switch reads low and a
closed switch reads high.
If the switch reads low, no action will be taken. If the switch
reads high, the economizer will immediately be commanded to
the IAQ Economizer Override Position. This can be set from 0
to 100% and can be found at Configuration
IAQ
AQ.SP
IQ.O.P.
FAN CONTROL FOR THE IAQ DISCRETE INPUT —
Under Configuration
IAQ
AQ.CF, the IQ.I.F (IAQ Dis-
crete Input Fan Configuration) must also be set. There are
three configurations for IQ.I.F. Select the configuration which
will be used for fan operation. This configuration allows the
user to decide (if the supply fan is not already running),
whether the IAQ discrete switch will start the fan, and in which
state of occupancy the fan will start.
IAQ ANALOG INPUT CONFIGURATION — This input is
an analog input located on the main base board (MBB). There
are 4 different functions for this input. The location of this con-
figuration is at Configuration
IAQ
AQ.CF
IQ.A.C.
The functions possible for IQ.A.C are:
• 0 = no IAQ analog input
• 1 = IAQ analog input
• 2 = IAQ analog input used to override to a set position
• 3 = 4 to 20 mA 0 to 100% economizer minimum position
control
• 4 = 0 to 10 kilo-ohms 0 to 100% economizer minimum
position control
Options 2, 3, and 4 are dedicated for third party control.
IQ.A.C = 2 (IAQ Analog Input Used to Override) — Under
Configuration
IAQ
AQ.SP, set IQ.O.P (IAQ Economizer
Override Position). The IQ.O.P configuration is adjustable
from 0 to 100%. These configurations are also used in conjunc-
tion with Configuration
IAQ
AQ.CF
IQ.A.F (IAQ 4 to
20 mA Fan Configuration). There are three configurations for
IQ.A.F and they follow the same logic as for the discrete input.
This configuration allows the user to decide (if the supply fan is
not already running), if the IAQ Analog Minimum Position
Override input will start the fan, and in which state of occupan-
cy the fan will start.
If IQ.A.F is configured to request the supply fan, then
configurations D.F.ON and D.F.OF need to be set. These
configuration settings are located under Configuration
IAQ
AQ.SP and configure the fan override operation based
on the differential air quality (DAQ). If DAQ rises above
D.F.ON, the control will request the fan on until DAQ falls be-
low D.F.OF.
NOTE: If D.F.ON is configured below DAQ.H, the unit is in
occupied mode, and the fan was off, then DAQ rose above
D.F.ON and the fan came on, the economizer will go to the
economizer minimum position (EC.MN).
The 4 to 20 mA signal from the sensor wired to TB5-6 and
7 is scaled to an equivalent indoor CO2 (IAQ) by the parame-
ters IQ.R.L and IQ.R.H located under the Configuration
IAQ
AQ.S.R menu. The parameters are defined such that
4 mA = IQ.R.L and 20 mA = IQ.R.H. When the differential air
quality DAQ (IAQ – OAQ.U) exceeds the DAQ.H set point
(Configuration
IAQ
AQ.SP menu) and the supply fan is
on, the economizer minimum vent position (Configuration
IAQ
DCV.C
EC.MN) is overridden and the damper is
moved to the IQ.P.O configuration. When the DAQ falls below
the DAQ.L set point (Configuration
IAQ
AQ.SP menu),
the economizer damper is moved back to the minimum vent
position (EC.MN).
NOTE: Configuration OAQ.U is used in the calculation of the
trip point for override and can be found under Configura-
tion
IAQ
AQ.SP.
IQ.A.C = 3 (4 to 20 mA Damper Control) — This configura-
tion will provide full 4 to 20 mA remotely controlled analog in-
put for economizer minimum damper position. The 4 to 20 mA
signal is connected to terminals TB5-6 and 7. The input is
processed as 4 mA = 0% and 20 mA = 100%, thereby giving
complete range control of the effective minimum position.
The economizer sequences can be disabled by setting Con-
figuration
ECON
E.SEL to 0. Complete control of the
economizer damper position is then possible by using a 4 to
20 mA economizer minimum position control or a 0 to
10 kilo-ohm 0 to 100% economizer minimum position control
via configuration decisions at Configuration
IAQ
AQ.CF
IQ.A.C.
IQ.A.C = 4 (10 Kilo-ohm Potentiometer Damper Control)
— This configuration will provide input for a 10 kilo-ohm lin-
ear potentiometer that acts as a remotely controlled analog in-
put for economizer minimum damper position. The input is
processed as 0 ohms = 0% and 10,000 ohms = 100%, thereby
giving complete range control of the effective minimum
position.
CONTROLS OPERATION
Modes — The ComfortLink™ controls operate under a
hierarchy of command structure as defined by three essential
elements: the System mode, the HVAC mode and the Control
mode. The System mode is the top level mode that defines three
essential states for the control system: OFF, RUN and TEST.
The HVAC mode is the functional level underneath the
System mode which further defines the operation of the
control. The mode selection process is shown in Appendix D.
The Control mode is essentially the control type of the unit
(Configuration
UNIT
C.TYP). This defines from where
the control looks to establish a cooling or heating mode and
whether 2 stages or multiple stages of cooling capacity opera-
tion are controlled.
Furthermore, there are a number of modes which operate
concurrently when the unit is running. The operating modes of
the control are located at the local displays under Operating
Modes. See Table 42.
Currently Occupied (OCC) — This variable displays the cur-
rent occupied state of the unit.
Timed Override in Effect (T.OV R) — This variable displays
if the state of occupancy is currently occupied due to an
override.
DCV Resetting Minimum Position (DCV) — This variable
displays if the economizer position has been lowered from its
maximum vent position.
IQ.I.F = 0 Minimum Position Override Switch input
will not start fan
IQ.I.F = 1 Minimum Position Override Switch input
will start fan in occupied mode only
IQ.I.F = 2 Minimum Position Override Switch input
will start fan in both occupied and unoccu-
pied modes
IQ.A.F = 0 IAQ analog sensor input cannot start the
supply fan
IQ.A.F = 1 IAQ analog sensor input can start the supply
fan in occupied mode only
IQ.A.F = 2 IAQ analog sensor input can start the supply
fan in both occupied and unoccupied modes
33
Table 42 — Operating Modes Display Table
Supply Air Reset (SA.R) — This variable displays if the sup-
ply air reset is currently active. This applies to cooling only.
Demand Limit in Effect (DMD.L) — This variable displays
if the mechanical cooling capacity is currently being limited or
reduced by an outside third party.
Temperature Compensated Start (T.C.ST) — This variable
displays if Heating or Cooling has been initiated before the
occupied period to pre-condition the space.
IAQ Pre-Occupancy Purge Active (IAQ.P) — This variable
displays if the economizer is open and the fan is on to pre-
ventilate the building before occupancy.
Linkage Active CCN (LINK) — This variable displays if a
linkage master in a zoning system has established “linkage”
with this air source (rooftop).
Mechanical Cooling Locked Out (LOCK) — This variable
displays if mechanical cooling is currently being locked due to
low outside air temperature.
HVAC Mode Numerical Form (H.NUM) — This is a numer-
ical representation of the HVAC modes which may be read via
a point read.
SYSTEM MODES (Operating Modes
SYS.M)
System Mode Off — When the system mode is OFF, all out-
puts are to be shut down and no machine control is possible.
The following list displays the text assigned to the System
Mode when in the OFF mode and the conditions that may
cause this mode are checked in the following hierarchal order:
1. Wake up timer on a power reset.
(“Initializing System ...”)
2. System in the process of shutting down compressors and
waiting for timeguards to expire.
(“Shutting Down ...”)
3. Factory shut down (internal factory control level —
SHUTDOWN).
(“Factory Shut Down”)
4. Unit stop (software application level variable that acts as
a hard shut down — Service Test
STOP).
(“Local Machine Stop”)
5. Fire shut down (traumatic fire shutdown condition based
on the Fire Shutdown Input — Inputs
FIRE
FSD).
(“Fire-Shutdown Mode”)
6. Emergency stop, which is forced over the CCN through
the Emergency Stop Variable (EMSTOP).
(“CCN Emergency Stop”)
7. Startup delay.
(“Startup delay = 0-900 secs”)
8. Service test ending transition timer.
(“Service Test Ending”)
9. Unexplained internal software failure.
(“Internal Failure”)
System Mode Test — When the system mode is Test, the con-
trol is limited to the Test mode and is controllable via the local
displays (scrolling marquee and Navigator™ display) or
through the factory service test control. The System Test
modes are Factory Test Enabled and Service Test Enabled. See
the Service Test Mode section for details on test control in this
mode.
1. Factory Test mode
(“Factory test enabled”)
2. Service Test mode
(“Service test enabled”)
System Mode Run — When the system mode is Run, the soft-
ware application in the control is free to run the HVAC control
routines by which cooling, heating, IAQ, etc., is possible. There
are two possible text displays for this mode, one is normal run
mode and the other occurs if one of the following fire-smoke
modes is present: smoke purge, pressurization or evacuation.
1. Normal run time state
(“Unit Operation Enabled”)
2. Fire-Smoke control mode
(“Fire-Smoke Control”)
HVAC MODES (Operating Mode
HVAC) — The system
mode must be selected before the unit controls can select the
HVAC mode of the rooftop unit. The selection of an HVAC
mode is based on a hierarchal decision making process. Certain
overrides may interfere with this process and the normal tem-
perature/humidity control operation of the unit. The decision
making process that determines the HVAC mode is shown in
Fig. 4 and Appendix D.
Each HVAC Mode is described below. The HVAC mode
number is shown in parenthesis after the mode.
HVAC Mode — STARTING UP (0) — The unit is transi-
tioning from the OFF mode to a different mode.
HVAC Mode — DISABLED (1) — The unit is shut down
due to a software command disable through the scrolling mar-
quee, a CCN emergency stop command, a service test end, or a
control-type change delay.
HVAC Mode — SHUTTING DOWN (2) — The unit is tran-
sitioning from a mode to the OFF mode.
HVAC Mode — SOFTSTOP REQUEST (3) — The unit is
off due to a soft stop request from the control.
HVAC Mode — REM SW.DISABLE (4) — The unit is off
due to the remote switch.
HVAC Mode — FAN STATUS FAIL (5) — The unit is off
due to failure of the fan status switch.
HVAC Mode — STATIC PRESSURE FAIL (6) — The unit is
off due to failure of the static pressure sensor.
HVAC Mode — COMP.STUCK ON (7) — The unit is shut
down because there is an indication that a compressor is run-
ning even though it has been commanded off.
HVAC Mode — OFF (8) — The unit is off and no operating
modes are active.
HVAC Mode — TEST (9) — The unit is in the self test mode
which is entered through the Service Test menu.
HVAC Mode — TEMPERING VENT (10) — The econo-
mizer is at minimum vent position but the supply-air tempera-
ture has dropped below the tempering vent set point. Staged
gas heat is used to temper the ventilation air.
HVAC Mode — TEMPERING LOCOOL (11) — The econ-
omizer is at minimum vent position but the combination of the
outside-air temperature and the economizer position has
dropped the supply-air temperature below the tempering cool
set point. Staged gas heat is used to temper the ventilation air.
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE CCN POINT
SYS.M ascii string n/a
HVAC ascii string n/a
CTRL ascii string n/a
MODE MODES CONTROLLING UNIT
OCC Currently Occupied ON/OFF MODEOCCP
T.OVR Timed Override in Effect ON/OFF MODETOVR
DCV DCV Resetting Min Pos ON/OFF MODEADCV
SA.R Supply Air Reset ON/OFF MODESARS
DMD.L Demand Limit in Effect ON/OFF MODEDMLT
T.C.ST Temp.Compensated Start ON/OFF MODETCST
IAQ.P IAQ Pre-Occ Purge Active ON/OFF MODEIQPG
LINK Linkage Active — CCN ON/OFF MODELINK
LOCK Mech.Cooling Locked Out ON/OFF MODELOCK
H.NUM HVAC Mode Numerical Form number MODEHVAC
34
System Mode =
OFF?
Inputs -> FIRE ->
FSD in alarm?
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Fire Shutdown)
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Disabled)
Unit not in factory
test AND fire-smoke
control mode is
alarming?
Inputs -> FIRE ->
PRES in alarm?
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Pressurization)
Inputs -> FIRE ->
EVAC in alarm?
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Evacuation)
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Purge)
Config->UNIT->
C.TYP changed
while unit running?
15-second delay
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Disabled)
System Mode =
TEST?
HVAC Mode = TEST
Service Test ->
S.STP = YES?
HVAC Mode = SoftStop
Request
Config->UNIT->
RM.CF =2 AND
Inputs->GEN.I->
REMT = ON
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Rem. Sw. Disable)
Config->SP-> SP.CF
= 1 OR 2
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Static Pres. Fail)
Config->UNIT->
SFS.M=1 OR 2 AND
Config->UNIT->
SFS.S=YES?
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Fan Status Fail)
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Starting Up)
Unit shutting down?
HVAC Mode = Shutting
Down
Unit control free to select
normal heating/cooling
HVAC mode
HVAC Mode = OFF
HVAC Mode =
Tempering Vent
HVAC Mode =
Tempering LoCool
HVAC Mode =
Tempering HiCool
HVAC Mode = Vent
HVAC Mode = Low Cool
HVAC Mode = High Cool
HVAC Mode = Low Heat
HVAC Mode = High Heat
HVAC Mode = Unocc.
Free Cool
No No
No
No
No No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
YesYesYesYes
System
Mode
Fire-
Smoke
Control
Exceptions
Unit
control free
to choose
HVAC
Mode
and static pressure
sensor has failed
and supply fan
has failed
YesYesYesYes
No No No
No
Unit just waking up
from power reset?
HVAC Mode =
Compressor Stuck On
Fig. 4 — Mode Selection A48-8268
35
HVAC Mode — TEMPERING HICOOL (12) — The econ-
omizer is at minimum vent position but the combination of the
outside-air temperature and the economizer position has
dropped the supply-air temperature below the tempering cool
set point. Staged gas heat is used to temper the ventilation air.
HVAC Mode — VENT (13) — This is a normal operation
mode where no heating or cooling is required and outside air is
being delivered to the space to control IAQ levels.
HVAC Mode — LOW COOL (14) — This is a normal cool-
ing mode where a low cooling demand is required.
HVAC Mode — HIGH COOL (15) — This is a normal cool-
ing mode where a high cooling demand is required.
HVAC Mode — LOW HEAT (16) — The unit will be in low
heating demand mode using either gas or electric heat.
HVAC Mode — HIGH HEAT (17) — The unit will be in
high heating demand mode using either gas or electric heat.
HVAC Mode — UNOCC. FREE COOL (18) — In this
mode the unit will operate in cooling but will be using the
economizer for free cooling. Entering this mode will depend on
the status of the outside air. The unit can be configured for out-
side air changeover, differential dry bulb changeover, outside
air enthalpy changeover, differential enthalpy changeover, or a
custom arrangement of enthalpy/dewpoint and dry bulb. See
the Economizer section for further details.
HVAC Mode — FIRE SHUT DOWN (19) — The unit has
been stopped due to a fire shutdown input (FSD) or two or
more of the fire control modes, purge, evacuation, or pressur-
ization have been requested simultaneously.
HVAC Mode — PRESSURIZATION (20) — The unit is in
the special fire pressurization mode where the supply fan is on,
the economizer damper is open and the power exhaust fans are
off. This mode is started by the Fire Pressurization (PRES) in-
put which can be found in the INPUT
FIRE sub-menu.
HVAC Mode — EVACUATION (21) — The unit is in the
special Fire Evacuation mode where the supply fan is off, the
economizer damper is closed and the power exhaust fans are
on. This mode is started by the Fire Evacuation (EVAC) input
which can be found in the INPUT
FIRE sub-menu.
HVAC Mode — SMOKE PURGE (22) — The unit is in the
special Fire Purge mode where the supply fan is on, the econo-
mizer damper is open and the power exhaust fans are on. This
mode is started by the Fire Evacuation (PURG) input which
can be found in the INPUT
FIRE sub-menu.
HVAC Mode — DEHUMIDIFICATION (23) — The unit is
operating in Dehumidification mode.
HVAC Mode — REHEAT (24) — The unit is operating in
reheat mode.
Unit Configuration Submenu — The UNIT sub-
menu under the Configuration mode of the local display
contains general unit configuration items. The sub-menu which
contains these configurations is located at the local display un-
der Configuration
UNIT. See Table 43.
Machine Control Type (C.TYP) — This configuration de-
fines the control type and control source responsible for select-
ing a cooling, heating, or vent mode and in determining the
method by which compressors are staged. The control types
are:
•C.TYP = 1 (VAV-RAT) and C.TYP = 2 ( VAV- S P T )
Both of these configurations refer to standard VAV opera-
tion. If the control is occupied, the supply fan is run
continuously and return-air temperature will be used in the
determination of the selection of a cooling mode. VAV-SPT
differs from VAV-RAT only in that during the unoccupied
period, space temperature will be used instead of return-air
temperature to start the fan for 10 minutes to establish an
accurate return-air temperature before the return-air temper-
ature is allowed to call out any mode.
•C.TYP = 3 (TSTAT-MULTI)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the ther-
mostat inputs to make a determination of mode. Unlike
traditional 2-stage thermostat control, the unit is allowed to
use multiple stages of cooling control and perform VAV-
type operation. The control will be able to call out a LOW
COOL or a HIGH COOL mode and maintain a low or high
cool supply air set point.
•C.TYP = 4 (TSTAT-2 STG)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the ther-
mostat inputs to make a determination of mode and allow
only 2 stages of control for both heating and cooling.
•C.TYP = 5 (SPT-MULTI)
This configuration will force the control to monitor a space
temperature sensor to make a determination of mode.
Unlike traditional 2-stage space temperature control, the
unit is allowed to use multiple stages of cooling control and
perform VAV-type operation. The control will be able to call
out a LOW COOL or a HIGH COOL mode and maintain a
low or high cool supply air set point.
•C.TYP = 6 (SPT-2 STG)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the
space temperature sensor to make a determination of mode
and allow 2 stages of control for both heating and cooling.
FAN MODE (CV.FN) — The Fan Mode configuration can be
used for machine control types (Configuration
UNIT
C.TYP) 3, 4, 5, and 6. The Fan Mode variable
establishes the operating sequence for the supply fan during
occupied periods. When set to 1 (Continuous), the fan will
operate continuously during occupied periods. When set to 0
(Automatic), the fan will run only during a heating or cooling
mode.
REMOTE SWITCH CONFIG (RM.CF) — The remote switch
input is connected to TB6 terminals 1 and 3. This switch can be
used for several remote control functions. Please refer to the
Remote Control Switch Input section for details on its use and
operation.
CEM MODEL INSTALLED (CEM) — This configuration in-
structs the control to communicate with the controls expansion
module (CEM) over the Local Equipment Network (LEN) when
set to Yes. When the unit is configured for certain sensors and
configurations, this option will be set to Yes automatically.
The sensors and configurations that automatically turn on
this board are:
Configuration
UNIT
SFS.M = 1 (Supply Fan Status
Switch Monitoring)
Configuration
EDT.R
RES.S = Enable (4 to 20 mA Sup-
ply Air Reset Sensor Enable)
Configuration
DMD.L
DM.L.S = 1 (2 SWITCHES)
(Demand Limiting using 2 discrete switches)
Configuration
DMD.L
DM.L.S = 2 (4-20 MA CTRL)
(Demand Limiting using a 4 to 20 mA sensor)
Configuration
IAQ
AQ.CF
IQ.I.C = 1 (IAQ DISCRETE)
(IAQ discrete switch control)
Configuration
IAQ
AQ.CF
IQ.I.C = 2 (IAQ DISC.OVR)
(IAQ discrete switch “override” control)
Configuration
IAQ
AQ.CF
OQ.A.C = 1 (OAQ SENS-
DAQ) (Outdoor Air Quality Sensor)
Configuration
IAQ
AQ.CF
OQ.A.C = 2 (4-20 NO
DAQ) (4 to 20 mA sensor, no DAQ)
Temperature Compensated Start Cooling Factor (TCS.C) —
This factor is used in the equation of the Temperature Compen-
sated Start Time Bias for cooling. Refer to the Temperature
36
Compensated Start section for more information. A setting of
0 minutes indicates Temperature Compensated Start in Cooling
is not permitted.
Temperature Compensated Start Heating Factor (TCS.H) —
This factor is used in the equation of the Temperature Compen-
sated Start Time Bias for heating. Refer to the Temperature
Compensated Start section for more information. A setting of
0 minutes indicates Temperature Compensated Start in Heating
is not permitted.
Fan Fail Shuts Downs Unit (SFS.S) — This configuration
will determine whether the unit should shut down on a supply
fan status fail or simply alert the condition and continue to run.
If set to YES, then the control will shut down the unit and send
out an alarm if supply fan status monitoring fails. If set to NO,
the control will not shut down the unit if supply fan status mon-
itoring fails but the control will send out an alert.
Fan Status Monitoring (SFS.M) — This configuration selects
the type of fan status monitoring to be performed.
0 - NONE — No switch or monitoring
1 - SWITCH — Use of the fan status switch
2 - SP RISE — Monitoring of the supply duct pressure.
VAV Unoccupied Fan Retry Time (VAV.S) — Machine con-
trol types 1 and 2 (VAV-RAT,VAV-SPT) monitor the return-air
temperature during unoccupied periods to determine if there is
a valid demand for heating or cooling before initiating an unoc-
cupied heating or cooling mode. If the routine runs but con-
cludes a valid demand condition does not exist, then the pro-
cess is not permitted for the period of time defined by this con-
figuration. Reducing this value allows a more frequent re-
sampling process. Setting this value to zero will prevent any
sampling sequence.
Unit Size (SIZE) — There are several unit sizes (tons) for the
A Series control. Make sure this configuration matches the size
called out by the model number of the unit. This is important as
the cooling stage tables are directly determined based on this
configuration.
Discharge Pressure Transducers (DP.XR) — This configuration
configures the unit for use with discharge pressure transducers.
The 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 units will be automatically configured
for discharge pressure transducers and DP.XR should be set to
Yes .
Suction Pressure Transducer Type (SP.XR) — This configu-
ration specifies the type of suction pressure transducer that is
being used. Set SP.XR to 0 for support of a pressure transducer
with a range of 0 to 135 psig. Set SP.XR to 1 for support of a
pressure transducer with a range of 0 to 200 psig.
NOTE: The 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 units do not require a change
to the SP.XR factory default setting.
Refrigerant Type (RFG.T) — This configuration specifies the
type of refrigerant used in the unit. Configuration RFG.T is set
to 0 if the refrigerant used is R-22. Configuration RFG.T is set
to 1 if the refrigerant used is R-410A. Do not change this
setting.
Condenser Type (CND.T) — This configuration specifies the
type of condenser installed in the unit. Configuration CND.T is
set to 0 if the condenser is a round tube, plate fin coil (RTPF).
Configuration CND.T is set to 1 if the condenser is a micro-
channel heat exchanger coil (MCHX).
MAT Calc Config (MAT.S) — This configuration gives the
user three options in the processing of the mixed-air tempera-
ture (MAT) calculation:
•MAT.S = 0
There will be no MAT calculation.
•MAT.S = 1
The control will attempt to learn MAT over time. Any time
the system is in a vent mode and the economizer stays at a
particular position for long enough, MAT is set to equal
EDT. Using this, the control has an internal table whereby it
can more closely determine the true MAT value.
•MAT.S = 2
The control will not attempt to learn MAT over time.
To calculate MAT linearly, the user should reset the MAT
table entries by setting MAT.R to YES. Then set MAT.S = 2.
The control will calculate MAT based on the position of the
economizer, outside-air temperature, and return-air
temperature.
To freeze the MAT table entries, let the unit run with MAT.S
= 1. Once sufficient data has been collected, change MAT.S
= 2. Do not reset the MAT table.
Table 43 — Unit Configuration
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULTS
UNIT UNIT CONFIGURATION
C.TYP Machine Control Type 1 - 6 CTRLTYPE 4
CV.FN Fan Mode (0=Auto, 1=Cont) 0 - 1 FAN_MODE 1
RM.CF Remote Switch Config 0 - 3 RMTINCFG 0
CEM CEM Module Installed Yes/No CEM_BRD No
TCS.C Temp.Cmp.Strt.Cool Factr 0 - 60 min TCSTCOOL 0
TCS.H Temp.Cmp.Strt.Heat Factr 0 - 60 min TCSTHEAT 0
SFS.S Fan Fail Shuts Down Unit Yes/No SFS_SHUT No
SFS.M Fan Stat Monitoring Type 0 - 2 SFS_MON 0
VAV.S VAV Unocc.Fan Retry Time 0 - 720 min SAMPMINS 50
SIZE Unit Size (20-60) 20 - 60 UNITSIZE 20
DP.XR Discharge Press. Transducers Yes/No DP_TRANS No
SP.XR Suct. Pres. Trans. Type 0 - 1 SPXRTYPE 0
RFG.T REFRIG: 0=R22, 1=R410A 0 - 1 REFRIG_T Unit dependent
CND.T CND HX TYP: 0=RTPF, 1=MCHX 0 - 1 COILTYPE Unit dependent
MAT.S MAT Calc Config 0 - 2 MAT_SEL 1
MAT.R Reset MAT Table Entries? Yes/No MATRESET No
MAT.D MAT Outside Air Default 0-100 % MATOADOS 20
ALTI Altitude……..in feet: 0 - 60000 ALTITUDE 0
DLAY Startup Delay Time 0 - 900 sec DELAY 0
STAT TSTAT-Both Heat and Cool Yes/No TSTATALL No
AUX.R Auxiliary Relay Config 0 - 3 AUXRELAY 0
SENS INPUT SENSOR CONFIG
SPT.S Space Temp Sensor Enable/Disable SPTSENS Disable
SP.O.S Space Temp Offset Sensor Enable/Disable SPTOSENS Disable
SP.O.R Space Temp Offset Range 1 - 10 SPTO_RNG 5
RRH.S Return Air RH Sensor Enable/Disable RARHSENS Disable
FLT.S Filter Stat.Sw.Enabled ? Enable/Disable FLTS_ENA Disable
37
Reset MAT Table Entries? (MAT.R) — This configuration
allows the user to reset the internally stored MAT learned con-
figuration data back to the default values. The defaults are set
to a linear relationship between the economizer damper posi-
tion and OAT and RAT in the calculation of MAT.
MAT Outside Air Position Default (MAT.D) — This config-
uration is used to calculate MAT when the economizer option
is disabled. The configuration is adjustable from 0 to 100%
outside air. This defines the fixed ventilation position that will
be used to correctly calculate MAT.
Altitude……..In Feet: (ALTI) — The control does not in-
clude a barometric pressure sensor to determine altitude. The
altitude must be defined the calculation of enthalpy and cfm.
The altitude parameter is used to set up a default barometric
pressure for use with calculations. The effect of barometric
pressure in these calculations is not great, but could have an ef-
fect depending on the installed elevation of the unit. If the unit
is installed at a particularly high altitude and enthalpy or cfm
are being calculated, set this configuration to the current
elevation.
Start Up Delay Time (DLAY) — This option delays the unit
from operating after a power reset. The configuration may be
adjusted from 0 to 900 seconds of delay.
TSTAT — Both Heat and Cool (STAT) — This option, if en-
abled, allows both heating and cooling requests to be made at
the same time. If the unit is configured for staged gas heat, and
if a cooling request is initiated (Y1 or Y2), then W1 initiates re-
heat and W2 initiates dehumidification.
Auxiliary Relay Configuration (AUX.R) — This option con-
figures the auxiliary relay on the MBB (RLY11). The function
of this relay is configurable in the following ways:
•AUX.R = 0 (Alarm Output) — The relay is used for remote
annunciation of an alarm state.
•AUX.R = 1 (Dehum-Reheat) — The relay is used as a dehu-
midification/reheat output.
•AUX.R = 2 (Occup. State) — The relay is used to reflect
occupancy. When the control is in occupied mode, the relay
will be ON. When the control is in unoccupied mode, the
relay will be OFF.
•AUX.R = 3 (S. Fan State) — The relay is used to reflect the
supply fan commanded state. When the supply fan is on, the
relay will be ON. When the supply fan is off, the relay will
be OFF.
Space Temp Sensor (SPT.S) — If a space temperature sensor
is installed, this configuration should be enabled.
Space Temp Offset Sensor (SP.O.S) — If a space tempera-
ture sensor with a space temperature offset slider is installed
(T56), this configuration should be enabled.
Space Temp Offset Range (SP.O.R) — If a space tempera-
ture offset sensor is installed, it is possible to configure the
range of the slider by adjusting this range configuration.
Return RH Sensor (RRH.S) — If a return air relative humidi-
ty sensor is installed, this configuration should be enabled.
Filter Status Switch Enabled? (FLT.S) — If a filter status
switch is installed, enable this configuration to begin the moni-
toring of the filter status input (Inputs
GEN.I
FLT.S). See
the Dirty Filter Switch section for more details on installation
and operation.
Cooling Control — When mechanical cooling is required,
the A Series ComfortLink™ control system has the capability
to control the staging of the compressors in several different
ways. Three scroll compressors are used on sizes 020 to 027
and four on sizes 030 to 060. In addition, the ComfortLink
control system supports the use of an optional minimum load
hot gas bypass valve (MLV) that is directly controlled by the
ComfortLink control system. This provides an additional stage
of capacity as well as low load coil freeze protection. The con-
trol also integrates the use of an economizer with the use of
mechanical cooling to allow for the greatest use of free cool-
ing. When both mechanical cooling and the economizer are
being used, the control will use the economizer to provide bet-
ter temperature control and limit the cycling of the compres-
sors. The control also checks on various other operation
parameters in the unit to make sure that safeties are not
exceeded and the compressors are reliably operated.
The A Series ComfortLink™ control system offers two ba-
sic control approaches to mechanical cooling. Constant volume
operation for 2 stages of cooling or VAV operation for multiple
stages of cooling. In addition to these methods of control, the A
Series ComfortLink control offers the ability to run multiple
stages of cooling for either a space temperature sensor or ther-
mostat by controlling the unit to either a low or high cool
supply air set point. The control type Configuration
UNIT
C.TYP) determines the selection of the type of cool-
ing control as well as the method for selecting a cooling mode.
There are either three or four compressors divided among
two refrigeration circuits in the unit. Circuit A always contains
two compressors (A1,A2). Circuit B has either one or two
compressors (B1,B2). There may be a minimum load valve
(MLV), which, if present, is only associated with circuit A. The
decision as to which compressor should be turned on or off is
decided by the compressor’s availability followed by a pre-
ferred staging order.
NOTE: Configuration of the machine control type (C.TYP)
has no effect on whether a unit has a VFD or just a supply fan
installed for static pressure control. No matter what the control
type is, it is possible to run the unit in either CV or VAV mode
provided there are enough stages to accommodate lower air
volumes for VAV operation. Refer to the section on static pres-
sure control for information on how to set up the unit for the
type of supply fan control desired.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
Machine Control Type (Configuration
UNIT
C.TYP) —
The most important cooling control configuration is located
under Configuration
UNIT.
This configuration defines the method and control source
responsible for selecting a cooling mode. The configuration
also determines the method by which compressors are staged.
Control types are:
•C.TYP = 1 (VAV-RAT) and C.TYP = 2 ( VAV- S P T)
Both of these configurations refer to standard VAV opera-
tion. If the control is occupied, the supply fan is run continu-
ously and return-air temperature will be used for both in the
determination of the selection of a cooling mode. VAV-SPT
differs from VAV-RAT only in that during the unoccupied
period, space temperature will be used instead of return-air
temperature to start the fan for ten minutes before the
return-air temperature is allowed to call out any mode.
•C.TYP = 3 (TSTAT-MULTI)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the ther-
mostat inputs to make a determination of mode. Unlike tra-
ditional 2-stage thermostat control, the unit is allowed to use
multiple stages of cooling control and perform VAV style
operation. The control will be able to call out a LOW
COOL or a HIGH COOL mode and maintain a low or high
cool supply air set point.
•C.TYP = 4 (TSTAT-2 STG)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the ther-
mostat inputs to make a determination of mode.
•C.TYP = 5 (SPT-MULTI)
This configuration will force the control to monitor a space
temperature sensor to make a determination of mode. Un-
like traditional 2-stage space temperature control, the unit is
allowed to use multiple stages of cooling control and per-
form VAV style operation. The control will be able to call
38
out a LOW COOL or a HIGH COOL mode and maintain a
low or high cool supply air set point.
•C.TYP = 6 (SPT-2 STG)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the
space temperature sensor to make a determination of mode
and allow two stages of cooling.
MACHINE DEPENDENT CONFIGURATIONS — Some
configurations are linked to the physical unit and must not be
changed. The configurations are provided in case a field re-
placement of a board occurs and the settings are not preserved
by the download process of the new software. The following
configurations apply to all machine control types (C.TYP) ex-
cept 4 and 6. These configurations are located at the local dis-
play under Configuration
UNIT. See Table 44.
Table 44 — Machine Dependent Configurations
*Dependent on unit.
Unit Size (SIZE) — There are several unit sizes (tons) for the
A Series control. Make sure this configuration matches the size
called out by the model number of the unit. This is important as
the cooling stage tables are directly determined based on this
configuration.
Refrigerant Type (RFG.T) — This configuration specifies the
type of refrigerant used in the unit. Configuration RFG.T is set
to 0 if the refrigerant used is R-22. Configuration RFG.T is set
to 1 if the refrigerant used is R-410A. Make sure this configu-
ration matches the refrigerant called out by the model number
of the unit.
Condenser Type (CND.T) — This configuration specifies the
type of condenser installed in the unit. Configuration CND.T is
set to 0 if the condenser is a round tube, plate fin coil (RTPF).
Configuration CND.T is set to 1 if the condenser is a micro-
channel heat exchanger coil (MCHX). Make sure this configu-
ration matches the condenser type called out by the model
number of the unit.
SET POINTS — The set points for both cooling and heating
are located at the local display under Setpoints. See Table 45.
SUPPLY AIR RESET CONFIGURATION — Supply Air
Reset can be used to modify the current cooling supply air set
point. Supply Air Reset is applicable to control types, C.TYP =
1,2,3, and 5. The configurations for reset can be found at the
local display under Configuration
EDT.R. See Table 46.
EDT Reset Configuration (RS.CF) — This configuration ap-
plies to several machine control types (Configuration
UNIT
C.TYP = 1,2,3, and 5).
• 0 = NO RESET
No supply air reset is in effect
•1 = SPT RESET
Space temperature will be used as the reset control variable
along with both RTIO and LIMT in the calculation of the
final amount of reset to be applied (Inputs
RSET
SA.S.R).
• 2 = RAT RESET
Return-air temperature will be used as the reset control vari-
able along with both RTIO and LIMT in the calculation of
the final amount of reset to be applied (Inputs
RSET
SA.S.R).
• 3 = 3RD PARTY RESET
The reset value is determined by a 4 to 20 mA third party
input. An input of 4 mA would correspond to 0º F reset. An
input of 20 mA would correspond to 20º F reset. Configur-
ing the control for this option will cause RES.S to become
enabled automatically with the CEM board. To avoid
alarms make sure the CEM board and third party input are
connected first before enabling this option.
Reset Ratio (RTIO) — This configuration is used when
RS.CF is set to 1 or 2. For every degree that the controlling
temperature (space/return) falls below the occupied cooling set
point (OCSP), the calculated value of the supply air reset will
rise by the number of degrees as specified by this parameter.
Reset Limit (LIMT) — This configuration is used when
RS.CF is set to 1 or 2. This configuration places a clamp on the
amount of supply air reset that can be applied.
EDT 4-20 mA Reset Input (RES.S) — This configuration is
automatically enabled when Configuration
EDT.R
RS.CF is set to 3 (third party reset).
COOLING CONFIGURATION — Relevant configurations for
mechanical cooling are located at the local display under
Configuration
COOL. See Table 47.
Table 45 — Setpoints
Table 46 — Supply Air Reset Configuration
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE CCN
POINT DEFAULTS
UNIT UNIT CONFIGURATION
SIZE Unit Size (20-60) 20-60 UNITSIZE *
RFG.T REFRIG 0-1 REFRIG_T *
CND.T CND HX TYP 0-1 COILTYPE *
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT
OHSP Occupied Heat Setpoint 40-99 dF OHSP 68
OCSP Occupied Cool Setpoint 40-99 dF OCSP 75
UHSP Unoccupied Heat Setpoint 40-99 dF UHSP 55
UCSP Unoccupied Cool Setpoint 40-99 dF UCSP 90
GAP Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap 2-10 ^F HCSP_GAP 5
V. C . O N VAV Occ. Cool On Delta 0-25 ^F VAVOCON 3.5
V. C . O F VAV Occ. Cool Off Delta 1-25 ^F VAVOCOFF 2
SASP Supply Air Setpoint 45-75 dF SASP 55
SA.HI Supply Air Setpoint Hi 45-75 dF SASP_HI 55
SA.LO Supply Air Setpoint Lo 45-75 dF SASP_LO 60
SA.HT Heating Supply Air Setpt 90-145 dF SASPHEAT 85
T.PRG Tempering Purge SASP –20-80 dF TEMPPURG 50
T.CL Tempering in Cool SASP 5-75 dF TEMPCOOL 5
T.V.OC Tempering Vent Occ SASP –20-80 dF TEMPVOCC 65
T.V.UN Tempering Vent Unocc. SASP –20-80 dF TEMPVUNC 50
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT
EDT.R EVAP.DISCHRGE TEMP RESET
RS.CF EDT Reset Configuration 0 - 3 EDRSTCFG 0
RTIO Reset Ratio 0 - 10 RTIO 2
LIMT Reset Limit 0 - 20 ^F LIMT 10
RES.S EDT 4-20 ma Reset Input Enable/Disable EDTRSENS Disable
39
Table 47 — Cooling Configuration
Capacity Threshold Adjust (Z.GN) — This configuration is
used for units using the “SumZ” algorithm for cooling capacity
control (Configuration
UNIT
C.TYP = 1, 2, 3 or 5). The
configuration affects the cycling rate of the cooling stages by
raising or lowering the threshold that demand must rise above
in order to add or subtract a stage of cooling.
Normally this configuration should not require any tuning or
adjustment. If there is an application where the unit may be sig-
nificantly oversized and there are indications of high compres-
sor cycles, then the Capacity Threshold Adjust (Z.GN) can be
used to adjust the overall logic gain. Normally this is set to 1.0,
but it can be adjusted from 0.5 to 4.0. As the value of Z.GN is
increased, the cycling of cooling stages will be slowed.
Compressor Lockout Temperature (MC.LO) — This config-
uration is the outdoor air temperature setting below which
mechanical cooling is locked out.
Fan-Off Delay, Mech Cool (C.FOD) — After a mechanical
cooling cycle has ended, this is the delay in seconds that the
supply fan will continue to operate.
Min. Load Valve (HGBP)? (MLV) — This configuration in-
structs the control as to whether a minimum load valve has
been installed and will be controlled by the compressor staging
routine.
MotorMaster Control? (M.M.) — The condenser fan staging
control for the unit is managed directly by the ComfortLink™
controls. There is no physical Motormaster® device in the
standard unit. The standard unit is capable of mechanical
cooling operation down to 32 F outdoor temperature. With the
addition of accessory Motormaster V speed control on the stage
1 condenser fan(s), mechanical cooling operation down to
–20 F outdoor temperature is possible. The accessory Motor-
master V speed control is a completely self-contained device
and is not managed by the unit’s ComfortLink controller. The
Motormaster control configuration (M.M.) only applies to the
060 size RTPF units. On 060 size RTPF units with accessory
Motormaster V speed control installed, this configuration must
be set to YES. See Head Pressure Control section, page 49, for
more information.
Head Pressure Set Point (HPSP) — This is the head pressure
set point used by the ComfortLink control during condenser
fan, head pressure control.
Enable Compressor A1 (A1.EN) — This configuration is
used to disable the A1 compressor in case of failure.
Enable Compressor A2 (A2.EN) — This configuration is
used to disable the A2 compressor in case of failure.
Enable Compressor B1 (B1.EN) — This configuration is
used to disable the B1 compressor in case of failure.
Enable Compressor B2 (B2.EN) — This configuration is
used to disable the B2 compressor in case of failure.
CSB A1 Feedback Alarm (CS.A1) — This configuration is
used to enable or disable the compressor A1 feedback alarm.
This configuration must be enabled at all times.
CSB A2 Feedback Alarm (CS.A2) — This configuration is
used to enable or disable the compressor A2 feedback alarm.
This configuration must be enabled at all times.
CSB B1 Feedback Alarm (CS.B1) — This configuration is
used to enable or disable the compressor B1 feedback alarm.
This configuration must be enabled at all times.
CSB B2 Feedback Alarm (CS.B2) — This configuration is
used to enable or disable the compressor B2 feedback alarm.
This configuration must be enabled at all times.
Reverse Rotation Verified? (REV.R) — If this configuration
is set to NO, then after a power up, in the normal run mode, the
control will check the suction pressure on the first circuit that is
energized after 5 seconds of run time. If the control does not
see a sufficient decrease in suction pressure over the first 5 sec-
onds, mechanical cooling will be shut down, and an alarm will
be generated (A140). This alarm requires a manual reset.
If the unit is in the Service Test mode, the test will be
performed any time a compressor is energized.
Once it has been verified that power to the rooftop and
compressors has been applied correctly and the compressors
start up normally, this configuration can be set to YES in order
to prevent the reverse rotation check from occurring.
High SST Alert Delay Time (H.SST) — This option allows
the high saturated suction temperature alert timing delay to be
adjusted.
COMPRESSOR SAFETIES — The 48/50A Series units with
ComfortLink™ controls include a compressor protection board
(CSB) that protects the operation of each of the compressors.
These boards sense the presence or absence of current to each
compressor.
If there is a command for a compressor to run and there is
no current, then one of the following safeties or conditions
have turned the compressor off:
• Compressor overcurrent — Smaller compressors have
internal line breaks and larger compressors have a dedicated
circuit breaker for overcurrent protection.
• Compressor short circuit — the compressor circuit breaker
that provides short circuit protection has tripped then there
will not be current.
• Compressor motor over temperature — the internal line-
break or over temperature switch has opened.
• High-pressure switch trip — High-pressure switch has
opened.
Alarms will also occur if the current sensor board malfunc-
tions or is not properly connected to its assigned digital input. If
the compressor is commanded OFF and the Current Sensor
reads ON, an alert is generated. This will indicate that a com-
pressor contactor has failed closed. In this case, a special mode
“Compressor Stuck on Control” will be enabled and all other
compressors will be turned off and an alarm enabled to indicate
that service is required. Indoor and outdoor fans will continue
to operate. The first outdoor fan stage is turned on immediately.
The second fan stage will turn on when outdoor-air
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT
COOL COOLING CONFIGURATION
Z.GN Capacity Threshold Adjst –10 - 10 Z_GAIN 1
MC.LO Compressor Lockout Temp –20 - 55 dF OATLCOMP 40
C.FOD Fan-Off Delay, Mech Cool 0-600 sec COOL_FOD 60
MLV Min. Load Valve (HGBP)? Yes/No MLV_SEL No
M.M. Motor Master Control ? Yes/No MOTRMAST No
HPSP Head Pressure Setpoint 80 - 150 dF HPSP 113
A1.EN Enable Compressor A1 Enable/Disable CMPA1ENA Enable
A2.EN Enable Compressor A2 Enable/Disable CMPA2ENA Enable
B1.EN Enable Compressor B1 Enable/Disable CMPB1ENA Enable
B2.EN Enable Compressor B2 Enable/Disable CMPB2ENA Enable
CS.A1 CSB A1 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable CSB_A1EN Enable
CS.A2 CSB A2 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable CSB_A2EN Enable
CS.B1 CSB B1 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable CSB_B1EN Enable
CS.B2 CSB B2 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable CSB_B2EN Enable
REV.R Rev. Rotation Verified? Yes/No REVR_VER No
H.SST Hi SST Alert Delay Time 5 - 30 min HSSTTIME 10 (48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY)
20 (48/50A2,A3,A4,A5)
40
temperature (OAT) rises above 75 F or the highest active cir-
cuit saturated condensing temperature (SCT) rises above the
HPSP and remains on until the condition is repaired regardless
of the OAT and SCT values.
Any time the alert occurs, a strike is called out on the affect-
ed compressor. If three successive strikes occur the compressor
will be locked out requiring a manual reset or power reset of
the circuit board. The clearing of strikes during compressor op-
eration is a combination of 3 complete cycles or 15 continuous
minutes of run time operation. If there are one or two strikes on
the compressor and three short cycles (ON-OFF, ON-OFF,
ON-OFF) less than 15 minutes each occur, the strikes are reset
to zero for the affected compressor. If the compressor turns on
and runs for 15 minutes straight with no compressor failure, the
compressor strikes are cleared.
Additionally, some units contain Copeland compressors
equipped with advanced scroll temperature protection (ASTP).
A label located above the terminal box identifies Copeland
Scroll compressor models that contain this technology. See
Fig. 5. Advanced scroll temperature protection is a form of in-
ternal discharge temperature protection that unloads the scroll
compressor when the internal temperature reaches approxi-
mately 300 F. At this temperature, an internal bi-metal disk
valve opens and causes the scroll elements to separate, which
stops compression. Suction and discharge pressures balance
while the motor continues to run. The longer the compressor
runs unloaded, the longer it must cool before the bi-metal disk
resets. See Fig. 6.
To manually reset ASTP, the compressor should be stopped
and allowed to cool. If the compressor is not stopped, the motor
will run until the motor protector trips, which occurs up to
90 minutes later. Advanced scroll temperature protection will
reset automatically before the motor protector resets, which
may take up to 2 hours.
COMPRESSOR TIME GUARDS — The control will not al-
low any output relay to come on within 3 seconds of any other
output relay. For outputs connected to the compressors, the con-
trol will use a Compressor Minimum OFF Time of 2 minutes, a
Compressor Minimum ON Time of 3 minutes and a Minimum
Delay before turning on another compressor of 10 seconds.
COOL MODE SELECTION PROCESS — The A Series
ComfortLink™ controls offer three distinct methods by which
it may select a cooling mode.
1. Thermostat (C.TYP=3 and 4): The thermostat does not
depend upon the state of occupancy and the modes are
called out directly by the discrete inputs from the thermo-
stat (Inputs
STAT
Y1 and Y2).
2. Occupied VAV cooling types (C.TYP=1 and 2) are called
out in the occupied period (Operating
Modes
MODE
OCC=ON).
3. Unoccupied VAV cooling types (C.TYP=1 and 2) are
called out in the unoccupied period (Operating
Modes
MODE
OCC=OFF). They are also used for
space sensor control types (C.TYP=5 and 6) in both the
occupied and unoccupied periods.
This section is devoted to the process of cooling mode
determination for the three types outlined above.
VAV Cool Mode Selection during the Occupied Period
(C.TYP = 1,2 and Operating Modes
MODE
OCC =ON)
— There is no difference in the selection of a cooling mode for
either VAV-RAT or VAV-SPT in the occupied period. The actual
selection of a cool mode, for both control types, is based upon
the controlling return-air temperature (Temperatures
AIR.T
CTRL
R.TMP). Typically this is the same as the return air
temperature thermistor (Temper at ure s
AIR.T
RAT) except
when under CCN Linkage.
VAV Occupied Cool Mode Evaluation Configuration — There
are VAV occupied cooling offsets under Setpoints.
Cool Mode Determination — If the machine control type
(Configuration
UNIT
C.TYP) = 1 (VAV-RAT) or 2 (VAV-
SPT) and the control is occupied (Operating Modes
MODE
OCC=ON), then the unit will not follow the occu-
pied cooling set point (OCSP). Instead, the control will follow
two offsets in the determination of an occupied VAV cooling
mode (Setpoints
V. C . O N and Setpoints
V. C . O F ), applying
them to the low-heat off trip point and comparing the resulting
temperature to the return-air temperature.
The Setpoints
V. C . O N (VAV cool mode on offset) and
Setpoints
V. C . O F (VAV cool mode off offset) offsets are
used in conjunction with the low heat mode off trip point to
determine when to bring cooling on and off and in enforcing a
true “vent” mode between heating and cooling. See Fig. 7. The
occupied cooling set point is not used in the determination of
the cool mode. The occupied cooling set point is used for
supply air reset only.
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT
V. C . O N VAV Occ.
Cool On Delta
0-25 ^F VAVOCON 3.5
V. C . O F VAV Occ.
Cool Off Delta
1-25 ^F VAVOCOFF 2
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
0 102030405060708090
Compressor Unloaded Run Time (Minutes)
Recommended Cooling Time
(Minutes)
*Times are approximate.
NOTE: Various factors, including high humidity, high ambient tem-
perature, and the presence of a sound blanket will increase cool-
down times.
Fig. 6 — Recommended Minimum Cool-Down
Time After Compressor is Stopped*
Fig. 5 — Advanced Scroll Temperature
Protection Label
L.H.OF
L.H.ON
V.C. ON V.C. OF
OHSP
Fig. 7 — VAV Occupied Period Trip Logic
A48-7700
41
The advantage of this offset technique is that the control can
safely enforce a vent mode without worrying about crossing set
points. Even more importantly, under CCN linkage, the
occupied heating set point may drift up and down and this
method ensures a guaranteed separation in degrees Fahrenheit
between the calling out of a heating or cooling mode at all
times.
NOTE: There is a sub-menu at the local display (Run Status
TRIP) that allows the user to see the exact trip points for
both the heating and cooling modes without having to calcu-
late them. Refer to the Cooling Mode Diagnostic Help section
on page 46 for more information.
To enter into a VAV Occupied Cool mode, the controlling
temperature must rise above [OHSP minus L.H.ON plus
L.H.OF plus V. C . O N ].
To exit out of a VAV Occupied Cool Mode, the controlling
temperature must fall below [OHSP minus L.H.ON plus
L.H.OF plus V. C . O N minus V. C . O F ].
NOTE: With vent mode, it is possible to exit out of a cooling
mode during the occupied period if the return-air temperature
drops low enough. When supply-air temperature reset is not
configured, this capability will work to prevent over-cooling
the space during the occupied period.
Supply Air Set Point Control and the Staging of Compressors
— Once the control has determined that a cooling mode is in
effect, the cooling control point (Run Status
VIEW
CL.C.P) is calculated and is based upon the supply air set
point (Setpoints
SASP) plus any supply air reset being
applied (Inputs
RSET
SA.S.R).
Refer to the SumZ Cooling Algorithm section on page 46
for a discussion of how the A Series ComfortLink™ controls
manage the staging of compressors to maintain supply-air
temperature.
VAV Cool Mode Selection during the Unoccupied Period
(C.TYP = 1,2; Operating Modes
MODE
OCC=OFF)
and Space Sensor Cool Mode Selection (C.TYP=5 and 6) —
The machine control types that use this type of mode selection
are:
•C.TYP = 1 (VAV-RAT) in the unoccupied period
•C.TYP = 2 (VAV-SPT) in the unoccupied period
•C.TYP = 5 (SPT-MULTI) in both the occupied and
unoccupied period
•C.TYP = 6 (SPT-2 STG) in both the occupied and
unoccupied period
These particular control types operate differently than the
VAV types in the occupied mode in that there is both a LOW
COOL and a HIGH COOL mode. For both of these modes, the
control offers two independent set points, Setpoints
SA.LO
(for LOW COOL mode) and Setpoints
SA.HI (for HIGH
COOL mode). The occupied and unoccupied cooling set points
can be found under Setpoints.
The heat/cool set point offsets are found under Configura-
tion
D.LV.T. See Table 48.
Operating modes are under Operating Modes
MODE.
Cool Mode Evaluation Logic — The first thing the control
determines is whether the unit is in the occupied mode (OCC)
or is in the temperature compensated start mode (T.C .S T). If
the unit is occupied or in temperature compensated start mode,
the occupied cooling set point (OCSP) is used. For all other
modes, the unoccupied cooling set point (UCSP) is used. For
further discussion and simplification this will be referred to as
the “cooling set point.” See Fig. 8.
Demand Level Low Cool On Offset (L.C.ON) — This is the
cooling set point offset added to the cooling set point at which
point a Low Cool mode starts.
Demand Level High Cool On Offset (H.C.ON) — This is the
cooling set point offset added to the “cooling set point plus
L.C.ON” at which point a High Cool mode begins.
Demand Level Low Cool Off Offset (L.C.OF) — This is the
cooling set point offset subtracted from “cooling set point plus
L.C.ON” at which point a Low Cool mode ends.
NOTE: The “high cool end” trip point uses the “low cool off”
(L.C.OF) offset divided by 2.
To enter into a LOW COOL mode, the controlling tempera-
ture must rise above the cooling set point plus L.C.ON.
To enter into a HIGH COOL mode, the controlling temper-
ature must rise above the cooling set point plus L.C.ON plus
H.C.ON.
To exit out of a LOW COOL mode, the controlling temper-
ature must fall below the cooling set point plus L.C.ON minus
L.C.OF.
To exit out of a HIGH COOL mode, the controlling temper-
ature must fall below the cooling set point plus L.C.ON minus
L.C.OF/2.
Comfort Trending — In addition to the set points and offsets
which determine the trip points for bringing on and bringing
off cool modes, there are 2 configurations which work to hold
off the transitioning from a low cool to a high cool mode if the
space is cooling down quickly enough. This method is
referred to as Comfort Trending. The comfort trending config-
urations are C.T.LV and C.T.TM.
Cool Trend Demand Level (C.T.LV) — This is the change in
demand that must occur within the time period specified by
C.T.TM in order to hold off a HIGH COOL mode regardless
of demand. This is not applicable to VAV control types
(C.TYP=1 and 2) in the occupied period. As long as a LOW
COOL mode is making progress in cooling the space, the con-
trol will hold off on the HIGH COOL mode. This is especially
true for the space sensor machine control types (C.TYP = 5
and 6), because they may transition into the occupied mode
and see an immediate large cooling demand when the set
points change.
Cool Trend Time (C.T.TM) — This is the time period upon
which the cool trend demand level (C.T.LV) operates and may
hold off staging or a HIGH COOL mode. This is not applicable
to VAV control types (C.TYP=1 and 2) in the occupied period.
See the Cool Trend Demand Level section for more details.
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN
POINT DEFAULT
OCSP Occupied
Cool Setpoint
55-80 dF OCSP 75
UCSP Unoccupied
Cool Setpoint
75-95 dF UCSP 90
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE CCN POINT
MODE MODES CONTROLLING UNIT
OCC Currently Occupied ON/OFF MODEOCCP
T.C.ST Temp.Compensated Start ON/OFF MODETCST
H.C.ON
L.C. OF/2
L.C.ON
Cooling Setpoint (OCSP,UCSP)
L.C. OF
Lo Cool End
Hi Cool End
Lo Cool Start
Hi Cool Start
Fig. 8 — Cool Mode Evaluation
A48-7701
42
Table 48 — Cool/Heat Set Point Offsets Configuration
Timeguards — In addition to the set points and offsets which
determine the trip points for bringing on and bringing off cool
modes there is a timeguard of 8 minutes which enforces a time
delay between the transitioning from a low cool to a high cool
mode. There is a timeguard of 5 minutes which enforces a time
delay between the transitioning from a heat mode to a cool
mode.
Supply Air Set Point Control — Once the control has deter-
mined that a cooling mode is in effect, the cooling control
point (Run Status
VIEW
CL.C.P) is calculated and is
based upon either Setpoints
SA.HI or Setpoints
SA.LO,
depending on whether a high or a low cooling mode is in
effect, respectively. In addition, if supply air reset is config-
ured, it will also be added to the cooling control point.
Refer to the SumZ Cooling Algorithm section for a discus-
sion of how the A Series ComfortLink™ controls manage
supply-air temperature and the staging of compressors for these
control types.
Thermostat Cool Mode Selection (C.TYP = 3 and 4) —
When a thermostat type is selected, the decision making pro-
cess involved in determining the mode is straightforward.
Upon energizing the Y1 input only, the unit HVAC mode will
be LOW COOL. Upon the energizing of both Y1 and Y2 in-
puts, the unit HVAC mode will be HIGH COOL. If just input
G is energized the unit HVAC mode will be VENT and the
supply fan will run.
Selecting the C.TYP = 3 (TSTAT – MULTI) control type
will cause the control to do the following:
• The control will read the Configuration
UNIT
SIZE
configuration parameter to determine the number of
cooling stages and the pattern for each stage.
• An HVAC mode equal to LOW COOL will cause the
unit to select the Setpoints
SA.LO set point to control
to. An HVAC mode equal to HIGH COOL will cause the
unit to select the Setpoints
SA.HI set point to control
to. Supply air reset (if configured) will be added to either
the low or high cool set point.
• The control will utilize the SumZ cooling algorithm and
control cooling to a supply air set point. See the section
for the SumZ Cooling Algorithm section for information
on controlling to a supply air set point and compressor
staging.
Selecting the C.TYP = 4 (TSTAT – 2 STG) control type
means that only two stages of cooling will be used. On unit
sizes 020, 025 and 027 (with three compressors), an HVAC
Mode of LOW COOL will energize one compressor in Cir-
cuit A; an HVAC Mode of HIGH COOL will energize all
three compressors. On unit sizes 030 and larger (with four
compressors) an HVAC Mode of LOW COOL will energize
both compressors in Circuit A; an HVAC Mode of HIGH
COOL will energize all four compressors. Refer to the sec-
tion on Economizer Integration with Mechanical Cooling
for more information.
2-Stage Cooling Control Logic (C.TYP = 4 and 6) — The
logic that stages mechanical cooling for the TSTAT and SPT
2-Stage cooling control types differs from that of the multi-
stage control types. This section will explain how compressors
are staged and the timing involved for both the Low Cool and
High Cool HVAC Modes.
There are either three or four compressors divided among two
refrigeration circuits. Circuit A always contains two compressors
(Outputs
COOL
A1 and A2). Circuit B has either one com-
pressor (Outputs
COOL
B1) on size 020-027 units or two
compressors (Outputs
COOL
B1 and B2) on size 030-060
units. For 2-stage cooling control, regardless of configuration,
there is no minimum load valve (MLV) control. The decision as
to which compressor should be turned on or off next is decided
by the compressor’s availability and the preferred staging order.
Either A1 or A2 may start first as there is a built-in lead/lag
logic on compressors A1 and A2 every time the unit stages to 0
compressors. Also, based on compressor availability, it should
be noted that any compressor may come on. For example, on a
3 compressor unit, if no compressors are currently on,
compressor A2 is currently under a minimum off compressor
timeguard, and 2 compressors are to be turned on, then com-
pressors A1 and B1 will be turned on immediately instead of
A1 and A2.
Low Cool Versus High Cool Mechanical Staging — The num-
ber of compressors to be requested during a cooling mode are
divided into 2 groups by the control, HVAC mode = Lo Cool
and HVAC mode = Hi Cool.
If the economizer is not able to provide free cooling (Run
Status
ECON
ACTV = NO) then the following staging
occurs:
• Lo Cool Mode mechanical stages = 2
• Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 3 (for 020 through 027
size units)
• Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 4 (for 030 through 060
size units)
If the economizer is able to provide free cooling (Run Sta-
tus
ECON
ACTV = YES) then the following staging
occurs:
1. If the economizer’s current position is less than Configu-
ration
ECON
EC.MX – 5 and mechanical cooling
has not yet started for the current cool mode session then:
Lo Cool Mode mechanical stages = 0
Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 0
2. During the first 2.5 minutes of a low or high cool mode
where the economizer position is greater than Configura-
tion
ECON
EC.MX – 5% and mechanical cooling
has not yet started:
Lo Cool Mode mechanical stages = 0
Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 0
3. If the economizer position is greater than Configuration
ECON
EC.MX – 5% for more than 2.5 minutes but
less than 5.5 minutes and mechanical cooling has not yet
started then:
Lo Cool Mode mechanical stages = 1
Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 1
4. If the economizer position is greater than Configuration
ECON
EC.MX – 5% for more than 5.5 minutes but
less than 8 minutes and mechanical cooling has started
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT
D.LV.T COOL/HEAT SETPT. OFFSETS
L.H.ON Dmd Level Lo Heat On -1 - 2 ^F DMDLHON 1.5
H.H.ON Dmd Level(+) Hi Heat On 0.5 - 20.0 ^F DMDHHON 0.5
L.H.OF Dmd Level(-) Lo Heat Off 0.5 - 2 ^F DMDLHOFF 1
L.C.ON Dmd Level Lo Cool On -1 - 2 ^F DMDLCON 1.5
H.C.ON Dmd Level(+) Hi Cool On 0.5 - 20.0 ^F DMDHCON 0.5
L.C.OF Dmd Level(-) Lo Cool Off 0.5 - 2 ^F DMDLCOFF 1
C.T.LV Cool Trend Demand Level 0.1 - 5 ^F CTRENDLV 0.1
H.T.LV Heat Trend Demand Level 0.1 - 5 ^F HTRENDLV 0.1
C.T.TM Cool Trend Time 30 - 600 sec CTRENDTM 120
H.T.TM Heat Trend Time 30 - 600 sec HTRENDTM 120
43
then Lo Cool Mode mechanical stages = 2 and Hi Cool
Mode mechanical stages = 2.
5. If the economizer position is greater than Configuration
ECON
EC.MX – 5% for more than 8 minutes but
less than 11.5 minutes and mechanical cooling has started
then:
Lo Cool Mode mechanical stages = 2
Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 3
6. If the economizer position is greater than Configuration
ECON
EC.MX – 5% for more than 11.5 minutes and
mechanical cooling has started then:
Lo Cool Mode mechanical stages = 2
Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 3 (for 020 to 027
units only)
Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 4 (for 030 to 060
units only)
NOTE: If some compressors are not available due to being
faulted, the Hi Cool Mode number of compressors are affected
before the Lo Cool Mode number of compressors. For exam-
ple, if a 4 compressor unit has one compressor faulted, and the
economizer is not active, then an HVAC mode Hi Cool
requested number of compressors is changed from 4 to 3. If
another compressor faults, then both Lo Cool and Hi Cool
requested number of compressors are set to 2. In addition,
compressors cannot be brought on faster than one every
30 seconds. If the control needs to bring on 2 compressors at
once, the first compressor will come on followed by the second
compressor 30 seconds later.
Staging of compressors is shown in Tables 49-60.
EDT Low Override — There is an override if EDT drops too
low based on an alert limit that will lock out cooling. If the
supply air/evaporator discharge temperature (EDT) falls below
the alert limit (Configuration
ALLM
SA.L.O) cooling will
be inhibited. There is a 20-minute hold off on starting cooling
again once the following statement is true: EDT minus (Run
Status
COOL
SUMZ
ADD.R) has risen above SA.L.O.
The variable ADD.R is one of the SumZ cooling algorithm
control variables dedicated mainly for multi-stage control.
2-Stage Control and the Economizer — The 2-stage logic will
first check for the availability of the economizer. If free cooling
can be used, then the control will first attempt to use the free
cooling.
If no mechanical cooling is active, and the economizer is
active, the economizer will first attempt to control to a cooling
control point of either the supply air set point high (SA.HI) or
supply air set point low (SA.LO) plus any reset applied,
depending on whether High Cool or Low Cool mode is in ef-
fect, respectively.
If one stage of mechanical cooling is on, and the economiz-
er is active, then the economizer will attempt to control to 53 F.
Also If HVAC mode = LOW COOL, the second stage of
mechanical cooling will be locked out.
If the set point cannot be satisfied or the economizer is not
active, then cooling will be brought on one stage at a time
when the evaporator discharge temperature (EDT) is greater
the 1.5° F above the current cooling control point. A start-up
time delay of 10 minutes and steady state delay after a com-
pressor is energized of 5 minutes is enforced.
If both circuits of mechanical cooling are running, then the
economizer will attempt to control to 48 F. If the economizer is
active and the outside-air temperature (OAT) is less than the
cooling control point + 0.5 F, the compressors will be locked
off. When mechanical cooling is on, the control may also use
the economizer to trim the leaving-air temperature to prevent
unnecessary cycles of the compressor stages.
See the Economizer Integration with Mechanical Cooling
section on page 50 for more information on the holding off of
mechanical cooling as well as the economizer control point.
Table 49 — 2-Stage Sequence —
48/50AJ,AW020-027
Table 50 — 2-Stage Sequence —
48/50AJ,AW030-060
Table 51 — Staging Sequence without Hot Gas Bypass —
48/50AK,AY020-027 and Multi-Stage 48/50AJ,AW020-027
STAGE SEQUENCE 1 SEQUENCE 2
01 201 2
Thermostat Inputs Thermostat Inputs
Y1 OPEN CLOSED CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED
Y2 OPEN OPEN CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED
COMP Compressor Status Compressor Status
A1 OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON
A2 OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON
B1 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON
UNIT Unit Capacity Unit Capacity
020 0% 33% 100% 0% 33% 100%
025 0% 30% 100% 0% 30% 100%
027 0% 33% 100% 0% 33% 100%
STAGE SEQUENCE 1 SEQUENCE 2
01 201 2
Thermostat Inputs Thermostat Inputs
Y1 OPEN CLOSED CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED
Y2 OPEN OPEN CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED
COMP Compressor Status Compressor Status
A1 OFF ON ON OFF ON ON
A2 OFF ON ON OFF ON ON
B1 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON
B2 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON
UNIT Unit Capacity Unit Capacity
030 0% 45% 100% 0% 45% 100%
035,036 0% 48% 100% 0% 48% 100%
040,041 0% 43% 100% 0% 43% 100%
050 0% 45% 100% 0% 45% 100%
051,060 0% 50% 100% 0% 50% 100%
STAGE SEQUENCE 1 SEQUENCE 2
0123 4 0123 4
COMP Compressor Status Compressor Status
A1 OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON
A2 OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF ON ON OFF ON
B1 OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON
UNIT Unit Capacity 48/50A Unit Capacity 48/50A
020 0% 33% 67% 67% 100% 0% 33% 67% 67% 100%
025 0% 30% 65% 70% 100% 0% 35% 65% 65% 100%
027 0% 33% 67% 67% 100% 0% 33% 67% 67% 100%
44
Table 52 — Staging Sequence with Hot Gas Bypass —
48/50AK,AY020-027 and Multi-Stage 48/50AJ,AW020-027
*With Minimum Load Valve ON.
Table 53 — Staging Sequence without Hot Gas Bypass —
48/50AK,AY030-060 and Multi-Stage 48/50AJ,AW030-060
Table 54 — Staging Sequence with Hot Gas Bypass — 48/50AK,AY030-060
*With minimum load valve ON.
Table 55 — 2-Stage Sequence —
48/50A2,A4020-027
Table 56 — 2-Stage Sequence —
48/50A2,A4030-060
STAGE SEQUENCE 1 SEQUENCE 2
01234 5 01234 5
COMP Compressor Status Compressor Status
A1 OFF ON* ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON
A2 OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF ON* ON ON OFF ON
B1 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON
UNIT Unit Capacity 48/50A Unit Capacity 48/50A
020 0% 18% 33% 67% 67% 100% 0% 18% 33% 67% 67% 100%
025 0% 17% 30% 65% 70% 100% 0% 22% 35% 65% 65% 100%
027 0% 21% 33% 67% 67% 100% 0% 21% 33% 67% 67% 100%
STAGE SEQUENCE 1 SEQUENCE 2
01234 5 01234 5
COMP Compressor Status Compressor Status
A1 OFF ON ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON
A2 OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF ON ON OFF ON ON
B1 OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
B2 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON
UNIT Unit Capacity 48/50A Unit Capacity 48/50A
030 0% 23% 45% 50% 73% 100% 0% 23% 45% 50% 73% 100%
035,036 0% 22% 48% 52% 74% 100% 0% 26% 48% 48% 74% 100%
040,041 0% 21% 43% 50% 71% 100% 0% 21% 43% 50% 72% 100%
050 0% 23% 46% 46% 68% 100% 0% 23% 46% 54% 77% 100%
051 0% 25% 50% 50% 75% 100% 0% 25% 50% 50% 75% 100%
060 0% 24% 50% 50% 74% 100% 0% 26% 50% 50% 76% 100%
STAGE SEQUENCE 1 SEQUENCE 2
012345 6 012345 6
COMP Compressor Status Compressor Status
A1 OFF ON* ON ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON
A2 OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF ON* ON ON OFF ON ON
B1 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
B2 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON ON
UNIT Unit Capacity 48/50A Unit Capacity 48/50A
030 0% 12% 23% 45% 50% 73% 100% 0% 12% 23% 45% 50% 73% 100%
035,036 0% 12% 22% 48% 52% 74% 100% 0% 16% 26% 48% 48% 74% 100%
040,041 0% 13% 21% 43% 50% 71% 100% 0% 13% 21% 43% 50% 72% 100%
050 0% 16% 23% 46% 46% 68% 100% 0% 16% 23% 46% 54% 77% 100%
051 0% 19% 25% 50% 50% 75% 100% 0% 19% 25% 50% 50% 75% 100%
060 0% 19% 24% 50% 50% 74% 100% 0% 21% 26% 50% 50% 76% 100%
STAGE SEQUENCE 1 SEQUENCE 2
01 201 2
Thermostat Inputs Thermostat Inputs
Y1 OPEN CLOSED CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED
Y2 OPEN OPEN CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED
COMP Compressor Status Compressor Status
A1 OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON
A2 OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON
B1 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON
UNIT Unit Capacity Unit Capacity
020 0% 30% 100% 0% 30% 100%
025 0% 33% 100% 0% 33% 100%
027 0% 33% 100% 0% 33% 100%
STAGE SEQUENCE 1 SEQUENCE 2
01 201 2
Thermostat Inputs Thermostat Inputs
Y1 OPEN CLOSED CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED
Y2 OPEN OPEN CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED
COMP Compressor Status Compressor Status
A1 OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON
A2 OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON
B1 OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON
B2 OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON
UNIT Unit Capacity Unit Capacity
030 0% 50% 100% 0% 50% 100%
035 0% 50% 100% 0% 50% 100%
040 0% 50% 100% 0% 50% 100%
050 0% 50% 100% 0% 50% 100%
060 0% 50% 100% 0% 50% 100%
45
Table 57 — Staging Sequence without Hot Gas Bypass —
48/50A3,A5020-027 and Multi-Stage 48/50A2,A4020-027
Table 58 — Staging Sequence with Hot Gas Bypass —
48/50A3,A5020-027 and Multi-Stage 48/50A2,A4020-027
*With Minimum Load Valve ON.
Table 59 — Staging Sequence without Hot Gas Bypass —
48/50A3,A5030-060 and Multi-Stage 48/50A2,A4030-060
Table 60 — Staging Sequence with Hot Gas Bypass — 48/50A3,A5030-060
*With minimum load valve ON.
STAGE SEQUENCE 1 SEQUENCE 2
012 3 012 3
COMP Compressor Status Compressor Status
A1 OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON
A2 OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON ON
B1 OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON
UNIT Unit Capacity 48/50A Unit Capacity 48/50A
020 0% 30% 70% 100% 0% 30% 70% 100%
025 0% 33% 67% 100% 0% 33% 67% 100%
027 0% 33% 67% 100% 0% 33% 67% 100%
STAGE SEQUENCE 1 SEQUENCE 2
0123 4 0123 4
COMP Compressor Status Compressor Status
A1 OFF ON* ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
A2 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON* ON ON ON
B1 OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON
UNIT Unit Capacity 48/50A Unit Capacity 48/50A
020 0% 10% 30% 70% 100% 0% 10% 30% 70% 100%
025 0% 17% 33% 67% 100% 0% 17% 33% 67% 100%
027 0% 17% 33% 67% 100% 0% 17% 33% 67% 100%
STAGE SEQUENCE 1 SEQUENCE 2
0123 4 0123 4
COMP Compressor Status Compressor Status
A1 OFF ON ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON
A2 OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON ON
B1 OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON ON
B2 OFFOFFOFFOFF ON OFFOFFOFF ON ON
UNIT Unit Capacity 48/50A Unit Capacity 48/50A
030 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% 0% 25% 50% 75% 100%
035 0% 20% 50% 80% 100% 0% 20% 50% 70% 100%
040 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% 0% 25% 50% 75% 100%
050 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% 0% 25% 50% 75% 100%
060 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% 0% 25% 50% 75% 100%
STAGE SEQUENCE 1 SEQUENCE 2
01234 5 01234 5
COMP Compressor Status Compressor Status
A1 OFF ON* ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
A2 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON* ON ON ON ON
B1 OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON
B2 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON
UNIT Unit Capacity 48/50A Unit Capacity 48/50A
030 0% 10% 25% 50% 75% 100% 0% 10% 25% 50% 75% 100%
035 0% 7% 20% 50% 80% 100% 0% 7% 20% 50% 70% 100%
040 0% 14% 25% 50% 75% 100% 0% 14% 25% 50% 75% 100%
050 0% 16% 25% 50% 75% 100% 0% 16% 25% 50% 75% 100%
060 0% 18% 25% 50% 75% 100% 0% 18% 25% 50% 75% 100%
46
COOLING MODE DIAGNOSTIC HELP — To quickly de-
termine the current trip points for the cooling modes, the Run
Status sub-menu at the local display allows the user to view the
calculated start and stop points for both the cooling and heating
trip points. The following sub-menu can be found at the local
display under Run Status
TRIP. See Table 61.
The controlling temperature is “TEMP” and is in the middle
of the table for easy reference. The HVAC mode can also be
viewed at the bottom of the table.
SUMZ COOLING ALGORITHM — The SumZ cooling algo-
rithm is an adaptive PID which is used by the control whenever
more than 2 stages of cooling are present (C.TYP = 1,2,3, and
5). This section will describe its operation and define its param-
eters. It is generally not necessary to modify parameters in this
section. The information is presented primarily for reference
and may be helpful for troubleshooting complex operational
problems.
The only configuration parameter for the SumZ algorithm is
located at the local display under Configuration
COOL
Z.GN. See Table 47.
Table 61 — Run Status Mode Trip Helper
Capacity Threshold Adjust (Z.GN) — This configuration is
used on units using the “SumZ” algorithm for cooling capacity
control (Configuration
UNIT
C.TYP = 1, 2, 3 and 5). It
affects the cycling rate of the cooling stages by raising or
lowering the threshold that capacity must overcome in order to
add or subtract a stage of cooling.
The cooling algorithm’s run-time variables are located at
the local display under Run Status
COOL. See Table 62.
Current Running Capacity (C.CAP) — This variable repre-
sents the amount of capacity in percent that is currently
running.
Current Cool Stage (CUR.S) — This variable represents the
cool stage currently running.
Requested Cool Stage (REQ.S) — This variable represents
the cool stage currently requested by the control.
Maximum Cool Stages (MAX.S) — This variable is the max-
imum number of cooling stages the control is configured for
and capable of controlling.
Active Demand Limit (DEM.L) — If demand limit is active,
this variable will represent the amount of capacity that the
control is currently limited to.
Capacity Load Factor (SMZ) — This factor builds up or
down over time (–100 to +100) and is used as the means of
adding or subtracting a cooling stage during run time. It is a
normalized representation of the relationship between “Sum”
and “Z”.
Next Stage EDT Decrease (ADD.R) — This variable repre-
sents (if adding a stage of cooling) how much the temperature
should drop in degrees depending on the R.PCT calculation
and exactly how much additional capacity is to be added.
ADD.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP — capacity after adding a cooling
stage)
For example: If R.PCT = 0.2 and the control would be
adding 20% cooling capacity by taking the next step up,
0.2 times 20 = 4 F (ADD.R).
Next Stage EDT Increase (SUB.R) — This variable repre-
sents (if subtracting a stage of cooling) how much the
temperature should rise in degrees depending on the R.PCT
calculation and exactly how much capacity is to be subtracted.
SUB.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP — capacity after subtracting a
cooling stage)
For Example: If R.PCT = 0.2 and the control would be sub-
tracting 30% capacity by taking the next step down, 0.2 times
–30 = –6 F (SUB.R)
Rise Per Percent Capacity (R.PCT) — This is a real time cal-
culation that represents the amount of degrees of drop/rise
across the evaporator coil versus percent of current running
capacity.
R.PCT = (MAT – EDT)/ C.CAP
Cap Deadband Subtracting (Y.MIN) — This is a control vari-
able used for Low Temp Override (L.TMP) and Slow Change
Override (SLOW).
Y.MIN = -SUB.R*0.4375
Cap Deadband Adding (Y.PLU) — This is a control variable
used for High Temp Override (H.TMP) and Slow Change
Override (SLOW).
Y.PLU = -ADD.R*0.4375
Cap Threshold Subtracting (Z.MIN) — This parameter is
used in the calculation of SumZ and is calculated as follows:
Z.MIN = Configuration
COOL
Z.GN * (–10 + (4*
(–SUB.R))) * 0.6
Cap Threshold Adding (Z.PLU) — This parameter is used in
the calculation of SumZ and is calculated as follows:
Z.PLU = Configuration
COOL
Z.GN * (10 + (4*
(–ADD.R))) * 0.6
High Temp Cap Override (H.TMP) — If stages of mechani-
cal cooling are on and the error is greater than twice Y.PLU,
and the rate of change of error is greater than 0.5F per minute,
then a stage of mechanical cooling will be added every 30 sec-
onds. This override is intended to react to situations where the
load rapidly increases.
Low Temp Cap Override (L.TMP) — If the error is less than
twice Y.MIN, and the rate of change of error is less than
–0.5F per minute, then a mechanical stage will be removed
every 30 seconds. This override is intended to quickly react to
situations where the load is rapidly reduced.
Pull Down Cap Override (PULL) — If the error from set
point is above 4F, and the rate of change is less than –1F per
minute, then pulldown is in effect, and “SUM” is set to 0. This
keeps mechanical cooling stages from being added when the
error is very large, but there is no load in the space. Pulldown
for units is expected to rarely occur, but is included for the rare
situation when it is needed. Most likely pulldown will occur
when mechanical cooling first becomes available shortly after
the control goes into an occupied mode (after a warm unoccu-
pied mode).
ITEM EXPANSION UNITS CCN
POINT
TRIP MODE TRIP HELPER
UN.C.S Unoccup. Cool Mode Start dF UCCLSTRT
UN.C.E Unoccup. Cool Mode End dF UCCL_END
OC.C.S Occupied Cool Mode Start dF OCCLSTRT
OC.C.E Occupied Cool Mode End dF OCCL_END
TEMP Ctl.Temp RAT,SPT or Zone dF CTRLTEMP
OC.H.E Occupied Heat Mode End dF OCHT_END
OC.H.S Occupied Heat Mode Start dF OCHTSTRT
UN.H.E Unoccup. Heat Mode End dF UCHT_END
UN.H.S Unoccup. Heat Mode Start dF UCHTSTRT
HVAC the current HVAC MODE String
47
Table 62 — Run Status Cool Display
Slow Change Cap Override (SLOW) — With a rooftop unit,
the design rise at 100% total unit capacity is generally around
30 F. For a unit with 4 stages, each stage represents about
7.5F of change to EDT. If stages could reliably be cycled at
very fast rates, the set point could be maintained very precisely.
Since it is not desirable to cycle compressors more than 6 cy-
cles per hour, slow change override takes care of keeping the
PID under control when “relatively” close to set point.
SumZ Operation — The SumZ algorithm is an adaptive PID
style of control. The PID is programmed within the control and
the relative speed of staging can only be influenced by the user
through the adjustment of the Z.GN configuration. The capaci-
ty control algorithm uses a modified PID algorithm, with a self
adjusting gain which compensates for varying conditions, in-
cluding changing flow rates across the evaporator coil.
Previous implementations of SumZ made static assump-
tions about the actual size of the next capacity jump up or
down. This control uses a “rise per percent capacity” technique
in the calculation of SumZ, instead of the previous “rise per
stage” method. For each jump, up or down in capacity, the
control will know beforehand the exact capacity change
brought on. Better overall staging control can be realized with
this technique.
SUM Calculation — The PID calculation of the “SUM” is
evaluated once every 80 seconds.
SUM = Error + “SUM last time through” + (3 * Error Rate)
Where:
SUM = the PID calculation, Error = EDT – Cooling Control
Point, Error Rate = Error – “Error last time through”
NOTE: “Error” is limited to between –50 and +50 and “Error
rate” is limited to between –20 and +20.
This “SUM” will be compared against the “Z” calculations
in determining whether cooling stages should be added or
subtracted.
Z Calculation — For the “Z” calculation, the control attempts
to determine the entering and the leaving-air temperature of the
evaporator coil and based upon the difference between the two
during mechanical cooling, and then determines whether to
add or subtract a stage of cooling. This is the adaptive element.
The entering-air temperature is referred to as MAT
(mixed-air temperature) and the leaving-air temperature of the
evaporator coil is referred to as EDT (evaporator discharge
temperature). They are found at the local display under the
Temperatures
CTRL sub-menu.
The main elements to be calculated and used in the calcula-
tion of SumZ are:
1) the rise per percent capacity (R.PCT)
2) the amount of expected rise for the next cooling stage
addition
3) the amount of expected rise for the next cooling stage
subtraction
The calculation of “Z” requires two variables, Z.PLU used
when adding a stage and Z.MIN used when subtracting a stage.
They are calculated with the following formulas:
Z.PLU = Z.GN * (10 + (4*(–ADD.R))) * 0.6
Z.MIN = Z.GN * (–10 + (4*(–SUB.R))) * 0.6
Where:
Z.GN = configuration used to modify the threshold levels used
for staging (Configuration
COOL
Z.GN)
ADD.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP – capacity after adding a cooling
stage)
SUB.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP – capacity after subtracting a cool-
ing stage)
Both of these terms, Z.PLU and Z.MIN, represent a thresh-
old both positive and negative upon which the “SUM”
calculation must build up to in order to cause the compressor to
stage up or down.
Comparing SUM and Z — The “SUM” calculation is com-
pared against Z.PLU and Z.MIN.
• If “SUM” rises above Z.PLU, a cooling stage is added.
• If “SUM” falls below Z.MIN, a cooling stage is subtracted.
There is a variable called SMZ which is described in the
reference section and which can simplify the task of watching
the demand build up or down over time. It is calculated as
follows:
If SUM is positive: SMZ = 100*(SUM/Z.PLU)
If SUM is negative: SMZ = –100*(SUM/Z.MIN)
Mixed Air Temperature Calculation (MAT) — The mixed-
air temperature is calculated and is a function of the economiz-
er position. Additionally there are some calculations in the con-
trol which can zero in over time on the relationship of return
and outside air as a function of economizer position. There are
two configurations which relate to the calculation of “MAT.”
These configurations can be located at the local display under
Configuration
UNIT.
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT WRITE STATUS
COOL COOLING INFORMATION
C.CAP Current Running Capacity % CAPTOTAL
CUR.S Current Cool Stage COOL_STG
REQ.S Requested Cool Stage CL_STAGE
MAX.S Maximum Cool Stages CLMAXSTG
DEM.L Active Demand Limit % DEM_LIM forcible
SUMZ COOL CAP. STAGE CONTROL
SMZ Capacity Load Factor -100 – +100 SMZ
ADD.R Next Stage EDT Decrease ^F ADDRISE
SUB.R Next Stage EDT Increase ^F SUBRISE
R.PCT Rise Per Percent Capacity RISE_PCT
Y.MIN Cap Deadband Subtracting Y_MINUS
Y.PLU Cap Deadband Adding Y_PLUS
Z.MIN Cap Threshold Subtracting Z_MINUS
Z.PLU Cap Threshold Adding Z_PLUS
H.TMP High Temp Cap Override HI_TEMP
L.TMP Low Temp Cap Override LOW_TEMP
PULL Pull Down Cap Override PULLDOWN
SLOW Slow Change Cap Override SLO_CHNG
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE CCN
POINT DEFAULTS
UNIT UNIT CONFIGURATION
MAT.S MAT Calc Config 0 - 2 MAT_SEL 1
MAT.R Reset MAT Table
Entries?
Yes/No MATRESET No
48
MAT Calc Config (MAT.S) — This configuration gives the
user two options in the processing of the mixed-air temperature
(MAT) calculation:
•MAT.S = 0
There will be no MAT calculation.
•MAT.S = 1
The control will attempt to learn MAT over time. Any time
the system is in a vent mode and the economizer stays at a
particular position for long enough, MAT = EDT. Using this
method, the control has an internal table whereby it can
more closely determine the true MAT value.
•MAT.S = 2
The control will not attempt to learn MAT over time.
To calculate MAT linearly, the user should reset the MAT
table entries by setting MAT.R to YES. Then set MAT.S = 2.
The control will calculate MAT based on the position of the
economizer and outside air and return air temperature.
To freeze the MAT table entries, let the unit run with MAT.S
= 1. Once sufficient data has been collected, change MAT.S
= 2. Do not reset the MAT table.
Reset MAT Table Entries? (MAT.R) — This configuration
allows the user to reset the internally stored MAT learned
configuration data back to the default values. The defaults are
set to a linear relationship between the economizer damper
position and OAT and RAT in the calculation of MAT.
SumZ Overrides — There are a number of overrides to the
SumZ algorithm which may add or subtract stages of cooling.
• High Temp Cap Override (H.TMP)
• Low Temp Cap Override (L.TMP)
• Pull Down Cap Override (PULL)
• Slow Change Cap Override (SLOW)
Economizer Trim Override — The unit may drop stages of
cooling when the economizer is performing free cooling and
the configuration Configuration
ECON
E.TRM is set to
Yes. The economizer controls to the same supply air set point
as mechanical cooling does for SumZ when E.TRM = Yes.
This allows for much tighter temperature control as well as cut-
ting down on the cycling of compressors.
For a long cooling session where the outside-air tempera-
ture may drop over time, there may be a point at which the
economizer has closed down far enough were the unit could
remove a cooling stage and open up the economizer further to
make up the difference.
Mechanical Cooling Lockout (Configuration
COOL
MC.LO) — This configuration allows a configurable outside-
air temperature set point below which mechanical cooling will
be completely locked out.
DEMAND LIMIT CONTROL — Demand Limit Control
may override the cooling algorithm to limit or reduce cooling
capacity during run time. The term Demand Limit Control re-
fers to the restriction of machine capacity to control the amount
of power that a machine will use. This can save the owner
money by limiting peaks in the power supply. Demand limit
control is intended to interface with an external Loadshed De-
vice either through CCN communications, external switches,
or 4 to 20 mA input.
The control has the capability of loadshedding and limiting
in 3 ways:
• Two discrete inputs tied to configurable demand limit set
point percentages.
• An external 4 to 20 mA input that can reset capacity back
linearly to a set point percentage.
• CCN loadshed functionality.
NOTE: It is also possible to force the demand limit variable
(Run Status
COOL
DEM.L).
To use Demand Limiting, select the type of demand limiting
to use. This is done with the Demand Limit Select configura-
tion (Configuration
DMD.L
DM.L.S).
To view the current demand limiting currently in effect,
look at Run Status
COOL
DEM.L.
The configurations associated with demand limiting can be
viewed at the local display at Configuration
DMD.L. See
Table 63.
Demand Limit Select (DM.L.S) — This configuration deter-
mines the type of demand limiting.
• 0 = NONE — Demand Limiting not configured.
• 1 = 2 SWITCHES — This will enable switch input
demand limiting using the switch inputs connected to the
CEM board. Connections should be made to TB6-4,5,6.
• 2 = 4 to 20 mA — This will enable the use of a remote 4
to 20 mA demand limit signal. The CEM module must
be used. The 4 to 20 mA signal must come from an
externally sourced controller and should be connected to
TB6-7,8.
• 3 = CCN LOADSHED — This will allow for loadshed
and red lining through CCN communications.
Two-Switch Demand Limiting (DM.L.S = 1) — This type of
demand limiting utilizes two discrete inputs:
Demand Limit Switch 1 Setpoint (D.L.S1) — Dmd Limit
Switch Setpoint 1 (0-100% total capacity)
Demand Limit 2 Setpoint (D.L.S2) — Dmd Limit Switch
Setpoint 2 (0-100% total capacity)
The state of the discrete switch inputs can be found at the lo-
cal display:
Inputs
GEN.I
DL.S1
Inputs
GEN.I
DL.S2
The following table illustrates the demand limiting (Run
Status
COOL
DEM.L) that will be in effect based on the
logic of the applied switches:
4-20 mA Demand Limiting (DM.L.S = 2) — If the unit has
been configured for 4 to 20 mA demand limiting, then the
Inputs
4-20
DML.M value is used to determine the
amount of demand limiting in effect (Run Sta-
tus
COOL
DEM.L). The Demand Limit at 20 mA
(D.L.20) configuration must be set. This is the configured
demand limit corresponding to a 20 mA input (0 to 100%).
The value of percentage reset is determined by a linear
interpolation from 0% to “D.L.20”% based on the Inputs
4-20
DML.M input value.
The following examples illustrate the demand limiting
(Run Status
COOL
DEM.L) that will be in effect based on
amount of current seen at the 4 to 20 mA input, DML.M.
CCN Loadshed Demand Limiting (DM.L.S = 3) — If the unit
has been configured for CCN Loadshed Demand Limiting,
then the demand limiting variable (Run Status
COOL
DEM.L) is controlled via CCN commands.
Switch Status Run Status
COOL
DEM.L = 1
Inputs
GEN.I
DL.S1 = OFF
Inputs
GEN.I
DL.S2 = OFF
100%
Inputs
GEN.I
DL.S1= ON
Inputs
GEN.I
DL.S2 = OFF
Configuration
DMD.L
D.L.S1
Inputs
GEN.I
DL.S1= ON
Inputs
GEN.I
DL.S2 = ON
Configuration
DMD.L
D.L.S2
Inputs
GEN.I
DL.S1= OFF
Inputs
GEN.I
DL.S2 = ON
Configuration
DMD.L
D.L.S2
D.L.20 = 80% D.L.20 = 80% D.L.20 = 80%
DML.M = 4mA DML.M = 12 mA DML.M = 20mA
DEM.L = 100% DEM.L = 90% DEM.L = 80%
49
Table 63 — Demand Limit Configuration
The relevant configurations for this type of demand limiting
are:
Loadshed Group Number (SH.NM) — CCN Loadshed Group
number
Loadshed Demand Delta (SH.DL) — CCN Loadshed
Demand Delta
Maximum Loadshed Time (SH.TM) — CCN Maximum
Loadshed time
The Loadshed Group Number (SH.NM) corresponds to
the loadshed supervisory device that resides elsewhere on
the CCN network and broadcasts loadshed and redline
commands to its associated equipment parts. The SH.NM
variable will default to zero which is an invalid group num-
ber. This allows the loadshed function to be disabled until
configured.
Upon reception of a redline command, the machine will be
prevented from starting if it is not running. If it is running,
then DEM.L is set equal to the current running cooling capac-
ity (Run Status
COOL
C.CAP).
Upon reception of a loadshed command, the DEM.L vari-
able is set to the current running cooling capacity (Run Status
COOL
C.CAP) minus the configured Loadshed Demand
Delta (SH.DL).
A redline command or loadshed command will stay in
effect until a Cancel redline or Cancel loadshed command is
received, or until the configurable Maximum Loadshed time
(SH.TM) has elapsed.
HEAD PRESSURE CONTROL — Condenser head pressure
control for the 48/50A series rooftops is controlled directly by
the unit, except when the unit is equipped and configured for
Motormaster® V control. The control is able to cycle up to
three stages of outdoor fans (see Table 64) to maintain accept-
able head pressure.
For 48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units, fan stages will react to satu-
rated condensing temperature (SCT) sensors (Temper a-
tures
REF.T
SCT.A and SCT.B) which are connected to
the condenser coils in circuit A and B. The control converts the
temperatures to the corresponding refrigerant pressures (Pres-
sures
REF.P
DP.A and DP.B).
For 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 units, fan stages react to discharge
pressure transducers (DPT) (Pressures
REF.P
DP.A and
DP.B) which are connected to the compressor discharge piping
in circuit A and B. The control converts the pressures to the
corresponding saturated condensing temperatures (Tempera-
tures
REF.T
SCT.A and SCT.B).
Unit size (Configuration
Unit
Size), refrigerant type
(Configuration
Unit
RFG.T), and condenser heat ex-
changer type (Configuration
Unit
CND.T) are used to de-
termine if the second stage fans are configured to respond to a
particular refrigerant circuit (independent control) or both re-
frigerant circuits (common control). The 48/50A2,A3,
A4,A5060 units with microchannel (MCHX) condenser heat
exchangers are the only units that utilize independent fan
controls.
If the unit is equipped with the accessory Motormaster V
control, the Motormaster installed configuration
(Configuration
COOL
M.M.) must be set to YES if the
unit size (Configuration
Unit
SIZE) is 60 tons and the
condenser heat exchanger type (Configuration
Unit
CND.T) is RTPF (round tube plate fin). This is because the
condenser fan relay A (MBB Relay 6) output must be ener-
gized to enable the Motormaster V control and must not be
turned off by the head pressure control algorithm. The size 60
ton unit with RTPF condenser heat exchangers offers 3 stages
of head pressure control and is the one case where condenser
fan relay A may be requested off during head pressure control
operation. By configuring M.M. to YES, the control is instruct-
ed not to turn off the relay to attempt 3 stages of head pressure
control.
There are two configurations provided for head pressure
control that can be found at the local display:
•Configuration
COOL
M.M. – Motor Master Control?
•Configuration
COOL
HPSP – Head Pressure Set-
point
There are two outputs (MBB Relays) provided to control
head pressure:
•Outputs
FANS
CD.F.A – Condenser Fan Circuit A
(MBB Relay 6 - OFC1,4). For size 60 ton units with
MCHX condensers, MBB – Relay 6 drives OFC4 and com-
pressor contactor B1 or B2 auxiliary contacts drive OFC1.
•Outputs
FANS
CD.F.B – Condenser Fan Circuit B
(MBB Relay 5 - OFC2)
Head Pressure Control Operation — The following logic de-
scribes the head pressure control routines for the unit sizes out-
lined in Table 64.
For 020 to 035 size units, there are two outdoor fans that are
common to both refrigerant circuits. The control cycles two
stages of outdoor fans, one fan per stage, to maintain accept-
able head pressure.
For 036 to 050 size units, there are four outdoor fans that are
common to both refrigerant circuits. The control cycles two
stages of outdoor fans, two fans per stage, to maintain accept-
able head pressure.
For 051 and 060 size units – There are six outdoor fans that
are common to both refrigerant circuits (size 060 MCHX units
have 4 fans). The control cycles three stages of outdoor fans,
two fans for stage one, four fans for stage two, and six fans for
stage three to maintain acceptable head pressure.
When a compressor has been commanded on, then con-
denser fan A (MBB Relay 6) will be energized (CD.F.A =
ON). Condenser fan A will remain on until all compressors
have been commanded off. If the highest active circuit SCT is
above the HPSP or if OAT is greater than 75 F then condenser
fan B (MBB Relay 5) will be energized (CD.F.B = ON). Con-
denser fan B will remain on until all compressors have been
commanded off, or the highest active circuit SCT drops 40 F
below the HPSP for greater than 2 minutes and OAT is less
than 73 F.
NOTE: For size 60 units with RTPF condenser heat exchang-
ers not configured for Motormaster control, the control stages
down differently than the other units. For these units, the con-
trol will first turn off condenser fan relay A. After 2 minutes,
the control will turn off relay B and turn back on relay A.
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT
DMD.L DEMAND LIMIT CONFIG.
DM.L.S Demand Limit Select 0 - 3 DMD_CTRL 0
D.L.20 Demand Limit at 20 ma 0 - 100 % DMT20MA 100
SH.NM Loadshed Group Number 0 - 99 SHED_NUM 0
SH.DL Loadshed Demand Delta 0 - 60 % SHED_DEL 0
SH.TM Maximum Loadshed Time 0 - 120 min SHED_TIM 60
D.L.S1 Demand Limit Sw.1 Setpt. 0 - 100 % DLSWSP1 80
D.L.S2 Demand Limit Sw.2 Setpt. 0 - 100 % DLSWSP2 50
50
Table 64 — Condenser Fan Staging
* For size 60 ton units with MCHX condensers, MBB – Relay 6 drives OFC4 and compressor contactor B1 or B2 auxiliary contacts drive OFC1.
For 060 size units with MCHX condensers, there are four
outdoor fans, two for each independent refrigerant circuit. The
control cycles two stages of outdoor fans for each circuit, one
fan per stage, to maintain acceptable head pressure.
When a circuit A compressor has been commanded on, then
OFC3 is energized via the normally opened auxiliary contacts
on the compressor contactors. The auxiliary contacts are wired
such that turning on either circuit A compressor will energize
OFC3. Contactor OFC3 will remain on until all circuit A com-
pressors have been commanded off. If SCTA is above the
HPSP or if OAT is greater than 75 F, then condenser fan A
(MBB Relay 6) will be energized (CD.F.A = ON) turning on
OFC4. Condenser fan A will remain on until all compressors
have been commanded off, or SCTA drops 40 F below the
HPSP for greater than 2 minutes and OAT is less than 73 F.
When a circuit B compressor has been commanded on, then
OFC1 is energized via the normally opened auxiliary contacts
on the compressor contactors. The auxiliary contacts are wired
such that turning on either circuit B compressor will energize
OFC1. Contactor OFC1 will remain on until all circuit B com-
pressors have been commanded off. If SCTB is above the
HPSP or if OAT is greater than 75 F, then condenser fan B
(MBB Relay 5) will be energized (CD.F.B = ON) turning on
OFC2. Condenser fan B will remain on until all compressors
have been commanded off, or SCTB drops 40 F below the
HPSP for greater than 2 minutes and OAT is less than 73 F.
Failure Mode Operation — If either of the SCT or DPT sen-
sors fails, then the control defaults to head pressure control
based on the OAT sensor. The control turns on the second fan
stage when the OAT is above 65 F and stages down when OAT
drops below 50 F.
If the OAT sensor fails, then the control defaults to head
pressure control based on the SCT sensors. The control turns
on the second fan stage when the highest active circuit SCT is
above the HPSP and stages down when the highest active cir-
cuit SCT drops 40 F below the HPSP for longer than
2 minutes.
If the SCT, DPT, and OAT sensors have all failed, then the
control turns on the first and second fan stages when any com-
pressor is commanded on.
Compressor current sensor boards (CSB) are used on all
units and are able to diagnose a compressor stuck on (welded
contactor) condition. If the control commands a compressor off
and the CSB detects current flowing to the compressor, then
the first fan stage is turned on immediately. The second fan
stage will turn on when OAT rises above 75 F or the highest ac-
tive circuit SCT rises above the HPSP and remain on until the
condition is repaired regardless of the OAT and SCT values.
ECONOMIZER INTEGRATION WITH MECHANICAL
COOLING — When the economizer is able to provide free
cooling (Run Status
ECON
ACTV = YES), mechanical
cooling may be delayed or even held off indefinitely.
NOTE: Once mechanical cooling has started, this delay logic
is no longer relevant.
Economizer Mechanical Cooling Delay — This type of me-
chanical cooling delay is relevant to the all machine control
types.
If the economizer is able to provide free cooling at the start
of a cooling session, the mechanical cooling algorithm checks
the economizer’s current position (Run Status
ECON
ECN.P) and compares it to the economizer’s maxi-
mum position (Configuration
ECON
EC.MX) – 5%.
Once the economizer has opened beyond this point a
2.5-minute timer starts. If the economizer stays beyond this
point for 2.5 minutes continuously, the mechanical cooling
algorithm is allowed to start computing demand and stage
compressors.
Economizer Control Point (Run Status
VIEW
EC.C.P)
— There are 4 different ways to determine the economizer
control point when the economizer is able to provide free
cooling:
If no mechanical cooling is active and HVAC mode = LOW
COOL
EC.C.P = Setpoints
SA.LO + Inputs
RSET
SA.S.R
If no mechanical cooling is active and HVAC mode = HIGH
COOL
EC.C.P = Setpoints
SA.HI + Inputs
RSET
SA.S.R
When the first stage of mechanical cooling has started
EC.C.P = 53 F plus any economizer suction pressure reset
applied
When the second stage of mechanical cooling has started
EC.C.P = 48 F plus any economizer suction pressure reset
applied
Heating Control — The A Series ComfortLink™ con-
trol system offers control for 3 different types of heating systems
to satisfy general space heating requirements: 2-stage gas heat,
2-stage electric heat and multiple-stage (staged) gas heat.
Variable air volume (VAV) type applications (C.TYP = 1, 2,
3, or 5) require that the space terminal positions be commanded
to open to Minimum Heating positions when gas or electric
heat systems are active, to provide for the unit heating
system’s Minimum Heating Airflow rate.
For VAV applications, the heat interlock relay (HIR) func-
tion provides the switching of a control signal intended for use
by the VAV terminals. This signal must be used to command
the terminals to open to their Heating Open positions. The HIR
is energized whenever the Heating mode is active, an IAQ pre-
occupied force is active, or if fire smoke modes, pressurization,
or smoke purge modes are active.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The heating configurations
are located at the local display under Configuration
HEAT.
See Table 65.
Heating Control Type (HT.CF) — The heating control types
available are selected with this variable.
0 = No Heat
1 = Electric Heat
2 = 2 Stage Gas Heat
3 = Staged Gas Heat
Heating Supply Air Set Point (HT.SP) — In a low heat mode
for staged gas heat, this is the supply air set point for heating.
FAN RELAY 48/50A UNIT SIZE
020-035 036-050 051,060 060 with MCHX
OFC1,4* (MBB - RELAY 6) OFM1 OFM1, OFM2 OFM1, OFM2 OFM4
OFC2 (MBB - RELAY 5) OFM2 OFM3, OFM4 OFM3, OFM4, OFM5, OFM6 OFM2
OFC3 C.A1-AUX or C.A2-AUX NA NA NA OFM3
OFC1* C.B1-AUX or C.B2-AUX NA NA NA OFM1
51
Table 65 — Heating Configuration
*Some defaults are model number dependent.
Occupied Heating Enable (OC.EN) — This configuration
only applies when the unit’s control type (Configuration
UNIT
C.TYP) is configured for 1 (VAV-RAT) or 2 (VAV-
SPT). If the user wants to have the capability of performing
heating throughout the entire occupied period, then this config-
uration needs to be set to “YES”. Most installations do not re-
quire this capability, and if heating is installed, it is used to heat
the building in the morning. In this case set OC.EN to “NO”.
NOTE: This unit does not support simultaneous heating and
cooling. If significant simultaneous heating and cooling
demand is expected, it may be necessary to provide additional
heating or cooling equipment and a control system to provide
occupants with proper comfort.
MBB Sensor Heat Relocate (LAT.M) — This option allows
the user additional performance benefit when under CCN
Linkage for the 2-stage electric and gas heating types. As two-
stage heating types do not “modulate” to a supply air set point,
no leaving air thermistor is required and none is provided. The
evaporator discharge thermistor, which is initially installed up-
stream of the heater, can be repositioned downstream and the
control can expect to sense this heat. While the control does not
need this to energize stages of heat, the control can wait for a
sufficient temperature rise before announcing a heating mode
to a CCN linkage system (ComfortID™).
If the sensor is relocated, the user will now have the
capability to view the leaving-air temperature at all times at
Temperatures
AIR.T
CTRL
LAT.
NOTE: If the user does not relocate this sensor for the 2-stage
electric or gas heating types and is under CCN Linkage, then
the control will send a heating mode (if present) uncondition-
ally to the linkage coordinator in the CCN zoning system
regardless of the leaving-air temperature.
Fan-Off Delay, Gas Heat (G. F O D ) — This configuration is
the delay in seconds, after a gas heat mode has ended
(HT.CF=2,3) that the control will continue to energize the
supply fan.
Fan-Off Delay, Elec Heat (E.FOD) — This configuration is
the delay in seconds, after an electric heat mode has ended
(HT.CF=1) that the control will continue to energize the
supply fan.
HEAT MODE SELECTION PROCESS — There are two
possible heat modes that the control will call out for heating
control: HVAC Mode = LOW HEAT and HVAC Mode =
HIGH HEAT. These modes will be called out based on control
type (C.TYP).
VAV- R AT ( C.TYP = 1) a n d VAV- S P T ( C.TYP = 2) — There
is no difference in the selection of a heating mode for either
VAV-RAT or VAV-SPT, except that for VAV-SPT, space tem-
perature is used in the unoccupied period to turn on the supply
fan for 10 minutes before checking return-air temperature. The
actual selection of a heat mode, LOW or HIGH for both
control types, will be based upon the controlling return-air
temperature.
With sufficient heating demand, there are still conditions
that will prevent the unit from selecting a heat mode. First, the
unit must be configured for a heat type (Configuration
HEAT
HT.CF not equal to “NONE”). Second, the unit has a
configuration which can enable or disable heating in the
occupied period except for a standard morning warmup cycle
(Configuration
HEAT
OC.EN). See descriptions above in
the Setting Up the System section for more information.
If the unit is allowed to select a heat mode, then the next
step is an evaluation of demand versus set point. At this point,
the logic is the same as for control types SPT Multi-Stage and
SPT-2 Stage, (C.TYP = 5,6) except for the actual temperature
compared against set point. See Temperature Driven Heat
Mode Evaluation section.
Tstat-Multi-Stage (C.TYP = 3) and Tstat-2 Stage (C.TYP =
4) — There is no difference in the selection of a heat mode be-
tween the control types TSTAT 2-stage or TSTAT multi-stage.
These selections only refer to how cooling will be handled.
With thermostat control the W1 and W2 inputs determine
whether the HVAC Mode is LOW or HIGH HEAT.
W1 = ON, W2 = OFF: HVAC MODE = LOW HEAT*
W2 = ON, W2 = ON: HVAC MODE = HIGH HEAT
*If the heating type is either 2-stage electric or 2-stage gas, the
unit may promote a low heat mode to a high heat mode.
NOTE: If W2 = ON and W1 is OFF, a “HIGH HEAT” HVAC
Mode will be called out but an alert (T422) will be generated.
See Alarms and Alerts section on page 93.
SPT Multi-Stage (C.TYP = 5) and SPT 2 Stage (C.TYP = 6)
— There is no difference in the selection of a heat mode
between the control types SPT 2-stage or SPT multi-stage.
These selections only refer to how cooling will be handled. So,
for a valid heating type selected (HT.CF not equal to zero) the
unit is free to select a heating mode based on space temperature
(SPT).
If the unit is allowed to select a heat mode, then the next
step is an evaluation of demand versus set point. At this point,
the logic is the same as for control types VAV-RAT and
VAV-SPT (C.TYP = 1,2), except for the actual temperature
compared against set point. See Temperature Driven Heat
Mode Evaluation section on page 52.
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT
HEAT HEATING CONFIGURATION
HT.CF Heating Control Type 0 - 3 HEATTYPE 0*
HT.SP Heating Supply Air Setpt 80 - 120 dF SASPHEAT 85
OC.EN Occupied Heating Enabled Yes/No HTOCCENA No
LAT.M MBB Sensor Heat Relocate Yes/No HTLATMON No
G.FOD Fan Off Delay, Gas Heat 45 - 600 sec GAS_FOD 45
E.FOD Fan Off Delay, Elec Heat 10 - 600 sec ELEC_FOD 30
SG.CF STAGED GAS CONFIGS
HT.ST Staged Gas Heat Type 0 - 4 HTSTGTYP 0*
CAP.M Max Cap Change per Cycle 5 - 45 HTCAPMAX 45*
M.R.DB S.Gas DB min.dF/PID Rate 0 - 5 HT_MR_DB 0.5
S.G.DB St.Gas Temp. Dead Band 0 - 5 ^F HT_SG_DB 2
RISE Heat Rise dF/sec Clamp 0.05 - 0.2 HTSGRISE 0.06
LAT.L LAT Limit Config 0 - 20 ^F HTLATLIM 10
LIM.M Limit Switch Monitoring? Yes/No HTLIMMON Yes
SW.H.T Limit Switch High Temp 110 - 180 dF HT_LIMHI 170*
SW.L.T Limit Switch Low Temp 100 - 170 dF HT_LIMLO 160*
HT.P Heat Control Prop. Gain 0 - 1.5 HT_PGAIN 1
HT.D Heat Control Derv. Gain 0 - 1.5 HT_DGAIN 1
HT.TM Heat PID Rate Config 60 - 300 sec HTSGPIDR 90
52
TEMPERATURE DRIVEN HEAT MODE EVALUATION —
This section discusses the control method for selecting a heat-
ing mode based on temperature. Regardless of whether the unit
is configured for return air or space temperature, the logic is ex-
actly the same. For the rest of this discussion, the temperature
in question will be referred to as the “controlling temperature.”
First, the occupied and unoccupied heating set points under
Setpoints must be configured.
Then, the heat/cool set point offsets under Configuration
D.LV.T should be set. See Table 66.
Related operating modes are under Operating Modes
MODE.
The first thing the control determines is whether the unit
is in the occupied mode (OCC) or in the temperature compen-
sated start mode (T.C.ST). If the unit is occupied or in tempera-
ture compensated start mode, the occupied heating set point
(OHSP) is used. In all other cases, the unoccupied heating
setpoint (UHSP) is used.
The control will call out a low or high heat mode by
comparing the controlling temperature to the heating set point
and the heating set point offset. The set point offsets are used as
additional help in customizing and tweaking comfort into the
building space.
Demand Level Low Heat on Offset (L.H.ON) — This is the
heating set point offset below the heating set point at which
point Low Heat starts.
Demand Level High Heat on Offset (H.H.ON) — This is the
heating set point offset below the heating set point minus
L.H.ON at which point high heat starts.
Demand Level Low Heat Off Offset (L.H.OF) — This is the
heating set point offset above the heating set point minus
L.H.ON at which point the Low Heat mode ends.
See Fig. 9 for an example of offsets.
To enter into a LOW HEAT mode, if the controlling temper-
ature falls below the heating set point minus L.H.ON, then
HVAC mode = LOW HEAT.
To enter into a HIGH HEAT mode, if the controlling tem-
perature falls below the heating set point minus L.H.ON minus
H.H.ON, then HVAC mode = HIGH HEAT.
To get out of a LOW HEAT mode, the controlling tempera-
ture must rise above the heating set point minus L.H.ON plus
L.H.OF.
To get out of a HIGH HEAT mode, the controlling tempera-
ture must rise above the heating set point minus L.H.ON plus
L.H.OF/2.
The Run Status table in the local display allows the user to
see the exact trip points for both the heating and cooling modes
without doing the calculations.
Heat Trend Demand Level (H.T.LV) — This is the change in
demand that must be seen within the time period specified by
H.T.TM in order to hold off a HIGH HEAT mode regardless of
demand. This is not applicable to VAV control types (C.TYP=1
and 2) in the occupied period. This method of operation has
been referred to as “Comfort Trending.” As long as a LOW
HEAT mode is making progress in warming the space, the con-
trol will hold off on a HIGH HEAT mode. This is relevant for
the space sensor machine control types (C.TYP = 5 and 6) be-
cause they may transition into the occupied mode and see an
immediate and large heating demand when the set points
change.
Heat Trend Time (H.T.TM) — This is the time period upon
which the heat trend demand level (H.T.LV) operates and may
work to hold off staging or a HIGH HEAT mode. This is not
applicable to VAV control types (C.TYP=1 and 2) in the
occupied period. See “Heat Trend Demand Level” section for
more details.
HEAT MODE DIAGNOSTIC HELP — To quickly deter-
mine the current trip points for the low and high heat modes,
there is a menu in the local display which lets the user quickly
view the state of the system. This menu also contains the cool
trip points as well. See Table 67 at the local display under Run
Status
TRIP.
The controlling temperature is “TEMP” and is in the middle
of the table for easy reference. Also, the “HVAC” mode can be
viewed at the bottom of the table.
HT.CF = 1,2 (Two-Stage Gas and Electric Heat Control)
If the HVAC mode is LOW HEAT:
• If Electric Heat is configured, then the control will
request the supply fan ON
• If Gas Heat is configured, then the IGC indoor fan input
controls the supply fan request
• The control will turn on Heat Relay 1 (HS1)
• If Evaporator Discharge Temperature is less than 50 F,
then the control will turn on Heat Relay 2 (HS2)*
Table 66 — Heat/Cool Set Point Offsets
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN
POINT DEFAULT
OHSP Occupied Heat
Setpoint 55-80 dF OHSP 68
UHSP Unoccupied
Heat Setpoint 40-80 dF UHSP 55
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE CCN POINT
MODE MODES CONTROLLING UNIT
OCC Currently Occupied ON/OFF MODEOCCP
T.C.ST Temp.Compensated Start ON/OFF MODETCST
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT
D.LV.T COOL/HEAT SETPT. OFFSETS
L.H.ON Dmd Level Lo Heat On -1 - 2 ^F DMDLHON 1.5
H.H.ON Dmd Level(+) Hi Heat On 0.5 - 20.0 ^F DMDHHON 0.5
L.H.OF Dmd Level(-) Lo Heat Off 0.5 - 2 ^F DMDLHOFF 1
L.C.ON Dmd Level Lo Cool On -1 - 2 ^F DMDLCON 1.5
H.C.ON Dmd Level(+) Hi Cool On 0.5 - 20.0 ^F DMDHCON 0.5
L.C.OF Dmd Level(-) Lo Cool Off 0.5 - 2 ^F DMDLCOFF 1
C.T.LV Cool Trend Demand Level 0.1 - 5 ^F CTRENDLV 0.1
H.T.LV Heat Trend Demand Level 0.1 - 5 ^F HTRENDLV 0.1
C.T.TM Cool Trend Time 30 - 600 sec CTRENDTM 120
H.T.TM Heat Trend Time 30 - 600 sec HTRENDTM 120
H.H.ON
L.H.OF L.H.OF/2
L.H.ON
the "Heating Setpoint"
Fig. 9 — Heating Offsets
A48-7702
53
Table 67 — Mode Trip Helper Table
If the HVAC mode is HIGH HEAT:
• If Electric Heat is configured, then the control will
request the supply fan ON
• If Gas Heat is configured, then the IGC indoor fan input
controls the supply fan request
• The control will turn on Heat Relay 1 (HS1)
• The control will turn on Heat Relay 2 (HS2)
*The logic for this “low heat” override is that one stage of
heating will not be able to raise the temperature of the supply
airstream sufficient to heat the space.
HT.CF = 3 (Staged Gas Heating Control) — As an option,
the units with gas heat can be equipped with staged gas
heat controls that will provide from 5 to 11 stages of heat
capacity. This is intended for tempering mode and tempering
economizer air when in a cooling mode and the dampers
are fully closed. Tempering can also be used during a pre-
occupancy purge to prevent low temperature air from being
delivered to the space. Tempering for staged gas will be dis-
cussed in its own section. This section will focus on heat mode
control, which ultimately is relevant to tempering, minus the
consideration of the supply air heating control point.
The staged gas configurations are located at the local
display under Configuration
HEAT
SG.CF. See Table 68.
Staged Gas Heat Type (HT.ST) — This configuration sets the
number of stages and the order that are they staged.
Max Cap Change per Cycle (CAP.M) — This configuration
limits the maximum change in capacity per PID run time cycle.
S.Gas DB Min.dF/PID Rate (M.R.DB) — This configuration
is a deadband minimum temperature per second rate. See
Staged Gas Heating logic below for more details.
St.Gas Temp.Dead Band (S.G.DB) — This configuration is a
deadband delta temperature. See Staged Gas Heating logic
below for more details.
Heat Rise in dF/Sec Clamp (RISE) — This configuration
prevents the heat from staging up when the leaving-air temper-
ature is rising too fast.
LAT Limit Config (LAT.L) — This configuration senses
when leaving-air temperature is outside a delta temperature
band around set point and allows staging to react quicker.
Limit Switch Monitoring? (LIM.M) — This configuration
allows the operation of the limit switch monitoring routine.
This should be set to NO as a limit switch temperature sensor is
not used with A Series units.
Limit Switch High Temp (SW.H.T) — This configuration is
the temperature limit above which stages of heat will be
removed.
Limit Switch Low Temp (SW.L.T) — This configuration is
the temperature limit above which no additional stages of heat
will be allowed.
Heat Control Prop. Gain (HT.P) — This configuration is the
proportional term for the PID which runs in the HVAC mode
LOW HEAT.
Heat Control Derv. Gain (HT.D) — This configuration is the
derivative term for the PID which runs in the HVAC mode
LOW HEAT.
Heat PID Rate Config (HT.TM) — This configuration is the
PID run time rate.
Staged Gas Heating Logic
If the HVAC mode is HIGH HEAT:
• The supply fan for staged gas heating is controlled by the
integrated gas control (IGC) boards and, unless the
supply fan is on for a different reason, it will be con-
trolled by the IGC indoor fan input.
• Command all stages of heat ON
If the HVAC mode is LOW HEAT:
• The supply fan for staged gas heating is controlled by the
integrated gas control (IGC) boards and, unless the
supply fan is on for a different reason, it will be con-
trolled by the IGC indoor fan input.
• The unit will control stages of heat to the heating control
point (Run Status
VIEW
HT.C.P). The heating con-
trol point in a LOW HEAT HVAC mode for staged gas is
the heating supply air set point (Setpoints
SA.HT).
Staged Gas Heating PID Logic — The heat control loop is a
PID (proportional/integral/derivative) design with exceptions,
overrides, and clamps. Capacity rises and falls based on set
point and supply-air temperature. When the staged gas control
is in Low Heat or Tempering Mode (HVAC mode), the algo-
rithm calculates the desired heat capacity. The basic factors that
govern the controlling method are:
• how fast the algorithm is run.
• the amount of proportional and derivative gain applied.
• the maximum allowed capacity change each time this
algorithm is run.
• deadband hold-off range when rate is low.
This routine is run once every HT.TM seconds. Every time
the routine is run, the calculated sum is added to the control
output value. In this manner, integral effect is achieved. Every
time this algorithm is run, the following calculation is
performed:
Error = HT.C.P – LAT
Error_last = error calculated previous time
P = HT.P*(Error)
D = HT.D*(Error - Error_last)
The P and D terms are overridden to zero if:
Error < S.G.DB AND Error > - S.G.DB AND D < M.R.DB
AND D > - M.R.DB. “P + D” are then clamped based on
CAP.M. This sum can be no larger or no smaller than +CAP.M
or –CAP.M.
Finally, the desired capacity is calculated:
Staged Gas Capacity Calculation = “P + D” + old Staged Gas
Capacity Calculation
NOTE: The PID values should not be modified without
approval from Carrier.
ITEM EXPANSION UNITS CCN POINT
TRIP MODE TRIP HELPER
UN.C.S Unoccup. Cool Mode Start dF UCCLSTRT
UN.C.E Unoccup. Cool Mode End dF UCCL_END
OC.C.S Occupied Cool Mode Start dF OCCLSTRT
OC.C.E Occupied Cool Mode End dF OCCL_END
TEMP Ctl.Temp RAT,SPT or Zone dF CTRLTEMP
OC.H.E Occupied Heat Mode End dF OCHT_END
OC.H.S Occupied Heat Mode Start dF OCHTSTRT
UN.H.E Unoccup. Heat Mode End dF UCHT_END
UN.H.S Unoccup. Heat Mode Start dF UCHTSTRT
HVAC the current HVAC MODE String
IMPORTANT: When gas or electric heat is used in a VAV
application with third party terminals, the HIR relay output
must be connected to the VAV terminals in the system in
order to enforce a minimum heating airflow rate. The
installer is responsible to ensure the total minimum heating
cfm is not below limits set for the equipment. Failure to do
so will result in limit switch tripping and may void warranty.
54
Table 68 — Staged Gas Configuration
*Some configurations are model number dependent.
Staged Gas Heat Staging — Different unit sizes will control
heat stages differently based on the amount of heating capacity
included. These staging patterns are selected based on the mod-
el number. The selection of a set of staging patterns is con-
trolled via the heat stage type configuration parameter (HT.ST).
As the heating capacity rises and falls based on demand, the
staged gas control logic will stage the heat relay patterns up and
down, respectively. The Heat Stage Type configuration selects
one of 4 staging patterns that the stage gas control will use. In
addition to the staging patterns, the capacity for each stage
is also determined by the staged gas heating PID control. There-
fore, choosing the heat relay outputs is a function of the capaci-
ty desired, the heat staging patterns based on the heat stage type
(HT.ST) and the capacity presented by each staging pattern. As
the staged gas control desired capacity rises, it is continually
checked against the capacity of the next staging pattern.
When the desired capacity is greater than or equal to the
capacity of the next staging pattern, the next heat stage is select-
ed (Run Status
VIEW
HT.ST = Run Status
VIEW
HT.ST + 1). Similarly, as the capacity of the control drops, the
desired capacity is continually checked against the next lower
stage. When the desired capacity is less than or equal to the next
lower staging pattern, the next lower heat stage pattern is select-
ed (Run Status
VIEW
HT.ST = Run Status
VIEW
HT.ST - 1). The first two staged gas heat outputs are located on
the MBB board and outputs 3, 4, 5, and 6 are located on
the SCB board. These outputs are used to produce 5 to 11 stages
as shown in Tables 69A and 69B. The heat stage selected (Run
Status
VIEW
HT.ST) is clamped between 0 and the maxi-
mum number of stages possible (Run Sta-
tus
VIEW
H.MAX) for the chosen set of staging patterns.
See Tables 70-73.
INTEGRATED GAS CONTROL BOARD LOGIC — All gas
heat units are equipped with one or more integrated gas control
(IGC) boards. This board provides control for the ignition sys-
tem for the gas heat sections. On size 020-050 low heat units
there will be one IGC board. On size 020-050 high heat units
and 051 and 060 low heat units there are two IGC boards. On
size 051 and 060 high heat units there are three IGC boards.
When a call for gas heat is initiated, power is sent to W on the
IGC boards. For standard 2-stage heat, all boards are wired
in parallel. For staged gas heat, each board is controlled sepa-
rately. When energized, an LED on the IGC board will be
turned on. See Table 74 for LED explanations. Each board will
ensure that the rollout switch and limit switch are closed. The
induced-draft motor is then energized. When the speed of the
motor is proven with the Hall Effect sensor on the motor, the
ignition activation period begins. The burners ignite within
5 seconds. If the burners do not light, there is a 22-second delay
before another 5-second attempt is made. If the burners still do
not light, this sequence is repeated for 15 minutes. After
15 minutes have elapsed and the burners have not ignited then
heating is locked out. The control will reset when the request
for W (heat) is temporarily removed. When ignition occurs, the
IGC board will continue to monitor the condition of the rollout
switch, limit switches, Hall Effect sensor, and the flame sensor.
Forty-five seconds after ignition has occurred, the IGC will
request that the indoor fan be turned on. The IGC fan output
(IFO) is connected to the indoor fan input on the MBB which
will indicate to the controls that the indoor fan should be turned
on (if not already on). If for some reason the overtemperature
limit switch trips prior to the start of the indoor fan blower, on
the next attempt the 45-second delay will be shortened by
5 seconds. Gas will not be interrupted to the burners and heat-
ing will continue. Once modified, the fan delay will not change
back to 45 seconds unless power is reset to the control. The
IGC boards only control the first stage of gas heat on each gas
valve. The second stages are controlled directly from the MBB
board. The IGC board has a minimum on-time of 1 minute. In
modes such as Service Test where long minimum on times are
not enforced, the 1-minute timer on the IGC will still be fol-
lowed and the gas will remain on for a minimum of 1 minute.
Table 69A — Staged Gas Heat — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULTS
SG.CF STAGED GAS CONFIGS
HT.ST Staged Gas Heat Type 0 - 4 HTSTGTYP 0*
CAP.M Max Cap Change per Cycle 5 - 45 HTCAPMAX 45*
M.R.DB S.Gas DB min.dF/PID Rate 0 - 5 HT_MR_DB 0.5
S.G.DB St.Gas Temp. Dead Band 0 - 5 ^F HT_SG_DB 2
RISE Heat Rise dF/sec Clamp 0.05 - 0.2 HTSGRISE 0.06
LAT.L LAT Limit Config 0 - 20 ^F HTLATLIM 10
LIM.M Limit Switch Monitoring? Yes/No HTLIMMON Yes
SW.H.T Limit Switch High Temp 110 - 180 dF HT_LIMHI 170*
SW.L.T Limit Switch Low Temp 100 - 170 dF HT_LIMLO 160*
HT.P Heat Control Prop. Gain 0 - 1.5 HT_PGAIN 1
HT.D Heat Control Derv. Gain 0 - 1.5 HT_DGAIN 1
HT.TM Heat PID Rate Config 60 - 300 sec HTSGPIDR 90
UNIT SIZE HEAT CAPACITY UNIT MODEL NO.
POSITION NO. 5
Configuration
HEAT
SG.CF
HT.ST
ENTRY VALUE
020-035 Low S 1 = 5 STAGE
High T 2 = 7 STAGE
036-050 Low S 1 = 5 STAGE
High T 1 = 5 STAGE
051,060 Low S 4 = 11 STAGE
High T 3 = 9 STAGE
55
Table 69B — Staged Gas Heat — 48A2,A3,A4,A5 Units
Table 70 — Staged Gas Heat Control Steps (Configuration
HEAT
SG.CF
HT.ST = 1)
Table 71 — Staged Gas Heat Control Steps (Configuration
HEAT
SG.CT
HT.ST = 2)
Table 72 — Staged Gas Heat Control Steps (Configuration
HEAT
SG.CT
HT.ST = 3)
UNIT SIZE HEAT CAPACITY UNIT MODEL NO.
POSITION NO. 5
Configuration
HEAT
SG.CF
HT.ST
ENTRY VALUE
020-030 Low S 1 = 5 STAGE
High T 2 = 7 STAGE
035-050 Low S 1 = 5 STAGE
High T 1 = 5 STAGE
060 Low S 4 = 11 STAGE
High T 3 = 9 STAGE
STAGE
RELAY OUTPUT
CAPACITY
%
Heat 1 Heat 2 Heat 3 Heat 4 Heat 5 Heat 6
MBB-RLY8 MBB-RLY7 SCB-RLY1 SCB-RLY2 SCB-RLY3 SCB-RLY4
IGC1 MGV1 IGC2 MGV2 IGC3 MGV3
0OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0
1ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 37
2ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 50
3ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 75
4ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF 87
5ON ON ON ON OFF OFF 100
STAGE
RELAY OUTPUT
CAPACITY
%
Heat 1 Heat 2 Heat 3 Heat 4 Heat 5 Heat 6
MBB-RLY8 MBB-RLY7 SCB-RLY1 SCB-RLY2 SCB-RLY3 SCB-RLY4
IGC1 MGV1 IGC2 MGV2 IGC3 MGV3
0OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0
1ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 25
2ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 33
3OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 50
4OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF 67
5ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 75
6ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF 83
7ON ON ON ON OFF OFF 100
STAGE
RELAY OUTPUT
CAPACITY
%
Heat 1 Heat 2 Heat 3 Heat 4 Heat 5 Heat 6
MBB-RLY8 MBB-RLY7 SCB-RLY1 SCB-RLY2 SCB-RLY3 SCB-RLY4
IGC1 MGV1 IGC2 MGV2 IGC3 MGV3
0OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0
1ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 25
2ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 33
3ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 50
4ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF 58
5ON ON ON ON OFF OFF 67
6ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF 75
7ON OFF ON ON ON OFF 83
8ON ON ON ON ON OFF 92
9ON ON ON ON ON ON 100
56
Table 73 — Staged Gas Heat Control Steps (Configuration
HEAT
SG.CT
HT.ST = 4)
RELOCATE SAT (Supply Air Temperature) SENSOR FOR
HEATING IN LINKAGE APPLICATIONS — On CCN in-
stallations employing ComfortID™ terminals, the factory SAT
location must be changed to a new location downstream of the
unit’s heating system. The ComfortID terminal controls read
the SAT value for their “proof-of-heat” sequence before termi-
nals open to Minimum Heating positions during unit heating
sequence.
Determine a location in the supply duct that will provide a
fairly uniform airflow. Typically this would be a minimum of
5 equivalent duct diameters downstream of the unit. Also, care
should be taken to avoid placing the thermistor within a direct
line-of-sight of the heating element to avoid radiant effects.
Run a new two-wire conductor cable from the control box
through the low voltage conduit into the space inside the build-
ing and route the cable to the new sensor location.
Installing a New Sensor — A field-provided duct-mount tem-
perature sensor (Carrier P/N 33ZCSENPAT or equivalent
10 kilo-ohm at 25 C NTC [negative temperature coefficient]
sensor) is required. Install the sensor through the side wall of
the duct and secure.
Table 74 — IGC LED Indicators
NOTES:
1. There is a 3-second pause between error code displays.
2. If more than one error code exists, all applicable error codes
will be displayed in numerical sequence.
3. Error codes on the IGC will be lost if power to the unit is
interrupted.
Re-Using the Factory SAT Sensor — The factory sensor is
attached to one of the supply fan housings. Disconnect the sen-
sor from the factory harness. Drill a hole insert the sensor
through the duct wall and secure in place.
Attach the new conductor cable to the sensor leads and ter-
minate in an appropriate junction box. Connect the opposite
end inside the unit control box at the factory leads from MBB
J8 terminals 11 and 12 (PNK) leads. Secure the unattached
PNK leads from the factory harness to ensure no accidental
contact with other terminals inside the control box.
MORNING WARM UP — Morning Warm Up is a period of
time that assists CCN linkage in opening up downstream zone
dampers for the first heating cycle of a day.
The Morning Warm Up Period is CCN linkage mode “2”
and is relayed in the following conditions:
• Temperature Compensated Start Mode is active AND Heat
Mode in effect AND LAT is warm enough or is to be
ignored due to placement.
• The unit just went into occupied mode and there has been
no cooling mode yet and a heat cycle occurs or was in prog-
ress when the unit went occupied.
In both cases, if and when the heat mode terminates, a heat
cycle has occurred and any subsequent heat cycles will not be
treated as a morning warm up period.
TEMPERING MODE — In a vent or cooling mode, the roof-
top may encounter a situation where the economizer at mini-
mum position is sending cold outside air down the ductwork of
the building. Therefore, it may be necessary to bring heat on to
counter-effect this low supply-air temperature. This is referred
to as the tempering mode.
Setting up the System — The relevant set points for Temper-
ing are located at the local display under Setpoints:
Operation — First, the unit must be in a vent mode, a low cool
mode, or a high cool HVAC mode to be considered for a tem-
pering mode. Secondly, the tempering mode is only allowed
when the rooftop is configured for staged gas (Configuration
HEAT
HT.CF=3).
If the control is configured for staged gas, the control is in a
vent, low cool, or high cool HVAC mode, and the rooftop con-
trol is in a situation where the economizer must maintain a
minimum position, then the evaporator discharge temperature
(EDT) will be monitored. If the EDT falls below a particular
trip point then the tempering mode may be called out:
HVAC mode = “Tempering Vent”
STAGE
RELAY OUTPUT
CAPACITY
%
Heat 1 Heat 2 Heat 3 Heat 4 Heat 5 Heat 6
MBB-RLY8 MBB-RLY7 SCB-RLY1 SCB-RLY2 SCB-RLY3 SCB-RLY4
IGC1 MGV1 IGC2 MGV2 IGC3 MGV3
0OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0
1ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 19
2ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 25
3ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 38
4ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF 44
5ON ON OFF OFF ON ON 50
6ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 57
7ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF 63
8ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF 76
9ON OFF ON ON ON OFF 88
10 ON ON ON ON ON OFF 94
11 ON ON ON ON ON ON 100
LED INDICATION ERROR CODE
On Normal Operation
Off Hardware Failure
1 Flash Fan On/Off Delay Modified
2 Flashes Limit Switch Fault
3 Flashes Fame Sense Fault
4 Flashes Five Consecutive Limit Switch Faults
5 Flashes Ignition Lockout Fault
6 Flashes Ignition Switch Fault
7 Flashes Rollout Switch Fault
8 Flashes Internal Control Fault
9 Flashes Software Lockout
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN
POINT DEFAULT
T.PRG Tempering
Purge SASP
–20-80 dF TEMPPURG 50
T.CL Tempering in
Cool SASP
5-75 dF TEMPCOOL 5
T.V.OC Tempering Vent
Occ SASP
–20-80 dF TEMPVOCC 65
T.V.UN Tempering Vent
Unocc. SASP
–20-80 dF TEMPVUNC 50
57
HVAC mode = “Tempering LoCool”
HVAC mode = “Tempering HiCool”
The decision making/selection process for the tempering
trip set point is as follows:
• If an HVAC cool mode is in effect, then the vent trip point is
T.CL.
• If in a pre-occupied purge mode (Operating Modes
MODE
IAQ.P=ON), then the trip point is T.P RG.
• If in an occupied mode (Operating Modes
MODE
IAQ.P=ON), then the trip point is T.V.OC.
• For all other cases, the trip point is T.V.U N.
NOTE: The unoccupied economizer free cooling mode does
not qualify as a HVAC cool mode as it is an energy saving
feature and has its own OAT lockout already. The unoccupied
free cooling mode (HVAC mode = Unocc. Free Cool) will
override any unoccupied vent mode from triggering a temper-
ing mode.
If OAT is above the chosen tempering set point, tempering
will not be allowed. Additionally, tempering mode is locked
out if any stages of mechanical cooling are present.
A minimum amount of time must pass before calling out
any tempering mode. In effect, the EDT must fall below
the trip point value –1° F continuously for a minimum of
2 minutes. Also, at the end of a mechanical cooling cycle, there
must be a minimum 10 minutes of delay allowed before con-
sidering tempering during vent mode in order to allow any
residual cooling to dissipate from the evaporator coil.
If the above conditions are met, the algorithm is free to
select the tempering mode (MODETEMP). If a tempering
mode becomes active, the modulating heat source (staged gas)
will attempt to maintain leaving-air temperature (LAT) at the
tempering set point used to trigger the tempering mode. The
technique for modulation of set point for staged gas and
hydronic heat is the same as in a heat mode. More information
regarding the operation of heating can be referenced in the
Heating Control section.
Recovery from a tempering mode (MODETEMP) will
occur when the EDT rises above the trip point. On any change
in HVACMODE, the tempering routine will re-assess the
tempering set point which may cause the control to continue or
exit tempering mode.
Static Pressure Control — Variable air volume (VAV)
air-conditioning systems must provide varying amounts of air
to the conditioned space. As air terminals downstream of the
unit modulate their flows, the unit must maintain control over
the duct static pressure in order to accommodate the needs of
the terminals and meet the varying combined airflow require-
ment.
A 48/50AK,AY,A3,A5 unit equipped with a duct pressure
control system is provided with a variable frequency drive
(VFD) for the supply fan. The speed of the fan can be con-
trolled directly by the ComfortLink™ controls. A transducer is
used to measure duct static pressure. The signal from the trans-
ducer is received by the ECB-2 board and is then used in a PID
control routine that outputs a 4 to 20 mA signal to the VFD.
Generally, only VAV systems utilize static pressure control.
It is required because as the system VAV terminals modulate
closed when less air is required, there must be a means of
controlling airflow from the unit, thereby effectively prevent-
ing overpressurization and its accompanying problems.
The three most fundamental configurations for most appli-
cations are Configuration
SP
SP.CF, which is the static
pressure control type, Configuration
SP
SP.S, used to
enable the static pressure sensor, and Configuration
SP
SP.SP, the static pressure set point to be maintained.
OPERATION — On units equipped with a VFD and a proper
static pressure sensor, when SP.CF, SP.S and SP.SP are config-
ured, a PID routine periodically measures the duct static
pressure and calculates the error from set point. This error is
simply the duct static pressure set point minus the measured
duct static pressure. The error becomes the basis for the propor-
tional term of the PID. The routine also calculates the integral
of the error over time, and the derivative (rate of change) of the
error. A value is calculated as a result of this PID routine, and
this value is then used to create an output signal used to adjust
the VFD to maintain the static pressure set point.
Static pressure reset is the ability to force a lowering of the
static pressure set point through an external control signal.
The unit controls support this in two separate ways, through a 4
to 20 mA signal input wired to the unit’s isolator board input
terminals (third party control) or via CCN.
When employing the CCN, this feature uses the communi-
cations capabilities of VAV systems with ComfortID™ termi-
nals under linkage. The system dynamically determines and
maintains an optimal duct static pressure set point based on
the actual load conditions in the space. This can result in a
significant reduction in required fan energy by lowering the set
point to only the level required to maintain adequate airflow
throughout the system.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The options for static
pressure control are found under the Local Display Mode
Configuration
SP. See Table 75.
Static Pressure Configuration (SP.CF) — This variable is
used to configure the use of ComfortLink™ controls for static
pressure control. There are the following options:
0 (None) — There will be no static pressure control by Com-
fortLink controls. This setting would be used for a constant
volume (CV) application when static pressure control is not re-
quired or for a VAV application if there will be third-party con-
trol of the VFD. In this latter case, a suitable means of control
must be field installed.
Additionally, SP.CF must be set to 0 (None) when a unit is
equipped with optional VFD bypass and is operating in Bypass
mode. Failure to change this configuration in Bypass mode will
result in the indoor fan motor running continuously.
1 (VFD Control) — This will enable the use of ComfortLink
controls for static pressure control via a supply fan VFD.
Static Pressure Fan Control? (SP.FN) — This is automatical-
ly set to Yes when SP.CF = 1. When the user would like the 4
to 20 mA output to energize the VFD, as opposed to the fan re-
lay, SP.FN may be set to Yes when SP.CF = 0. When the con-
trol turns the fan ON, the control will send the SP.MX value of
the 4 to 20 mA signal to the third party VFD control.
Additionally, SP.FN must be set to NO when the unit is
equipped with optional VFD bypass and is operating in Bypass
mode. Failure to change this configuration in bypass mode will
result in the indoor fan motor running continuously.
Static Pressure Sensor (SP.S) — This variable enables the use
of a supply duct static pressure sensor. This must be enabled to
use ComfortLink controls for static pressure control. If using a
third-party control for the VFD, this should be disabled.
Static Pressure Low Range (SP.LO) — This is the minimum
static pressure that the sensor will measure. For most sensors
this will be 0 in. wg. The ComfortLink controls will map this
value to a 4 mA sensor input.
Static Pressure High Range (SP.HI) — This is the maximum
static pressure that the sensor will measure. Commonly this
will be 5 in. wg. The ComfortLink controls will map this value
to a 20 mA sensor input.
CAUTION
Failure to correctly configure SP.CF and SP.FN when
operating in VFD Bypass mode will result in the indoor fan
motor running continuously. Damage to unit could result.
58
Static Pressure Set Point (SP.SP) — This is the static pres-
sure control point. It is the point against which the
ComfortLink controls compare the actual measured supply
duct pressure for determination of the error that is used for PID
control. Generally one would set SP.SP to the minimum value
necessary for proper operation of air terminals in the condi-
tioned space at all load conditions. Too high of a value will
cause unnecessary fan motor power consumption at part-load
conditions and/or noise problems. Too low a value will result in
insufficient airflow.
VFD Minimum Speed (SP.MN) — This is the minimum speed
for the supply fan VFD. Typically the value is chosen to main-
tain a minimum level of ventilation.
NOTE: Most VFDs have a built-in minimum speed adjustment
which must be configured for 0% when using ComfortLink
controls for static pressure control.
VFD Maximum Speed (SP.MX) — This is the maximum
speed for the supply fan VFD. This is usually set to 100%.
VFD Fire Speed Override (SP.FS) — This is the speed that
the supply fan VFD will use during the pressurization, evacua-
tion and purge fire modes. This is usually set to 100%.
Static Pressure Reset Configuration (SP.RS) — This option
is used to configure the static pressure reset function. When
SP.RS = 0, there is no static pressure reset via an analog input.
If the outdoor air quality sensor is not configured (Configura-
tion
IAQ
IAQ.CF
OQ.A.C = 0), then it is possible to use
the outdoor air quality sensor location on the CEM board to
perform static pressure reset via an external 4 to 20 mA input.
Configuring SP.RS = 1 provides static pressure reset based
on this CEM 4 to 20 mA input and ranged from 0 to 3 in. wg.
Wire the input to the CEM using TB6-11 and 12. When SP.RS
= 2, there is static pressure reset based on RAT and defined by
SP.RT and SP.LM. When SP.RS = 3, there is static pressure re-
set based on SPT and defined by SP.RT and SP.LM.
Setting SP.RS to 1, 2 or 3 will give the user the ability to re-
set from 0 to 3 in. wg of static pressure. The reset will apply to
the supply static pressure set point. The static pressure reset
function will only act to reduce the static pressure control point.
As an example, the static pressure reset input is measuring
6 mA, and is therefore resetting 2 mA (6 mA – 4 mA) of its
16 mA control range. The 4 to 20 mA range corresponds
directly to the 0 to 3 in. wg of reset. Therefore 2 mA reset is
2/16 * 3 in. wg = 0.375 in. wg of reset. If the static pressure set
point (SP.SP) = 1.5 in. wg, then the static pressure control point
for the system will be reset to 1.5 – 0.375 = 1.125 in. wg.
When SP.RS = 4, the static pressure reset function acts to
provide direct VFD speed control where 4 mA = 0% speed and
20 mA = 100% (SP.MN and SP.MX will override). Note that
SP.CF must be set to 1 (VFD Control), prior to configuring
SP.RS = 4. Failure to do so could result in damage to ductwork
due to overpressurization. This is the recommended approach
if a third party wishes to control the variable speed supply fan.
In effect, this represents a speed control signal “pass through”
under normal operating circumstances. The ComfortLink con-
trol system overrides the third party signal for critical operation
situations, most notably smoke and fire control.
Static Pressure Reset Ratio (SP.RT) — This option defines
the reset ratio in terms of static pressure versus temperature.
The reset ratio determines how much is the static pressure
reduced for every degree below set point for RAT or SPT.
Static Pressure Reset Limit (SP.LM) — This option defines
the maximum amount of static pressure reset that is allowed.
This is sometimes called a “clamp.”
NOTE: Resetting static pressure via RAT and SPT is primarily
a constant volume application which utilizes a VFD. The rea-
soning is that there is significant energy savings in slowing
down a supply fan as opposed to running full speed with
supply air reset. Maintaining the supply air set point and
slowing down the fan has the additional benefit of working
around dehumidification concerns.
Static Pressure Reset Economizer Position (SP.EC) — This
option effectively resets ECONOMIN to fully occupied venti-
lation position, to account for the drop in static pressure during
static pressure reset control. The static pressure reset for the
calculation cannot be larger than the supply air static set point
(SPSP).
The calculation is as follows:
(Static Pressure Reset/SP.LM) x (ECONOSPR –
ECONOMIN)
As an example, the static pressure reset limit (SP.LM) =
0.75 in. wg. The current static pressure reset is set to 0.5 in. wg.
The settings for ECONOSPR = 50% and ECONOMIN = 20%.
Table 75 — Static Pressure Control Configuration
*Some defaults are model number dependent.
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT
SP SUPPLY STATIC PRESS.CFG.
SP.CF Static Pres. VFD Control? 0, 1 STATICFG 0*
SP.FN Static Pres. Fan Control? Yes/No STATPFAN Yes*
SP.S Static Pressure Sensor Enable/Disable SPSENS Disable*
SP.LO Static Press. Low Range –10 - 0 in. W.C. SP_LOW 0
SP.HI Static Press. High Range 0 - 10 in. W.C. SP_HIGH 5
SP.SP Static Pressure Setpoint 0 - 5 in. W.C. SPSP 1.5
SP.MN VFD Minimum Speed 0 - 100 % STATPMIN 20
SP.MX VFD Maximum Speed 0 - 100 % STATPMAX 100
SP.FS VFD Fire Speed Override 0 - 100 % STATPFSO 100
SP.RS Stat. Pres. Reset Config 0 - 4 SPRSTCFG 0
SP.RT SP Reset Ratio (/dF) 0 - 2.00 SPRRATIO 0.2
SP.LM SP Reset Limit in iwc () 0 - 2.00 SPRLIMIT 0.75
SP.EC SP Reset Econo.Position 0 - 100 % ECONOSPR 5
S.PID STAT.PRESS.PID CONFIGS
SP.TM Static Press. PID Run Rate 1 - 200 sec SPIDRATE 2
SP.P Static Press. Prop. Gain 0 - 100 STATP_PG 20
SP.I Static Press. Intg. Gain 0 - 50 STATP_IG 2
SP.D Static Press. Derv. Gain 0 - 50 STATP_DG 0
SP.SG Static Press. System Gain 0 - 50 STATP_SG 1.0
59
Therefore, the amount to add to the economizer’s
ECONOMIN configuration is: (0.5/0.75) x (50-20) = 20%. In
effect, for the positioning of the economizer, ECONOMIN
would now be replaced by ECONOMIN + 10%.
Static Pressure PID Config (S.PID) — Static pressure PID
configuration can be accessed under this heading in the Con-
figuration
SP submenu. Under most operating conditions the
control PID factors will not require any adjustment and the
factory defaults should be used. If persistent static pressure
fluctuations are detected, small changes to these factors may
improve performance. Decreasing the factors generally reduce
the responsiveness of the control loop, while increasing the
factors increase its responsiveness. Note the existing settings
before making changes, and seek technical assistance from
Carrier before making significant changes to these factors.
Static Pressure PID Run Rate (S.PID
SP.TM) — This is the
number of seconds between duct static pressure readings taken
by the ComfortLink™ PID routine.
Static Pressure Proportional Gain (S.PID
SP.P) — This is
the proportional gain for the static pressure control PID control
loop.
Static Pressure Integral Gain (S.PID
SP.I) — This is the
integral gain for the static pressure control PID control loop.
Static Pressure Derivative Gain (S.PID
SP.D) — This is the
derivative gain for the static pressure control PID control loop.
Static Pressure System Gain (S.PID
SP.SG) — This is the
system gain for the static pressure control PID control loop.
STATIC PRESSURE RESET OPERATION — The Com-
fortLink controls support the use of static pressure reset. The
Linkage Master terminal monitors the primary air damper posi-
tion of all the terminals in the system (done through LINKAGE
with the new ComfortID™ air terminals).
The Linkage Master then calculates the amount of supply
static pressure reduction necessary to cause the most open
damper in the system to open more than the minimum value
(60%) but not more than the maximum value (90% or negligi-
ble static pressure drop). This is a dynamic calculation, which
occurs every two minutes when ever the system is operating.
The calculation ensures that the supply static pressure is always
enough to supply the required airflow at the worst case termi-
nal but never more than necessary, so that the primary air
dampers do not have to operate with an excessive pressure
drop (more than required to maintain the airflow set point of
each individual terminal in the system).
As the system operates, if the most open damper opens
more than 90%, the system recalculates the pressure reduction
variable and the value is reduced. Because the reset value is
subtracted from the controlling set point at the equipment, the
pressure set point increases and the primary-air dampers close
a little (to less than 90%). If the most open damper closes to
less than 60%, the system recalculates the pressure reduction
variable and the value is increased. This results in a decrease in
the controlling set point at the equipment, which causes the
primary-air dampers to open a little more (to greater than 60%).
The rooftop unit has the static pressure set point
programmed into the CCN control. This is the maximum set
point that could ever be achieved under any condition. To
simplify the installation and commissioning process for the
field, this system control is designed so that the installer only
needs to enter a maximum duct design pressure or maximum
equipment pressure, whichever is less. There is no longer a
need to calculate the worst case pressure drop at design condi-
tions and then hope that some intermediate condition does not
require a higher supply static pressure to meet the load
conditions. For example, a system design requirement may be
1.2 in. wg, the equipment may be capable of providing
3.0 in. wg and the supply duct is designed for 5.0 in. wg. In this
case, the installer could enter 3.0 in. wg as the supply static
pressure set point and allow the air terminal system to dynami-
cally adjust the supply duct static pressure set point as required.
The system will determine the actual set point required de-
livering the required airflow at every terminal under the current
load conditions. The set point will always be the lowest value
under the given conditions. As the conditions and airflow set
points at each terminal change throughout the operating period,
the equipment static pressure set point will also change.
The CCN system must have access to a CCN variable
(SPRESET which is part of the equipment controller). In the
algorithm for static pressure control, the SPRESET value is
always subtracted from the configured static pressure set point
by the equipment controller. The SPRESET variable is always
checked to be a positive value or zero only (negative values are
limited to zero). The result of the subtraction of the SPRESET
variable from the configured set point is limited so that it
cannot be less than zero. The result is that the system will
dynamically determine the required duct static pressure based
on the actual load conditions currently in the space. This elimi-
nates the need to calculate the design supply static pressure set
point. This also saves the energy difference between the design
static pressure set point and the required static pressure.
Third Party 4 to 20 mA Input — It is also possible to perform
static pressure reset via an external 4 to 20 mA signal connect-
ed to the CEM board where 4 mA corresponds to 0 in. wg of
reset and 20 mA corresponds to 3 in. wg of reset. The static
pressure 4 to 20 mA input shares the same input as the analog
OAQ sensor. Therefore, both sensors cannot be used at the
same time. To enable the static pressure reset 4 to 20 mA sen-
sor, set (Configuration
SP
SP.RS) to Enabled.
RELATED POINTS — These points represent static pressure
control and static pressure reset inputs and outputs. See Table 76.
Static Pressure mA (SP.M) — This variable reflects the value
of the static pressure sensor signal received by the
ComfortLink™ controls. The value may be helpful in trouble-
shooting.
Static Pressure mA Trim (SP.M.T) — This input allows a
modest amount of trim to the 4 to 20 mA static pressure trans-
ducer signal, and can be used to calibrate a transducer.
Static Pressure Reset mA (SP.R.M) — This input reflects the
value of a 4 to 20 mA static pressure reset signal applied to
TB6 terminals 11 and 12 on the CEM board, from a third party
control system.
Static Pressure Reset (SP.RS) — This variable reflects the
value of a static pressure reset signal applied from a CCN sys-
tem. The means of applying this reset is by forcing the value of
the variable SPRESET through CCN.
Supply Fan VFD Speed (S.VFD) — This output can be used
to check on the actual speed of the VFD. This may be helpful
in some cases for troubleshooting.
Fan Status Monitoring
GENERAL — The A Series ComfortLink controls offer the
capability to detect a failed supply fan through either a duct
static pressure transducer or an accessory discrete switch. The
fan status switch is an accessory that allows for the monitoring
of a discrete switch, which trips above a differential pressure
drop across the supply fan. For any unit with a factory-installed
duct static pressure sensor, it is possible to measure duct
pressure rise directly, which removes the need for a differential
switch. All 48/50AK,AW,A3,A5 units with a factory-installed
supply fan VFD will have the duct static pressure sensor as
standard.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The fan status monitoring
configurations are located in Configuration
UNIT. See
Table 77.
60
Table 76 — Static Pressure Reset Related Points
Table 77 — Fan Status Monitoring Configuration
Fan Stat Monitoring Type (SFS.M) — This configuration se-
lects the type of fan status monitoring to be performed.
0 - NONE — No switch or monitoring
1 - SWITCH — Use of the fan status switch
2 - SP RISE — Monitoring of the supply duct pressure.
Fan Fail Shuts Down Unit (SFS.S) — This configuration
will configure the unit to shut down on a supply fan status fail
or simply alert the condition and continue to run. When config-
ured to YES, the control will shut down the unit if supply fan
status monitoring fails and the control will also send out an
alarm. If set to NO, the control will not shut down the unit if
supply fan status monitoring fails but will send out an alert.
SUPPLY FAN STATUS MONITORING LOGIC — Regard-
less of whether the user is monitoring a discrete switch or is
monitoring static pressure, the timing for both methods are the
same and rely upon the configuration of static pressure control.
The configuration that determines static pressure control is
Configuration
SP
SP.CF. If this configuration is set to 0
(none), a fan failure condition must wait 60 continuous seconds
before taking action. If this configuration is 1 (VFD), a fan fail-
ure condition must wait 3 continuous minutes before taking
action.
If the unit is configured to monitor a fan status switch
(SFS.M = 1), and if the supply fan commanded state does not
match the supply fan status switch for 3 continuous minutes,
then a fan status failure has occurred.
If the unit is configured for supply duct pressure monitoring
(SFS.M = 2), then
• If the supply fan is requested ON and the static pressure
reading is not greater than 0.2 in. wg for 3 continuous
minutes, a fan failure has occurred.
• If the supply fan is requested OFF and the static pressure
reading is not less than 0.2 in. wg for 3 continuous min-
utes, a fan failure has occurred.
Dirty Filter Switch — The unit can be equipped with a
field-installed accessory dirty filter switch. The switch is located
in the filter section. If a dirty filter switch is not installed, the
switch input is configured to read “clean” all the time.
To enable the sensor for dirty filter monitoring set
Configuration
UNIT
SENS
FLT.S to ENABLE. The
state of the filter status switch can be read at Inputs
GEN.I
FLT.S. See Table 78.
Table 78 — Dirty Filter Switch Points
Monitoring of the filter status switch is disabled in the
Service Test mode and when the supply fan is not commanded
on. If the fan is on and the unit is not in a test mode and the
filter status switch reads “dirty” for 2 continuous minutes, an
alert is generated. Recovery from this alert is done through a
clearing of all alarms or after cleaning the filter and the switch
reads “clean” for 30 seconds.
NOTE: The filter switch should be adjusted to allow for the
operating cfm and the type of filter. Refer to the accessory
installation instructions for information on adjusting the switch.
Economizer — The economizer control is used to manage
the outside and return air dampers of the unit to provide venti-
lation air as well as free cooling based on several configuration
options. This section contains a description of the economizer
and its ability to provide free cooling. See the section on Indoor
Air Quality Control on page 67 for more information on setting
up and using the economizer to perform demand controlled
ventilation (DCV). See the Third Party Control section for a
description on how to take over the operation of the economiz-
er through external control.
The economizer system also permits this unit to perform
smoke control functions based on external control switch
inputs. Refer to the Smoke Control Modes section for detailed
discussions.
Economizer control can be based on automatic control
algorithms using unit-based set points and sensor inputs. This
economizer control system can also be managed through exter-
nal logic systems.
The economizer system is a factory-installed option. This
unit can also have the following devices installed to enhance
economizer control:
• Outside air humidity sensor
• Return air humidity sensor
NOTE: All these options require the controls expansion mod-
ule (CEM).
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The economizer configura-
tion options are under the Local Display Mode Configuration
ECON. See Table 79.
Economizer Installed? (EC.EN) — If an economizer is not
installed or is to be completely disabled then the configuration
option EC.EN should be set to No. Otherwise in the case of an
installed economizer, this value must be set to Yes.
Economizer Minimum Position (EC.MN) — The configura-
tion option EC.MN is the economizer minimum position. See
the section on indoor air quality for further information on how
to reset the economizer further to gain energy savings and to
more carefully monitor IAQ problems.
Economizer Maximum Position (EC.MX) — The upper lim-
it of the economizer may be limited by setting EC.MX. This
value defaults to 98% to avoid problems associated with slight
changes in the economizer damper’s end stop over time. Typi-
cally this will not need to be adjusted.
Economizer Trim for Sum Z? (E.TRM) — Sum Z is the
adaptive cooling control algorithm used for multiple stages
of mechanical cooling capacity. The configuration option,
E.TRM is typically set to Yes, and allows the economizer to
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT
Inputs
4-20 SP.M Static Pressure mA 4-20 mA SP_MA
4-20 SP.M.T Static Pressure mA Trim -2.0 - +2.0 mA SPMATRIM
4-20 SP.R.M Static Pressure Reset mA 4-20 mA SPRST_MA 0.0
RSET SP.RS Static Pressure Reset 0.0-3.0 in. wg SPRESET 0.0
Outputs
Fans S.VFD Supply Fan VFD Speed 0-100 % SFAN_VFD
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE CCN POINT
SFS.S Fan Fail Shuts Down Unit Yes/No SFS_SHUT
SFS.M Fan Stat Monitoring Type 0 - 2 SFS_MON
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE CCN
POINT
ConfigurationUNIT
SENSFLT.S
Filter
Stat.Sw.Enabled ?
Enable/
Disable
FLTS_ENA
InputsGEN.I
FLT.S
Filter Status Input DRTY/CLN FLTS
61
modulate to the same control point (Sum Z) that is used to
control capacity staging. The advantage is lower compressor
cycling coupled with tighter temperature control. Setting this
option to No will cause the economizer, if it is able to provide
free cooling, to open to the Economizer Max. Position
(EC.MX) during mechanical cooling.
ECONOMIZER OPERATION — There are four potential
elements which are considered concurrently which determine
whether the economizer is able to provide free cooling:
1. Dry bulb changeover (outside-air temperature qualification)
2. Economizer switch (discrete control input monitoring)
3. Economizer changeover select (E.SEL economizer
changeover select configuration option)
4. Outdoor dewpoint limit check (requires an installed out-
door relative humidity sensor installed)
Dry Bulb Changeover (OAT.L) — Outside-air temperature
may be viewed under Temperatures
AIR.T
OAT. The con-
trol constantly compares its outside-air temperature reading
against the high temperature OAT lockout (OAT.L). If the tem-
perature reads above OAT.L, the economizer will not be al-
lowed to perform free cooling.
Economizer Switch (EC.SW) — The function of this switch
is determined by Configuration
ECON
EC.SW. The state
of the corresponding economizer input can be viewed under
Inputs
GEN.I
E.SW.
When set to EC.SW = 0, the switch is disabled. When set to
EC.SW = 1, the economizer switch functions to enable/disable
the economizer. When set to EC.SW = 2, the switch functions
as an IAQ override switch. This functions just like the discrete
IAQ input Inputs
AIR.Q
IAQ.I when Configuration
IAQ
AQ.CF
IQ.I.C=2 (IAQ Discrete Override). See the
Indoor Air Quality Control section for more information.
When Configuration
ECON
EC.SW=1 and Inputs
GEN.I
E.SW = No, free cooling will not be allowed.
Economizer Control Type (E.TYP) — This configuration
should not be changed.
Economizer Changeover Select (E.SEL) — The control is
capable of performing any one of the following changeover
types in addition to both the dry bulb lockout and the external
switch enable input:
E.SEL = 0 none
E.SEL = 1 Differential Dry Bulb Changeover
E.SEL = 2 Outdoor Enthalpy Changeover
E.SEL = 3 Differential Enthalpy Changeover
Differential Dry Bulb Changeover — As both return air and
outside air temperature sensors are installed as standard on
these units, the user may select this option, E.SEL = 1, to
perform a qualification of return and outside air in the enabling
and disabling of free cooling. If this option is selected and
outside-air temperature is greater than return-air temperature,
free cooling will not be allowed.
Outdoor Enthalpy Changeover — This option should be used
in climates with higher humidity conditions. The A Series
control can use an enthalpy switch or enthalpy sensor, or the
standard installed outdoor dry bulb sensor and an accessory
relative humidity sensor to calculate the enthalpy of the air.
Setting Configuration
ECON
E.SEL = 2 requires that
the user configure Configuration
ECON
OA.E.C, the
Outdoor Enthalpy Changeover Select, and install an outdoor
relative humidity sensor. Once the sensor is installed, enable
Configuration
ECON
ORH.S, the outdoor relative humid-
ity sensor configuration option.
If the user selects one of the Honeywell curves, A,B,C or D,
then OA.E.C options 1-4 should be selected. See Fig. 10 for a
diagram of these curves on a psychrometric chart.
OA.E.C = 1 Honeywell A Curve
OA.E.C = 2 Honeywell B Curve
OA.E.C = 3 Honeywell C Curve
OA.E.C = 4 Honeywell D Curve
OA.E.C = 5 custom enthalpy curve
If the user selects OA.E.C = 5, a direct comparison of out-
door enthalpy versus an enthalpy set point is done. This out-
door enthalpy set point limit is configurable, and is called
Configuration
ECON
OA.EN.
Depending on what Configuration
ECON
OA.E.C is
configured for, if the outdoor enthalpy exceeds the Honeywell
curves or the outdoor enthalpy compare value (Configuration
ECON
OA.EN), then free cooling will not be allowed.
Differential Enthalpy Changeover — This option compares
the outdoor-air enthalpy to the return air enthalpy and chooses
the option with the lowest enthalpy. This option should be
used in climates with high humidity conditions. This option
uses both humidity sensors and dry bulb sensors to calculate
the enthalpy of the outdoor and return air. An accessory
outdoor air humidity sensor (ORH.S) and return air humidity
sensor (RRH.S) are used. The outdoor air relative humidity
sensor config (ORH.S) and return air humidity sensor config
(Configuration
UNIT
SENS
RRH.S) must be enabled.
Outdoor Dewpoint Limit Check — If an outdoor relative
humidity sensor is installed, then the control is able to calculate
the outdoor air dewpoint temperature and will compare this
temperature against the outside air dewpoint temperature
limit configuration (Configuration
ECON
O.DEW). If the
outdoor air dewpoint temperature is greater than O.DEW, then
free cooling will not be allowed. Figure 11 shows a horizontal
limit line in the custom curve of the psychrometric chart. This
is the outdoor air dewpoint limit boundary.
Fig. 10 — Psychrometric Chart for
Enthalpy Control
CONTROL CURVE CONTROL POINT
(approx Deg) AT 50% RH
A73
B68
C63
D58
62
Table 79 — Economizer Configuration Table
Custom Psychrometric Curves — Refer to the psychrometric
chart and the standard Honeywell A-D curves in Fig. 10. The
curves start from the bottom and rise vertically, angle to the left
and then fold over. This corresponds to the limits imposed by
dry bulb changeover, outdoor enthalpy changeover and
outdoor dewpoint limiting respectively. Therefore, it is now
possible to create any curve desired with the addition of one
outdoor relative humidity sensor and the options for change-
over now available. See Fig. 11 for an example of a custom
curve constructed on a psychrometric chart.
UNOCCUPIED ECONOMIZER FREE COOLING — This
Free Cooling function is used to start the supply fan and use
the economizer to bring in outside air when the outside
temperature is cool enough to pre-cool the space. This is done
to delay the need for mechanical cooling when the system
enters the occupied period. This function requires the use of a
space temperature sensor.
When configured, the economizer will modulate during an
unoccupied period and attempt to maintain space temperature
to the occupied cooling set point. Once the need for cooling has
been satisfied during this cycle, the fan will be stopped.
Configuring the economizer for Unoccupied Economizer
Free Cooling is done in the UEFC group. There are three
configuration options, FC.CF, FC.TM and FC.LO.
Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Configuration
(FC.CF) — This option is used to configure the type of unoc-
cupied economizer free cooling control that is desired.
0 = disable unoccupied economizer free cooling
1 = perform unoccupied economizer free cooling as available
during the entire unoccupied period.
2 = perform unoccupied economizer free cooling as available,
FC.TM minutes before the next occupied period.
Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Time Configuration
(FC.TM) — This option is a configurable time period, prior to
the next occupied period, that the control will allow unoccu-
pied economizer free cooling to operate. This option is only
applicable when FC.CF = 2.
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT
EC.EN Economizer Installed? Yes/No ECON_ENA Yes
EC.MN Economizer Min.Position 0 - 100 % ECONOMIN 5
EC.MX Economizer Max.Position 0 - 100 % ECONOMAX 98
E.TRM Economzr Trim For SumZ ? Yes/No ECONTRIM Yes
E.SEL Econ ChangeOver Select 0 - 3 ECON_SEL 0
OA.E.C OA Enthalpy ChgOvr Selct 1 - 5 OAEC_SEL 4
OA.EN Outdr.Enth Compare Value 18 - 28 OAEN_CFG 24
OAT.L High OAT Lockout Temp -40 - 120 dF OAT_LOCK 60
O.DEW OA Dewpoint Temp Limit 50 - 62 dF OADEWCFG 55
ORH.S Outside Air RH Sensor Enable/Disable OARHSENS Disable
E.TYP Economizer Control Type 1 - 3 ECON_CTL 1
EC.SW Economizer Switch Config 0 - 2 ECOSWCFG 0
E.CFG ECON.OPERATION CONFIGS
E.P.GN Economizer Prop.Gain 0.7 - 3.0 EC_PGAIN 1
E.RNG Economizer Range Adjust 0.5 - 5 ^F EC_RANGE 2.5
E.SPD Economizer Speed Adjust 0.1 - 10 EC_SPEED 0.75
E.DBD Economizer Deadband 0.1 - 2 ^F EC_DBAND 0.5
UEFC UNOCC.ECON.FREE COOLING
FC.CF Unoc Econ Free Cool Cfg 0-2 UEFC_CFG 0
FC.TM Unoc Econ Free Cool Time 0 - 720 min UEFCTIME 120
FC.L.O Un.Ec.Free Cool OAT Lock 40 - 70 dF UEFCNTLO 50
Fig. 11 — Custom Changeover Curve Example
A48-7731
63
Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Outside Lockout
Temperature (FC.LO) — This configuration option allows
the user to select an outside-air temperature below which unoc-
cupied free cooling is not allowed. This is further explained in
the logic section.
Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Logic — The follow-
ing qualifications that must be true for unoccupied free cooling
to operate:
• Unit configured for an economizer
• Space temperature sensor enabled and sensor reading
within limits
• Unit is in the unoccupied mode
•FC.CF set to 1 or FC.CF set to 2 and control is within
FC.TM minutes of the next occupied period
• Not in the Temperature Compensated Start Mode
• Not in a cooling mode
• Not in a heating mode
• Not in a tempering mode
• Outside-air temperature sensor reading within limits
• Economizer would be allowed to cool if the fan were
requested and in a cool mode
•OAT > FC.LO (1.0° F hysteresis applied)
• Unit not in a fire smoke mode
• No fan failure when configured to for unit to shut down
on a fan failure
If all of the above conditions are satisfied:
Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling will start when both of
the following conditions are true:
{SPT > (OCSP + 2)} AND {SPT > (OAT + 8)}
The Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Mode will stop
when either of the following conditions are true:
{SPT < OCSP} OR {SPT < (OAT + 3)} where SPT = Space
Temperature and OCSP = Occupied Cooling Set Point.
When the Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling mode is
active, the supply fan is turned on and the economizer damper
modulated to control to the supply air set point (Setpoints
SASP) plus any supply air reset that may be applied (Inputs
RSET
SA.S.R).
ECONOMIZER OPERATION CONFIGURATION — The
configuration items in the E.CFG menu group affect how
the economizer modulates when attempting to follow an
economizer cooling set point. Typically, they will not need
adjustment. In fact, it is strongly advised not to adjust these
configuration items from their default settings without first
consulting a service engineering representative.
In addition, the economizer cooling algorithm is designed to
automatically slow down the economizer actuator’s rate of
travel as outside air temperature decreases.
ECONOMIZER DIAGNOSTIC HELP — Because there are
so many conditions which might disable the economizer from
being able to provide free cooling, the control has a display
table to identify these potentially disabling sources. The user
can check ACTV, the “Economizer Active” flag. If this flag is
set to Yes there is no reason to check DISA (Economizer
Disabling Conditions). If the flag is set to No, this means that at
least one or more of the flags under the group DISA are set
to Yes and the user can discover what is preventing the econo-
mizer from performing free cooling by checking the table.
The economizer’s reported and commanded positions
are also viewable, as well as outside air temperature, relative
humidity, enthalpy and dew point temperature.
The following information can be found under the Local
Display Mode Run Status
ECON. See Table 80.
Economizer Control Point Determination Logic — Once the
economizer is allowed to provide free cooling, the economizer
must determine exactly what set point it should try to maintain.
The set point the economizer attempts to maintain when “free
cooling” is located at Run Status
VIEW
EC.C.P. This is
the economizer control point.
The control selects set points differently, based on the
control type of the unit. This control type can be found at
Configuration
UNIT
C.TYP. There are 6 types of control.
C.TYP = 1 VAV-RAT
C.TYP = 2 VAV-SPT
C.TYP = 3 TSTAT Multi-Staging
C.TYP = 4 TSTAT 2 Stage
C.TYP = 5 SPT Multi-Staging
C.TYP = 6 SPT 2 Stage
If the economizer is not allowed to do free cooling, then
EC.C.P = 0.
If the economizer is allowed to do free cooling and the
Unoccupied Free Cooling Mode is ON, then EC.C.P =
Setpoints
SASP + Inputs
RSET
SA.S.R.
If the economizer is allowed to do free cooling and the
Dehumidification mode is ON, then EC.C.P = the Cooling
Control Point (Run Status
VIEW
CL.C.P).
If the C.TYP is either 4 or 6, and the unit is in a cool mode,
then
If Stage = 0 EC.C.P = the Cooling Control Point (Run
Status
VIEW
CL.C.P)
If Stage = 1 53.0 + economizer suction pressure reset (see
below)
If Stage = 2 48.0 + economizer suction pressure reset (see
below)
NOTE: To check the current cooling stage go to Run Status
Cool
CUR.S.
If the C.TYP is either 1,2,3 or 5, and the unit is in a cool
mode, then EC.C.P = the Cooling Control Point (Run Status
VIEW
CL.C.P).
Economizer Suction Pressure Reset for Two-Stage
Cooling — If the unit’s control type is set to either 2-stage ther-
mostat or 2-stage space temperature control, then there is no
cooling control point. Stages 1 and 2 are brought on based on
demand, irrespective of the evaporator discharge temperature.
In this case, the economizer monitors suction pressure and
resets the economizer control point accordingly in order to
protect the unit from freezing. For those conditions when the
economizer opens up fully but is not able to make set point, and
then a compressor comes on, it is conceivable that the coil
might freeze. This can be indirectly monitored by checking suc-
tion pressure. Rather than fail a circuit, the control will attempt
to protect the unit by resetting the economizer control point
until the suction pressure rises out of freezing conditions.
If either circuit’s suction pressure drops to within 5 psig
of the low suction pressure trip point, the control will start
adding reset to the economizer control point if it is active. It
will be possible to reset the control point upwards, 10 degrees
(2 degrees per psig), between the low suction pressure trip
point of 52 psig for 48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units or 93 psig for
48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 units. If this does not work, and if the suc-
tion pressure drops below the trip point, then the control will
further reset the control point 1 degree every 15 seconds up to a
maximum of 10 degrees. The resulting effect will be to warm
up the mixed air entering the evaporator, thereby raising the
suction pressure.
Building Pressure Control — The building pressure
control sequence provides control of the pressure in the build-
ing through the modulating flow rate function of the modulat-
ing power exhaust option. This function also provides control
of the constant volume 2-stage power exhaust option.
BUILDING PRESSURE CONFIGURATION — The build-
ing pressure configurations are found at the local display under
Configuration
BP. See Table 81.
64
Table 80 — Economizer Run Status Table
Building Pressure Config (BP.CF) — This configuration se-
lects the type of building pressure control.
•BP.CF = 0, No building pressure control
•BP.CF = 1, constant volume two-stage power exhaust
based on economizer position
•BP.CF = 2, multiple stage building pressure control
based on a building pressure sensor
•BP.CF = 3, VFD building pressure control based on a
building pressure sensor
Building Pressure PID Run Rate (BP.RT) — This configura-
tion selects the run time of the PID algorithm. This configura-
tion is only active when BP.CF = 3. It is recommended that this
value not be changed without guidance from Service
Engineering.
Building Pressure Proportional Gain (BP.P) — This configura-
tion selects the proportional gain of the PID algorithm. This
configuration is only active when BP.CF = 3. It is recommend-
ed that this value not be changed without guidance from Service
Engineering.
Building Pressure Integral Gain (BP.I) — This configuration
selects the integral gain of the PID algorithm. This configuration
is only active when BP.CF = 3. It is recommended that this val-
ue not be changed without guidance from Service Engineering.
Building Pressure Derivative Gain (BP.D) — This configura-
tion selects the derivative gain of the PID algorithm. This con-
figuration is only active when BP.CF = 3. It is recommended
that this value not be changed without guidance from Service
Engineering.
Building Pressure Set Point Offset (BP.SO) — This configura-
tion is the value below the building pressure set point to which
the building pressure must fall in order to turn off power exhaust
control. This configuration is only active when BP.CF = 3.
Building Pressure Minimum Speed (BP.MN) — This configu-
ration is the minimum allowed VFD speed during building pres-
sure control. This configuration is only active when BP.CF = 3.
Building Pressure Maximum Speed (BP.MX) — This configu-
ration is the maximum allowed VFD speed during building
pressure control. This configuration is only active when BP.CF
= 3.
VFD Fire Speed (BP.FS) — This configuration is the VFD
speed override when the control is in the purge or evacuation
smoke control modes. This configuration is only active when
BP.CF = 3.
Power Exhaust Motors (BP.MT) — This configuration is ma-
chine dependent and instructs the building pressure control
algorithm as to whether the unit has 4 or 6 motors to control.
The motors are controlled by three power exhaust relays A, B,
and C. These relay outputs are located at the local display un-
der Outputs
FANS
PE.A,B,C.
The following table illustrates the number of motors each
relay is in control of based on BP.MT:
Building Pressure Sensor (BP.S) — This configuration al-
lows the reading of a building pressure sensor when enabled.
This is automatically enabled when BP.CF = 2 or 3.
Building Pressure (+/–) Range (BP.R) — This configuration
establishes the range in in. wg that a 4 to 20 mA sensor will be
scaled to. The control only allows sensors that measure both
positive and negative pressure.
Building Pressure SETP (BP.SP) — This set point is the
building pressure control set point. If the unit is configured for
modulating building pressure control, then this is the set point
that the control will control to.
Power Exhaust on Setp.1 (BP.P1) — When configured for
building pressure control type BP.CF = 1 (constant volume two-
stage control), the control will turn on the first power exhaust
fan when the economizer’s position exceeds this set point.
Power Exhaust on Setp.1 (BP.P2) — When configured for
building pressure control type BP.CF = 1 (constant volume two-
stage control), the control will turn on the second power exhaust
fan when the economizer’s position exceeds this set point.
Modulating PE Algorithm Select (BP.SL) — This configuration
selects the algorithm used to step the power exhaust stages. This
must be set to 1 at all times. The other selections are not used.
Building Pressure PID Evaluation Time (BP.TM) — This
configuration is the run time rate of the multiple stage (modu-
lating) power exhaust algorithm (BP.CF=2).
Building Pressure Threshold Adjustment (BP.ZG) — This
configuration is not used. It currently has no effect on building
pressure control.
High Building Pressure Level (BP.HP) — This configura-
tion is the threshold level above the building pressure set point
used to control stages of power exhaust when BP.SL=1.
Low Building Pressure Level (BP.LP) — This configuration
is the threshold level below the building pressure set point used
to control stages of power exhaust when BP.SL=1.
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT WRITE STATUS
ECN.P Economizer Act.Curr.Pos. 0-100 % ECONOPOS
ECN.C Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos. 0-100 % ECONOCMD forcible
ACTV Economizer Active ? YES/NO ECACTIVE
DISA ECON DISABLING CONDITIONS
UNAV Econ Act. Unavailable? YES/NO ECONUNAV
R.EC.D Remote Econ. Disabled? YES/NO ECONDISA
DBC DBC - OAT Lockout? YES/NO DBC_STAT
DEW DEW - OA Dewpt.Lockout? YES/NO DEW_STAT
DDBC DDBD- OAT > RAT Lockout? YES/NO DDBCSTAT
OAEC OAEC- OA Enth Lockout? YES/NO OAECSTAT
DEC DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout? YES/NO DEC_STAT
EDT EDT Sensor Bad? YES/NO EDT_STAT
OAT OAT Sensor Bad ? YES/NO OAT_STAT
FORC Economizer Forced ? YES/NO ECONFORC
SFON Supply Fan Not On 30s ? YES/NO SFONSTAT
CLOF Cool Mode Not In Effect? YES/NO COOL_OFF
OAQL OAQ Lockout in Effect ? YES/NO OAQLOCKD
HELD Econ Recovery Hold Off? YES/NO ECONHELD
DH.DS Dehumid. Disabled Econ.? YES/NO DHDISABL
O.AIR OUTSIDE AIR INFORMATION
OAT Outside Air Temperature dF OAT forcible
OA.RH Outside Air Rel. Humidity % OARH forcible
OA.E Outside Air Enthalpy OAE
OA.D.T Outside Air Dewpoint Temp dF OADEWTMP
BP.MT PE_A Relay PE_B Relay PE_C Relay
1 (4 motors) 1 Motor 2 Motors 1 Motor
2 (6 motors) 1 Motor 2 Motors 3 Motors
65
CONSTANT VOLUME 2-STAGE CONTROL (BP.CF = 1)
OPERATION — Two exhaust fan relays will be turned on and
off based on economizer position. The two trip set points are
BP.P1 and BP.P2. If the economizer is greater than or equal
to BP.P1, then power exhaust stage 1 is requested and a
60-second timer is initialized. If the economizer is 5% below
the BP.P1, then power exhaust stage 1 is turned off. Also, if the
economizer position is less than BP.P1 and the 60-second timer
has expired, power exhaust stage 1 is turned off. The same
logic applies to the second power exhaust stage, except the
BP.P2 trip point is monitored. If the economizer position is
greater than or equal to BP.P2, then power exhaust stage 2
is energized and a 60-second timer is initialized. If the econo-
mizer is 5% below the BP.P2 the second power exhaust
stage turned off. If the economizer is less than BP.P2 and the
60-second timer has expired, second stage power exhaust is
turned off.
For BP.CF=1, the Table 82 illustrates the power exhaust
stages 1 and 2, relay combinations based upon Configuration
BP.MT (4 or 6 motors).
MULTIPLE POWER EXHAUST STAGE BUILDING
PRESSURE CONTROL (BP.CF = 2) OPERATION —
Building pressure control is active whenever the supply fan is
running. The control algorithm to be used (BP.SL=1) is a timed
threshold technique for bringing stages of power exhaust on
and off.
The number of power exhaust stages available for this con-
trol algorithm is a function of the number of motors it supports.
This number of motors is defined by the Configuration
BP
BP.MT configuration. Table 83 illustrates the staging tables
for this control algorithm based on BP.MT.
The following configurations are used in the controlling of
building pressure with this algorithm:
•Configuration
BP
B.CFG
BP.HP (building pressure
high threshold level)
•Configuration
BP
B.CFG
BP.LP (building pressure
low threshold level)
•Configuration
BP
B.CFG
BP.TM (building pressure
timer)
This control function is allowed to add or select power ex-
haust stages at any time, except that a delay time must expire
after a stage is added or subtracted. Any time a stage change is
made, a timer is started which delays staging for 10 * BP.TM
seconds. The default for BP.TM is 1, therefore the delay
between stage changes is set to 10 seconds.
The logic to add or subtract a stage of power exhaust is as
follows:
• If building pressure (Pressures
AIR.P
BP) is greater
than the building pressure set point (Configuration
BP
BPSP) plus the building pressure high threshold level
(Configuration
BP
B.CFG
BP.HP) add a stage of
power exhaust.
Table 81 — Building Pressure Configuration
*Some configurations are machine dependent.
Table 82 — Power Exhaust Staging (BP.CF = 1)
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT
BP BUILDING PRESS. CONFIG
BP.CF Building Press. Config 0-3 BLDG_CFG 0*
BP.RT Bldg.Pres.PID Run Rate 5-120 sec BPIDRATE 10
BP.P Bldg. Press. Prop. Gain 0-5 BLDGP_PG 0.5
BP.I Bldg.Press.Integ.Gain 0-2 BLDGP_IG 0.5
BP.D Bldg.Press.Deriv.Gain 0-5 BLDGP_DG 0.3
BP.SO BP Setpoint Offset 0.0 - 0.5 "H2O BPSO 0.05
BP.MN BP VFD Minimum Speed 0-100 % BLDGPMIN 10
BP.MX BP VFD Maximum Speed 0-100 % BLDGPMAX 100
BP.FS VFD/Act. Fire Speed/Pos. 0-100 % BLDGPFSO 100
BP.MT Power Exhaust Motors 1-2 PWRM 1*
BP.S Building Pressure Sensor Enable/Dsable BPSENS Dsable*
BP.R Bldg Press (+/–) Range 0 - 1.00 "H2O BP_RANGE 0.25
BP.SP Building Pressure Setp. -0.25 -> 0.25 "H2O BPSP 0.05
BP.P1 Power Exhaust On Setp.1 0 - 100 % PES1 35
BP.P2 Power Exhaust On Setp.2 0 - 100 % PES2 75
B.CFG BP ALGORITHM CONFIGS
BP.SL Modulating PE Alg. Slct. 1-3 BPSELECT 1
BP.TM BP PID Evaluation Time 0 - 10 min BPPERIOD 1
BP.ZG BP Threshold Adjustment 0.1 - 10.0 "H2O BPZ_GAIN 1
BP.HP High BP Level 0 - 1.000 "H2O BPHPLVL 0.05
BP.LP Low BP Level 0 - 1.000 "H2O BPLPLVL 0.04
BP.MT = 1 (4 motors) PE.A PE.B PE.C
Power Exhaust Stage 0 OFF OFF OFF
Power Exhaust Stage 1 OFF ON OFF
Power Exhaust Stage 2 ON ON ON
BP.MT = 2 (6 motors) PE.A PE.B PE.C
Power Exhaust Stage 0 OFF OFF OFF
Power Exhaust Stage 1 OFF OFF ON
Power Exhaust Stage 2 ON ON ON
66
Table 83 — Power Exhaust Staging (BP.CF = 2)
• If building pressure (Pressures
AIR.P
BP) is less than
the building pressure set point (Configuration
BP
BPSP) minus the building pressure low threshold
level (Configuration
BP
B.CFG
BP.LP) subtract a
stage of power exhaust.
VFD POWER EXHAUST BUILDING PRESSURE CON-
TROL (BP.CF = 3) — A 4 to 20mA analog output from
Economizer Control Board 1 (ECB-1, AO1) is provided as a
speed reference for a field-installed VFD power exhaust
accessory. If building pressure (Pressures
AIR.P
BP) rises
above the building pressure set point (BP.SP) and the supply
fan is on, then building pressure control is initialized. Thereaf-
ter, if the supply fan relay goes off or if the building pressure
drops below the BP.SP minus the building pressure set point
offset (BP.SO) for 5 continuous minutes, building pressure
control will be stopped. The 5-minute timer will continue to re-
initialize if the VFD is still commanded to a speed > 0%. If the
building pressure falls below the set point, the VFD will slow
down automatically. Control is performed with a PID loop
where:
Error = BP – BP.SP
K = 1000 * BP.RT/60 (normalize the PID control for run
rate)
P = K * BP.P * (error)
I = K * BP.I * (error) + “I” calculated last time through the
PID
D = K * BP.D * (error – error computed last time through
the PID)
VFD speed reference (clamped between BP.MN and
BP.MX%) = P + I + D
Smoke Control Modes — There are four smoke con-
trol modes that can be used to control smoke within areas ser-
viced by the unit: Pressurization mode, Evacuation mode,
Smoke Purge mode, and Fire Shutdown. Evacuation, Pressur-
ization and Smoke Purge modes require the Controls Expan-
sion Board (CEM). The Fire Shutdown input is located on the
main board (MBB) on terminals TB5-10 and 11. The unit may
also be equipped with a factory-installed return air smoke de-
tector that is wired to TB5-10 and 11 and will shut the unit
down if a smoke condition is determined. Field-monitoring
wiring can be connected to terminal TB5-8 and 9 to monitor
the smoke detector. Inputs on the CEM board can be used to
put the unit in the Pressurization, Evacuation, and Smoke
Purge modes. These switches or inputs are connected to TB6 as
shown below. Refer to Major System Components section on
page 101 for wiring diagrams.
Pressurization — TB6-12 and 13
Evacuation — TB6-13 and 14
Smoke Purge — TB6-13 and 15
Each mode must be energized individually on discrete in-
puts and the corresponding alarm is initiated when a mode is
activated. The fire system provides a normally closed dry con-
tact closure. Multiple smoke control inputs, sensed by the con-
trol will force the unit into a Fire Shutdown mode.
FIRE-SMOKE INPUTS — These discrete inputs can be
found on the local display under Inputs
FIRE.
Fire Shutdown Mode — This mode will cause an immediate
and complete shutdown of the unit.
Pressurization Mode — This mode attempts to raise the pres-
sure of a space to prevent smoke infiltration from an adjacent
space. Opening the economizer (thereby closing the return air
damper), shutting down power exhaust and turning the indoor
fan on will increase pressure in the space.
Evacuation Mode — This mode attempts to lower the pres-
sure of the space to prevent infiltrating an adjacent space with
its smoke. Closing the economizer (thereby opening the return-
air damper), turning on the power exhaust and shutting down
the indoor fan decrease pressure in the space.
Smoke Purge Mode — This mode attempts to draw out
smoke from the space after the emergency condition. Opening
the economizer (thereby closing the return-air damper), turning
on both the power exhaust and indoor fan will evacuate smoke
and bring in fresh air.
AIRFLOW CONTROL DURING THE FIRE-SMOKE
MODES — All non-smoke related control outputs will get
shut down in the fire-smoke modes. Those related to airflow
will be controlled as explained below. The following matrix
specifies all actions the control shall undertake when each
mode occurs (outputs are forced internally with CCN priority
number 1 - “Fire”):
*“FSO” refers to the supply VFD fire speed override configurable
speed.
BP.MT = 1 (4 motors) PE.A PE.B PE.C
Power Exhaust Stage 0 OFF OFF OFF
Power Exhaust Stage 1 ON OFF OFF
Power Exhaust Stage 2 OFF ON OFF
Power Exhaust Stage 3 ON ON OFF
Power Exhaust Stage 4 ON ON ON
BP.MT = 2 (6 motors) PE.A PE.B PE.C
Power Exhaust Stage 0 OFF OFF OFF
Power Exhaust Stage 1 ON OFF OFF
Power Exhaust Stage 2 OFF ON OFF
Power Exhaust Stage 3 ON ON OFF
Power Exhaust Stage 4 ON OFF ON
Power Exhaust Stage 5 OFF ON ON
Power Exhaust Stage 6 ON ON ON
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE CCN
POINT
WRITE
STATUS
FIRE FIRE-SMOKE INPUTS
FSD Fire Shutdown Input ALRM/NORM FSD forcible
PRES Pressurization Input ALRM/NORM PRES forcible
EVAC Evacuation Input ALRM/NORM EVAC forcible
PURG Smoke Purge Input ALRM/NORM PURG forcible
DEVICE PRESSURIZATION PURGE EVACUATION FIRE
SHUTDOWN
Economizer 100% 100% 0% 0%
Indoor Fan —
VFD ON/FSO* ON/FSO* OFF OFF
Power Exhaust OFF ON/FSO* ON/FSO* OFF
Heat Interlock
Relay ON ON OFF OFF
67
RELEVANT ITEMS
The economizer’s commanded output can be found in
Outputs
ECON
ECN.C.
The configurable fire speed override for supply fan VFD is in
Configuration
SP
SP.FS.
The supply fan relay’s commanded output can be found in
Outputs
FANS
S.FAN.
The supply fan VFD’s commanded speed can be found in
Outputs
FANS
S.VFD.
Indoor Air Quality Control — The indoor air quality
(IAQ) function will admit fresh air into the space whenever
space air quality sensors detect high levels of CO2.
When a space or return air CO2 sensor is connected to the
unit control, the unit’s IAQ routine allows a demand-based
control for ventilation air quantity, by providing a modulating
outside air damper position that is proportional to CO2 level.
The ventilation damper position is varied between a minimum
ventilation level (based on internal sources of contaminants
and CO2 levels other than from the effect of people) and the
maximum design ventilation level (determined at maximum
populated status in the building). Demand control ventilation
(DCV) is also available when the ComfortLink™ unit is con-
nected to a CCN system using ComfortID™ terminal controls.
This function also provides alternative control methods for
controlling the amount of ventilation air being admitted,
including fixed outdoor air ventilation rates (measured as cfm),
external discrete sensor switch input and externally generated
proportional signal controls.
The IAQ function requires the installation of the factory-
option economizer system. The DCV sequences also require
the connection of accessory (or field-supplied) space or return
air CO2 sensors. Fixed cfm rate control requires the factory-
installed outdoor air cfm option. External control of the
ventilation position requires supplemental devices, including a
4 to 20 mA signal, a 10 kilo-ohm potentiometer, or a discrete
switch input, depending on the method selected. Outside air
CO2 levels may also be monitored directly and high CO2
economizer restriction applied when an outdoor air CO2 sensor
is connected. (The outdoor CO2 sensor connection requires
installation of the CEM.)
The ComfortLink control system has the capability of DCV
using an IAQ sensor. The indoor air quality (IAQ) is measured
using a CO2 sensor whose measurements are displayed in parts
per million (ppm). The IAQ sensor can be field-installed in the
return duct. There is also an accessory space IAQ sensor that
can be installed directly in the occupied space. The sensor must
provide a 4 to 20 mA output signal and must include its own
24-v supply. The sensor connects to terminal TB5-6 and 7. Be
sure to leave the 182-ohm resistor in place on terminals 6 and 7.
OPERATION — The unit’s indoor air quality algorithm mod-
ulates the position of the economizer damper between two user
configurations depending upon the relationship between the
IAQ and the outdoor air quality (OAQ). Both of these values
can be read at the Inputs
AIR.Q submenu. The lower of these
two configurable positions is referred to as the IAQ Demand
Vent Min Position (IAQ.M), while the higher is referred to as
Economizer Minimum Position (EC.MN). The IAQ.M should
be set to an economizer position that brings in enough fresh air
to remove contaminants and CO2 generated by sources other
than people. The EC.MN value should be set to an economizer
position that brings in enough fresh air to remove contaminants
and CO2 generated by all sources including people. The
EC.MN value is the design value for maximum occupancy.
The logic that is used to control the dampers in response to
IAQ conditions is shown in Fig. 12. The ComfortLink™ con-
trols will begin to open the damper from the IAQ.M position
when the IAQ level begins to exceed the OAQ level by a
configurable amount, which is referred to as Differential Air
Quality Low Limit (DAQ.L).
If OAQ is not being measured, OAQ can be manually con-
figured. It should be set at around 400 to 450 ppm or measured
with a handheld sensor during the commissioning of the unit.
The OAQ reference level can be set using the OAQ Reference
Set Point (OAQ.U). When the differential between IAQ and
OAQ reaches the configurable Diff. Air Quality Hi Limit
(DAQ.H), then the economizer position will be EC.MN.
When the IAQ–OAQ differential is between DAQ.L and
DAQ.H, the control will modulate the damper between IAQ.M
and EC.MN as shown in Fig. 12. The relationship is a linear
relationship but other non-linear options can be used. The
damper position will never exceed the bounds specified by
IAQ.M and EC.MN during IAQ control.
If the building is occupied and the indoor fan is running and
the differential between IAQ and OAQ is less than DAQ.L, the
economizer will remain at IAQ.M. The economizer will not
close completely. The damper position will be 0 when the fan
is not running or the building is unoccupied. The damper posi-
tion may exceed EC.MN in order to provide free cooling.
The ComfortLink controller is configured for air quality
sensors which provide 4 mA at 0 ppm and 20 mA at 2000 ppm.
If a sensor has a different range, these bounds must be
reconfigured. These pertinent configurations for ranging the air
quality sensors are IQ.R.L, IQ.R.H, OQ.R.L and OQ.R.H. The
bounds represent the PPM corresponding to 4 mA (low) and
20 mA (high) for IAQ and OAQ, respectively.
If OAQ exceeds the OAQ Lockout Value (OAQ.L), then the
economizer will remain at IAQ.M. This is used to limit the use
of outside air which outdoor air CO2 levels are above the
OAQ.L limit. Normally a linear control of the damper vs. the
IAQ control signal can be used, but the control also supports
non-linear control. Different curves can be used based on the
Diff.AQ Responsiveness Variable (IAQ.R). See Fig. 13.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The IAQ configuration op-
tions are under the Local Display Mode Configuration
IAQ.
See Table 84.
Economizer Min Position (Configuration
IAQ
DCV.C
EC.MN) — This is the fully occupied minimum economiz-
er position.
IAQ Demand Vent Min Pos. (Configuration
IAQ
DCV.C
IAQ.M) — This configuration will be used to set the mini-
mum damper position in the occupied period when there is no
IAQ demand.
IAQ Analog Sensor Config (Configuration
IAQ
AQ.CF
IQ.A.C) — This is used to configure the type of
IAQ position control. It has the following options:
•IQ.A.C = 0 (No analog input). If there is no other mini-
mum position control, the economizer minimum position
will be Configuration
IAQ
DCV.C
EC.MN and
there will be no IAQ control.
•IQ.A.C = 1 (IAQ analog input). An indoor air (space or
return air) CO2 sensor is installed. If an outdoor air CO2
sensor is also installed, or OAQ is broadcast on the CCN,
or if a default OAQ value is used, then the unit can per-
form IAQ control.
•IQ.A.C = 2 (IAQ analog input with minimum position
override) — If the differential between IAQ and OAQ
is above Configuration
IAQ
AQ.SP
DAQ.H, the
economizer minimum position will be the IAQ override
position (Configuration
IAQ
AQ.SP
IQ.O.P).
•IQ.A.C = 3 (4 to 20 mA minimum position) — With a 4
to 20 mA signal connected to TB5-6 and 7, the econo-
mizer minimum position will be scaled linearly from 0%
(4 mA) to EC.MX (20 mA).
68
•IQ.A.C = 4 (10K potentiometer minimum position) —
With a 10K linear potentiometer connected to TB5-6 and 7,
the economizer minimum position will be scaled linearly
from 0% (0 kilo-ohms) to EC.MX (10 kilo-ohms).
IAQ Analog Fan Config (Configuration
IAQ
AQ.CF
IQ.A.F) — This configuration is used to configure the control
of the indoor fan. If this option is used then the IAQ sensor
must be in the space and not in the return duct. It has the fol-
lowing configurations:
•IQ.A.F = 0 (No Fan Start) — IAQ demand will never
override normal indoor fan operation during occupied or
unoccupied period and turn it on.
•IQ.A.F = 1 (Fan On If Occupied) — IAQ demand will
override normal indoor fan operation and turn it on (if
off) only during the occupied period (CV operation with
automatic fan).
•IQ.A.F = 2 (Fan On Occupied/Unoccupied) — IAQ
demand will always override normal indoor fan operation
and turn it on (if off) during both the occupied and unoccu-
pied period. For IQ.A.F = 1 or 2, the fan will be turned on as
described above when DAQ is above the DAQ Fan On Set
Point (Configuration
IAQ
AQ.SP
D.F.ON). The fan
will be turned off when DAQ is below the DAQ Fan Off Set
Point (Configuration
IAQ
AQ.SP
D.F.OF). The con-
trol can also be set up to respond to a discrete IAQ input.
The discrete input is connected to TB5-6 and 7.
IAQ Discrete Input Config (Configuration
IAQ
AQ.CF
IQ.I.C) — This configuration is used to set the type of IAQ
sensor. The following are the options:
•IQ.I.C = 0 (No Discrete Input) — This is used to indicate
that no discrete input will be used and the standard IAQ
sensor input will be used.
•IQ.I.C = 1 (IAQ Discrete Input) — This will indicate
that the IAQ level (high or low) will be indicated by
the discrete input. When the IAQ level is low, the
economizer minimum position will be Configuration
IAQ
DCV.C
IAQ.M.
•IQ.I.C = 2 (IAQ Discrete Input with Minimum Position
Override) — This will indicate that the IAQ level (high
or low) will be indicated by the discrete input and the
economizer minimum position will be the IAQ override
position, IQ.O.P (when high).
It is also necessary to configure how the fan operates when
using the IAQ discrete input.
IAQ Discrete Fan Config (Configuration
IAQ
AQ.CF
IQ.I.F) — This is used to configure the operation of the
fan during an IAQ demand condition. It has the following
configurations:
•IQ.I.F = 0 (No Fan Start) — IAQ demand will never
override normal indoor fan operation during occupied or
unoccupied period and turn it on.
•IQ.I.F = 1 (Fan On If Occupied) — IAQ demand will
override normal indoor fan operation and turn it on (if
off) only during the occupied period (CV operation with
automatic fan).
•IQ.I.F = 2 (Fan On Occupied/Unoccupied) — IAQ
demand will always override normal indoor fan
operation and turn it on (if off) during both the occupied
and unoccupied period.
OAQ 4-20 mA Sensor Config (Configuration
IAQ
AQ.CF
OQ.A.C) — This is used to configure the type of
outdoor sensor that will be used for OAQ levels. It has the fol-
lowing configuration options:
•OQ.A.C = 0 (No Sensor) — No sensor will be used and
the internal software reference setting will be used.
•OQ.A.C = 1 (OAQ Sensor with DAQ) — An outdoor
CO2 sensor will be used.
•OQ.A.C = 2 (4 to 20 mA Sensor without DAQ).
100
500
700
1000
INSIDE/OUTSIDE CO2 DIFFERENTIAL
INSIDE CO2 CONCENTRATION
AQ
DIFFERENTIAL
LOW (DAQ.L)
AQ
DIFFERENTIAL
HIGH (DAQ.H)
MINIMUM
IAQ
DAMPER
POSITION
ECONOMIZER
MINIMUM
DAMPER
POSITION
INCREASING VENTILATION
VENTILATION FOR PEOPLE
VENTILATION FOR SOURCES
Fig. 12 — IAQ Control
NOTE: Calculating the IAQ.M and EC.MN damper position based
on differential IAQ measurement.
Based on the configuration parameter IAQREACT, the reaction to
damper positioning based on differential air quality ppm can be
adjusted.
IAQREACT = 1 to 5 (more responsive)
IAQREACT = 0 (linear)
IAQREACT = –1 to –5 (less responsive)
Fig. 13 — IAQ Response Curve
A48-7209
A48-7711
69
IAQ Econo Override Pos (Configuration
IAQ
AQ.SP
IQ.O.P) — This configuration is the position that the econo-
mizer goes to when override is in effect.
Diff. Air Quality Lo Limit (Configuration
IAQ
AQ.SP
DAQ.L) — This is the differential CO2 level at which IAQ
control of the dampers will be initiated.
Diff. Air Quality Hi Limit (Configuration
IAQ
AQ.SP
DAQ.H) — This is the differential CO2 level at which IAQ
control of the dampers will be at maximum and the dampers
will be at the Configuration
IAQ
DCV.C
EC.MN.
DAQ ppm Fan Off Set Point (Configuration
IAQ
AQ.SP
D.F.OF) — This is the CO2 level at which the
indoor fan will be turned off.
DAQ ppm Fan On Set Point (Configuration
IAQ
AQ.SP
D.F.ON) — This is the CO2 level at which
the indoor fan will be turned on.
Diff. IAQ Responsiveness (Configuration
IAQ
AQ.SP
IAQ.R) — This is the configuration that is used to select the
IAQ response curves as shown in Fig. 13.
OAQ Lockout Value (Configuration
IAQ
AQ.SP
OAQ.L) — This is the maximum OAQ level above which de-
mand ventilation will be disabled.
User Determined OAQ (Configuration
IAQ
AQ.SP
OAQ.U) — If an OAQ sensor is unavailable, the user can
manually set the OAQ reading.
IAQ Low Reference (Configuration
IAQ
AQ.S.R
IQ.R.L) — This is the reference that will be used with a
non-Carrier IAQ sensor that may have a different characteristic
curve. It represents the CO2 level at 4 mA.
IAQ High Reference (Configuration
IAQ
AQ.S.R
IQ.R.H) — This is the reference that will be used with a
non-Carrier IAQ sensor that may have a different characteristic
curve. It represents the CO2 level at 20 mA.
OAQ Low Reference (Configuration
IAQ
AQ.S.R
OQ.R.L) — This is the reference that will be used with a
non-Carrier OAQ sensor that may have a different characteris-
tic curve. It represents the CO2 level at 4 mA.
OAQ High Reference (Configuration
IAQ
AQ.S.R
OQ.R.H) — This is the reference that will be used with a non-
Carrier OAQ sensor that may have a different characteristic
curve. It represents the CO2 level at 20 mA.
PRE-OCCUPANCY PURGE — The control has the option
for a pre-occupancy purge to refresh the air in the space prior to
occupancy.
This feature is enabled by setting Configuration
IAQ
IAQ.P
IQ.PG to Yes.
The IAQ purge will operate under the following conditions:
•IQ.PG is enabled
• the unit is in the unoccupied state
• Current Time is valid
• Next Occupied Time is valid
• time is within two hours of the next occupied period
• time is within the purge duration (Configuration
IAQ
IAQ.P
IQ.P.T)
If all of the above conditions are met, the following logic is
used:
If OAT IQ.L.O and OAT OCSP and economizer is
available then purge will be enabled and the economizer will
be commanded to 100%.
If OAT < IQ.L.O then the economizer will be positioned to
the IAQ Purge LO Temp Min Pos (Configuration
IAQ
IAQ.P
IQ.P.L)
If neither of the above are true then the dampers will be
positioned to the IAQ Purge HI Temp Min Pos (Configuration
IAQ
IAQ.P
IQ.P.H)
If this mode is enabled the indoor fan and heat interlock
relay (VAV) will be energized.
IAQ Purge (Configuration
IAQ
IAQ.P
IQ.PG) —
This is used to enable IAQ pre-occupancy purge.
IAQ Purge Duration (Configuration
IAQ
IAQ.P
IQ.P.T) — This is the maximum amount of time that a purge
can occur.
IAQ Purge Lo Temp Min Pos (Configuration
IAQ
IAQ.P
IQ.P.L) — This is used to configure a low limit for
damper position to be used during the purge mode.
IAQ Purge Hi Temp Min Pos (Configuration
IAQ
IAQ.P
IQ.P.H) — This is used to configure a maximum po-
sition for the dampers to be used during the purge cycle.
IAQ Purge OAT Lockout Temp (Configuration
IAQ
IAQ.P
IQ.L.O) — Nighttime lockout temperature below
which the purge cycle will be disabled.
Dehumidification and Reheat — The Dehumidifi-
cation function will override comfort condition set points
based on dry bulb temperature and deliver cooler air to the
space in order to satisfy a humidity set point at the space or
return air humidity sensor. The Reheat function will energize a
suitable heating system concurrent with dehumidification
sequence should the dehumidification operation result in
excessive cooling of the space condition.
The dehumidification sequence requires the installation of a
space or return air humidity sensor or a discrete switch input.
An ECB option is required to accommodate an RH (relative
humidity) sensor connection. A CEM (option or accessory) is
required to accomodate an RH switch. Reheat is possible when
multiple-step staged gas control option or hydronic heat field-
installed coil is installed. Reheat is also possible using a heat
reclaim coil (field-supplied and installed) or a DX (direct ex-
pansion) reheat coil.
Dehumidification and reheat control are allowed during
Cooling and Vent modes in the Occupied period.
On constant volume units using thermostat inputs (C.TYP =
3 or 4), the discrete switch input must be used as the dehumidi-
fication control input. The commercial Thermidistat™ device
is the recommended accessory device.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The settings for dehumidi-
fication can be found at the local display at Configuration
DEHU. See Table 85.
Dehumidification Configuration (D.SEL) — The dehumidi-
fication configuration can be set for the following settings:
•D.SEL = 0 — No dehumidification and reheat.
•D.SEL = 1 — The control will perform dehumidification
and reheat with staged gas only.
•D.SEL = 2 — The control will perform both dehumidifi-
cation and reheat with third party heat via an alarm relay.
In the case of D.SEL=2, during dehumidification, the
alarm relay will close to convey the need for reheat. A
typical application might be to energize a 3-way valve to
perform DX reheat.
Dehumidification Sensor (D.SEN) — The sensor can be con-
figured for the following settings:
•D.SEN = 1 — Initiated by return air relative humidity
sensor.
•D.SEN = 2 — Initiated by discrete input.
Economizer Disable in Dehum Mode (D.EC.D) — This
configuration determines economizer operation during Dehu-
midification mode.
•D.EC.D = YES — Economizer disabled during dehu-
midification (default).
•D.EC.D = NO — Economizer not disabled during dehu-
midification.
70
Table 84 — Indoor Air Quality Configuration
Table 85 — Dehumidification Configuration
Vent Reheat Set Point Select (D.V.CF) — This configuration
determines how the vent reheat set point is selected.
•D.V.CF = 0 — Reheat follows an offset subtracted from
return air temperature (D.V.RA).
•D.V.CF = 1 — Reheat follows a dehumidification heat
set point (D.V.HT).
Vent Reheat RAT Offset (D.V.RA) — Set point offset used
only during the vent mode. The air will be reheated to return-
air temperature less this offset.
Vent Reheat Set Point (D.V.HT) — Set point used only dur-
ing the vent mode. The air will be reheated to this set point.
Dehumidify Cool Set Point (D.C.SP) — This is the dehu-
midification cooling set point.
Dehumidity RH Set Point (D.RH.S) — This is the dehumidi-
fication relative humidity trip point.
OPERATION — Dehumidification and reheat can only occur
if the unit is equipped with either staged gas or hydronic heat.
Dehumidification without reheat can be done on any unit but
Configuration
DEHU
D.SEL must be set to 2.
If the machine’s control type is a TSTAT type (Configura-
tion
UNIT
C.TYP=3 or 4) and the discrete input selection
for the sensor is not configured (D.SEN not equal to 2),
dehumidification will be disabled.
If the machine’s control type is a TSTAT type (Configura-
tion
UNIT
C.TYP=3 or 4) and the economizer is able to
provide cooling, a dehumidification mode may be called out,
but the control will not request mechanical cooling.
If a 2-stage control type is selected (Configuration
UNIT
C.TYP = 4 or 6), then the economizer, if active, locks out
mechanical cooling during the Dehumidification mode.
NOTE: Configuring Configuration
DEHU
D.SEN to 2
will enable the CEM board along with the sensor selected for
control.
NOTE: If Configuration
DEHU
D.SEL = 1 or 2, then
staged gas control will be automatically enabled (Configura-
tion
HEAT
HT.CF will be set to 3).
If a tempering, unoccupied or “mechanical cooling locked
out” HVAC mode is present, dehumidification will be disabled.
An HVAC Off, Vent or Cool mode must be in effect to launch
either a Reheat or Dehumidification mode.
If an associated sensor responsible for dehumidification
fails, dehumidification will not be attempted (SPRH, RARH).
Initiating a Reheat or Dehumidification Mode — To call out
a Reheat mode in the Vent or the Off HVAC mode, or to call
out a Dehumidification mode in a Cool HVAC mode, one of
the following conditions must be true:
• The space is occupied and the humidity is greater than
the relative humidity trip point (D.RH.S).
• The space is occupied and the discrete humidity input is
closed.
Dehumidification and Reheat Control — If a dehumidifica-
tion mode is initiated, the rooftop will attempt to lower
humidity as follows:
• Economizer Cooling — The economizer, if allowed to
perform free cooling, will have its control point (Run
Status
VIEW
EC.C.P) set to Configuration
DEHU
D.C.SP. If Configuration
DEHU
D.EC.D is dis-
abled, the economizer will always be disabled during
dehumidification.
• Cooling — For all cooling control types: A High Cool
HVAC mode will be requested internally to the control to
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT
DCV.C DCV ECONOMIZER SETPOINTS
EC.MN Economizer Min.Position 0 - 100 % ECONOMIN 5
IAQ.M IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos. 0 - 100 % IAQMINP 0
AQ.CF AIR QUALITY CONFIGS
IQ.A.C IAQ Analog Sensor Config 0 - 4 IAQANCFG 0
IQ.A.F IAQ 4-20 ma Fan Config 0 - 2 IAQANFAN 0
IQ.I.C IAQ Discrete Input Config 0 - 2 IAQINCFG 0
IQ.I.F IAQ Disc.In. Fan Config 0 - 2 IAQINFAN 0
OQ.A.C OAQ 4-20ma Sensor Config 0 - 2 OAQANCFG 0
AQ.SP AIR QUALITY SETPOINTS
IQ.O.P IAQ Econo Override Pos. 0 - 100 % IAQOVPOS 100
DAQ.L Diff.Air Quality LoLimit 0 - 1000 DAQ_LOW 100
DAQ.H Diff. Air Quality HiLimit 100 - 2000 DAQ_HIGH 700
D.F.OF DAQ PPM Fan Off Setpoint 0 - 2000 DAQFNOFF 200
D.F.ON DAQ PPM Fan On Setpoint 0 - 2000 DAQFNON 400
IAQ.R Diff. AQ Responsiveness -5 - 5 IAQREACT 0
OAQ.L OAQ Lockout Value 0 - 2000 OAQLOCK 0
OAQ.U User Determined OAQ 0 - 5000 OAQ_USER 400
AQ.S.R AIR QUALITY SENSOR RANGE
IQ.R.L IAQ Low Reference 0 - 5000 IAQREFL 0
IQ.R.H IAQ High Reference 0 - 5000 IAQREFH 2000
OQ.R.L OAQ Low Reference 0 - 5000 OAQREFL 0
OQ.R.H OAQ High Reference 0 - 5000 OAQREFH 2000
IAQ.P IAQ PRE-OCCUPIED PURGE
IQ.PG IAQ Purge Yes/No IAQPURGE No
IQ.P.T IAQ Purge Duration 5 - 60 min IAQPTIME 15
IQ.P.L IAQ Purge LoTemp Min Pos 0 - 100 % IAQPLTMP 10
IQ.P.H IAQ Purge HiTemp Min Pos 0 - 100 % IAQPHTMP 35
IQ.L.O IAQ Purge OAT Lockout 35 - 70 dF IAQPNTLO 50
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT
DEHU DEHUMIDIFICATION CONFIG.
D.SEL Dehumidification Config 0-2 DHSELECT 0
D.SEN Dehumidification Sensor 1-2 DHSENSOR 1
D.EC.D Econ disable in DH mode? Yes/No DHECDISA Yes
D.V.CF Vent Reheat Setpt Select 0-1 DHVHTCFG 0
D.V.RA Vent Reheat RAT offset 0-8 ^F DHVRAOFF 0
D.V.HT Vent Reheat Setpoint 55-95 dF DHVHT_SP 70
D.C.SP Dehumidify Cool Setpoint 40-55 dF DHCOOLSP 45
D.RH.S Dehumidify RH Setpoint 10-90 % DHRELHSP 55
71
maintain diagnostics, although the end user will see a
Dehumidification mode at the display. In addition, for
multi-stage cooling units the cooling control point will
be set to Configuration
DEHU
D.C.SP (no SASP
reset is applied).
• Reheat When Cooling Demand is Present — For reheat
control during dehumidification: If reheat follows an
offset subtracted from return-air temperature (Configu-
ration
DEHU
D.SEL = 2), then no heating will be
initiated and the alarm relay will be energized. If
Configuration
DEHU
D.SEL = 1 and Configura-
tion
HEAT
HT.CF = staged gas or hot water valve,
then the selected heating control type will operate in the
low heat/modulating mode.
• The heating control point will be whatever the actual
cooling set point would have been (without any supply
air reset applied).
• Reheat During Vent Mode — If configured (Configura-
tion
DEHU
D.V.CF = 0), the heating control point
will be equal to RAT – D.V.RA. If configured (Configu-
ration
DEHU
D.V.CF=1), the heating control point
will be equal to the D.V.HT set point.
Ending Dehumidification and Reheat Control — When ei-
ther the humidity sensor fall 5% below the set point (Configu-
ration
DEHU
D.RH.S) or the discrete input reads
“LOW”, the Dehumidification mode will end.
Temperature Compensated Start — This logic is
used when the unit is in the unoccupied state. The control will
calculate early Start Bias time based on Space Temperature
deviation from the occupied cooling and heating set points.
This will allow the control to start the unit so that the space is at
conditioned levels when the occupied period starts. This is
required for ASHRAE 90.1 compliance. A space sensor is re-
quired for non-linkage applications.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The settings for tempera-
ture compensated start can be found in the local display under
Configuration
UNIT.
TCST-Cool Factor (TCS.C) — This is the factor for the start
time bias equation for cooling.
TCST-Heat Factor (TCS.H) — This is the factor for the start
time bias equation for heating.
NOTE: Temperature compensated start is disabled when these
factors are set to 0.
TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED START LOGIC —
The following conditions must be met:
• Unit is in unoccupied state.
• Next occupied time is valid.
• Current time of day is valid.
• Valid space temperature reading is available (sensor or
DAV-Linkage).
The algorithm will calculate a Start Bias time in minutes us-
ing the following equations:
If (space temperature > occupied cooling set point)
Start Bias Time = (space temperature – occupied cooling set
point)* TCS.C
If (space temperature < occupied heating set point)
Start Bias Time = (occupied heating set point – space
temperature)*TCS.H
When the Start Bias Time is greater than zero the algorithm
will subtract it from the next occupied time to calculate the new
start time. When the new start time is reached, the Temperature
Compensated Start mode is set (Operating Modes
MODE
T.C.ST ), the fan is started and the unit controlled as in an
occupied state. Once set, Temperature Compensated mode will
stay on until the unit goes into the Occupied mode. The Start
Bias Time will be written into the CCN Linkage Equipment
Table if the unit is controlled in DAV mode. If the Unoccupied
Economizer Free Cool mode is active (Operating Modes
HVAC = “UNOCC FREE COOL”) when temperature com-
pensated start begins, the Unoccupied Free Cool mode will be
stopped.
Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) System — It
is possible to configure the ComfortLink™ control to partici-
pate as an element of the Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) sys-
tem directly from the local display. This section will deal with
explaining the various programmable options which are found
under the CCN sub-menu in the Configuration mode.
The major configurations for CCN programming are locat-
ed in the local displays at Configuration
CCN. See Table 86.
CCN Address (CCNA) — This configuration is the CCN ad-
dress the rooftop is assigned.
CCN Bus Number (CCNB) — This configuration is the CCN
bus the rooftop is assigned.
CCN Baud Rate (BAUD) — This configuration is the CCN
baud rate. For units equipped with the optional UPC, the CCN
Baud Rate must be set to 9600.
CCN Time/Date Broadcast (TM.DT) — If this configuration
is set to ON, the control will periodically send the time and date
out onto the CCN bus once a minute. If this device is on a CCN
network then it will be important to make sure that only one
device on the bus has this configuration set to ON. If more than
one time broadcaster is present, problems with the time will
occur.
NOTE: Only the time and date broadcaster can perform
daylight savings time adjustments. Even if the rooftop is stand
alone, the user may want to set this to ON to accomplish the
daylight/savings function.
CCN OAT Broadcast (OAT.B) — If this configuration is set
to ON, the control will periodically broadcast its outside-air
temperature at a rate of once every 30 minutes.
CCN OARH Broadcast (ORH.B) — If this configuration is
set to ON, the control will periodically broadcast its outside air
relative humidity at a rate of once every 30 minutes.
CCN OAQ Broadcast (OAQ.B) — If this configuration is set
to ON, the control will periodically broadcast its outside air
quality reading at a rate of once every 30 minutes.
Global Schedule Broadcast (G. S . B ) — If this configuration is
set to ON and the schedule number (SCH.N) is between 65 and
99, then the control will broadcast the internal time schedule
once every 2 minutes.
CCN Broadcast Acknowledger (B.ACK) — If this configu-
ration is set to ON, then when any broadcasting is done on the
bus, this device will respond to and acknowledge. Only one de-
vice per bus can be configured for this option.
Schedule Number (SCH.N) — This configuration determines
what schedule the control may follow.
SCH.N = 0 The control is always occupied.
SCH.N = 1 The control follows its internal time sched-
ules. The user may enter any number
between 1 and 64 but it will be overwritten
to “1” by the control as it only has one
internal schedule.
SCH.N = 65-99 The control is either set up to receive to a
broadcasted time schedule set to this
number or the control is set up to broadcast
its internal time schedule (G. S . B ) to the
network and this is the global schedule
number it is broadcasting. If this is the case,
then the control still follows its internal time
schedules.
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT
TCS.C Temp.Cmp.Strt.Cool Factr 0 - 60 min TCSTCOOL
TCS.H Temp.Cmp.Strt.Heat Factr 0 - 60 min TCSTHEAT
72
Table 86 — CCN Configuration
* For units equipped with optional UPC, the CCN Baud Rate must be set to 3.
Accept Global Holidays? (HOL.T) — If a device is broad-
casting the time on the bus, it is possible to accept the time yet
not accept the global holiday from the broadcast message.
Override Time Limit (O.T.L) — This configuration allows
the user to decide how long an override occurs when it is initi-
ated. The override may be configured from 1 to 4 hours. If the
time is set to 0, the override function will become disabled.
Timed Override Hours (OV.EX) — This displays the current
number of hours left in an override. It is possible to cancel an
override in progress by writing “0” to this variable, thereby
removing the override time left.
SPT Override Enabled? (SPT.O) — If a space sensor is pres-
ent, then it is possible to override an unoccupied period by
pushing the override button on the T55 or T56 sensor. This
option allows the user to disable this function by setting this
configuration to NO.
T58 Override Enabled? (T58.O) — The T58 sensor is a CCN
device that allows cooling/heating set points to be adjusted,
space temperature to be written to the rooftop unit, and the abil-
ity to initiate a timed override. This option allows the user to
disable the override initiated from the T58 sensor by setting
this option to NO.
Global Schedule Override? (GL.OV) — If the control is set
to receive global schedules then it is also possible for the global
schedule broadcaster to call out an override condition as well.
This configuration allows the user to disable the global sched-
ule broadcaster from overriding the control.
Alert Limit Configuration — The ALLM submenu is
used to configure the alert limit set points. A list is shown in
Table 87.
SPT Low Alert Limit/Occ (SP.L.O) — If the space tempera-
ture is below the configurable occupied SPT Low Alert Limit
(SP.L.O), then Alert 300 will be generated and the unit will be
stopped. The alert will automatically reset.
SPT High Alert Limit/Occ (SP.H.O) — If the space tempera-
ture is above the configurable occupied SPT High Alert Limit
(SP.H.O), then Alert 301 will be generated and the unit will be
stopped. The alert will automatically reset.
SPT Low Alert Limit/Unocc (SP.L.U) — If the space tem-
perature is below the configurable unoccupied SPT Low Alert
Limit (SP.L.U), then Alert 300 will be generated and the unit
will be stopped. The alert will automatically reset.
SPT High Alert Limit/Unocc (SP.H.U) — If the space tem-
perature is above the configurable unoccupied SPT High Alert
Limit (SP.H.U), then Alert 301 will be generated and the unit
will be stopped. The alert will automatically reset.
EDT Low Alert Limit/Occ (SA.L.O) — If the evaporator dis-
charge temperature is below the configurable occupied
evaporator discharge temperature (EDT) Low Alert Limit
(SA.L.O), then Alert 302 will be generated and cooling opera-
tion will be stopped but heating operation will continue. The
alert will automatically reset.
EDT High Alert Limit/Occ (SA.H.O) — If the evaporator
discharge temperature is above the configurable occupied EDT
High Alert Limit (SA.H.O), then Alert 303 will be generated
and heating operation will be stopped but cooling operation
will continue. The alert will automatically reset.
EDT Low Alert Limit/Unocc (SA.L.U) — If the evaporator
discharge temperature is below the configurable unoccupied
EDT Low Alert Limit (SA.L.U), then Alert 302 will be gener-
ated and cooling operation will be stopped but heating opera-
tion will continue. The alert will automatically reset.
EDT High Alert Limit/Unocc (SA.H.U) — If the evaporator
discharge temperature is above the configurable unoccupied
EDT High Alert Limit (SA.H.U), then Alert 303 will be generat-
ed and heating operation will be stopped but cooling operation
will continue. The alert will automatically reset.
RAT Low Alert Limit/Occ (RA.L.O) — If the return-air tem-
perature is below the configurable occupied RAT Low Alert
Limit (RA.L.O), then Alert 304 will be generated and internal
routines will be modified. Unit operation will continue but
VAV heating operation will be disabled. The alert will automat-
ically reset.
RAT High Alert Limit/Occ (RA.H.O) — If the return-air
temperature is above the configurable occupied RAT High
Alert Limit (RA.H.O), then Alert 305 will be generated and
operation will continue. The alert will automatically reset.
RAT Low Alert Limit/Unocc (RA.L.U) — If the return-air
temperature is below the configurable unoccupied RAT Low
Alert Limit (RA.L.U), then Alert 304 will be generated. Unit
operation will continue but VAV heating operation will be dis-
abled. The alert will automatically reset.
RAT High Alert Limit/Unocc (RA.H.U) — If the return-air
temperature is above the configurable unoccupied RAT High
Alert Limit (RA.H.U), then Alert 305 will be generated. Oper-
ation will continue. The alert will automatically reset.
RARH Low Alert Limit (R.RH.L) — If the unit is config-
ured to use a return air relative humidity sensor (Configura-
tion
UNIT
SENS
RRH.S), and the measured level is
below the configurable RH Low Alert Limit (R.RH.L), then
Alert 308 will occur. The unit will continue to run and the alert
will automatically reset.
RARH High Alert Limit (R.RH.H) — If the unit is config-
ured to use a return air relative humidity sensor (Configura-
tion
UNIT
SENS
RRHS), and the measured level is
above the configurable RARH High Alert Limit (R.RH.H),
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT DEFAULT
CCN CCN CONFIGURATION
CCNA CCN Address 1 - 239 CCNADD 1
CCNB CCN Bus Number 0 - 239 CCNBUS 0
BAUD CCN Baud Rate 1 - 5 CCNBAUDD 3*
BROD CCN BROADCST DEFINITIONS
TM.DT CCN Time/Date Broadcast ON/OFF CCNBC On
OAT.B CCN OAT Broadcast ON/OFF OATBC Off
ORH.B CCN OARH Broadcast ON/OFF OARHBC Off
OAQ.B CCN OAQ Broadcast ON/OFF OAQBC Off
G.S.B Global Schedule Broadcst ON/OFF GSBC Off
B.ACK CCN Broadcast Ack'er ON/OFF CCNBCACK Off
SC.OV CCN SCHEDULES-OVERRIDES
SCH.N Schedule Number 0 - 99 SCHEDNUM 1
HOL.T Accept Global Holidays? YES/NO HOLIDAYT No
O.T.L. Override Time Limit 0 - 4 HRS OTL 1
OV.EX Timed Override Hours 0 - 4 HRS OVR_EXT 0
SPT.O SPT Override Enabled ? YES/NO SPT_OVER Yes
T58.O T58 Override Enabled ? YES/NO T58_OVER Yes
GL.OV Global Sched. Override ? YES/NO GLBLOVER No
73
then Alert 309 will occur. The unit will continue to run and the
alert will automatically reset.
Supply Duct Pressure Low Alert Limit (SP.L) — If the unit
is a VAV unit with a supply duct pressure sensor and the mea-
sured supply duct static pressure is below the configurable SP
Low Alert Limit (DP.L), then Alert 310 will occur. The unit
will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.
Supply Duct Pressure High Alert Limit (SP.H) — If the unit
is a VAV unit with a supply duct pressure sensor and the mea-
sured supply duct static pressure is above the configurable SP
High Alert Limit (SP.H), then Alert 311 will occur. The unit
will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.
Building Pressure Low Alert Limit (BP.L) — If the unit is
configured to use modulating power exhaust then a building
static pressure limit can be configured using the BP Low Alert
Limit (BP.L). If the measured pressure is below the limit then
Alert 312 will occur.
Building Pressure High Alert Limit (BP.H) — If the unit is
configured to use modulating power exhaust then a building
static pressure limit can be configured using the BP Hi Alert
Limit (BP.H). If the measured pressure is above the limit, then
Alert 313 will occur.
Indoor Air Quality High Alert Limit (IAQ.H) — If the unit
is configured to use a CO2 sensor and the level is above the
configurable IAQ High Alert Limit (IAQ.H) then the alert will
occur. The unit will continue to run and the alert will automati-
cally reset.
Sensor Trim Configuration — The TRIM submenu
is used to calibrate the sensor trim settings. The trim settings
are used when the actual measured reading does not match the
sensor output. The sensor can be adjusted to match the actual
measured reading with the trim function. A list is shown in
Table 88.
Air Temperature Leaving Supply Fan Sensor (SAT.T) — This
variable is used to adjust the supply fan temperature sensor
reading. The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 10° F to match
the actual measured temperature.
Return Air Temperature Sensor Trim (RAT.T) — This vari-
able is used to adjust the return air temperature sensor reading.
The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 10° F to match the actual
measured temperature.
Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor Trim (OAT.T) — This vari-
able is used to adjust the outdoor air temperature sensor read-
ing. The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 10° F to match the
actual measured temperature.
Space Temperature Sensor Trim (SPT.T) — This variable is
used to adjust the space temperature sensor reading. The sensor
reading can be adjusted ± 10° F to match the actual measured
temperature.
Circuit A Saturated Condenser Temperature Trim (CTA.T) —
This variable is used to adjust the saturated condenser tempera-
ture sensor reading for circuit A. The sensor reading can be
adjusted ± 30° F to match the actual measured temperature.
Used on 48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units only.
Circuit B Saturated Condenser Temperature Trim (CTB.T) —
This variable is used to adjust the saturated condenser tempera-
ture sensor reading for circuit B. The sensor reading can be
adjusted ± 30° F to match the actual measured temperature.
Used on 48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units only.
Suction Pressure Circuit A Trim (SP.A.T) — This variable is
used to adjust the suction pressure sensor reading for circuit A.
The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 50 psig to match the actu-
al measured pressure.
Suction Pressure Circuit B Trim (SP.B.T) — This variable is
used to adjust the suction pressure sensor reading for circuit B.
The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 50 psig to match the actu-
al measured pressure.
Table 87 — Alert Limit Configuration
Table 88 — Sensor Trim Configuration
IMPORTANT: Sensor trim must not be used to extend
unit operation past the allowable operating range.
Doing so may void the warranty.
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT DEFAULT
SP.L.O SPT lo alert limit/occ -10-245 dF SPLO 60
SP.H.O SPT hi alert limit/occ -10-245 dF SPHO 85
SP.L.U SPT lo alert limit/unocc -10-245 dF SPLU 45
SP.H.U SPT hi alert limit/unocc -10-245 dF SPHU 100
SA.L.O EDT lo alert limit/occ -40-245 dF SALO 40
SA.H.O EDT hi alert limit/occ -40-245 dF SAHO 100
SA.L.U EDT lo alert limit/unocc -40-245 dF SALU 40
SA.H.U EDT hi alert limit/unocc -40-245 dF SAHU 100
RA.L.O RAT lo alert limit/occ -40-245 dF RALO 60
RA.H.O RAT hi alert limit/occ -40-245 dF RAHO 90
RA.L.U RAT lo alert limit/unocc -40-245 dF RALU 40
RA.H.U RAT hi alert limit/unocc -40-245 dF RAHU 100
R.RH.L RARH low alert limit 0-100 % RRHL 0
R.RH.H RARH high alert limit 0-100 % RRHH 100
SP.L SP low alert limit 0-5 "H2O SPL 0
SP.H SP high alert limit 0-5 "H2O SPH 2
BP.L BP lo alert limit -0.25-0.25 "H2O BPL -0.25
BP.H BP high alert limit -0.25-0.25 "H2O BPH 0.25
IAQ.H IAQ high alert limit 0-5000 IAQH 1200
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT DEFAULT
SAT.T Air Temp Lvg SF Trim -10 - 10 ^F SAT_TRIM 0
RAT.T RAT Trim -10 - 10 ^F RAT_TRIM 0
OAT.T OAT Trim -10 - 10 ^F OAT_TRIM 0
SPT.T SPT Trim -10 - 10 ^F SPT_TRIM 0
CTA.T Cir A Sat. Cond. Temp Trim -30 - 30 ^F SCTA_TRIM 0
CTB.T Cir B Sat. Cond. Temp Trim -30 - 30 ^F SCTB_TRIM 0
SP.A.T Suct.Press.Circ.A Trim -50 - 50 PSIG SPA_TRIM 0
SP.B.T Suct.Press.Circ.B Trim -50 - 50 PSIG SPB_TRIM 0
DP.A.T Dis.Press.Circ.A Trim -50 - 50 PSIG DPA_TRIM 0
DP.B.T Dis.Press.Circ.B Trim -50 - 50 PSIG DPB_TRIM 0
74
Discharge Pressure Circuit A Trim (DP.A.T) — This vari-
able is used to adjust the discharge pressure sensor reading for
circuit A. The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 50 psig to
match the actual measured pressure. Used on 48/
50A2,A3,A4,A5 units only.
Discharge Pressure Circuit B Trim (DP.B.T) — This vari-
able is used to adjust the discharge pressure sensor reading for
circuit B. The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 50 psig to
match the actual measured pressure. Used on 48/
50A2,A3,A4,A5 units only.
4 to 20 mA Inputs — There are a number of 4 to 20 mA in-
puts which may be calibrated. These inputs are located in
Inputs
4-20. They are:
•SP.M.T — static pressure milliamp trim
•BP.M.T — building pressure milliamp trim
•OA.M.T — outside air cfm milliamp trim
•RA.M.T — return air cfm milliamp trim
•SA.M.T — supply air cfm milliamp trim
Discrete Switch Logic Configuration — The SW.LG
submenu is used to configure the normally open/normally closed
settings of switches and inputs. This is used when field-supplied
switches or input devices are used instead of Carrier devices. The
normally open or normally closed setting may be different on a
field-supplied device. These points are used to match the control
logic to the field-supplied device.
The defaults for this switch logic section will not normally
need changing. However, if a field-installed switch is used that
is different from the Carrier switch, these settings may need
adjustment.
Settings for switch logic are found at the local displays
under the Configuration
SW.LG submenu. See Table 89.
Filter Status Input — Clean (FTS.L) — The filter status in-
put for clean filters is set for normally open. If a field-supplied
filter status switch is used that is normally closed for a clean
filter, change this variable to closed.
IGC Feedback — Off (IGC.L) — The input for IGC feed-
back is set for normally open for off. If a field-supplied IGC
feedback switch is used that is normally closed for feedback
off, change this variable to closed.
Remote Switch — Off (RMI.L) — The remote switch is set
for normally open when off. If a field-supplied control switch
is used that is normally closed for an off signal, change this
variable to closed.
Economizer Switch — No (ECS.L) — The economizer
switch is set for normally open when low. If a field-supplied
economizer switch is used that is normally closed when low,
change this variable to closed.
Fan Status Switch — Off (SFS.L) — The fan status switch
input is set for normally open for off. If a field-supplied fan
status switch is used that is normally closed, change this
variable to closed.
Demand Limit Switch 1 — Off (DL1.L) — The demand
limit switch no. 1 input is set for normally open for off. If a
field-supplied demand limit switch is used that is normally
closed, change this variable to closed.
Demand Limit Switch 2/Dehumidify — Off (DL2.L) —
The demand limit switch no. 2 input is set for normally open
for off. If a field-supplied demand limit switch is used that is
normally closed, change this variable to closed.
IAQ Discrete Input — Low (IAQ.L) — The IAQ discrete in-
put is set for normally open when low. If a field-supplied IAQ
discrete input is used that is normally closed, change this vari-
able to closed.
Fire Shutdown — Off (FSD.L) — The fire shutdown input is
set for normally open when off. If a field-supplied fire shut-
down input is used that is normally closed, change this variable
to closed.
Pressurization Switch — Off (PRS.L) — The pressurization
input is set for normally open when off. If a field-supplied pres-
surization input is used that is normally closed, change this
variable to closed.
Evacuation Switch — Off (EVC.L) — The evacuation input is
set for normally open when off. If a field-supplied evacuation in-
put is used that is normally closed, change this variable to closed.
Smoke Purge — Off (PRG.L) — The smoke purge input is set
for normally open when off. If a field-supplied smoke purge in-
put is used that is normally closed, change this variable to closed.
Display Configuration — The DISP submenu is used
to configure the local display settings. A list is shown in
Table 90.
Test Display LEDs (TEST) — This is used to test the opera-
tion of the ComfortLink™ display.
Metric Display (METR) — This variable is used to change
the display from English units to Metric units.
Language Selection (LANG) — This variable is used to
change the language of the ComfortLink display. At this time,
only English is available.
Password Enable (PAS.E) — This variable enables or dis-
ables the use of a password. The password is used to restrict
use of the control to change configurations.
Service Password (PASS) — This variable is the 4-digit nu-
meric password that is required if enabled.
Remote Control Switch Input — The remote switch
input is located on the ECB-1 board and connected to TB6 ter-
minals 1 and 3. The switch can be used for several remote con-
trol functions. See Table 91.
Remote Input State (Inputs
GEN.I
REMT) — This is
the actual real time state of the remote input.
Remote Switch Config (Configuration
UNIT
RM.CF)
— This is the configuration that allows the user to assign dif-
ferent types of functionality to the remote discrete input.
• 0 — NO REMOTE SW — The remote switch will not be
used.
• 1 — OCC-UNOCC SW — The remote switch input will
control the occupancy state. When the remote switch
input is ON, the unit will forced into the occupied mode.
When the remote switch is OFF, the unit will be forced
into the unoccupied mode.
• 2 — STRT/STOP — The remote switch input will start
and stop the unit. When the unit is commanded to stop,
any timeguards in place on compressors will be honored
first. When the remote switch is ON, the unit will be
commanded to stop. When the remote switch is OFF the
unit will be enabled to operate.
• 3 — OVERRIDE SW — The remote switch can be used
to override any internal or external time schedule being
used by the control and force the unit into an occupied
mode when the remote input state is ON. When the
remote switch is ON, the unit will be forced into an occu-
pied state. When the remote switch is OFF, the unit will
use its internal or external time schedules.
IMPORTANT: Many of the switch inputs to the con-
trol can be configured to operate as normally open or
normally closed.
75
Table 89 — Switch Logic Configuration
Table 90 — Display Configuration
Table 91 — Remote Switch Configuration
Remote Switch Logic Configuration (Configuration
SW.LG
RMI.L) — The control allows for the configuration
of a normally open/closed status of the remote input switch via
RMI.L. If this variable is configured OPEN, then when the
switch is open, the remote input switch perceives the logic state
as OFF. Correspondingly, if RMI.L is set to CLOSED, the re-
mote input switch will perceive a closed switch as meaning
OFF. See Table 92.
Hot Gas Bypass — Hot gas bypass is an active part of
the A-Series ComfortLink™ capacity staging and minimum
evaporator load protection functions. It is controlled though the
Minimum Load Valve function.
The hot gas bypass option consists of a solenoid valve with
a fixed orifice sized to provide a nominal 3-ton evaporator load
bypass. A hot gas refrigerant line routes the bypassed hot gas
from Circuit A’s discharge line to Circuit A’s evaporator
distributor. When the unit control calls for hot gas bypass, the
hot gas enters the evaporator coil and adds refrigeration load
to the compressor circuit to reduce the cooling effect from
Circuit A.
The hot gas bypass system is a factory-installed option
installed on Circuit A only. This function is enabled at Config-
uration
COOL
MLV. When this function is enabled, an
additional stage of cooling capacity is provided by the unit
control staging sequences (see Tables 52, 54, 58, and 60).
Space Temperature Offset — Space temperature off-
set corresponds to a slider on a T56 sensor that allows the occu-
pant to adjust the space temperature by a configured range
during an occupied period. This sensor is only applicable to
units that are configured as either 2-Stage SPT or Multi-Stage
SPT control (Configuration
UNIT
C.TYP = 5 or 6).
Space Temperature Offset Sensor (Configuration
UNIT
SENS
SP.O.S) — This configuration disables the reading
of the offset slider.
Space Temperature Offset Range (Configuration
UNIT
SENS
SP.O.R) — This configuration establishes
the range, in degrees F, that the T56 slider can affect SPTO
when adjusting the slider from the far left (-SP.O.R) to the far
right (+SP.O.R). The default is 5° F.
Space Temperature Offset Value (Temperatures
AIR.T
SPTO) — The Space Temperature Offset Value is the read-
ing of the slider potentiometer in the T56 that is resolved to
delta degrees based on SP.O.R.
TIME CLOCK CONFIGURATION
This section describes each Time Clock menu item. Not
every point will need to be configured for every unit. Refer to
the Controls Quick Start section for more information on what
set points need to be configured for different applications. The
Time Clock menu items are discussed in the same order that
they are displayed in the Time Clock table. The Time Clock
table is shown in Table 93.
Hour and Minute (HH.MM) — The hour and minute
of the time clock are displayed in 24-hour, military time. Time
can be adjusted manually by the user.
When connected to the CCN, the unit can be configured to
transmit time over the network or receive time from a network
device. All devices on the CCN should use the same time. Only
one device on the CCN should broadcast time or problems will
occur.
Month of Year (MNTH) — This variable is the current
month of the calendar year.
Day of Month (DOM) — This variable is the current
day (1 to 31) of the month.
Day of Week (DAY) — This variable is the current day
of the week (Monday = 1 through Sunday = 7).
Year (YEAR) — This variable is the current year (for ex-
ample, 2005).
Local Time Schedule (SCH.L) — This submenu is
used to program the time schedules. There are 8 periods
(PER.1 through PER.8). Each time period can be used to set
up a local schedule for the unit.
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE CCN POINT DEFAULT
SW.LG SWITCH LOGIC: NO / NC
FTS.L Filter Status Inpt-Clean Open/Close FLTSLOGC Open
IGC.L IGC Feedback - Off Open/Close GASFANLG Open
RMI.L RemSw Off-Unoc-Strt-NoOv Open/Close RMTINLOG Open
ECS.L Economizer Switch - No Open/Close ECOSWLOG Open
SFS.L Fan Status Sw. - Off Open/Close SFSLOGIC Open
DL1.L Dmd.Lmt.Sw.1 - Off Open/Close DMD_SW1L Open
DL2.L Dmd.Lmt.2 Dehumid - Off Open/Close DMD_SW2L Open
IAQ.L IAQ Disc.Input - Low Open/Close IAQINLOG Open
FSD.L Fire Shutdown - Off Open/Close FSDLOGIC Open
PRS.L Pressurization Sw. - Off Open/Close PRESLOGC Open
EVC.L Evacuation Sw. - Off Open/Close EVACLOGC Open
PRG.L Smoke Purge Sw. - Off Open/Close PURGLOGC Open
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT DEFAULT
TEST Test Display LEDs ON/OFF TEST Off
METR Metric Display ON/OFF DISPUNIT Off
LANG Language Selection 0-1(multi-text strings) LANGUAGE 0
PAS.E Password Enable ENABLE/DISABLE PASS_EBL Enable
PASS Service Password 0000-9999 PASSWORD 1111
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE CCN
POINT
REMT Remote Input State ON/OFF RMTIN
RM.CF Remote Switch Config 0 - 3 RMTINCFG
RMI.L RemSw
Off-Unoc-Strt-NoOv
Open/Close RMTINLOG
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN
POINT
SP.O.S Space Temp
Offset Sensor
Enable/
Disable
SPTOSENS
SP.O.R Space Temp
Offset Range
1 - 10 SPTO_RNG
SPTO Space Temperature
Offset
+- SP.O.R ^F SPTO
76
Table 92 — Remote Switch Logic Configuration
Monday In Period (PER.X
DAYS
MON) — This vari-
able is used to include or remove Monday from the schedule.
Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this
variable is set to YES, then Monday will be included in that peri-
od’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then
the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on Monday.
This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
Tuesday In Period (PER.X
DAYS
TUE) — This variable
is used to include or remove Tuesday from the schedule. Each
period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this variable
is set to YES, then Tuesday will be included in that period’s oc-
cupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then the peri-
od’s occupied time schedule will not be used on Tuesday. This
variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
Wednesday In Period (PER.X
DAYS
WED) — This
variable is used to include or remove Wednesday from the
schedule. Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time.
If this variable is set to YES, then Wednesday will be included
in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to
NO, then the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used
on Wednesday. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
Thursday In Period (PER.X
DAYS
THU) — This vari-
able is used to include or remove Thursday from the schedule.
Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this
variable is set to YES, then Thursday will be included in that
period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO,
then the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on
Thursday. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
Friday In Period (PER.X
DAYS
FRI) — This variable is
used to include or remove Friday from the schedule. Each peri-
od is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this variable is set
to YES, then Friday will be included in that period’s occupied
time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then the period’s oc-
cupied time schedule will not be used on Friday. This variable
can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
Saturday In Period (PER.X
DAYS
SAT) — This vari-
able is used to include or remove Saturday from the schedule.
Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this
variable is set to YES, then Saturday will be included in that
period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO,
then the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on
Saturday. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
Sunday In Period (PER.X
DAYS
SUN) — This variable
is used to include or remove Sunday from the schedule. Each
period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this variable
is set to YES, then Sunday will be included in that period’s oc-
cupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then the peri-
od’s occupied time schedule will not be used on Sunday. This
variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
Holiday In Period (PER.X
DAYS
HOL) — This variable
is used to include or remove a Holiday from the schedule. Each
period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this variable is
set to YES, then holidays will be included in that period’s occu-
pied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then the period’s
occupied time schedule will not be used on holidays. This vari-
able can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
Occupied From (PER.X
OCC) — This variable is used to
configure the start time of the Occupied period. All days in the
same period set to YES will enter into Occupied mode at this
time.
Occupied To (PER.X
UNC) — This variable is used to con-
figure the end time of the Occupied period. All days in the
same period set to YES will exit Occupied mode at this time.
Local Holiday Schedules (HOL.L) — This submenu
is used to program the local holiday schedules. Up to 30 holi-
days can be configured. When a holiday occurs, the unit will
follow the occupied schedules that have the HOLIDAY IN
PERIOD point set to YES.
Holiday Start Month (HD.01 to HD.30
MON) — This is
the start month for the holiday. The numbers 1 to 12 corre-
spond to the months of the year (e.g., January = 1).
Holiday Start Day (HD.01 to HD.30
DAY) — This is the
start day of the month for the holiday. The day can be set from
1 to 31.
Holiday Duration (HD.01 to HD.30
LEN) — This is the
length in days of the holiday. The holiday can last up to 99
days.
Daylight Savings Time (DAY.S) — The daylight sav-
ings time function is used in applications where daylight
savings time occurs. The function will automatically correct
the clock on the days configured for daylight savings time.
DAYLIGHT SAVINGS START (DS.ST) — This submenu
configures the start date and time for daylight savings.
Daylight Savings Start Month (DS.ST
ST.MN) — This is
the start month for daylight savings time. The numbers 1 to 12
correspond to the months of the year (e.g., January = 1).
Daylight Savings Start Week (DS.ST
ST.WK) — This is
the start week of the month for daylight savings. The week can
be set from 1 to 5.
Daylight Savings Start Day (DS.ST
ST.DY) — This is the
start day of the week for daylight savings. The day can be set
from 1 to 7 (Sunday=1, Monday=2, etc.).
Daylight Savings Minutes To Add (DS.ST
MIN.A) — This
is the amount of time that will be added to the time clock for
daylight savings.
DAYLIGHT SAVINGS STOP (DS.SP) — This submenu con-
figures the end date and time for daylight savings.
Daylight Savings Stop Month (DS.SP
SP.MN) — This is
the stop month for daylight savings time. The numbers 1 to 12
correspond to the months of the year (e.g., January = 1).
Daylight Savings Stop Week (DS.SP
SP.WK) — This is
the stop week of the month for daylight savings. The week can
be set from 1 to 5.
Daylight Savings Stop Day (DS.SP
SP.DY) — This is the
stop day of the week for daylight savings. The day can be set
from 1 to 7 (Sunday=1, Monday=2, etc.).
Daylight Savings Minutes To Subtract (DS.SP
MIN.S) —
This is the amount of time that will be removed from the time
clock after daylight savings ends.
REMOTE
SWITCH LOGIC
CONFIGURATION
(RMI.L)
SWITCH
STATUS
REMOTE INPUT STATE
(REMT)
REMOTE SWITCH CONFIGURATION (RM.CF)
0123
No Remote Switch Occ-Unocc Switch Start/Stop Override
OPEN OPEN OFF xxxxx Unoccupied Start No Override
CLOSED ON xxxxx Occupied Stop Override
CLOSED OPEN ON xxxxx Occupied Stop Override
CLOSED OFF xxxxx Unoccupied Start No Override
77
Table 93 — Time Clock Configuration
TROUBLESHOOTING
The scrolling marquee display shows the actual operating
conditions of the unit while it is running. If there are alarms or
there have been alarms, they will be displayed in either the cur-
rent alarm list or the history alarm list. The Service Test mode
allows proper operation of the compressors, fans, and other
components to be checked while the unit is not operating.
Complete Unit Stoppage — There are several condi-
tions that can cause the unit not to provide heating or cooling.
If an alarm is active which causes the unit to shut down,
diagnose the problem using the information provided in
the Alarms and Alerts section on page 93, but also check for
the following:
• Cooling and heating loads are satisfied.
• Programmed schedule.
• General power failure.
• Tripped control circuit transformers circuit breakers.
• Tripped compressor circuit breakers.
• Unit is turned off through the CCN network.
Single Circuit Stoppage — If a single circuit stops
incorrectly, there are several possible causes. The problem
should be investigated using information from the Alarms and
Alerts section on page 93.
Service Analysis — Detailed service analysis can be
found in Tables 94-96 and in Fig. 14.
Restart Procedure — Before attempting to restart the
machine, check the alarm list to determine the cause of the
shutdown. If the shutdown alarm for a particular circuit has
occurred, determine and correct the cause before allowing the
unit to run under its own control again. When there is problem,
the unit should be diagnosed in Service Test mode. The alarms
must be reset before the circuit can operate in either Normal
mode or Service Test mode.
Thermistor Troubleshooting — The electronic con-
trol uses five 5K-thermistors for the saturated condensing
temperature on 48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units (SCT.A and
SCT.B). See Tables 97 and 98 for temperature vs. resistance
data.
When replacing thermistors SCT.A and SCT.B, reuse the
original hardware. These thermistors must be clamped tightly
to the hairpins of the condenser.
The EDT, OAT, RAT, LAT, T55, T56, and T58 space tem-
perature sensors use 10K thermistors. Resistances at various
temperatures are listed in Tables 99 and 100.
THERMISTOR/TEMPERATURE SENSOR CHECK — A
high quality digital volt-ohmmeter is required to perform this
check.
1. Connect the digital voltmeter across the appropriate
thermistor terminals at the J8 terminal strip on the main
base board.
2. Using the voltage reading obtained, read the sensor tem-
perature from Tables 97-100.
3. To check thermistor accuracy, measure temperature at
probe location with an accurate thermocouple-type
temperature-measuring instrument. Insulate thermocou-
ple to avoid ambient temperatures from influencing
reading. Temperature measured by thermocouple and
temperature determined from thermistor voltage reading
should be close, 5° F (3° C) if care was taken in applying
thermocouple and taking readings.
If a more accurate check is required, unit must be shut down
and thermistor removed and checked at a known temperature
(freezing point or boiling point of water) using either voltage
drop measured across thermistor at the J8 terminal, or by deter-
mining the resistance with unit shut down and thermistor dis-
connected from J8. Compare the values determined with the
value read by the control in the Temperatures mode using the
scrolling marquee display.
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE POINT DEFAULT
TIME TIME OF DAY
HH.MM Hour and Minute 00:00 TIME
DATE MONTH,DATE,DAY AND YEAR
MNTH Month of Year multi-text strings MOY
DOM Day of Month 0-31 DOM
DAY Day of Week multi-text strings DOWDISP
YEAR Year e.g. 2003 YOCDISP
SCH.L LOCAL TIME SCHEDULE
PER.1 PERIOD 1
PER.1
DAYS DAY FLAGS FOR PERIOD 1 Period 1 only
PER.1
DAYS
MON Monday in Period YES/NO PER1MON Yes
PER.1
DAYS
TUE Tuesday in Period YES/NO PER1TUE Yes
PER.1
DAYS
WED Wednesday in Period YES/NO PER1WED Yes
PER.1
DAYS
THU Thursday in Period YES/NO PER1THU Yes
PER.1
DAYS
FRI Friday in Period YES/NO PER1FRI Yes
PER.1
DAYS
SAT Saturday in Period YES/NO PER1SAT Yes
PER.1
DAYS
SUN Sunday in Period YES/NO PER1SUN Yes
PER.1
DAYS
HOL Holiday in Period YES/NO PER1HOL Yes
PER.1
OCC Occupied from 00:00 PER1_OCC 00:00
PER.1
UNC Occupied to 00:00 PER1_UNC 24:00
Repeat for periods 2-8
HOL.L LOCAL HOLIDAY SCHEDULES
HD.01 HOLIDAY SCHEDULE 01
HD.01
MON Holiday Start Month 0-12 HOL_MON1
HD.01
DAY Start Day 0-31 HOL_DAY1
HD.01
LEN Duration (Days) 0-99 HOL_LEN1
Repeat for holidays 2-30
DAY.S DAYLIGHT SAVINGS TIME
DS.ST DAYLIGHT SAVINGS START
DS.ST
ST.MN Month 1 - 12 STARTM 4
DS.ST
ST.WK Week 1 - 5 STARTW 1
DS.ST
ST.DY Day 1 - 7 STARTD 7
DS.ST
MIN.A Minutes to Add 0 - 90 MINADD 60
DS.SP DAYLIGHTS SAVINGS STOP
DS.SP
SP.MN Month 1 - 12 STOPM 10
DS.SP
SP.WK Week 1 - 5 STOPW 5
DS.SP
SP.DY Day 1 - 7 STOPD 7
DS.SP
MIN.S Minutes to Subtract 0 - 90 MINSUB 60
78
Transducer Troubleshooting — On 48/50AJ,AK,
AW,AY units, the electronic control uses 2 suction pressure
transducers to measure the suction pressure of circuits A and B.
The pressure/voltage characteristics of these transducers are in
shown in Tables 101 and 102. On 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 units,
the electronic control uses 4 pressure transducers to measure
the suction and discharge pressure of circuits A and B. The
pressure/voltage characteristics of these transducers are shown
in Tables 103 and 104. The accuracy of these transducers can
be verified by connecting an accurate pressure gage to the sec-
ond refrigerant port in the suction line.
Table 94 — Cooling Service Analysis
LEGEND
PROBLEM SOLUTION
COMPRESSOR DOES NOT RUN
Active Alarm Check active alarms using local display.
Contactor Open
1. Power off. 1. Restore power.
2. Fuses blown in field power circuit. 2. After finding cause and correcting, replace with correct size fuse.
3. No control power. 3. Check secondary fuse(s); replace with correct type and size.
Replace transformer if primary windings receiving power.
4. Compressor circuit breaker tripped. 4. Check for excessive compressor current draw. Reset breaker;
replace if defective.
5. Safety device lockout circuit active. 5. Reset lockout circuit at circuit breaker.
6. High-pressure switch open. 6. Check for refrigerant overcharge, obstruction of outdoor airflow, air
in system or whether compressor discharge valve is fully open. Be
sure outdoor fans are operating correctly.
7. Loose electrical connections. 7. Tighten all connections.
Contactor Closed
1. Compressor leads loose. 1. Check connections.
2. Motor windings open. 2. See compressor service literature.
3. Single phasing. 3. Check for blown fuse. Check for loose connection at compressor
terminal.
4. ASTP activated (48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 only) 4. Allow 30 to 120 minutes for cool down. See Compressor Safeties
section on page 39.
COMPRESSOR STOPS ON HIGH PRESSURE
Outdoor Fan On
1. High-pressure switch faulty. 1. Replace switch.
2. Airflow restricted. 2. Remove obstruction.
3. Air recirculating. 3. Clear airflow area.
4. Noncondensables in system. 4. Purge and recharge as required.
5. Refrigerant overcharge. 5. Purge as required.
6. Line voltage incorrect. 6. Consult power company.
7. Refrigerant system restrictions. 7. Check or replace filter drier, expansion valve, etc. Check that
compressor discharge valve is fully open.
8. Fan running in reverse direction. 8. Correct wiring.
Outdoor Fan Off
1. Fan slips on shaft. 1. Tighten fan hub setscrews.
2. Motor not running. 2. Check power and capacitor.
3. Motor overload open. 3. Check overload rating. Check for fan blade obstruction.
4. Motor burned out. 4. Replace motor.
COMPRESSOR CYCLES ON LOW PRESSURE
Indoor-Air Fan Running
1. Filter drier plugged. 1. Replace filter drier.
2. Expansion valve power head defective. 2. Replace power head.
3. Low refrigerant charge. 3. Add charge.
4. Faulty pressure transducer. 4. Check that pressure transducer is connected and secured to suc-
tion line. If still not functioning, replace transducer.
Airflow Restricted
1. Coil iced up. 1. Check refrigerant charge.
2. Coil dirty. 2. Clean coil fins.
3. Air filters dirty. 3. Clean or replace filters.
4. Dampers closed. 4. Check damper operation and position.
Indoor-Air Fan Stopped
1. Electrical connections loose. 1. Tighten all connections.
2. Fan relay defective. 2. Replace relay.
3. Motor overload open. 3. Power supply.
4. Motor defective. 4. Replace motor.
5. Fan belt broken or slipping. 5. Replace or tighten belt.
ASTP — Advanced Scroll Temperature Protection
VFD — Variable Frequency Drive
79
Table 94 — Cooling Service Analysis (cont)
LEGEND
PROBLEM SOLUTION
COMPRESSOR RUNNING BUT COOLING INSUFFICIENT
Suction Pressure Low
1. Refrigerant charge low. 1. Add refrigerant.
2. Head pressure low. 2. Check refrigerant charge.
3. Air filters dirty. 3. Clean or replace filters.
4. Expansion valve power head defective. 4. Replace power head.
5. Indoor coil partially iced. 5. Check low-pressure setting.
6. Indoor airflow restricted. 6. Remove obstruction.
Suction Pressure High
Heat load excessive. Check for open doors or windows.
UNIT OPERATES TOO LONG OR CONTINUOUSLY
1. Low refrigerant charge. 1. Add refrigerant
2. Control contacts fused. 2. Replace control.
3. Air in system. 3. Purge and evacuate system.
4. Partially plugged expansion valve or filter drier. 4. Clean or replace.
SYSTEM IS NOISY
1. Piping vibration. 1. Support piping as required.
2. Compressor noisy. 2. Replace compressor.
COMPRESSOR LOSES OIL
1. Leak in system. 1. Repair leak.
2. Crankcase heaters not energized during shutdown. 2. Check wiring and relays. Check heater and replace if defective.
FROSTED SUCTION LINE
Expansion valve admitting excess refrigerant. Adjust expansion valve.
HOT LIQUID LINE
1. Shortage of refrigerant due to leak. 1. Repair leak and recharge.
2. Expansion valve opens too wide. 2. Adjust expansion valve.
FROSTED LIQUID LINE
Restricted filter drier. Remove restriction or replace.
INDOOR FAN CONTACTOR OPEN
1. Power off. 1. Restore power.
2. Fuses blown in field power circuit. 2. After finding cause and correcting, replace with correct fuses.
3. No control power. 3. Check secondary fuses. Replace with correct type and size.
Replace transformer if primary windings are receiving power.
INDOOR FAN CONTACTOR CLOSED
1. VFD overload function tripped. 1. Refer to separate VFD technical manual for troubleshooting
instructions.
2. Motor leads loose. 2. Check connections at motor lead junction box.
3. Motor windings open. 3. Check motor windings.
4. Single phasing. 4. Check for blown fuse. Check for loose connections at motor
junction box.
5. Belts broken or thrown. 5. Check belts. Replace as complete set if necessary.
6. Circuit breaker tripped. 6. Check for excessive current draw. Reset breaker. Replace if
defective.
ASTP — Advanced Scroll Temperature Protection
VFD — Variable Frequency Drive
80
Table 95 — Gas Heating Service Analysis
Table 96 — Electric Heat Service Analysis
PROBLEM CAUSE REMEDY
Burners Will Not Ignite. Active alarm. Check active alarms using ComfortLink™ scrolling
marquee.
No power to unit. Check power supply, fuses, wiring, and circuit breakers.
No power to IGC (Integrated Gas Control). Check fuses and plugs.
Heaters off due to time guard to prevent short
cycling.
Check using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.
Control calling for Cooling. Check using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.
No gas at main burners. Check gas line for air and purge as necessary. After purg-
ing gas line of air, allow gas to dissipate for at least 5 min-
utes before attempting to re-light unit.
Water in gas line. Drain water and install drip.
Inadequate Heating. Dirty air filters. Replace air filters.
Gas input too low. Check gas pressure at manifold. Refer to gas valve adjust-
ment in Installation, Start-up, and Service Manual.
Control calling for W1only (low heat). Allow time for W2 to energize.
Unit undersized for load. Decrease load.
Restricted airflow. Remove restriction.
Too much outdoor air. Check economizer position and configuration. Adjust mini-
mum position using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.
Limit switch cycles main burners. Check rotation of blower, thermostat heat anticipator set-
tings, and temperature rise of unit. Adjust as needed.
Poor Flame Characteristics. Incomplete combustion (lack of combustion air)
results in: Aldehyde odors, CO, sooting flame, or
floating flame.
Check all screws around flue outlets and burner compart-
ment. Tighten as necessary.
Cracked heat exchanger, replace.
Unit is over-fired, reduce input. Adjust gas line or manifold
pressure.
Check vent for restriction. Clean as necessary.
Check orifice to burner alignment.
Burners Will Not Turn Off. Unit is in minimum on-time. Check using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.
Unit running in Service Test mode. Check using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.
PROBLEM CAUSE REMEDY
No Heat. Power failure. Call power company.
Fuse blown or circuit breaker tripped. Replace fuse or reset circuit breaker.
Thermostat occupancy schedule set point not call-
ing for Heating.
Check using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.
No 24 vac at primary contactor. Check transformer and circuit breaker.
No power (high voltage) to L2 of primary contactor. Check safety switches “one-shot” backup and auto limit.
Bad electrical elements. Power off unit and remove high voltage wires. Check resis-
tance of heater, replace if open.
81
Fig. 14 — IGC Service Analysis Logic
LEGEND
NOTE: Thermostat Fan Switch in the
“AUTO” position.
IDM — Induced-Draft Motor
IGC — Integrated Gas Unit Controller
A48-5656
82
Table 97 — 5K Thermistor Temperature vs. Resistance (SCT Sensors) (English)
TEMP
(F)
VOLTAGE
DROP
(V)
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
–25 3.699 98,010
–24 3.689 94,707
–23 3.679 91,522
–22 3.668 88,449
–21 3.658 85,486
–20 3.647 82,627
–19 3.636 79,871
–18 3.624 77,212
–17 3.613 74,648
–16 3.601 72,175
–15 3.588 69,790
–14 3.576 67,490
–13 3.563 65,272
–12 3.550 63,133
–11 3.536 61,070
–10 3.523 59,081
–9 3.509 57,162
–8 3.494 55,311
–7 3.480 53,526
–6 3.465 51,804
–5 3.450 50,143
–4 3.434 48,541
–3 3.418 46,996
–2 3.402 45,505
–1 3.386 44,066
03.369 42,679
13.352 41,339
23.335 40,047
33.317 38,800
43.299 37,596
53.281 36,435
63.262 35,313
73.243 34,231
83.224 33,185
93.205 32,176
10 3.185 31,202
11 3.165 30,260
12 3.145 29,351
13 3.124 28,473
14 3.103 27,624
15 3.082 26,804
16 3.060 26,011
17 3.038 25,245
18 3.016 24,505
19 2.994 23,789
20 2.972 23,096
21 2.949 22,427
22 2.926 21,779
23 2.903 21,153
24 2.879 20,547
25 2.856 19,960
26 2.832 19,393
27 2.808 18,843
28 2.784 18,311
29 2.759 17,796
30 2.735 17,297
31 2.710 16,814
32 2.685 16,346
33 2.660 15,892
34 2.634 15,453
35 2.609 15,027
36 2.583 14,614
37 2.558 14,214
38 2.532 13,826
39 2.506 13,449
40 2.480 13,084
41 2.454 12,730
42 2.428 12,387
43 2.402 12,053
44 2.376 11,730
45 2.349 11,416
46 2.323 11,112
47 2.296 10,816
48 2.270 10,529
49 2.244 10,250
50 2.217 9,979
51 2.191 9,717
52 2.165 9,461
53 2.138 9,213
54 2.112 8,973
55 2.086 8,739
56 2.060 8,511
57 2.034 8,291
58 2.008 8,076
TEMP
(F)
VOLTAGE
DROP
(V)
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
59 1.982 7,686
60 1.956 7,665
61 1.930 7,468
62 1.905 7,277
63 1.879 7,091
64 1.854 6,911
65 1.829 6,735
66 1.804 6,564
67 1.779 6,399
68 1.754 6,238
69 1.729 6,081
70 1.705 5,929
71 1.681 5,781
72 1.656 5,637
73 1.632 5,497
74 1.609 5,361
75 1.585 5,229
76 1.562 5,101
77 1.538 4,976
78 1.516 4,855
79 1.493 4,737
80 1.470 4,622
81 1.448 4,511
82 1.426 4,403
83 1.404 4,298
84 1.382 4,196
85 1.361 4,096
86 1.340 4,000
87 1.319 3,906
88 1.298 3,814
89 1.278 3,726
90 1.257 3,640
91 1.237 3,556
92 1.217 3,474
93 1.198 3,395
94 1.179 3,318
95 1.160 3,243
96 1.141 3,170
97 1.122 3,099
98 1.104 3,031
99 1.086 2,964
100 1.068 2,898
101 1.051 2,835
102 1.033 2,773
103 1.016 2,713
104 0.999 2,655
105 0.983 2,597
106 0.966 2,542
107 0.950 2,488
108 0.934 2,436
109 0.918 2,385
110 0.903 2,335
111 0.888 2,286
112 0.873 2,239
113 0.858 2,192
114 0.843 2,147
115 0.829 2,103
116 0.815 2,060
117 0.801 2,018
118 0.787 1,977
119 0.774 1,937
120 0.761 1,898
121 0.748 1,860
122 0.735 1,822
123 0.723 1,786
124 0.710 1,750
125 0.698 1,715
126 0.686 1,680
127 0.674 1,647
128 0.663 1,614
129 0.651 1,582
130 0.640 1,550
131 0.629 1,519
132 0.618 1,489
133 0.608 1,459
134 0.597 1,430
135 0.587 1,401
136 0.577 1,373
137 0.567 1,345
138 0.557 1,318
139 0.548 1,291
140 0.538 1,265
141 0.529 1,240
142 0.520 1,214
TEMP
(F)
VOLTAGE
DROP
(V)
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
143 0.511 1,190
144 0.502 1,165
145 0.494 1,141
146 0.485 1,118
147 0.477 1,095
148 0.469 1,072
149 0.461 1,050
150 0.453 1,029
151 0.445 1,007
152 0.438 986
153 0.430 965
154 0.423 945
155 0.416 925
156 0.408 906
157 0.402 887
158 0.395 868
159 0.388 850
160 0.381 832
161 0.375 815
162 0.369 798
163 0.362 782
164 0.356 765
165 0.350 750
166 0.344 734
167 0.339 719
168 0.333 705
169 0.327 690
170 0.322 677
171 0.317 663
172 0.311 650
173 0.306 638
174 0.301 626
175 0.296 614
176 0.291 602
177 0.286 591
178 0.282 581
179 0.277 570
180 0.272 561
181 0.268 551
182 0.264 542
183 0.259 533
184 0.255 524
185 0.251 516
186 0.247 508
187 0.243 501
188 0.239 494
189 0.235 487
190 0.231 480
191 0.228 473
192 0.224 467
193 0.220 461
194 0.217 456
195 0.213 450
196 0.210 445
197 0.206 439
198 0.203 434
199 0.200 429
200 0.197 424
201 0.194 419
202 0.191 415
203 0.188 410
204 0.185 405
205 0.182 401
206 0.179 396
207 0.176 391
208 0.173 386
209 0.171 382
210 0.168 377
211 0.165 372
212 0.163 367
213 0.160 361
214 0.158 356
215 0.155 350
216 0.153 344
217 0.151 338
218 0.148 332
219 0.146 325
220 0.144 318
221 0.142 311
222 0.140 304
223 0.138 297
224 0.135 289
225 0.133 282
83
Table 98 — 5K Thermistor Temperature vs. Resistance (SCT Sensors) (SI)
TEMP
(C)
VOLTAGE
DROP
(V)
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
–32 3.705 100,260
–31 3.687 94,165
–30 3.668 88,480
–29 3.649 83,170
–28 3.629 78,125
–27 3.608 73,580
–26 3.586 69,250
–25 3.563 65,205
–24 3.539 61,420
–23 3.514 57,875
–22 3.489 54,555
–21 3.462 51,450
–20 3.434 48,536
–19 3.406 45,807
–18 3.376 43,247
–17 3.345 40,845
–16 3.313 38,592
–15 3.281 38,476
–14 3.247 34,489
–13 3.212 32,621
–12 3.177 30,866
–11 3.140 29,216
–10 3.103 27,633
–9 3.065 26,202
–8 3.025 24,827
–7 2.985 23,532
–6 2.945 22,313
–5 2.903 21,163
–4 2.860 20,079
–3 2.817 19,058
–2 2.774 18,094
–1 2.730 17,184
02.685 16,325
12.639 15,515
22.593 14,749
32.547 14,026
42.500 13,342
52.454 12,696
62.407 12,085
72.360 11,506
82.312 10,959
92.265 10,441
10 2.217 9,949
11 2.170 9,485
12 2.123 9,044
13 2.076 8,627
14 2.029 8,231
TEMP
(C)
VOLTAGE
DROP
(V)
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
15 1.982 7,855
16 1.935 7,499
17 1.889 7,161
18 1.844 6,840
19 1.799 6,536
20 1.754 6,246
21 1.710 5,971
22 1.666 5,710
23 1.623 5,461
24 1.580 5,225
25 1.538 5,000
26 1.497 4,786
27 1.457 4,583
28 1.417 4,389
29 1.378 4,204
30 1.340 4,028
31 1.302 3,861
32 1.265 3,701
33 1.229 3,549
34 1.194 3,404
35 1.160 3,266
36 1.126 3,134
37 1.093 3,008
38 1.061 2,888
39 1.030 2,773
40 0.999 2,663
41 0.969 2,559
42 0.940 2,459
43 0.912 2,363
44 0.885 2,272
45 0.858 2,184
46 0.832 2,101
47 0.807 2,021
48 0.782 1,944
49 0.758 1,871
50 0.735 1,801
51 0.713 1,734
52 0.691 1,670
53 0.669 1,609
54 0.649 1,550
55 0.629 1,493
56 0.610 1,439
57 0.591 1,387
58 0.573 1,337
59 0.555 1,290
60 0.538 1,244
61 0.522 1,200
TEMP
(C)
VOLTAGE
DROP
(V)
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
62 0.506 1,158
63 0.490 1,118
64 0.475 1,079
65 0.461 1,041
66 0.447 1,006
67 0.433 971
68 0.420 938
69 0.407 906
70 0.395 876
71 0.383 836
72 0.371 805
73 0.360 775
74 0.349 747
75 0.339 719
76 0.329 693
77 0.319 669
78 0.309 645
79 0.300 623
80 0.291 602
81 0.283 583
82 0.274 564
83 0.266 547
84 0.258 531
85 0.251 516
86 0.244 502
87 0.237 489
88 0.230 477
89 0.223 466
90 0.217 456
91 0.211 446
92 0.204 436
93 0.199 427
94 0.193 419
95 0.188 410
96 0.182 402
97 0.177 393
98 0.172 385
99 0.168 376
100 0.163 367
101 0.158 357
102 0.154 346
103 0.150 335
104 0.146 324
105 0.142 312
106 0.138 299
107 0.134 285
84
Table 99 — 10K Thermistor vs. Resistance (T55, T56, OAT, RAT, EDT, LAT Sensors) (English)
TEMP
(F)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
–25 4.758 196,453
–24 4.750 189,692
–23 4.741 183,300
–22 4.733 177,000
–21 4.724 171,079
–20 4.715 165,238
–19 4.705 159,717
–18 4.696 154,344
–17 4.686 149,194
–16 4.676 144,250
–15 4.665 139,443
–14 4.655 134,891
–13 4.644 130,402
–12 4.633 126,183
–11 4.621 122,018
–10 4.609 118,076
–9 4.597 114,236
–8 4.585 110,549
–7 4.572 107,006
–6 4.560 103,558
–5 4.546 100,287
–4 4.533 97,060
–3 4.519 94,020
–2 4.505 91,019
–1 4.490 88,171
04.476 85,396
14.461 82,729
24.445 80,162
34.429 77,662
44.413 75,286
54.397 72,940
64.380 70,727
74.363 68,542
84.346 66,465
94.328 64,439
10 4.310 62,491
11 4.292 60,612
12 4.273 58,781
13 4.254 57,039
14 4.235 55,319
15 4.215 53,693
16 4.195 52,086
17 4.174 50,557
18 4.153 49,065
19 4.132 47,627
20 4.111 46,240
21 4.089 44,888
22 4.067 43,598
23 4.044 42,324
24 4.021 41,118
25 3.998 39,926
26 3.975 38,790
27 3.951 37,681
28 3.927 36,610
29 3.903 35,577
30 3.878 34,569
31 3.853 33,606
32 3.828 32,654
33 3.802 31,752
34 3.776 30,860
35 3.750 30,009
36 3.723 29,177
37 3.697 28,373
38 3.670 27,597
39 3.654 26,838
40 3.615 26,113
41 3.587 25,396
42 3.559 24,715
43 3.531 24,042
44 3.503 23,399
45 3.474 22,770
46 3.445 22,161
47 3.416 21,573
48 3.387 20,998
49 3.357 20,447
50 3.328 19,903
51 3.298 19,386
52 3.268 18,874
53 3.238 18,384
54 3.208 17,904
55 3.178 17,441
56 3.147 16,991
57 3.117 16,552
58 3.086 16,131
59 3.056 15,714
60 3.025 15,317
TEMP
(F)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
61 2.994 14,925
62 2.963 14,549
63 2.932 14,180
64 2.901 13,824
65 2.870 13,478
66 2.839 13,139
67 2.808 12,814
68 2.777 12,493
69 2.746 12,187
70 2.715 11,884
71 2.684 11,593
72 2.653 11,308
73 2.622 11,031
74 2.592 10,764
75 2.561 10,501
76 2.530 10,249
77 2.500 10,000
78 2.470 9,762
79 2.439 9,526
80 2.409 9,300
81 2.379 9,078
82 2.349 8,862
83 2.319 8,653
84 2.290 8,448
85 2.260 8,251
86 2.231 8,056
87 2.202 7,869
88 2.173 7,685
89 2.144 7,507
90 2.115 7,333
91 2.087 7,165
92 2.059 6,999
93 2.030 6,838
94 2.003 6,683
95 1.975 6,530
96 1.948 6,383
97 1.921 6,238
98 1.894 6,098
99 1.867 5,961
100 1.841 5,827
101 1.815 5,698
102 1.789 5,571
103 1.763 5,449
104 1.738 5,327
105 1.713 5,210
106 1.688 5,095
107 1.663 4,984
108 1.639 4,876
109 1.615 4,769
110 1.591 4,666
111 1.567 4,564
112 1.544 4,467
113 1.521 4,370
114 1.498 4,277
115 1.475 4.185
116 1.453 4,096
117 1.431 4,008
118 1.409 3,923
119 1.387 3,840
120 1.366 3,759
121 1.345 3,681
122 1.324 3,603
123 1.304 3,529
124 1.284 3,455
125 1.264 3,383
126 1.244 3,313
127 1.225 3,244
128 1.206 3,178
129 1.187 3,112
130 1.168 3,049
131 1.150 2,986
132 1.132 2,926
133 1.114 2,866
134 1.096 2,809
135 1.079 2,752
136 1.062 2,697
137 1.045 2,643
138 1.028 2,590
139 1.012 2,539
140 0.996 2,488
141 0.980 2,439
142 0.965 2,391
143 0.949 2,343
144 0.934 2,297
145 0.919 2,253
146 0.905 2,209
TEMP
(F)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
147 0.890 2,166
148 0.876 2,124
149 0.862 2,083
150 0.848 2,043
151 0.835 2,003
152 0.821 1,966
153 0.808 1,928
154 0.795 1,891
155 0.782 1,855
156 0.770 1,820
157 0.758 1,786
158 0.745 1,752
159 0.733 1,719
160 0.722 1,687
161 0.710 1,656
162 0.699 1,625
163 0.687 1,594
164 0.676 1,565
165 0.666 1,536
166 0.655 1,508
167 0.645 1,480
168 0.634 1,453
169 0.624 1,426
170 0.614 1,400
171 0.604 1,375
172 0.595 1,350
173 0.585 1,326
174 0.576 1,302
175 0.567 1,278
176 0.558 1,255
177 0.549 1,233
178 0.540 1,211
179 0.532 1,190
180 0.523 1,169
181 0.515 1,148
182 0.507 1,128
183 0.499 1,108
184 0.491 1,089
185 0.483 1,070
186 0.476 1,052
187 0.468 1,033
188 0.461 1,016
189 0.454 998
190 0.447 981
191 0.440 964
192 0.433 947
193 0.426 931
194 0.419 915
195 0.413 900
196 0.407 885
197 0.400 870
198 0.394 855
199 0.388 841
200 0.382 827
201 0.376 814
202 0.370 800
203 0.365 787
204 0.359 774
205 0.354 762
206 0.349 749
207 0.343 737
208 0.338 725
209 0.333 714
210 0.328 702
211 0.323 691
212 0.318 680
213 0.314 670
214 0.309 659
215 0.305 649
216 0.300 639
217 0.296 629
218 0.292 620
219 0.288 610
220 0.284 601
221 0.279 592
222 0.275 583
223 0.272 574
224 0.268 566
225 0.264 557
85
Table 100 — 10K Thermistor vs. Resistance (T55, T56, OAT, RAT, EDT, LAT Sensors) (SI)
Table 101 — Suction Pressure Transducer Pressure (PSIG) vs. Voltage (SP-A, SP-B, SP.XR=0,
48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY Units Only)
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
00.290 34 1.436 68 2.582 102 3.728
10.324 35 1.470 69 2.615 103 3.761
20.357 36 1.503 70 2.649 104 3.795
30.391 37 1.537 71 2.683 105 3.829
40.425 38 1.571 72 2.717 106 3.862
50.458 39 1.604 73 2.750 107 3.896
60.492 40 1.638 74 2.784 108 3.930
70.526 41 1.672 75 2.818 109 3.964
80.560 42 1.705 76 2.851 110 3.997
90.593 43 1.739 77 2.885 111 4.031
10 0.627 44 1.773 78 2.919 112 4.065
11 0.661 45 1.807 79 2.952 113 4.098
12 0.694 46 1.840 80 2.986 114 4.132
13 0.728 47 1.874 81 3.020 115 4.166
14 0.762 48 1.908 82 3.054 116 4.200
15 0.795 49 1.941 83 3.087 117 4.233
16 0.829 50 1.975 84 3.121 118 4.267
17 0.863 51 2.009 85 3.155 119 4.301
18 0.897 52 2.042 86 3.188 120 4.334
19 0.930 53 2.076 87 3.222 121 4.368
20 0.964 54 2.110 88 3.256 122 4.402
21 0.998 55 2.144 89 3.290 123 4.435
22 1.031 56 2.177 90 3.323 124 4.469
23 1.065 57 2.211 91 3.357 125 4.503
24 1.099 58 2.245 92 3.391 126 4.537
25 1.132 59 2.278 93 3.424 127 4.570
26 1.166 60 2.312 94 3.458 128 4.604
27 1.200 61 2.346 95 3.492 129 4.638
28 1.234 62 2.380 96 3.525 130 4.671
29 1.267 63 2.413 97 3.559 131 4.705
30 1.301 64 2.447 98 3.593 132 4.739
31 1.335 65 2.481 99 3.627 133 4.772
32 1.368 66 2.514 100 3.660 134 4.806
33 1.402 67 2.548 101 3.694 135 4.840
TEMP
(C)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
–32 4.762 200,510
–31 4.748 188,340
–30 4.733 177,000
–29 4.716 166,342
–28 4.700 156,404
–27 4.682 147,134
–26 4.663 138,482
–25 4.644 130,402
–24 4.624 122,807
–23 4.602 115,710
–22 4.580 109,075
–21 4.557 102,868
–20 4.533 97,060
–19 4.508 91,588
–18 4.482 86,463
–17 4.455 81,662
–16 4.426 77,162
–15 4.397 72,940
–14 4.367 68,957
–13 4.335 65,219
–12 4.303 61,711
–11 4.269 58,415
–10 4.235 55,319
–9 4.199 52,392
–8 4.162 49,640
–7 4.124 47,052
–6 4.085 44,617
–5 4.044 42,324
–4 4.003 40,153
–3 3.961 38,109
–2 3.917 36,182
–1 3.873 34,367
03.828 32,654
13.781 31,030
23.734 29,498
33.686 28,052
43.637 26,686
53.587 25,396
63,537 24,171
73.485 23,013
83.433 21,918
93.381 20,883
10 3.328 19,903
11 3.274 18,972
12 3.220 18,090
13 3.165 17,255
14 3.111 16,474
TEMP
(C)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
15 3.056 15,714
16 3.000 15,000
17 2.944 14,323
18 2.889 13,681
19 2.833 13,071
20 2.777 12,493
21 2.721 11,942
22 2.666 11,418
23 2.610 10,921
24 2.555 10,449
25 2.500 10,000
26 2.445 9,571
27 2.391 9,164
28 2.337 8,776
29 2.284 8,407
30 2.231 8,056
31 2.178 7,720
32 2.127 7,401
33 2.075 7,096
34 2.025 6,806
35 1.975 6,530
36 1.926 6,266
37 1.878 6,014
38 1.830 5,774
39 1.784 5,546
40 1.738 5,327
41 1.692 5,117
42 1.648 4,918
43 1.605 4,727
44 1.562 4,544
45 1.521 4,370
46 1.480 4,203
47 1.439 4,042
48 1.400 3,889
49 1.362 3,743
50 1.324 3,603
51 1.288 3,469
52 1.252 3,340
53 1.217 3,217
54 1.183 3,099
55 1.150 2,986
56 1.117 2,878
57 1.086 2,774
58 1.055 2,675
59 1.025 2,579
60 0.996 2,488
61 0.968 2,400
TEMP
(C)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
62 0.940 2,315
63 0.913 2,235
64 0.887 2,157
65 0.862 2,083
66 0.837 2,011
67 0.813 1,943
68 0.790 1,876
69 0.767 1,813
70 0.745 1,752
71 0.724 1,693
72 0.703 1,637
73 0.683 1,582
74 0.663 1,530
75 0.645 1,480
76 0.626 1,431
77 0.608 1,385
78 0.591 1,340
79 0.574 1,297
80 0.558 1,255
81 0.542 1,215
82 0.527 1,177
83 0.512 1,140
84 0.497 1,104
85 0.483 1,070
86 0.470 1,037
87 0.457 1,005
88 0.444 974
89 0.431 944
90 0.419 915
91 0.408 889
92 0.396 861
93 0.386 836
94 0.375 811
95 0.365 787
96 0.355 764
97 0.345 742
98 0.336 721
99 0.327 700
100 0.318 680
101 0.310 661
102 0.302 643
103 0.294 626
104 0.287 609
105 0.279 592
106 0.272 576
107 0.265 561
86
Table 102 — Suction Pressure Transducer Pressure (PSIG) vs. Voltage (SP-A, SP-B, SP.XR = 1,
48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY Units Only)
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
VOLTAG E
DROP (V) PRESSURE
(PSIG)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V) PRESSURE
(PSIG)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V) PRESSURE
(PSIG)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
00.500 51 1.520 101 2.520 151 3.520
10.520 52 1.540 102 2.540 152 3.540
20.540 53 1.560 103 2.560 153 3.560
30.560 54 1.580 104 2.580 154 3.580
40.580 55 1.600 105 2.600 155 3.600
50.600 56 1.620 106 2.620 156 3.620
60.620 57 1.640 107 2.640 157 3.640
70.640 58 1.660 108 2.660 158 3.660
80.660 59 1.680 109 2.680 159 3.680
90.680 60 1.700 110 2.700 160 3.700
10 0.700 61 1.720 111 2.720 161 3.720
11 0.720 62 1.740 112 2.740 162 3.740
12 0.740 63 1.760 113 2.760 163 3.760
13 0.760 64 1.780 114 2.780 164 3.780
14 0.780 65 1.800 115 2.800 165 3.800
15 0.800 66 1.820 116 2.820 166 3.820
16 0.820 67 1.840 117 2.840 167 3.840
17 0.840 68 1.860 118 2.860 168 3.860
18 0.860 69 1.880 119 2.880 169 3.880
19 0.880 70 1.900 120 2.900 170 3.900
20 0.900 71 1.920 121 2.920 171 3.920
21 0.920 72 1.940 122 2.940 172 3.940
22 0.940 73 1.960 123 2.960 173 3.960
23 0.960 74 1.980 124 2.980 174 3.980
24 0.980 75 2.000 125 3.000 175 4.000
25 1.000 76 2.020 126 3.020 176 4.020
26 1.020 77 2.040 127 3.040 177 4.040
27 1.040 78 2.060 128 3.060 178 4.060
28 1.060 79 2.080 129 3.080 179 4.080
29 1.080 80 2.100 130 3.100 180 4.100
30 1.100 81 2.120 131 3.120 181 4.120
31 1.120 82 2.140 132 3.140 182 4.140
32 1.140 83 2.160 133 3.160 183 4.160
33 1.160 84 2.180 134 3.180 184 4.180
34 1.180 85 2.200 135 3.200 185 4.200
35 1.200 86 2.220 136 3.220 186 4.220
36 1.220 87 2.240 137 3.240 187 4.240
37 1.240 88 2.260 138 3.260 188 4.260
38 1.260 89 2.280 139 3.280 189 4.280
39 1.280 90 2.300 140 3.300 190 4.300
40 1.300 91 2.320 141 3.320 191 4.320
41 1.320 92 2.340 142 3.340 192 4.340
42 1.340 93 2.360 143 3.360 193 4.360
43 1.360 94 2.380 144 3.380 194 4.380
44 1.380 95 2.400 145 3.400 195 4.400
45 1.400 96 2.420 146 3.420 196 4.420
46 1.420 97 2.440 147 3.440 197 4.440
47 1.440 98 2.460 148 3.460 198 4.460
48 1.460 99 2.480 149 3.480 199 4.480
49 1.480 100 2.500 150 3.500 200 4.500
50 1.500
87
Table 103 — Suction Pressure Transducer (PSIG) vs. Voltage (SP-A, SP-B, 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 Units Only)
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V) PRESSURE
(PSIG)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V) PRESSURE
(PSIG)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V) PRESSURE
(PSIG)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
00.466 106 1.509 211 2.543 316 3.576
10.476 107 1.519 212 2.553 317 3.586
20.486 108 1.529 213 2.562 318 3.596
30.495 109 1.539 214 2.572 319 3.606
40.505 110 1.549 215 2.582 320 3.616
50.515 111 1.558 216 2.592 321 3.626
60.525 112 1.568 217 2.602 322 3.635
70.535 113 1.578 218 2.612 323 3.645
80.545 114 1.588 219 2.622 324 3.655
90.554 115 1.598 220 2.631 325 3.665
10 0.564 116 1.608 221 2.641 326 3.675
11 0.574 117 1.618 222 2.651 327 3.685
12 0.584 118 1.627 223 2.661 328 3.694
13 0.594 119 1.637 224 2.671 329 3.704
14 0.604 120 1.647 225 2.681 330 3.714
15 0.614 121 1.657 226 2.690 331 3.724
16 0.623 122 1.667 227 2.700 332 3.734
17 0.633 123 1.677 228 2.710 333 3.744
18 0.643 124 1.686 229 2.720 334 3.753
19 0.653 125 1.696 230 2.730 335 3.763
20 0.663 126 1.706 231 2.740 336 3.773
21 0.673 127 1.716 232 2.749 337 3.783
22 0.682 128 1.726 233 2.759 338 3.793
23 0.692 129 1.736 234 2.769 339 3.803
24 0.702 130 1.745 235 2.779 340 3.813
25 0.712 131 1.755 236 2.789 341 3.822
26 0.722 132 1.765 237 2.799 342 3.832
27 0.732 133 1.775 238 2.809 343 3.842
28 0.741 134 1.785 239 2.818 344 3.852
29 0.751 135 1.795 240 2.828 345 3.862
30 0.761 136 1.805 241 2.838 346 3.872
31 0.771 137 1.814 242 2.848 347 3.881
32 0.781 138 1.824 243 2.858 348 3.891
33 0.791 139 1.834 244 2.868 349 3.901
34 0.801 140 1.844 245 2.877 350 3.911
35 0.810 141 1.854 246 2.887 351 3.921
36 0.820 142 1.864 247 2.897 352 3.931
37 0.830 143 1.873 248 2.907 353 3.940
38 0.840 144 1.883 249 2.917 354 3.950
39 0.850 145 1.893 250 2.927 355 3.960
40 0.860 146 1.903 251 2.936 356 3.970
41 0.869 147 1.913 252 2.946 357 3.980
42 0.879 148 1.923 253 2.956 358 3.990
43 0.889 149 1.932 254 2.966 359 4.000
44 0.899 150 1.942 255 2.976 360 4.009
45 0.909 151 1.952 256 2.986 361 4.019
46 0.919 152 1.962 257 2.996 362 4.029
47 0.928 153 1.972 258 3.005 363 4.039
48 0.938 154 1.982 259 3.015 364 4.049
49 0.948 155 1.992 260 3.025 365 4.059
50 0.958 156 2.001 261 3.035 366 4.068
51 0.968 157 2.011 262 3.045 367 4.078
52 0.978 158 2.021 263 3.055 368 4.088
53 0.988 159 2.031 264 3.064 369 4.098
54 0.997 160 2.041 265 3.074 370 4.108
55 1.007 161 2.051 266 3.084 371 4.118
56 1.017 162 2.060 267 3.094 372 4.128
57 1.027 163 2.070 268 3.104 373 4.137
58 1.037 164 2.080 269 3.114 374 4.147
59 1.047 165 2.090 270 3.124 375 4.157
60 1.056 166 2.100 271 3.133 376 4.167
61 1.066 167 2.110 272 3.143 377 4.177
62 1.076 168 2.120 273 3.153 378 4.187
63 1.086 169 2.129 274 3.163 379 4.196
64 1.096 170 2.139 275 3.173 380 4.206
65 1.106 171 2.149 276 3.183 381 4.216
66 1.116 172 2.159 277 3.192 382 4.226
67 1.125 173 2.169 278 3.202 383 4.236
68 1.135 174 2.179 279 3.212 384 4.246
69 1.145 175 2.188 280 3.222 385 4.255
70 1.155 176 2.198 281 3.232 386 4.265
71 1.165 177 2.208 282 3.242 387 4.275
72 1.175 178 2.218 283 3.251 388 4.285
73 1.184 179 2.228 284 3.261 389 4.295
74 1.194 180 2.238 285 3.271 390 4.305
75 1.204 181 2.247 286 3.281 391 4.315
76 1.214 182 2.257 287 3.291 392 4.324
77 1.224 183 2.267 288 3.301 393 4.334
78 1.234 184 2.277 289 3.311 394 4.344
79 1.243 185 2.287 290 3.320 395 4.354
80 1.253 186 2.297 291 3.330 396 4.364
81 1.263 187 2.307 292 3.340 397 4.374
82 1.273 188 2.316 293 3.350 398 4.383
83 1.283 189 2.326 294 3.360 399 4.393
84 1.293 190 2.336 295 3.370 400 4.403
85 1.303 191 2.346 296 3.379 401 4.413
86 1.312 192 2.356 297 3.389 402 4.423
87 1.322 193 2.366 298 3.399 403 4.433
88 1.332 194 2.375 299 3.409 404 4.442
89 1.342 195 2.385 300 3.419 405 4.452
90 1.352 196 2.395 301 3.429 406 4.462
91 1.362 197 2.405 302 3.438 407 4.472
92 1.371 198 2.415 303 3.448 408 4.482
93 1.381 199 2.425 304 3.458 409 4.492
94 1.391 200 2.434 305 3.468 410 4.502
95 1.401 201 2.444 306 3.478 411 4.511
96 1.411 202 2.454 307 3.488 412 4.521
97 1.421 203 2.464 308 3.498 413 4.531
98 1.430 204 2.474 309 3.507 414 4.541
99 1.440 205 2.484 310 3.517 415 4.551
100 1.450 206 2.494 311 3.527 416 4.561
101 1.460 207 2.503 312 3.537 417 4.570
102 1.470 208 2.513 313 3.547 418 4.580
103 1.480 209 2.523 314 3.557 419 4.590
104 1.490 210 2.533 315 3.566 420 4.600
105 1.499
88
Table 104 — Discharge Pressure Transducer (PSIG) vs. Voltage (DP-A, DP-B,
48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 Units Only)
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
14.5 0.500 95 0.993 176 1.490 257 1.987
16 0.509 96 1.000 177 1.496 258 1.993
17 0.515 97 1.006 178 1.502 259 1.999
18 0.521 98 1.012 179 1.508 260 2.005
19 0.528 99 1.018 180 1.515 261 2.011
20 0.534 100 1.024 181 1.521 262 2.017
21 0.540 101 1.030 182 1.527 263 2.023
22 0.546 102 1.036 183 1.533 264 2.029
23 0.552 103 1.043 184 1.539 265 2.036
24 0.558 104 1.049 185 1.545 266 2.042
25 0.564 105 1.055 186 1.551 267 2.048
26 0.570 106 1.061 187 1.557 268 2.054
27 0.577 107 1.067 188 1.564 269 2.060
28 0.583 108 1.073 189 1.570 270 2.066
29 0.589 109 1.079 190 1.576 271 2.072
30 0.595 110 1.085 191 1.582 272 2.079
31 0.601 111 1.092 192 1.588 273 2.085
32 0.607 112 1.098 193 1.594 274 2.091
33 0.613 113 1.104 194 1.600 275 2.097
34 0.620 114 1.110 195 1.606 276 2.103
35 0.626 115 1.116 196 1.613 277 2.109
35 0.626 116 1.122 197 1.619 278 2.115
36 0.632 117 1.128 198 1.625 279 2.121
37 0.638 118 1.134 199 1.631 280 2.128
38 0.644 119 1.141 200 1.637 281 2.134
39 0.650 120 1.147 201 1.643 282 2.140
40 0.656 121 1.153 202 1.649 283 2.146
41 0.662 122 1.159 203 1.656 284 2.152
42 0.669 123 1.165 204 1.662 285 2.158
43 0.675 124 1.171 205 1.668 286 2.164
44 0.681 125 1.177 206 1.674 287 2.170
45 0.687 126 1.184 207 1.680 288 2.177
46 0.693 127 1.190 208 1.686 289 2.183
47 0.699 128 1.196 209 1.692 290 2.189
48 0.705 129 1.202 210 1.698 291 2.195
49 0.711 130 1.208 211 1.705 292 2.201
50 0.718 131 1.214 212 1.711 293 2.207
51 0.724 132 1.220 213 1.717 294 2.213
52 0.730 133 1.226 214 1.723 295 2.220
53 0.736 134 1.233 215 1.729 296 2.226
54 0.742 135 1.239 216 1.735 297 2.232
55 0.748 136 1.245 217 1.741 298 2.238
56 0.754 137 1.251 218 1.747 299 2.244
57 0.761 138 1.257 219 1.754 300 2.250
58 0.767 139 1.263 220 1.760 301 2.256
59 0.773 140 1.269 221 1.766 302 2.262
60 0.779 141 1.275 222 1.772 303 2.269
61 0.785 142 1.282 223 1.778 304 2.275
62 0.791 143 1.288 224 1.784 305 2.281
63 0.797 144 1.294 225 1.790 306 2.287
64 0.803 145 1.300 226 1.797 307 2.293
65 0.810 146 1.306 227 1.803 308 2.299
66 0.816 147 1.312 228 1.809 309 2.305
67 0.822 148 1.318 229 1.815 310 2.311
68 0.828 149 1.325 230 1.821 311 2.318
69 0.834 150 1.331 231 1.827 312 2.324
70 0.840 151 1.337 232 1.833 313 2.330
71 0.846 152 1.343 233 1.839 314 2.336
72 0.852 153 1.349 234 1.846 315 2.342
73 0.859 154 1.355 235 1.852 316 2.348
74 0.865 155 1.361 236 1.858 317 2.354
75 0.871 156 1.367 237 1.864 318 2.361
76 0.877 157 1.374 238 1.870 319 2.367
77 0.883 158 1.380 239 1.876 320 2.373
78 0.889 159 1.386 240 1.882 321 2.379
79 0.895 160 1.392 241 1.888 322 2.385
80 0.902 161 1.398 242 1.895 323 2.391
81 0.908 162 1.404 243 1.901 324 2.397
82 0.914 163 1.410 244 1.907 325 2.403
83 0.920 164 1.416 245 1.913 326 2.410
84 0.926 165 1.423 246 1.919 327 2.416
85 0.932 166 1.429 247 1.925 328 2.422
86 0.938 167 1.435 248 1.931 329 2.428
87 0.944 168 1.441 249 1.938 330 2.434
88 0.951 169 1.447 250 1.944 331 2.440
89 0.957 170 1.453 251 1.950 332 2.446
90 0.963 171 1.459 252 1.956 333 2.452
91 0.969 172 1.466 253 1.962 334 2.459
92 0.975 173 1.472 254 1.968 335 2.465
93 0.981 174 1.478 255 1.974 336 2.471
94 0.987 175 1.484 256 1.980 337 2.477
89
Table 104 — Discharge Pressure Transducer (PSIG) vs. Voltage (DP-A, DP-B,
48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 Units Only) (cont)
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
338 2.483 421 2.992 504 3.501 587 4.010
339 2.489 422 2.998 505 3.507 588 4.016
340 2.495 423 3.004 506 3.513 589 4.022
341 2.502 424 3.010 507 3.519 590 4.028
342 2.508 425 3.016 508 3.525 591 4.034
343 2.514 426 3.023 509 3.531 592 4.040
344 2.520 427 3.029 510 3.538 593 4.046
345 2.526 428 3.035 511 3.544 594 4.052
346 2.532 429 3.041 512 3.550 595 4.059
347 2.538 430 3.047 513 3.556 596 4.065
348 2.544 431 3.053 514 3.562 597 4.071
349 2.551 432 3.059 515 3.568 598 4.077
350 2.557 433 3.066 516 3.574 599 4.083
351 2.563 434 3.072 517 3.580 600 4.089
352 2.569 435 3.078 518 3.587 601 4.095
353 2.575 436 3.084 519 3.593 602 4.102
354 2.581 437 3.090 520 3.599 603 4.108
355 2.587 438 3.096 521 3.605 604 4.114
356 2.593 439 3.102 522 3.611 605 4.120
357 2.600 440 3.108 523 3.617 606 4.126
358 2.606 441 3.115 524 3.623 607 4.132
359 2.612 442 3.121 525 3.629 608 4.138
360 2.618 443 3.127 526 3.636 609 4.144
361 2.624 444 3.133 527 3.642 610 4.151
362 2.630 445 3.139 528 3.648 611 4.157
363 2.636 446 3.145 529 3.654 612 4.163
364 2.643 447 3.151 530 3.660 613 4.169
365 2.649 448 3.157 531 3.666 614 4.175
366 2.655 449 3.164 532 3.672 615 4.181
367 2.661 450 3.170 533 3.679 616 4.187
368 2.667 451 3.176 534 3.685 617 4.193
369 2.673 452 3.182 535 3.691 618 4.200
370 2.679 453 3.188 536 3.697 619 4.206
371 2.685 454 3.194 537 3.703 620 4.212
372 2.692 455 3.200 538 3.709 621 4.218
373 2.698 456 3.206 539 3.715 622 4.224
374 2.704 457 3.213 540 3.721 623 4.230
375 2.710 458 3.219 541 3.728 624 4.236
376 2.716 459 3.225 542 3.734 625 4.243
377 2.722 460 3.231 543 3.740 626 4.249
378 2.728 461 3.237 544 3.746 627 4.255
379 2.734 462 3.243 545 3.752 628 4.261
380 2.741 463 3.249 546 3.758 629 4.267
381 2.747 464 3.256 547 3.764 630 4.273
382 2.753 465 3.262 548 3.770 631 4.279
383 2.759 466 3.268 549 3.777 632 4.285
384 2.765 467 3.274 550 3.783 633 4.292
385 2.771 468 3.280 551 3.789 634 4.298
386 2.777 469 3.286 552 3.795 635 4.304
387 2.784 470 3.292 553 3.801 636 4.310
388 2.790 471 3.298 554 3.807 637 4.316
389 2.796 472 3.305 555 3.813 638 4.322
390 2.802 473 3.311 556 3.820 639 4.328
391 2.808 474 3.317 557 3.826 640 4.334
392 2.814 475 3.323 558 3.832 641 4.341
393 2.820 476 3.329 559 3.838 642 4.347
394 2.826 477 3.335 560 3.844 643 4.353
395 2.833 478 3.341 561 3.850 644 4.359
396 2.839 479 3.347 562 3.856 645 4.365
397 2.845 480 3.354 563 3.862 646 4.371
398 2.851 481 3.360 564 3.869 647 4.377
399 2.857 482 3.366 565 3.875 648 4.384
400 2.863 483 3.372 566 3.881 649 4.390
401 2.869 484 3.378 567 3.887 650 4.396
402 2.875 485 3.384 568 3.893 651 4.402
403 2.882 486 3.390 569 3.899 652 4.408
404 2.888 487 3.397 570 3.905 653 4.414
405 2.894 488 3.403 571 3.911 654 4.420
406 2.900 489 3.409 572 3.918 655 4.426
407 2.906 490 3.415 573 3.924 656 4.433
408 2.912 491 3.421 574 3.930 657 4.439
409 2.918 492 3.427 575 3.936 658 4.445
410 2.925 493 3.433 576 3.942 659 4.451
411 2.931 494 3.439 577 3.948 660 4.457
412 2.937 495 3.446 578 3.954 661 4.463
413 2.943 496 3.452 579 3.961 662 4.469
414 2.949 497 3.458 580 3.967 663 4.475
415 2.955 498 3.464 581 3.973 664 4.482
416 2.961 499 3.470 582 3.979 665 4.488
417 2.967 500 3.476 583 3.985 666 4.494
418 2.974 501 3.482 584 3.991 667 4.500
419 2.980 502 3.488 585 3.997
420 2.986 503 3.495 586 4.003
90
Forcing Inputs and Outputs — Many variables may
be forced both from the CCN and directly at the local display.
This can be useful during diagnostic testing and also during
operation, typically as part of an advanced third party control
scheme. See Appendices A and B.
NOTE: In the case of a power reset, any force in effect at the
time of the power reset will be cleared.
CONTROL LEVEL FORCING — If any of the following
points are forced with a priority level of 7 (consult CCN litera-
ture for a description of priority levels), the software clears the
force from the point if it has not been written to or forced again
within the timeout periods defined below:
Run Status Menu — The Run Status menu provides the
user important information about the unit. The Run Status table
can be used to troubleshoot problems and to help determine
how and why the unit is operating.
AUTO VIEW OF RUN STATUS — The Auto View of Run
Status display table provides the most important unit informa-
tion. The HVAC Mode (Run Status
VIEW
HVAC) in-
forms the user what HVAC mode the unit is currently in. Refer
to the Modes section on page 32 for information on HVAC
modes. The occupied status, unit temperatures, unit set points,
and stage information can also be shown. See Table 105.
Run Status
VIEW
HVAC — Displays the current HVAC
Mode(s) by name. HVAC Modes include:
OFF VENT HIGH HEAT
STARTING UP HIGH COOL FIRE SHUT DOWN
SHUTTING DOWN LOW COOL PRESSURIZATION
DISABLED UNOCC FREE COOL EVACUATION
SOFTSTOP REQUEST TEMPERING HICOOL SMOKE PURGE
REM SW DISABLE TEMPERING LOCOOL
COMP STUCK ON TEMPERING VENT
TEST LOW HEAT
Run Status
VIEW
OCC — This variable displays the cur-
rent occupancy status of the control.
Run Status
VIEW
MAT — This variable displays the cur-
rent value for mixed-air temperature. This value is calculated
based on return-air and outside-air temperatures and economiz-
er damper position.
Run Status
VIEW
EDT — This variable displays the cur-
rent evaporator discharge air temperature during Cooling
modes. This value is read at the supply air thermistor location
(or at cooling coil thermistor array if unit is equipped with hy-
dronic heating coil).
Run Status
VIEW
LAT — This variable displays the cur-
rent leaving-air temperature during Vent and Hydronic Heating
modes. This value is read at the supply air thermistor location.
Run Status
VIEW
EC.C.P — This variable displays the
current economizer control point value (a target value for air
temperature leaving the evaporator coil location).
Run Status
VIEW
ECN.P — This variable displays the
current actual economizer position (in percentage open).
Run Status
VIEW
CL.C.P — This variable displays the
current cooling control point (a target value for air temperature
leaving the evaporator coil location).
Run Status
VIEW
C.CAP — This variable displays the
current amount of unit cooling capacity (in percent of
maximum).
Run Status
VIEW
HT.C.P — This variable displays the
current heating control point, for use with staged gas control
option only (a target value for air temperature leaving the sup-
ply duct).
Run Status
VIEW
HT.ST — This variable displays the
current number of heating stages active (for staged gas control
option only). Compare to following point.
Run Status
VIEW
H.MAX — This variable displays the
maximum number of heat stages available for this model.
ECONOMIZER RUN STATUS — The Economizer Run Status
display table provides information about the economizer and can
be used to troubleshoot economizer problems. See Table 106.
The current position, commanded position, and whether the
economizer is active can be displayed. All the disabling condi-
tions for the economizer and outside air information is also
displayed.
COOLING INFORMATION — The Cooling Information run
status display table provides information on the cooling opera-
tion of the unit. See Table 107.
Current Running Capacity (C.CAP) — This variable repre-
sents the amount of capacity currently running as a percent.
Current Cool Stage (CUR.S) — This variable represents the
cool stage currently running.
Requested Cool Stage (REQ.S) — This variable represents
the requested cool stage. Cooling relay time guards in place
may prevent the requested cool stage from matching the
current cool stage.
Maximum Cool Stages (MAX.S) — This variable is the max-
imum number of cooling stages the control is configured for
and capable of controlling.
Active Demand Limit (DEM.L) — If demand limit is active,
this variable will represent the amount of capacity that the
control is currently limited to.
Capacity Load Factor (SMZ) — This factor builds up or
down over time (–100 to +100) and is used as the means of add-
ing or subtracting a cooling stage during run time. It is a nor-
malized representation of the relationship between “Sum” and
“Z”. See the SUMZ Cooling Algorithm section on page 46.
Next Stage EDT Decrease (ADD.R) — This variable repre-
sents (if adding a stage of cooling) how much the temperature
should drop in degrees depending on the R.PCT calculation
and how much additional capacity is to be added.
ADD.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP – capacity after adding a cool-
ing stage)
For example: If R.PCT = 0.2 and the control would be add-
ing 20% cooling capacity by taking the next step up, 0.2 times
20 = 4 F ADD.R.
Next Stage EDT Increase (SUB.R) — This variable repre-
sents (if subtracting a stage of cooling) how much the tempera-
ture should rise in degrees depending on the R.PCT calculation
and how much capacity is to be subtracted.
SUB.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP – capacity after subtracting a
cooling stage)
For Example: If R.PCT = 0.2 and the control would be
subtracting 30% capacity by taking the next step down,
0.2 times –30 = –6 F SUB.R.
Rise Per Percent Capacity (R.PCT) — This is a real time cal-
culation that represents the amount of degrees of drop/rise
across the evaporator coil versus percent of current running
capacity.
R.PCT = (MAT – EDT)/C.CAP
Cap Deadband Subtracting (Y.MIN) — This is a control vari-
able used for Low Temp Override (L.TMP) and Slow Change
Override (SLOW).
Y.MIN = –SUB.R*0.4375
Cap Deadband Adding (Y.PLU) — This is a control variable
used for High Temp Override (H.TMP) and Slow Change
Override (SLOW).
Y.PLU = –ADD.R*0.4375
Temperatures
AIR.T
OAT Outside Air Temperature 30 minutes
Temperatures
AIR.T
RAT Return Air Temperature 3 minutes
Temperatures
AIR.T
SPT Space Temperature 3 minutes
Inputs
RSET
SP.RS Static Pressure Reset 30 minutes
Inputs
REL.H
OA.RH Outside Air Relative Humidity 30 minutes
Inputs
AIR.Q
OAQ Outside Air Quality 30 minutes
91
Cap Threshold Subtracting (Z.MIN) — This parameter is
used in the calculation of SMZ and is calculated as follows:
Z.MIN = Configuration
COOL
Z.GN * (–10 + (4*
(–SUB.R))) * 0.6
Cap Threshold Adding (Z.PLU) — This parameter is used in
the calculation of SMZ and is calculated as follows:
Z.PLU = Configuration
COOL
Z.GN * (10 + (4*
(–ADD.R))) * 0.6
High Temp Cap Override (H.TMP) — If stages of mechani-
cal cooling are on and the error is greater than twice Y.PLU,
and the rate of change of error is greater than 0.5 F, then a
stage of mechanical cooling will be added every 30 seconds.
This override is intended to react to situations where the load
rapidly increases.
Low Temp Cap Override (L.TMP) — If the error is less than
twice Y.MIN, and the rate of change of error is less than
–0.5F, then a mechanical stage will be removed every 30 sec-
onds. This override is intended to quickly react to situations
where the load is rapidly reduced.
Pull Down Cap Override (PULL) — If the error from set
point is above 4F, and the rate of change is less than –1F per
minute, then pulldown is in effect, and “SUM” is set to 0. This
keeps mechanical cooling stages from being added when the
error is very large, but there is no load in the space. Pulldown
for units is expected to rarely occur, but is included for the rare
situation when it is needed. Most likely pulldown will occur
when mechanical cooling first becomes available shortly after
the control goes into an occupied mode (after a warm unoccu-
pied mode).
Slow Change Cap Override (SLOW) — With a rooftop unit,
the design rise at 100% total unit capacity is generally around
30 F. For a unit with 4 stages, each stage represents about
7.5F of change to EDT. If stages could reliably be cycled at
very fast rates, the set point could be maintained very precisely.
Since it is not desirable to cycle compressors more than 6 cy-
cles per hour, slow change override takes care of keeping the
PID under control when “relatively” close to set point.
MODE TRIP HELPER — The Mode Trip Helper table pro-
vides information on the unit modes and when the modes start
and stop. See Table 108. This information can be used to help
determine why the unit is in the current mode.
CCN/LINKAGE DISPLAY TABLE — The CCN/Linkage
display table provides information on unit linkage. See
Table 109.
COMPRESSOR RUN HOURS DISPLAY TABLE — The
Compressor Run Hours Display Table displays the number of
run time hours for each compressor. See Table 110.
COMPRESSOR STARTS DISPLAY TABLE — The Com-
pressor Starts Display Table displays the number of starts for
each compressor. See Table 111.
TIME GUARD DISPLAY TABLE — The Time Guard Dis-
play Table delay time for each compressor and heat relay. See
Table 112.
SOFTWARE VERSION NUMBERS DISPLAY TABLE —
The Software Version Numbers Display Table displays the
software version numbers of the unit boards and devices. See
Table 113.
Table 105 — Auto View of Run Status Display Table
Table 106 — Economizer Run Status Display Table
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT WRITE STATUS
VIEW AUTO VIEW OF RUN STATUS
HVAC ascii string spelling out the hvac modes string
OCC Occupied ? YES/NO OCCUPIED forcible
MAT Mixed Air Temperature dF MAT
EDT Evaporator Discharge Tmp dF EDT
LAT Leaving Air Temperature dF LAT
EC.C.P Economizer Control Point dF ECONCPNT
ECN.P Economizer Act.Curr.Pos. 0-100 % ECONOPOS
CL.C.P Cooling Control Point dF COOLCPNT
C.CAP Current Running Capacity CAPTOTAL
HT.C.P Heating Control Point dF HEATCPNT
HT.ST Requested Heat Stage HT_STAGE
H.MAX Maximum Heat Stages HTMAXSTG
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT WRITE STATUS
ECON ECONOMIZER RUN STATUS
ECN.P Economizer Act.Curr.Pos. 0-100 % ECONOPOS
ECN.C Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos. 0-100 % ECONOCMD forcible
ACTV Economizer Active ? YES/NO ECACTIVE
DISA ECON DISABLING CONDITIONS
UNAV Econ Act. Unavailable? YES/NO ECONUNAV
R.EC.D Remote Econ. Disabled? YES/NO ECONDISA
DBC DBC - OAT Lockout? YES/NO DBC_STAT
DEW DEW - OA Dewpt.Lockout? YES/NO DEW_STAT
DDBC DDBD- OAT > RAT Lockout? YES/NO DDBCSTAT
OAEC OAEC- OA Enth Lockout? YES/NO OAECSTAT
DEC DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout? YES/NO DEC_STAT
EDT EDT Sensor Bad? YES/NO EDT_STAT
OAT OAT Sensor Bad ? YES/NO OAT_STAT
FORC Economizer Forced ? YES/NO ECONFORC
SFON Supply Fan Not On 30s ? YES/NO SFONSTAT
CLOF Cool Mode Not In Effect? YES/NO COOL_OFF
OAQL OAQ Lockout in Effect ? YES/NO OAQLOCKD
HELD Econ Recovery Hold Off? YES/NO ECONHELD
O.AIR OUTSIDE AIR INFORMATION
OAT Outside Air Temperature dF OAT forcible
OA.RH Outside Air Rel. Humidity % OARH forcible
OA.E Outside Air Enthalpy OAE
OA.D.T OutsideAir Dewpoint Temp dF OADEWTMP
92
Table 107 — Cooling Information Display Table
Table 108 — Mode Trip Helper Display Table
Table 109 — CCN/Linkage Display Table
Table 110 — Compressor Run Hours Display Table
Table 111 — Compressor Starts Display Table
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT WRITE STATUS
COOL COOLING INFORMATION
C.CAP Current Running Capacity % CAPTOTAL
CUR.S Current Cool Stage COOL_STG
REQ.S Requested Cool Stage CL_STAGE
MAX.S Maximum Cool Stages CLMAXSTG
DEM.L Active Demand Limit % DEM_LIM forcible
SUMZ COOL CAP. STAGE CONTROL
SMZ Capacity Load Factor –100 +100 SMZ
ADD.R Next Stage EDT Decrease ^F ADDRISE
SUB.R Next Stage EDT Increase ^F SUBRISE
R.PCT Rise Per Percent Capacity RISE_PCT
Y.M IN Cap Deadband Subtracting Y_MINUS
Y.P LU Cap Deadband Adding Y_PLUS
Z.MIN Cap Threshold Subtracting Z_MINUS
Z.PLU Cap Threshold Adding Z_PLUS
H.TMP High Temp Cap Override HI_TEMP
L.TMP Low Temp Cap Override LOW_TEMP
PULL Pull Down Cap Override PULLDOWN
SLOW Slow Change Cap Override SLO_CHNG
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT WRITE STATUS
TRIP MODE TRIP HELPER
UN.C.S Unoccup. Cool Mode Start UCCLSTRT
UN.C.E Unoccup. Cool Mode End UCCL_END
OC.C.S Occupied Cool Mode Start OCCLSTRT
OC.C.E Occupied Cool Mode End OCCL_END
TEMP Ctl.Temp RAT,SPT or Zone CTRLTEMP
OC.H.E Occupied Heat Mode End OCHT_END
OC.H.S Occupied Heat Mode Start OCHTSTRT
UN.H.E Unoccup. Heat Mode End UCHT_END
UN.H.S Unoccup. Heat Mode Start UCHTSTRT
HVAC ascii string spelling out the hvac modes string
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT WRITE STATUS
LINK CCN - LINKAGE
MODE Linkage Active - CCN ON/OFF MODELINK
L.Z.T Linkage Zone Control Tmp dF LZT
L.C.SP Linkage Curr. Cool Setpt dF LCSP
L.H.SP Linkage Curr. Heat Setpt dF LHSP
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT WRITE STATUS
HRS COMPRESSOR RUN HOURS
HR.A1 Compressor A1 Run Hours 0-999999 HRS HR_A1 config
HR.A2 Compressor A2 Run Hours 0-999999 HRS HR_A2 config
HR.B1 Compressor B1 Run Hours 0-999999 HRS HR_B1 config
HR.B2 Compressor B2 Run Hours 0-999999 HRS HR_B2 config
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT WRITE STATUS
STRT COMPRESSOR STARTS
ST.A1 Compressor A1 Starts 0-999999 CY_A1 config
ST.A2 Compressor A2 Starts 0-999999 CY_A2 config
ST.B1 Compressor B1 Starts 0-999999 CY_B1 config
ST.B2 Compressor B2 Starts 0-999999 CY_B2 config
93
Table 112 — Time Guard Display Table
Table 113 — Software Version Numbers Display Table
Alarms and Alerts — There are a variety of different
alerts and alarms in the system.
• P — Pre-Alert: Part of the unit is temporarily down. The
alarm is not broadcast on the CCN network. The alarm relay
is not energized. After an allowable number of retries, if the
function does not recover, the pre-alert will be upgraded to
an alert or an alarm.
• T — Alert: Part of the unit is down, but the unit is still
partially able to provide cooling or heating.
• A — Alarm: The unit is down and is unable to provide
cooling or heating.
All alarms are displayed with a code of AXXX where the A
is the category of alarm (Pre-Alert, Alert, or Alarm) and XXX
is the number.
The response of the control system to various alerts and
alarms depends on the seriousness of the particular alert or
alarm. In the mildest case, an alert does not affect the operation
of the unit in any manner. An alert can also cause a “strike.” A
“striking” alert will cause the circuit to shut down for 15 min-
utes. This feature reduces the likelihood of false alarms causing
a properly working system to be shut down incorrectly. If three
strikes occur before the circuit has an opportunity to show that
it can function properly, the circuit will strike out, causing the
shutdown alarm for that particular circuit. Once activated, the
shutdown alarm can only be cleared via an alarm reset.
Circuits with strikes are given an opportunity to reset their
strike counter to zero. As discussed above, a strike typically
causes the circuit to shut down. Fifteen minutes later, that
circuit will once again be allowed to run. If the circuit is able to
run for 1 minute, its replacement circuit will be allowed to shut
down (if not required to run to satisfy requested stages). How-
ever, the “troubled” circuit must run continuously for 5 minutes
with no detectable problems before the strike counter is reset to
zero.
All the alarms and alerts are summarized in Table 114.
DIAGNOSTIC ALARM CODES AND POSSIBLE CAUSES
T051, P051 (Circuit A, Compressor 1 Failure)
T052, P052 (Circuit A, Compressor 2 Failure)
T055, P055 (Circuit B, Compressor 1 Failure)
T056, P056 (Circuit B, Compressor 2 Failure) — Alert codes
051, 052, 055, and 056 are for compressors A1, A2, B1, and
B2 respectively. These alerts occur when the current sensor
(CS) does not detect compressor current during compressor
operation. When this occurs, the control turns off the compres-
sor and logs a strike for the respective circuit. These alerts reset
automatically.
If the current sensor board reads OFF while the compressor
relay has been commanded ON for a period of 4 continuous
seconds, an alert is generated.
Any time this alert occurs, a strike will be called out on the
affected compressor. If three successive strikes occur the
compressor will be locked out requiring a manual reset or
power reset of the circuit board. The clearing of strikes during
compressor operation is a combination of 3 complete cycles or
15 continuous minutes of run time operation. So, if there are
one or two strikes on the compressor and three short cycles
(ON-OFF, ON-OFF, ON-OFF) less than 15 minutes each
occur, the strikes will be reset to zero for the affected compres-
sor. Also, if the compressor turns on and runs for 15 minutes
straight with no compressor failure, the compressor’s strikes
are cleared as well.
NOTE: Until the compressor is locked out, for the first two
strikes, the alert will not be broadcast to the network, nor will
the alarm relay be closed.
The possible causes are:
• High-pressure switch (HPS) open. The HPS is wired in
series with compressor relays on the MBB. If the high-pres-
sure switch opens during compressor operation, the com-
pressor stops, and the CS no longer detects current, causing
the control to activate this alert.
For 48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units:
• Compressor internal overload protection is open. The inter-
nal overloads are used on the Scroll Tech compressors
(black) and smaller Maneurop compressors used on the size
020, 025, 027, 030, 035 units and 040 A1, A2 compressors.
• Internal compressor temperature sensor trip. The large
Maneurop compressors (blue) used on the size 040 (B1,
B2), 050, and 060 units have an internal temperature sensor.
• Circuit breaker trip. The compressors are protected from
short circuit by a breaker in the control box. On the size
020-035 and 040 A1, A2 units there is one breaker per two
compressors and on the size 040 (B1, B2), 050, and 060
compressors there is one breaker per compressor because
there are not internal overloads.
• Wiring error. A wiring error might not allow the compressor
to start.
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT WRITE STATUS
TMGD TIMEGUARDS
TG.A1 Compressor A1 Timeguard CMPA1_TG
TG.A2 Compressor A2 Timeguard CMPA2_TG
TG.B1 Compressor B1 Timeguard CMPB1_TG
TG.B2 Compressor B2 Timeguard CMPB2_TG
TG.H1 Heat Relay 1 Timeguard HS1_TG
TG.H2 Heat Relay 2 Timeguard HS2_TG
TG.H3 Heat Relay 3 Timeguard HS3_TG
TG.H4 Heat Relay 4 Timeguard HS4_TG
TG.H5 Heat Relay 5 Timeguard HS5_TG
TG.H6 Heat Relay 6 Timeguard HS6_TG
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT WRITE STATUS
VERS SOFTWARE VERSION NUMBERS
MBB CESR131343-xx-xx string
ECB1 CESR131249-xx-xx string
ECB2 CESR131249-xx-xx string
SCB CESR131226-xx-xx string
CEM CESR131174-xx-xx string
MARQ CESR131171-xx-xx string
NAVI CESR130227-xx-xx string
94
Table 114 — Alert and Alarm Codes
ALARM OR
ALERT
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROL RESET
METHOD PROBABLE CAUSE
A051 Circuit A, Compressor 1 Stuck On Failure Turn off all compressors Manual Welded contact
P051 Circuit A, Compressor 1 Failure Add strike to compressor Automatic
(max 3)
High pressure switch, compressor
current, wiring error
T051 Circuit A, Compressor 1 Failure Compressor locked off Manual Exceeded 3 strike limit
A052 Circuit A, Compressor 2 Stuck On Failure Turn off all compressors Manual Welded contact
P052 Circuit A, Compressor 2 Failure Add strike to compressor Automatic
(max 3)
High pressure switch, compressor
current, wiring error
T052 Circuit A, Compressor 2 Failure Compressor locked off Manual Exceeded 3 strike limit
A055 Circuit B, Compressor 1 Stuck On Failure Turn off all compressors Manual Welded contact
P055 Circuit B, Compressor 1 Failure Add strike to compressor Automatic
(max 3)
High pressure switch, compressor
current, wiring error
T055 Circuit B, Compressor 1 Failure Compressor locked off Manual Exceeded 3 strike limit
A056 Circuit B, Compressor 2 Stuck On Failure Turn off all compressors Manual Welded contact
P056 Circuit B, Compressor 2 Failure Add strike to compressor Automatic
(max 3)
High pressure switch, compressor
current, wiring error
T056 Circuit B, Compressor 2 Failure Compressor locked off Manual Exceeded 3 strike limit
T064 Circuit A Saturated Condensing Thermistor Failure
(48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units only) Use OAT for head pressure control Automatic Faulty thermistor or wiring error
T065 Circuit B Saturated Condensing Thermistor Failure
(48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units only) Use OAT for head pressure control Automatic Faulty thermistor or wiring error
T072 Evaporator Discharge Reset Sensor Failure Unit shutdown Automatic Faulty remote input on CEM board
T073 Outside Air Temperature Thermistor Failure Stop use of economizer Automatic Faulty thermistor or wiring error
T074 Space Temperature Thermistor Failure Unit shutdown Automatic Faulty thermistor or wiring error
T075 Return Air Thermistor Failure Continue to run unit Automatic Faulty thermistor or wiring error
T076 Outside Air Relative Humidity Sensor Failure Use OAT changeover control Automatic Faulty sensor or wiring error
T078 Return Air Relative Humidity Sensor Failure Use differential dry bulb changeover Automatic Faulty sensor or wiring error
T082 Space Temperature Offset Sensor Failure Use Space temperature without offset Automatic Faulty sensor or wiring error
T090 Circuit A Discharge Pressure Transducer Failure Stop circuit Automatic Faulty sensor, wiring error
T091 Circuit B Discharge Pressure Transducer Failure Stop circuit Automatic Faulty sensor, wiring error
T092 Circuit A Suction Pressure Transducer Failure Stop circuit Automatic Faulty sensor, wiring error
T093 Circuit B Suction Pressure Transducer Failure Stop circuit Automatic Faulty sensor, wiring error
T110 Circuit A Loss of Charge Stop circuit Manual Low refrigerant charge
T111 Circuit B Loss of Charge Stop circuit Manual Low refrigerant charge
A120 Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temperature Alarm. Stop circuit Manual
Low refrigerant charge, low airflow,
dirty coil, broken fan belt, TXV
problem
P120 Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temp-Comp A2 Shutdown Compressor A2 shutdown Automatic
Low refrigerant charge, low airflow,
dirty coil, broken fan belt, TXV
problem
T120 Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temperature Alert. Stop circuit Automatic
Low refrigerant charge, low airflow,
dirty coil, broken fan belt, TXV
problem
A121 Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temperature Alarm. Stop circuit Manual
Low refrigerant charge, low airflow,
dirty coil, broken fan belt, TXV
problem
P121 Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temp-Comp B2 Shutdown Compressor B2 shutdown Automatic
Low refrigerant charge, low airflow,
dirty coil, broken fan belt, TXV
problem
T121 Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temperature Alert. Stop circuit Automatic
Low refrigerant charge, low airflow,
dirty coil, broken fan belt, TXV
problem
T122 Circuit A High Saturated Suction Temperature Stop circuit Manual TXV problem, high load.
T123 Circuit B High Saturated Suction Temperature Stop circuit Manual TXV problem, high load.
T126 Circuit A High Head Pressure Stop circuit Automatic Dirty condenser, condenser fan
failure, system overcharged
T127 Circuit B High Head Pressure Stop circuit Automatic Dirty condenser, condenser fan
failure, system overcharged
A140 Reverse Rotation Detected Stop unit Manual Incorrect compressor wiring
A150 Unit is in Emergency Stop Stop unit Manual External shutdown command
T153 Real Time Clock Hardware Failure Stop unit Manual Control Board failure, check lights
A154 Serial EEPROM Hardware Failure Stop unit Manual Control Board failure, check lights
T155 Serial EEPROM Storage Failure Error Stop unit Manual Control Board failure, check lights
A156 Critical Serial EEPROM Storage Failure Error Stop unit Manual Control Board failure, check lights
A157 A/D Hardware Failure Stop unit Manual Control Board failure, check lights
A171 Staged Gas Control Board Comm Failure Stop gas heat Automatic Control Board failure, check lights
A172 Controls Expansion Module Comm Failure Stop options on CEM Automatic Control Board failure, check lights
A173 ECB1 Board Communication Failure Stop economizer & power exh Automatic Control Board failure, check lights
A174 ECB2 Board Communication Failure Stop unit Automatic Control Board failure, check lights
T177 4-20 MA Demand Limit Failure Stop demand limiting Automatic Input failure, wiring error
T178 4-20 MA Static Pressure Reset/VFD Fail Stop static pressure reset/VFD Automatic Input Failure, wiring error
A200 Linkage Timeout Error - Communication Failure Stop unit Manual Wiring errors, board failures
T210 Building Pressure Transducer Failure Close economizer, stop exhaust Automatic Sensor failure, wiring error
T211 Static Pressure Transducer Failure Stop unit Automatic Sensor failure, wiring error
T220 Indoor Air Quality Sensor Failure Stop IAQ control Automatic Sensor failure, wiring error
T221 Outdoor Air Quality Sensor Failure Use a default value for IAQ Automatic Sensor failure, wiring error
T229 Economizer Minimum Position Override Input Failure Use software configured
minimum Automatic Input failure, wiring error
95
Table 114 — Alert and Alarm Codes (cont)
LEGEND
For 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 units:
• Compressor internal overload protector is open. Internal
overload protectors are used in the Copeland compressors in
all units except size 60 ton units with voltages of 208/230-v,
380-v, and 575-v.
• Compressor external overload protector (Kriwan module)
has activated. The Copeland compressors in size 60 ton
units with voltages of 208/230-v, 380-v, and 575-v use
external overload protector modules that are mounted in the
compressor wiring junction box. Temperature sensors
embedded in the compressor motor windings are the inputs
to the module. The module is powered with 120 vac from
the units main control box. The module output is a normally
closed contact that is wired in series with the compressor
contactor coil. In a compressor motor overload condition,
the contact opens de-energizing the compressor contactor.
• Circuit breaker trip. The compressors are protected from
short circuit by a breaker in the control box. On the 020-050
size units there is one breaker per two compressors and on
the 060 size units there is one breaker per compressor.
• Wiring Error. A wiring error might not allow the compres-
sor to start.
To check out alerts 051, 052, 055 and 056:
1. Turn on the compressor in question using Service Test
mode. If the compressor does not start, then most likely
the problem is one of the following: HPS open, open
internal protection, circuit breaker trip, incorrect safety
wiring, or incorrect compressor wiring.
2. If the compressor does start verify it is rotating in the
correct direction.
ALARM
OR
ALERT
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROL RESET
METHOD PROBABLE CAUSE
T300 Space Temperature Below Limit Stop cooling, but continue
to heat Automatic Outdoor dampers stuck, no load
T301 Space Temperature Above Limit Stop heating, but continue
to cool Automatic High load, dampers open
T302 Supply Temperature Below Limit Continue to run unit Automatic Dampers open, check configuration
setpoint
T303 Supply Temperature Above Limit Continue to run unit Automatic Dampers open, check configuration
setpoint
T304 Return Temperature Below Limit Continue to run unit Automatic Dampers open, check configuration
setpoint
T305 Return Temperature Above Limit Continue to run unit Automatic Dampers open, check configuration
setpoint
T308 Return Air Relative Humidity Below Limit Alert Automatic Configuration error, or sensor error
T309 Return Air Relative Humidity Above Limit Continue to run unit Automatic Dampers open, check configuration
setpoint
T310 Supply Duct Static Pressure Below Limit Continue to run unit Automatic VFD problem, broken fan belt
T311 Supply Duct Static Pressure Above Limit Continue to run unit Automatic VFD problem, broken fan belt
T312 Building Static Pressure Below Limit Continue to run unit Automatic Exhaust issues, check setpoint
T313 Building Static Pressure Above Limit Continue to run unit Automatic Exhaust issues, check setpoint
T314 IAQ Above Limit Continue to run unit Automatic Damper or IAQ control issues
A404 Fire Shut Down Emergency Mode (fire-smoke) Unit Shutdown Automatic Smoke detector switch or external
switch
A405 Evacuation Emergency Mode Run power exhaust Automatic Special fire mode control
A406 Pressurization Emergency Mode Run supply fan Automatic Special fire mode control
A407 Smoke Purge Emergency Mode Run supply and exhaust fans Automatic Special fire mode control
T408 Dirty Air Filter Continue to run unit Automatic Dirty filter, switch setting
A409 Supply Fan Status Failure Stop unit Automatic Fan drive failure
T409 Supply Fan Status Failure Continue to run unit Automatic Fan drive failure, or sensor failure
T414 Loss of Communication with the Belimo Actuator Close economizer Automatic Calibrate economizer, economizer
failure, wiring
T414 Belimo Actuator Direction Error Close economizer Automatic Motor direction switch wrong, wiring
T414 Belimo Actuator Failure Attempt to close economizer Automatic Motor failure
T414 Belimo Actuator Jammed Close economizer Automatic Obstruction in damper
T414 Belimo Actuator Range Error Close economizer Automatic Calibrate economizer
T420 R-W1 Jumper Must Be Installed to Run Heat in Service
Te s t No heat Automatic Add red wire jumpers
T421 Thermostat Y2 Input ON without Y1 ON Assume Y2 is Y1 Automatic Thermostat wiring error
T422 Thermostat W2 Input ON without W1 ON Assume W2 is W1 Automatic Thermostat wiring error
T423 Thermostat Y and W Inputs ON Alert Automatic Thermostat issues
T424 Thermostat G Input OFF on a Call for Cooling Turn fan on Automatic Thermostat or wiring issues
T500 Current Sensor Board Failure - A1 Stop compressor A1 Automatic Faulty board or wiring
T501 Current Sensor Board Failure - A2 Stop compressor A2 Automatic Faulty board or wiring
T502 Current Sensor Board Failure - B1 Stop compressor B1 Automatic Faulty board or wiring
T503 Current Sensor Board Failure - B2 Stop compressor B2 Automatic Faulty board or wiring
A700 Supply Air Temperature Sensor Failure Stop staged gas heat Automatic Faulty sensor or wiring error
T701 Staged Gas Thermistor 1 Failure Stop staged gas heat Automatic Faulty sensor or wiring error
T702 Staged Gas Thermistor 2 Failure Stop staged gas heat Automatic Faulty sensor or wiring error
T703 Staged Gas Thermistor 3 Failure Stop staged gas heat Automatic Faulty sensor or wiring error
A704 Staged Gas Leaving Air Temp Sum Total Failure Stop staged gas heat Automatic Faulty sensor or wiring error
T705 Limit Switch Thermistor Failure Stop staged gas heat Automatic Faulty switch or wiring
Axxx — Alarm Pxxx — Pre-Alert
CEM — Controls Expansion module Txxx — Alert
IAQ — Indoor Air Quality TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve
OAT — Outdoor Air Temperature VFD — Variable Frequency Drive
IMPORTANT: Prolonged operation in the wrong direction
can damage the compressor. Correct rotation can be veri-
fied by a gage set and looking for a differential pressure
rise on start-up.
96
A051 (Circuit A, Compressor 1 Stuck On Failure)
A052 (Circuit A, Compressor 2 Stuck On Failure)
A055 (Circuit B, Compressor 1 Stuck On Failure)
A056 (Circuit B, Compressor 2 Stuck On Failure) — Alarm
codes 051, 052, 055, and 056 are for compressors A1, A2, B1,
B2 respectively. These alarms occur when the current sensor
(CS) detects current when the compressor should be off. When
this occurs, the control turns off the compressor and logs a strike
for the respective circuit. Use the scrolling marquee to reset the
alarm.
If the current sensor board reads ON while the compressor
relay has been commanded OFF for a period of 4 continuous
seconds, an alarm is generated. These alarms are only moni-
tored for a period of 10 seconds after the compressor relay has
been commanded OFF. This is done to facilitate a service tech-
nician forcing a relay to test a compressor.
In addition, if a compressor stuck failure occurs and the cur-
rent sensor board reports the compressor and the request off,
certain diagnostics will take place.
1. If any of the 4 compressors are diagnosed as stuck on and
the current sensor board is on and the request is off, the
control will request the supply fan which will automati-
cally start building airflow control. Condenser fans will
also be commanded on to maintain normal head pressure.
2. Heating will be disabled while any one of the compres-
sors has this problem.
The possible causes are:
• welded contactor
• frozen compressor relay on MBB
To check out alarms 051, 052, 055, and 056:
1. Place the unit in Service Test mode. All compressors
should be off.
2. Verify that there is not 24 v at the contactor coil. If there is
24 v at the contactor, check relay on MBB and wiring.
3. Check for welded contactor.
4. Verify CS wiring.
5. Return to Normal mode and observe compressor opera-
tion to verify that compressor current sensor is working
and condenser fans are energized after compressor starts.
T064 (Circuit A Saturated Condensing Thermistor Failure)
T065 (Circuit B Saturated Condensing Thermistor Failure) —
Alert codes 064 and 065 are for circuits A and B, respectively.
This alert code is for 48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units only. These
alerts occur when the saturated condensing temperatures (Tem-
peratures
REF.T
SCT.A and SCT.B) are outside the range
–40 to 240 F (–40 to 116 C). When this occurs, the control uses
the outdoor temperature (OAT) to control the outdoor fans. The
control will default to control based on the OAT sensor and will
turn on OFC.B when the ambient is above 65 F and off when
the ambient is below 50 F.
If the SCT and OAT sensors have all failed then the control
should turn on OFC.B when compressors are on.
The cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor, a
shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose
connection.
T072 (Evaporator Discharge Reset Sensor Failure) — If the
unit is configured to use the remote EDT 4 to 20 mA reset in-
put (Configuration
EDT.R
RES.S) and the sensor reading
is less than 2 mA then the alert will occur. When this occurs the
control will default to the internal set points. The sensor is
connected to the optional CEM module. For this sensor to be
used, the EDT 4 to 20 mA reset input (Configuration
EDT.R
RES.S) must be set to “enabled.”
T073 (Outside Air Temperature Thermistor Failure) — This
alert occurs when the outside air temperature sensor (Tem pe r-
atures
AIR.T
OAT) is outside the range –40 to 240 F
(–40 to 116 C). Failure of this thermistor (Tempera-
tures
AIR.T
OAT) will disable any elements of the control
which requires its use. Economizer control beyond the vent
position and the calculation of mixed-air temperature for the
sumZ algorithm will not be possible. This alert resets automati-
cally. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor, a
shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose
connection.
T074 (Space Temperature Thermistor Failure) — This alert
occurs when the space temperature sensor (Temperatures
AIR.T
SPT) is outside the range –40 to 240 F (–40 to
116 C). This alert will only occur if the unit is configured to use
a space temperature sensor. Configuration is done through
the Unit Control Type (Configuration
UNIT
C.TYP)
configuration. Failure of this thermistor (Temp er a-
tures
AIR.T
SPT) will disable any elements of the control
which requires its use. If the unit is configured for SPT 2 stage
or SPT multi-stage operation and the sensor fails, no cooling or
heating mode may be chosen. This alert resets automatically.
The cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor in the T55,
T56, or T58 device, a shorted or open thermistor caused by a
wiring error, or a loose connection.
T075 (Return Air Thermistor Failure) — This alert occurs
when the return air temperature sensor (Tempe ra-
tures
AIR.T
RAT) is outside the range –40 to 240 F (–40 to
116 C). The RAT is standard on all units and is located in the
return section near the auxiliary control box. This alert resets
automatically. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermis-
tor, a shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a
loose connection.
Failure of this thermistor (Temperatures
AIR.T
RAT)
will disable any elements of the control which requires its use.
Elements of failure include:
• the calculation of mixed air temperature for sumZ control
• the selection of a mode for VAV units
• economizer differential enthalpy or dry bulb control
• return air temperature supply air reset
T076 (Outside Air Relative Humidity Sensor Failure) —
This alert occurs when the outside air humidity sensor (In-
puts
REL.H
OA.RH) has a reading less than 2 mA. Failure
of this sensor will disable any elements of the control which re-
quires its use including economizer outdoor and differential en-
thalpy control. The OA.RH sensor is located in the economizer
hood and is used for control of the economizer. The sensor is a
loop powered 4 to 20 mA sensor. This alert resets automatical-
ly. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty sensor, a shorted or
open sensor caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
The unit must be configured to use the sensor through the Out-
side Air RH Sensor (Configuration
ECON
ORH.S)
setting.
T078 (Return Air Relative Humidity Sensor Failure) — This
alert occurs when the return air humidity sensor
(Inputs
REL.H
RA.RH) has a reading less than 2 mA.
Failure of this sensor (Inputs
REL.H
RA.RH) will disable
IMPORTANT: If the compressor starts, verify that the
indoor and outdoor fans are operating properly.
IMPORTANT: If the CS is always detecting current, then
verify that the compressor is on. If the compressor is on,
check the contactor and the relay on the MBB. If the com-
pressor is off and there is no current, verify CS wiring and
replace if necessary.
IMPORTANT: Return to Normal mode and observe com-
pressor operation to verify that compressor current sensor
is working and condenser fans are energized after compres-
sor starts.
97
any elements of the control which requires its use including
economizer differential enthalpy control.
The RA.RH sensor is located in the return air section near
the auxiliary control box. The sensor is a loop powered 4 to
20 mA sensor. This alert resets automatically. The cause of the
alert is usually a faulty sensor, a shorted or open sensor caused
by a wiring error, or a loose connection. The unit must be con-
figured to use the sensor through the Outside Air RH Sensor
(Configuration
UNIT
SENS
RRH.S) setting.
T082 (Space Temperature Offset Sensor Failure) — If the unit
is configured to use a space temperature sensor and is using a
T56 sensor with an offset potentiometer, then the alert will
occur if the potentiometer is outside the allowable range. The
control will default to the software applicable set point because
there is no offset available that may be applied to space temper-
ature. The alert will automatically clear. The unit must be con-
figured for one of the SPT control options through the Unit
Control Type (Configuration
UNIT
C.TYP) configuration.
T090 (Circuit A Discharge Pressure Transducer Failure)
T091 (Circuit B Discharge Pressure Transducer Failure) —
Alert codes 090, and 091 are for circuits A and B respectively.
These alerts occur when the unit is configured for pressure
transducers (Configuration
UNIT
DP.XR) and the pres-
sure is outside the range 0.0 to 667.0 psig. A circuit cannot run
when this alert is active. Use the scrolling marquee to reset the
alert. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty transducer, faulty
5v power supply, or a loose connection. Although the software
supports this option, it is not possible at the time of the writing
of this specification to order the optional discharge pressure
transducers.
T092 (Circuit A Suction Pressure Transducer Failure)
T093 (Circuit B Suction Pressure Transducer Failure) — Alert
codes 092, and 093 are for circuits A and B respectively. These
alerts occur when the pressure is outside the following ranges:
0.5 to 134.5 psig when SP.XR=0, 0.0 to 200.0 psig when
SP.XR=1, and 0.0 to 420.0 psig on all 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5
units. A circuit cannot run when this alert is active. Use the
scrolling marquee to reset the alert. The cause of the alert is
usually a faulty transducer, faulty 5 v power supply, or a loose
connection.
T110 (Circuit A Loss of Charge)
T111 (Circuit B Loss of Charge) — Alert codes 110, and 111
are for circuits A, and B respectively. These alerts occur when
the compressor is OFF and the suction pressure is less than
5 psig for 48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units or 18 psig for 48/50A2,
A3,A4,A5 units and the OAT is above –5 F for 1 continuous
minute. The alert will automatically clear when the suction
pressure transducer reading is valid and greater than 15 psig for
48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units or 54 psig for 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5
units. The cause of the alert is usually low refrigerant pressure
or a faulty suction pressure transducer.
P120 (Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temperature —
Compressor A2 Shutdown)
T120 (Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temperature Alert)
A120 (Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temperature Alarm)
P121 (Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temperature —
Compressor B2 Shutdown)
T121 (Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temperature Alert)
A121 (Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temperature Alarm)
— This alert/alarm is used to keep the evaporator coils from
freezing and the saturated suction temperature above the low
limit for the compressors.
There will be a start-up delay if the outside-air temperature
is too low. When the outdoor ambient is below 60 F, during ini-
tial start-up, saturated suction temperature will be ignored for a
period of 5 minutes. When Temperatures
REF.T
SSTA or
Temperatures
REF.T
SSTB is less than 20 F for 4 minutes,
less than 10 F for 2 minutes, less than 0° F for 1 minute or less
than –20 F for 20 seconds continuously, the second compressor
of the affected circuit, if it exists, will be shut down with a local
alert (P120, P121) and a 10-minute timeguard will be added to
the compressor. If saturated suction temperature continues to
be less than 20 F for 4 minutes, less than 10 F for 2 minutes,
less than 0° F for 1 minute or less than –20 F for 20 seconds
continuously then compressor no. 1 will be shut down and then
an alert or alarm will be issued.
This failure follows a 3 strike methodology whereby the
first two times a circuit goes down entirely, an alert will be gen-
erated which keeps the circuit off for 15 minutes before allow-
ing the circuit to try again. The third time this happens, an
alarm will be generated which will necessitate a manual reset
to get the circuit back running. It is important to note that a
“strike” is called out only if all compressors in the circuit are
off at the time of alert/alarm.
To prevent nuisance alerts, P120 and P121 show up in the
alarm history and locally at the display but are not broadcast to
the network. To recover from these alerts, a 10-minute holdoff
timer must elapse and the saturated suction temperature must
rise above 29.32 F. If recovery occurs, staging will be allowed
on the circuit again. Again, a “strike” is tied to the circuit going
off entirely, not reducing capacity and recovering. Therefore it
is possible that multiple P120 or P121 alerts may be stored in
alarm history but not broadcast.
If there are 1 or 2 strikes on the circuit and the circuit recov-
ers for a period of time, it is possible to clear out the strikes
thereby resetting the strike counter automatically. The control
must have saturated suction temperature greater than or equal
to 34 F for 60 minutes in order to reset the strike counters.
T122 (Circuit A High Saturated Suction Temperature)
T123 (Circuit B High Saturated Suction Temperature) — Alert
codes 122 and 123 occur when compressors in a circuit have
been running for at least 5 to 30 minutes (Configuration
COOL
H.SST). On 48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units, this alert
code occurs if the circuit saturated suction temperature is great-
er than 60 F. On 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 units, this alert code oc-
curs if the circuit saturated suction temperature is greater than
65 F when one compressor is running or 60 F when two com-
pressors are running. For all units, the high saturated suction
alert is generated and the circuit is shut down. Alert code 122 is
for circuit A and 123 for circuit B.
T126 (Circuit A High Head Pressure)
T127 (Circuit B High Head Pressure) — Alert codes 126,
and 127 are for circuits A and B respectively. On 48/
50AJ,AK,AW,AY units, these alerts occur when the appropri-
ate saturated condensing temperature is greater 145 F. Prior to
the alert, the control will shut down one compressor on a circuit
if that circuit's saturated condensing temperature is greater than
140 F. If SCT continues to rise to greater than 145 F, the alert
will occur and the circuit's remaining compressor will shut
down.
On 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 units, these alerts occur when the
appropriate saturated condensing temperature is greater than
150 F. Prior to the alert, the control will shut down one com-
pressor on a circuit if that circuit's saturated condensing tem-
perature is greater than 145 F. If SCT continues to rise to great-
er than 150 F, the alert will occur and the circuit's remaining
compressor will shut down.
The cause of the alarm is usually an overcharged system,
high outdoor ambient temperature coupled with dirty outdoor
coil, plugged filter drier, or a faulty high-pressure switch.
The alert will clear automatically or when the OAT drops
5° F from the time of the alert.
A140 (Reverse Rotation Detected) — A test is made once, on
power up, for suction pressure change on the first activated cir-
cuit. The unit control determines failure is as follows:
The suction pressure of both circuits is sampled 5 seconds
before the compressor is brought on, right when the
98
compressor is brought on and 5 seconds afterwards. The rate of
suction pressure change from 5 seconds before the compressor
is brought on to when the compressor is brought on is calculat-
ed. Then the rate of suction pressure change from when the
compressor is brought on to 5 seconds afterwards is calculated.
With the above information, the test for reverse rotation is
made. If the suction pressure change 5 seconds after compres-
sion is greater than the suction pressure change 5 seconds be-
fore compression – 1.25, then there is a reverse rotation error.
This alarm will disable mechanical cooling and will require
a manual reset. This alarm may be disabled once the reverse
rotation check has been verified by setting Configuration
COOL
REV.R = Yes.
A150 (Unit is in Emergency Stop) — If the fire safety input
condition occurs to indicate a fire or smoke condition, then
Alarm code 150 will occur and the unit will be immediately
stopped. Through separate inputs the unit can be put into purge,
evacuation, and pressurization. This requires a manual reset.
If the CCN point name “EMSTOP” in the System table is
set to emergency stop, the unit will shut down immediately and
broadcast an alarm back to the CCN indicating that the unit is
down. This alarm will clear when the variable is set back to
“enable.”
T153 (Real Time Clock Hardware Failure) — A problem has
been detected with the real timeclock on the MBB. Try reset-
ting the power and check the indicator lights. If the alert contin-
ues, the board should be replaced.
A154 (Serial EEPROM Hardware Failure) — A problem has
been detected with the EEPROM on the MBB. Try resetting
the power and check the indicator lights. If the alarm continues,
the board should be replaced.
T155 (Serial EEPROM Storage Failure Error) — A problem
has been detected with the EEPROM storage on the MBB. Try
resetting the power and check the indicator lights. If the alert
continues, the board should be replaced.
A156 (Critical Serial EEPROM Storage Failure Error) — A
problem has been detected with the EEPROM storage on the
MBB. Try resetting the power and check the indicator lights. If
the alarm continues, the board should be replaced.
A157 (A/D Hardware Failure) — A problem has been detected
with A/D conversion on the boards. Try resetting the power
and check the indicator lights. If the alarm continues, the board
should be replaced.
A171 (Staged Gas Control Board Comm Failure) — This
alarm indicates that there are communications problems with
the staged gas heat control board, which is located in the gas
section on units equipped with staged gas heat. If this alarm
occurs, the staged gas heat will be disabled. The alarm will
automatically reset.
A172 (Controls Expansion Module Comm Failure) — This
alarm indicates that there are communications problems with
the controls expansion board. All functions performed by the
CEM will stop, which can include demand limit, reset, fire
control modes, and the fan status switch. The alarm will auto-
matically reset.
A173 (ECB1 Board Communication Failure) — This alarm
indicates that there are communications problems with the
economizer control board. This will result in the economizer
and the power exhaust not working and the dampers to be fully
closed. The exhaust fans will stop. The alarm will automati-
cally reset.
A174 (ECB2 Board Communication Failure) — This alarm
indicates that there are communications problems with the
ECB2 which controls the VAV unit indoor fan inverter speed
and hot gas bypass on CV and VAV units. Because the control
of the fan is critical to unit operation, the unit will be stopped.
The alarm will automatically reset.
T177 (4-20 mA Demand Limit Failure) — This alert indi-
cates a problem with the optional remote 4 to 20 mA demand
limit signal (Inputs
4-20
DLM.M) that is connected to the
CEM module (if the signal reads less than 2 mA). If this
occurs, then demand limiting will be disabled. The unit must
be configured for 4 to 20 mA Demand Limiting using the
Demand Limit Select (Configuration
DMD.L
DM.L.S).
T178 (4-20 mA Static Pressure Reset/VFD Failure) — If this
transducer fails (if the signal reads less than 2 mA on the input
of the CEM module), and the unit is configured to perform
static pressure reset or remote control of the supply fan VFD
with this transducer, no static pressure reset or VFD control
will be performed and an alert will be generated. Recovery is
automatic. Reason for error is either a faulty sensor, wiring
error, or damaged input on the CEM control board.
A200 (Linkage Timeout Error — Comm Failure) — If link-
age is established via the CCN with ComfortID™ terminals, a
5-minute timeout on loss of communication will be monitored.
If 5 minutes expires since the last communication from a VAV
Linkage Master, the unit will remove the link and flag the alert.
When the rooftop looses its link, the temperature and set points
are derived locally. Recovery is automatic on re-establishment
of communications. Reason for failure may be wiring error, too
much bus activity, or damaged 485 drivers.
T210 (Building Pressure Transducer Failure) — The building
pressure transducer (Pressures
AIR.P
BP) fails if the
signal from the 4 to 20 mA building pressure transducer (used
to control the power exhaust fans and the building pressure) is
below 2 mA. If the alert occurs, then the economizer will be
closed and the power exhaust fans turned off. This alert will
automatically reset. Check the building pressure transducer and
sensor tubing. The sensor is located in the auxiliary control
box. The alert will automatically reset.
T211 (Static Pressure Transducer Failure) — The static pres-
sure transducer (Pressures
AIR.P
SP) fails if the signal
from the 4 to 20 mA static pressure transducer (used to control
the VFD speed) is below 2 mA. This failure will cause the unit
to stop due to the potential damage that could occur due to
over-pressurization. Check the pressure transducer and sensor
tubing. The sensor is located in the auxiliary control box. The
alert will automatically reset.
T220 (Indoor Air Quality Sensor Failure) — The indoor air
quality sensor (Inputs
AIR.Q
IAQ) fails if the signal from
the 4 to 20 mA sensor is below 2 mA. If the indoor air quality
sensor fails, demand control ventilation is not possible. The
control defaults to the maximum vent position. Recovery is au-
tomatic. Reason for error is either a faulty sensor, wiring error,
or damaged input on the MBB control board.
T221 (Outdoor Air Quality Sensor Failure) — The indoor air
quality sensor (Inputs
AIR.Q
OAQ) fails if the signal from
the 4 to 20 mA sensor is below 2 mA. If the outdoor air quality
sensor fails, OAQ defaults to 400 ppm and demand control
ventilation will continue. Recovery is automatic. Reason for
error is either a faulty sensor, wiring error, or damaged input on
the CEM control board.
T229 (Economizer Minimum Position Override Input Fail-
ure) — If the unit is configured to use the remote position
override for the economizer and the input Econo Min. Pos.
Override (Configuration
IAQ
AQ.SP
IQ.O.P) input 4 to
20 mA reading is less than 2 mA then an alert will occur and
the default software minimum position will be used for the
economizer. The alert will automatically reset.
T300 (Space Temperature Below Limit) — If the space tem-
perature is below the configurable SPT Low Alert
Limits (occupied [Configuration
ALLM
SP.L.O] for
5 minutes or unoccupied [Configuration
ALLM
SP.L.U]
for 10 minutes), then an alert will be broadcast. The alert will
automatically reset.
99
T301 (Space Temperature Above Limit) — If the space tem-
perature is above the configurable SPT High Alert
Limits (occupied [Configuration
ALLM
SP.H.O] for
5 minutes or unoccupied [Configuration
ALLM
SP.H.U]
for 10 minutes), then an alert will be broadcast. The alert will
automatically reset.
T302 (Supply Temperature Below Limit) — If the supply-air
temperature measured by the supply temperature sensor is
below the configurable SAT LO Alert Limit/Occ (Configura-
tion
ALLM
SA.L.O) for 5 minutes or the SAT LO Alert
Limit/Unocc (Configuration
ALLM
SA.L.U) for 10 min-
utes, then an alert will be broadcast.
T303 (Supply Temperature Above Limit) — If the supply
temperature is above the configurable SAT HI Alert Limit Occ
(Configuration
ALLM
SAH.O) for 5 minutes or the SAT
HI Alert Limit/Unocc (Configuration
ALLM
SA.H.U) for
10 minutes, then an alert will be broadcast. The alert will
automatically reset.
T304 (Return Air Temperature Below Limit) — If the return-
air temperature measured by the RAT sensor is below the
configurable RAT LO Alert Limit/Occ (Configuration
ALLM
RA.L.O) for 5 minutes or RAT HI Alert Limit/Occ
(Configuration
ALLM
RA.L.U) for 10 minutes, then an
alert will be broadcast.
T305 (Return Air Temperature Above Limit) — If the return-
air temperature is below the RAT HI Alert Limit/Occ (Config-
uration
ALLM
RA.H.O) for 5 minutes or RAT HI
Alert Limit/Occ (Configuration
ALLM
RA.H.U) for
10 minutes, then an alert will be broadcast. The alert will
automatically reset.
T308 (Return Air Relative Humidity Below Limit) — If the
unit is configured to use a return air relative humidity sensor
through the Return Air RH Sensor (Configuration
UNIT
SENS
RRH.S) setting, and the measured level is
below the configurable RH Low Alert Limit (Configuration
ALLM
R.RH.L) for 5 minutes, then the alert will occur.
The unit will continue to run and the alert will automatically
reset.
T309 (Return Air Relative Humidity Above Limit) — If the
unit is configured to use a return air relative humidity sensor
through the Return Air RH Sensor (Configuration
UNIT
SENS
RRH.S) setting, and the measured level is
above the configurable RH High Alert Limit (Configuration
ALLM
R.RH.H) for 5 minutes, then the alert will occur.
Unit will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.
T310 (Supply Duct Static Pressure Below Limit) — If the unit
is a VAV unit with a supply duct pressure sensor and the
measured supply duct static pressure (Pressures
AIR.P
SP) is below the configurable SP Low Alert Limit
(Configuration
ALLM
SP.L) for 5 minutes, then the alert
will occur. The unit will continue to run and the alert will auto-
matically reset.
T311 (Supply Duct Static Pressure Above Limit) — If the unit
is a VAV unit with a supply duct pressure sensor and the
measured supply duct static pressure (Pressures
AIR.P
SP) is above the configurable SP Low Alert Limit
(Configuration
ALLM
SP.H) for 5 minutes, then the alert
will occur. The unit will continue to run and the alert will auto-
matically reset.
T312 (Building Static Pressure Below Limit) — If the unit is
configured to use a VFD controlled power exhaust or a modu-
lating power exhaust then a building static pressure limit can be
configured using the BP Low Alert Limit (Configuration
ALLM
BP.L). If the measured pressure (Pres-
sures
AIR.P
BP) is below the limit for 5 minutes then the
alert will occur.
T313 (Building Static Pressure Above Limit) — If the unit is
configured to use a VFD controlled power exhaust or a modu-
lating power exhaust then a building static pressure limit can be
configured using the BP HI Alert Limit (Configuration
ALLM
BP.H). If the measured pressure
(Pressures
AIR.P
BP) is above the limit for 5 minutes,
then the alert will occur.
T314 (IAQ Above Limit) — If the unit is configured to use an
CO2 sensor and the level (Inputs
AIR.Q
IAQ) is above the
configurable IAQ High Alert Limit (Configuration
ALLM
IAQ.H) for 5 minutes then the alert will occur. The
unit will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.
A404 (Fire Shutdown Emergency Mode) — This alarm occurs
when the fire shutdown input is active (either open or closed
depending upon its configuration). If the fire shutdown input is
energized (fire shutdown is in effect), or if two fire smoke
modes are incorrectly energized at the same time, a fire shut-
down mode will occur. This is an emergency mode requiring
the complete shutdown of the unit. Recovery is automatic
when the inputs are no longer on.
This alarm is usually caused by an auxiliary device that is
trying to shut down the unit (e.g., smoke detector). The input
for Fire Shutdown is at Inputs
FIRE
FSD. The switch
logic configuration for this switch input can be found at
variable Configuration
SW.LG
FSD.L. Verify that the
configuration is set correctly, verify the wiring and auxiliary
device. This alarm resets automatically.
A405 (Evacuation Emergency Mode) — Unit has been placed
in the fire evacuation mode by means of the external command
for evacuation (Inputs
FIRE
EVAC).
If the evacuation input on the CEM is energized, an evacua-
tion mode occurs which flags an alarm. This mode attempts to
lower the pressure of the space to prevent smoke from moving
into another space. This is the reverse of the Pressurization
mode. Closing the economizer, opening the return-air damper,
turning on the power exhaust, and shutting down the indoor fan
will decrease pressure in the space. Recovery is automatic
when the input is no longer on.
A406 (Pressurization Emergency Mode) — Unit has been
placed in the fire pressurization mode by means of the External
command for pressurization (Inputs
FIRE
PRES).
If the pressurization input on the CEM is energized, a pres-
surization mode occurs which flags an alarm. This mode
attempts to raise the pressure of a space to prevent smoke
infiltration from another space. The space with smoke should
be in an Evacuation mode attempting to lower its pressure.
Opening the economizer, closing the return-air damper, shut-
ting down power exhaust, and turning the indoor fan on will
increase pressure in the space. Recovery is automatic when the
input is no longer on.
A407 (Smoke Purge Emergency Mode) — Unit has been
placed in the fire pressurization mode by means of the external
command for pressurization (Inputs
FIRE
PURG).
If the smoke purge input on the CEM is energized, a smoke
purge mode occurs which flags an alarm. This mode attempts
to draw out smoke from the space after the emergency condi-
tion. Opening the economizer, closing the return-air damper,
and turning on both the power exhaust and indoor fan will
evacuate smoke and bring in fresh air. Recovery is automatic
when the input is no longer on.
T408 (Dirty Air Filter) — If no dirty filter switch is installed,
the switch will read “clean filter” all the time. Therefore the
dirty filter routine runs continuously and diagnoses the input.
Because of the different possible times it takes to generate
static pressure, this routine waits 2 minutes after the fan starts
before the dirty filter switch is monitored. If the dirty filter
switch reads “dirty filter” for 2 continuous minutes, an alert is
generated. No system action is taken. This is a reminder that it
is time to change the filters in the unit. Recovery from this alert
is through a clearing of all alarms (manual) or after the dirty
filter switch reads clean for 30 continuous seconds (automatic).
100
Because the Dirty Air Filter switch can be configured nor-
mally opened or closed, the switch might be open or closed.
The configuration for this switch input can be found at variable
Configuration
SW.LG
SFS.L. Verify that the configura-
tion is set correctly. Verify the wiring and filter status switch.
The hose should be connected to the low side of the switch.
This alert resets automatically. The dirty filter switch is enabled
at Configuration
UNIT
SENS
FLT.S.
A409 (Supply Fan Commanded On, Sensed Off Failure)
A409 (Supply Fan Commanded Off, Sensed On Failure)
T409 (Supply Fan Commanded On, Sensed Off Failure)
T409 (Supply Fan Commanded Off, Sensed On Failure) —
Both the alert and the alarm refer to the same failure. The only
difference between the alarm and alert is that in the case where
the supply fan status configuration to shut down the unit is set
to YES (Configuration
UNIT
SFS.S), the alarm will be
generated AND the unit will be shut down. It is possible to
configure Configuration
UNITS
SFS.M to either a switch
or to monitor a 0.2-in. wg rise in duct pressure if the unit is
VAV with duct pressure control.
The timings for failure for both are the same and are
illustrated in the following table:
Recovery is manual. Reason for failure may be a broken fan
belt, failed fan relay or failed supply fan status switch.
T414 (Loss of Communication with Belimo Actuator) — The
Belimo economizer motor is a digital controlled motor. The
ComfortLink™ controls can monitor the status of the motor. If
there is a problem, this alert will occur. The control will attempt
to close the economizer dampers.
T414 (Belimo Actuator Direction Error) — This alert occurs
when the economizer damper direction switch is in the wrong
position. The direction switch should be in the clockwise posi-
tion and the actuator should be mounted so that the CW face of
the actuator is accessible. Correct if necessary. This alert clears
automatically.
T414 (Belimo Actuator Failure) — This alert occurs when the
commanded damper position is changing too rapidly. This alert
resets automatically.
T414 (Belimo Actuator Jammed) — This alert occurs when
the control software has detected that the damper is stuck.
Check the mechanical actuation of the dampers.
T414 (Belimo Actuator Range Error) — This alert occurs
when the economizer range of motion is less than 90 degrees.
Initiate economizer calibration (Service Test
INDP
E.CAL) using the Service Test menu.
T420 (R-W1 Jumper Must be Installed to Run Heat in Service
Test) — This alert occurs when a request for a heat output has
occurred yet the W1 input is not high. A jumper must be
installed between R and W1 when trying to test heat in Service
Test. The alert will clear when Service Test is exited or if
another Service Test mode is selected. Remove jumper when
done using Service Test if the unit is operating with a thermo-
stat. The jumper should only be left in place if the unit is
operating with a space temperature sensor.
T421 (Thermostat Y2 Input On without Y1 On) — This alert
occurs in Thermostat Mode when Y2 is energized and Y1 is
not. Verify thermostat and thermostat wiring. When Y2 turns
on, the software will behave as if Y1 and Y2 are both on. When
Y2 turns off, the software will behave as if Y1 and Y2 are both
Off. This alert resets automatically when Y1 is turned on.
T422 (Thermostat W2 Input On without W1 On) — This alert
occurs in Thermostat Mode when W2 is energized and W1 is
not. Verify thermostat and thermostat wiring. When W2 turns
on, the software will behave as if W1 and W2 are both on.
When W2 turns off, the software will behave as if W1 and W2
are both off. This alert resets automatically when W1 is turned
on.
T423 (Thermostat Y and W Inputs On) — This alert occurs in
Thermostat Mode when Y1 or Y2 is energized simultaneously
with W1 or W2. Verify thermostat and thermostat wiring. The
software will enter either the cooling or heating mode depend-
ing upon which input turned on first. This alert resets automati-
cally when Y1 and Y2 are not on simultaneously with W1 and
W2.
T424 (Thermostat G Input Off On a Cooling Call) — This
alert occurs in Thermostat Mode when the fan is not requested
(G = ON) during cooling (Y1 or Y2 = ON). Verify thermostat
and thermostat wiring.
T500 (Current Sensor Board Failure – A1)
T501 (Current Sensor Board Failure – A2)
T502 (Current Sensor Board Failure – B1)
T503 (Current Sensor Board Failure – B2) — Alert codes
500, 501, 502, and 503 are for compressors A1, A2, B1, and
B2 respectively. These alerts occur when the output of the cur-
rent sensor (CS) is a constant high value. These alerts reset au-
tomatically. If the problem cannot be resolved and the CS
board must be replaced, the CS board can be temporarily dis-
abled while securing a replaced board. A CS board is disabled
by setting Configuration
COOL
CS.A1, CS.A2, CS.B1 or
CS.B2 to Disable.
If the current sensor board malfunctions or is not properly
connected to its assigned digital input, an alert will be generat-
ed. It takes 2 to 4 seconds to log the alert. If the alert is logged,
it stays for a minimum of 15 seconds to provide the application
a reasonable time to catch the failure. Compressors will be not
be inhibited by this failure. Recovery is automatic. Reason for
failure may be a faulty current sensor board, incorrect wiring,
or a damaged input on the MBB control board.
A700 (Supply Air Temperature Sensor Failure) — This alarm
indicates a failure of the sensor supply air temperature sensor
or the leaving air temperature sensor (if using hydronic heat).
This alarm occurs when the temperature sensor (Temp era -
tures
AIR.T
SAT) is outside the range –40 to 240 F (–40 to
116 C). This alarm resets automatically. The cause of the alarm
is usually a faulty thermistor, a shorted or open thermistor
caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
T701 (Staged Gas 1 Thermistor Failure)
T702 (Staged Gas 2 Thermistor Failure)
T703 (Staged Gas 3 Thermistor Failure) — If any of the staged
gas thermistors (Temp era tur es
AIR.T
S.G.L1-3) fails, an
alert will be generated and the remaining thermistors will be
averaged together (Temperatures
AIR.T
S.G.LS) without
the failed thermistor. Recovery is automatic. Reason for failure
may be incorrect wiring, faulty thermistor, or a damaged input
on the staged gas control board (SCB).
A704 (Staged Gas Leaving Air Temperature Sum Total Fail-
ure) — If all three staged gas thermistors (Tempera-
tures
AIR.T
S.G.L1-3) fail (the sensor is outside the range
of –40 F to 240 F), staged gas will be shut down and this alarm
will be generated. Recovery is automatic. Reason for failure
may be faulty wiring, faulty thermistors, or damaged inputs on
the staged gas control board (SCB).
UNIT TYPE/MODE MINIMUM ON
TIME
MINIMUM OFF
TIME
CV (no gas heat) 30 seconds 1 minute
CV (gas heat) 2 minutes 4 minutes
VAV (IGV/no gas heat) 2 minutes 4 minutes
VAV (VFD/no gas heat) 1 minute 1 minute
VAV (IGV/gas heat) 4 minutes 4 minutes
VAV (VFD/gas heat) 3 minutes 4 minutes
101
T705 (Limit Switch Thermistor Failure) — A failure (the sen-
sor is outside the range of –40 F to 240 F) of this thermistor
(Tem pe rat ur es
AIR.T
S.G.LM) will cause an alert to occur
and a disabling of the limit switch monitoring function for the
staged gas control board (SCB). Recovery is automatic.
Reason for failure may be due to faulty wiring, a faulty
thermistor, or a damaged input on the staged gas control board
(SCB).
MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
General — The 48/50A Series package rooftop units with
electric cooling and with gas heating (48A units) or electric
cooling and electric heating (50A units) contain the
ComfortLink™ electronic control system that monitors all
operations of the rooftop. The control system is composed of
several components as listed below. See Fig. 15-23 for typical
control and power component schematics. Figures 24 and 25
show the layout of the control box, unit, and thermistor and
transducer locations.
Factory-Installed Components
MAIN BASE BOARD (MBB) — See Fig 26. The MBB is
the center of the ComfortLink control system. The MBB con-
tains the major portion of the operating software and controls
the operation of the unit. The MBB has 22 inputs and 11 out-
puts. See Table 115 for the inputs and output assignments. The
MBB also continuously monitors additional data from the
optional ECB1, ECB2, SCB, and CEM boards through the
LEN communications port. The MBB also interfaces with the
Carrier Comfort Network® system through the CCN communi-
cations port. The board is located in the main control box.
ECONOMIZER BOARD (ECB1) — The ECB1 controls the
economizer actuator and the power exhaust fans. The ECB1
operates the economizer motor using a digital communication
signal that also provides status and diagnostics for the econo-
mizer motor. See Fig. 27. The ECB1 also controls the operation
of the power exhaust motors and provides up to 6 stages of dig-
itally sequenced power exhaust either based on the economizer
motor position or the building pressure. The board has 4 inputs
and 6 outputs. Additionally, ECB1 provides an output that will
send a 4 to 20 mA signal to a field-installed VFD power ex-
haust accessory. Details can be found in Table 116. The ECB1
board is located in an auxiliary box located at the end of the
unit behind the filter access door. The board also contains
a second LEN port than can be used with the accessory
Navigator™ display.
VAV BOARD (ECB2) — The VAV board (which is the same
hardware as the ECB1) is used to control the supply fan on
VAV units. See Fig. 27. It sends a 4 to 20 mA signal to the VFD
based on a supply duct pressure sensor connected to the board.
The board also accepts a signal from another pressure sensor
that monitors building pressure and controls the operation of
the optional modulating power exhaust motors. The board will
also be used on CV units with the optional building pressure
control feature and modulating power exhaust. This board is
also used to control a digitally controlled hot gas bypass sole-
noid with an integral orifice for use in low load applications.
This board is located in the auxiliary control box. Input and
output assignments are summarized in Table 117.
STAGED GAS HEAT BOARD (SCB) — When optional
staged gas heat is used on CV and VAV units, the SCB board is
installed and controls operation of the gas valves. See Fig. 28.
The SCB also provides additional sensors for monitoring of the
supply-air temperature. This board is located in the gas heat
section of the unit. The inputs and outputs are summarized in
Table 118.
CONTROL EXPANSION MODULE (CEM) — The optional
CEM (also available as an accessory) is used to accept inputs
for additional sensors or control sequence switches, including:
• smoke control mode field switches
• VAV Supply Air Temperature Set Point reset using an exter-
nal 4 to 20 mA signal
• outdoor air CO2 sensor (for supply duct pressure reset using
an eternal 4 to 20 mA signal)
• external fan status pressure switch input (CV units)
• demand limit sequence proportional signal or discrete
switches
The CEM board is located in the main control box. See
Fig. 29. The inputs and outputs are summarized in Table 119.
INTEGRATED GAS CONTROL (IGC) — One IGC is pro-
vided with each bank of gas heat exchangers (2 used on the size
020-050 units and 3 on size 051 and 060 units). The IGC
controls the direct spark ignition system and monitors the
rollout switch, limit switches, and induced-draft motor Hall
Effect switch. The IGC is equipped with an LED (light-
emitting diode) for diagnostics. See Table 120.
COMPRESSOR PROTECTION BOARD (CS) — This board
monitors the status of the compressor by sensing the current
flow to the compressors and then provides digital status signal
to the MBB.
102
RED JUMPER WIRE MUST BE ADDED
BETWEEN R AND W1 FOR UNITS
EQUIPPED WITH HEAT IN NON-THERMOSTAT
APPLICATIONS
~
~~~~~~~
TO
NEXT
PAG E
Fig. 15 — Typical Main Control Box Wiring Schematic (48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY Units)
a48-8355
103
~
~
~~~ ~~ ~
Fig. 15 — Typical Main Control Box Wiring Schematic (48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY Units) (cont)
a48-8355
104
Fig. 16 — Typical Main Control Box Wiring Schematic (48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 Units)
a48-8355
105
~
~~~~~~
~~
~
~
~
~
~
TO
NEX
T
PAGE
Fig. 17 — Typical Auxiliary Control Box Wiring Schematic
A48-7294
106
~
~~~ ~~
~~~~
~
~~ ~
Fig. 17 — Typical Auxiliary Control Box Wiring Schematic (cont)
a48-8356
107
Fig. 18 — Typical 2 Stage Gas Heat Wiring Schematic (Size 051 and 060 Units Shown)
a48--8357
108
~~
TO
NEXT
PAG E
Fig. 19 — Typical Staged Gas Heat Wiring Schematic (Size 051 and 060 Units Shown)
A48-7296
109
~
~
Fig. 19 — Typical Staged Gas Heat Wiring Schematic (Size 051 and 060 Units Shown) (cont)
A48-8358
110
Fig. 20 — Typical Electric Heat Control Schematic — (50 Series Size 051 and 060 Units Shown)
a50-8228
111
TO
NEXT
PAG E
Fig. 21 — Typical Power Schematic (48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY051 and 060 Units Shown)
A48-7298
112
FROM
PREVIOUS
PAG E
Fig. 21 — Typical Power Schematic (48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY051 and 060 Units Shown) (cont)
a48-8360
113
Fig. 22 — Typical Power Schematic (48/50A2,A3,A4,A5060 Unit Shown)
114
SW1
SW2
OR DEHUMIDIFY SWITCH
Fig. 23 — Typical Controls Option Wiring Schematic
a48-8361
115
Fig. 24 — Typical Small Chassis Component Location (Size 020-035 Units)
a48-8362
116
Fig. 25 — Typical Large Chassis Component Locations (Size 036-060 Units)
A48-7302
117
LEGEND AND NOTES FOR FIG. 15-25
LEGEND
NOTES:
1. Factory wiring is in accordance with the National Electrical
Codes. Any field modifications or additions must be in compli-
ance with all applicable codes.
2. Use 75° C min wire for field power supply, use copper wires for
all units.
3. All circuit breakers “Must Trip Amps” are equal to or less than
156% RLA.
4. Compressor and fan motors are thermally protected — three
phase motors protected against primary single phase conditions.
5. Red jumper wire must be added between R, W1, and W2 for
space temperature sensor and all VAV units with heat and tem-
porarily during Service Test mode when the heaters need to
operate.
A—Circuit A
AUX — Auxiliary Contact
B—Circuit B
BP — Building Pressure Transducer
C—Contactor, Compressor
CAP — Capacitor
CB — Circuit Breaker
CCB — Control Circuit Breaker
CCH — Crankcase Heater
CCN — Carrier Comfort Network®
CEM — Controls Expansion Module
COMP — Compressor Motor
CR — Control Relay
CS — Compressor Safety
CSB — Compressor Current Sensing Board
DP — Duct Pressure Sensor
DPT — Discharge Pressure Transducer
DS — Disconnect Switch
ECB-1 — Economizer Control Board
ECB-2 — Building and Supplier Air Control Board
EDT — Evaporator Discharge Air Temperature
FIOP — Factory-Installed Option
FS — Flame Sensor
FU — Fuse
GND — Ground
HC — Heat Contactor
HGBP — Hot Gas Bypass
HIR — Heat Interlock Relay
HPS — High Pressure Switch
HR — Heat Relay
HS — Hall Effect Induced Draft Motor Switch
IAQ — Indoor Air Quality
IDF — Induced Draft Fan
IDM — Induced Draft Motor
IFC — Indoor Fan Contactor
IFCB — Indoor Fan Circuit Breaker
IFM — Indoor Fan Motor
IGC — Integrated Gas Control Board
IP — Internal Compressor Protector
LAT — Staged Gas Temperature Sensor
LEN — Local Equipment Network
LS — Limit Switch
MBB — Main Base Board
MGV — Main Gas Valve
NEC — National Electrical Code
OARH — Outdoor Air Relative Humidity
OAT — Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor
OFC — Outdoor Fan Contactor
OFM — Outdoor Fan Motor
PEC — Power Exhaust Contactor
PEM — Power Exhaust Motor
PL — Plug
RARH — Return Air Relative Humidity
RAT — Return Air Temperature Sensor
RLA — Rated Load Amps
RLY — Relay
RS — Rollout Switch
SCB — Staged Gas Heat Control Board
SCT — Saturated Condensing Temperature Sensor
SDU — Scrolling Marquee Display
SST — Saturated Suction Temperature Sensor
T-5 5 — Room Temperature Sensor
T-5 6 — Room Temperature Sensor with Setpoint
TB — Terminal Block
TRAN — Transformer
VAV — Variable Air Volume
VFD — Variable Frequency Drive
Terminal Block
Terminal (Unmarked)
Terminal (Marked)
Splice
Factory Wiring
Field Wiring
To indicate common potential only.
Not to represent wiring.
To Indicate FIOP or Accessory
THERMOSTAT MARKINGS
BM — Blower Motor
C—Common
CM — Inducer Motor
CS — Centrifugal Switch
G—Fan
IFO — Indoor Fan On
L1 — Line 1
R—Thermostat Power
RT — Power Supply
SS — Speed Sensor
W1 — Thermostat Heat Stage 1
W2 — Thermostat Heat Stage 2
X—Alarm Output
Y1 — Thermostat Cooling Stage 1
Y2 — Thermostat Cooling Stage 2
118
Table 115 — Main Control Board (MBB) Inputs and Outputs
YAC — Gas Heat Unit
POINT
NAME POINT DESCRIPTION I/O POINT
NAME
PLUG AND PIN
REFERENCE SIGNAL PIN(S) PORT STATE
INPUTS
GASFAN YAC Indoor Fan relay (fan request from YAC) DI1 J6, 3-4 4 0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
FSD Fire Shutdown switch input DI2 J6, 5-6 6 0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
GThermostat ‘G’ input DI3 J7, 1-2 2 0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
W2 Thermostat ‘W2’ input DI4 J7, 3-4 4 0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
W1 Thermostat ‘W1’ input DI5 J7, 5-6 6 0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
Y2 Thermostat ‘Y2’ input DI6 J7, 7-8 8 0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
Y1 Thermostat ‘Y1’ input DI7 J7, 9-10 10 0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
CSB_A1 Compressor A1 current sensor DIG1 J9, 10-12 10=5v, 11=Vin, 12=GND 0 = 5vdc, 1 = 0vdc
CSB_A2 Compressor A2 current sensor DIG2 J9, 7-9 7=5v, 8=Vin, 9=GND 0 = 5vdc, 1 = 0vdc
CSB_B1 Compressor B1 current sensor DIG3 J9, 4-6 4=5v, 5=Vin, 6 =GND 0 = 5vdc, 1 = 0vdc
CSB_B2 Compressor B2 current sensor DIG4 J9, 1-3 1=5v, 2=Vin, 3=GND 0 = 5vdc, 1 = 0vdc
DP_A/SCTA Circuit A saturated
condensing pressure/temp AN1 J8, 21-23 21=5v, 22=Vin, 23=GND
(thermistor 21-22) (0-5vdc, thermistor, ohms)
DP_B/SCTB Circuit B saturated
condensing pressure/temp AN2 J8, 24-26 24=5v, 25=Vin, 26=GND
(thermistor 24-25) (0-5vdc, thermistor, ohms)
SP_A/SSTA Circuit A saturated
suction pressure/temp AN3 J8, 15-17 15=5v, 16=Vin, 17=GND
(thermistor 15-16) (0-5vdc, thermistor, ohms)
SP_B/SSTB Circuit B saturated
suction pressure/temp AN4 J8, 18-20 18=5v, 19=Vin, 20=GND
(thermistor 18-20) (0-5vdc, thermistor, ohms)
RAT Return air temperature AN5 J8, 9-10 9 (thermistor, ohms)
SA_TEMP Supply air temperature AN6 J8, 11-12 11 (thermistor, ohms)
OAT Outdoor air temperature AN7 J8, 13-14 13 (thermistor, ohms)
SPT Space temperature (T55/56) AN8 J8, 1-2 1 (thermistor, ohms)
SPTO Space temperature offset (T56) AN9 J8, 3-4 3 (thermistor, ohms)
IAQ/IAQMINOV IAQ analog input AN10 J8, 5-6 5 (thermistor, ohms)
FLTS Filter Status AN11 J8, 7-8 7 (thermistor, ohms)
OUTPUTS
CMPB2 Compressor B2 RLY 1 J10, 20-21 20 = RLY1A (=RLY2A), 21 = RLY1B 1 = Closes RLY1A/RLY1B
CMPB1 Compressor B1 RLY 2 J10, 22-23 22 = RLY2A (=RLY1A), 23 = RLY2B 1 = Closes RLY2A/RLY2B
CMPA2 Compressor A2 RLY 3 J10, 24-25 24 = RLY3A (=RLY4A), 25 = RLY3B 1 = Closes RLY3A/RLY3B
CMPA1 Compressor A1 RLY 4 J10, 26-27 26 = RLY4A (=RLY3A), 27 = RLY4B 1 = Closes RLY4A/RLY4B
CONDFANB Condenser fan B RLY 5 J10, 10-11 10 = RLY5A (=RLY6A), 11 = RLY5B 1 = Closes RLY5A/RLY5B
CONDFANA Condenser fan A RLY 6 J10, 12-13 12 = RLY6A (=RLY5A), 13 = RLY6B 1 = Closes RLY6A/RLY6B
HS2 Heat stage 2 RLY7 J10, 14-16 14 = 15 = RLY7A, 16 = RLY7B 1 = Closes RLY7A/RLY7B
HS1 Heat stage 1 RLY 8 J10, 17-19 17 = 18 = RLY8A, 19 = RLY8B 1 = Closes RLY8A/RLY8B
HIR Heat interlock relay RLY 9 J10, 4-6 4 = 5 = RLY9A, 6 = RLY9B 1 = Closes RLY9A/RLY9B
SF Supply fan RLY 10 J10, 7-9 7 = 8 = RLY10A, 9 = RLY10B 1 = Closes RLY10A/RLY10B
ALRM Alarm output relay RLY 11 J10, 1-3 1 = 2 = RLY11A, 3 = RLY11B 1 = Closes RLY11A/RLY11B
Fig. 26 — Main Base Board (MBB)
CEPL130346-01 HK 50AA029 CE BO 430346
STATUS
LEN
J1 J2
J4 J3
J5
J6
J7 J8 J9
J10
RED LED - STATUS
GREEN LED-
LEN (LOCAL EQUIPMENT NETWORK)
YELLOW LED -
CCN (CARRIER COMFORT NETWORK)
INSTANCE JUMPER (SET TO 1)
A48-7811
119
Table 116 — Economizer Control Board (ECB1) Inputs and Outputs
POINT
NAME POINT DESCRIPTION I/O POINT
NAME
PLUG AND PIN
REFERENCE SIGNAL PIN(S) PORT STATE
INPUTS
RMTIN Remote occupancy DI1 J4, 1-2 2 24VAC = 1, 0VAC = 0
ECONENBL,
ECOORIDE Economizer enable DI2 J4, 3-4 4 24VAC = 1, 0VAC = 0
RARH Return air relative humidity AN1 J5, 1-3 1=24VDC, 2=0-20mA in, 3=GND 0-20mA
OARH Outdoor air relative humidity AN2 J5, 4-6 4=24VDC, 5=0-20mA in, 6=GND 0-20mA
OUTPUTS
ECB1_AO1 ECB1, analog output 1 AO1 J9, 1-2 1=0-20mA, 2=GND 0-20mA OUT
ECONOCMD Economizer actuator
(digital control) PP/MP J7, 1-3 1=PP/MP Data, 2=24VAC, 3=GND Belimo PP/MP Protocol
PE_A Power Exhaust stage A RLY1 J8, 1-3 1 = 2 = RLY1A, 3 = RLY1B 1 = Closes RLY1A/RLY1B
PE_B Power Exhaust stage B RLY 2 J8, 4-6 4 =5 = RLY2A, 6 = RLY2B 1 = Closes RLY2A/RLY2B
PE_C Power Exhaust stage C RLY 3 J8, 7-9 7 = 8 = RLY3A, 9 = RLY3B 1 = Closes RLY3A/RLY3B
ECON_PWR Economizer Power RLY 6 J8, 16-18 16 = 17 = RLY6A, 18 = RLY6B 1 = Closes RLY6A/RLY6B
Fig. 27 — Economizer Control Board (ECB1) and VAV Control Board (ECB2)
A48-7706
120
Table 117 — VAV Control Board (ECB2) Inputs and Outputs
POINT
NAME POINT DESCRIPTION I/O POINT
NAME
PLUG AND PIN
REFERENCE SIGNAL PIN(S) PORT STATE
INPUTS
DI1 J4, 1-2 2 24VAC = 1, 0VAC = 0
DI2 J4, 3-4 4 24VAC = 1, 0VAC = 0
BP Building static pressure AN1 J5, 1-3 1=24VDC, 2=0-20mA in, 3=GND 0-20mA
SP Supply Duct static pressure AN2 J5, 4-6 4=24VDC, 5=0-20mA in, 6=GND 0-20mA
OUTPUTS
SFAN_VFD Supply Fan Inverter speed AO1 J9, 1-2 1=0-20mA, 2=GND 0-20mA OUT
PP/MP J7, 1-3 1=PP/MP Data, 2=24VAC, 3=GND Belimo PP/MP Protocol
RLY1 J8, 1-3 1 = 2 = RLY1A, 3 = RLY1B 1 = Closes RLY1A/RLY1B
RLY 2 J8, 4-6 4 =5 = RLY2A, 6 = RLY2B 1 = Closes RLY2A/RLY2B
RLY 3 J8, 7-9 7 = 8 = RLY3A, 9 = RLY3B 1 = Closes RLY3A/RLY3B
MLV Minimum load valve RLY 6 J8, 16-18 16 = 17 = RLY6A, 18 = RLY6B 1 = Closes RLY6A/RLY6B
ADDRESS DIP
SWITCHES ALL ON
RED LED-
STATUS
GREEN LED-
LEN (LOCAL EQUIPMENT NETWORK)
J2
J1
PWR
J4
LEN
LEN
J3
4-POSITION
DIP SWITCH
PWR
113 10 7
XDCR/THERM
41
J6
J5
7413131
J8
0-20mA OUT
J7
THERMXDCR/THERM
1
4
13 10 7RELAYS
J9
CEBD430427 HK50AA032 CEPL130427
Fig. 28 — Staged Gas Heat Control Board (SCB)
A48-7707
121
Table 118 — Staged Gas Control Board (SCB) Inputs and Outputs
POINT
NAME POINT DESCRIPTION I/O POINT
NAME
PLUG AND PIN
REFERENCE SIGNAL PIN(S) PORT STATE
INPUTS
AN1 J5, 1-3 1=5v, 2=Vin, 3=GND (thermistor 1-2) (0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
AN2 J5, 4-6 4=5v, 5=Vin, 6=GND (thermistor 4-5) (0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
LAT1SGAS Leaving air temperature 1 AN3 J5, 7-9 7=5v, 8=Vin, 9=GND (thermistor 7-8) (0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
LAT2SGAS Leaving air temperature 2 AN4 J5, 10-12 10=5v, 11=Vin, 12=GND (thermistor 10-11) (0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
LAT3SGAS Leaving air temperature 3 AN5 J5, 13-15 13=5v, 14=Vin, 15=GND (thermistor 13-14) (0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
AN6 J6, 1-3 1=5v, 2=Vin, 3=GND (thermistor 1-2) (0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
AN7 J6, 4-6 4=5v, 5=Vin, 6=GND (thermistor 4-5) (0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
AN8 J6, 7-9 7=5v, 8=Vin, 9=GND (thermistor 7-8) (0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
AN9 J7, 1-2 1 (thermistor, ohms)
AN10 J7, 3-4 3 (thermistor, ohms)
OUTPUTS
AO1 J8, 1-2 1=0-20mA, 2=GND 0-20mA OUT
AO2 J8, 3-4 3=0-20mA, 4=GND 0-20mA OUT
HS3 Heat Stage 3 RLY1 J9, 1-3 1 = 2 = RLY1A, 3 = RLY1B 1 = Closes RLY1A/RLY1B
HS4 Heat Stage 4 RLY 2 J9, 4-6 4 = 5 = RLY2A, 6 = RLY2B 1 = Closes RLY2A/RLY2B
HS5 Heat Stage 5 RLY 3 J9, 7-9 7 = 8 = RLY3A, 9 = RLY3B 1 = Closes RLY3A/RLY3B
HS6 Heat Stage 6 RLY 4 J9, 10-12 10 = 11= RLY4A, 12 = RLY4B 1 = Closes RLY4A/RLY4B
RLY 5 J9, 13-15 13 = 14 = RLY5A, 15 = RLY5B 1 = Closes RLY5A/RLY5B
CEBD430351
TEST 1
CEPL130351-01
PWR
TEST 2
J1 J2
J4 J3
J5
J6
J7
LEN
STATUS
RED LED - STATUS GREEN LED -
LEN (LOCAL EQUIPMENT NETWORK) ADDRESS
DIP SWITCH (ALL ON)
Fig. 29 — Controls Expansion Board (CEM)
A48-7708
122
Table 119 — Controls Expansion Board (CEM) Inputs
Table 120 — IGC Board Inputs and Outputs
SCROLLING MARQUEE — This device is the keypad in-
terface used to access the control information, read sensor
values, and test the unit. The scrolling marquee display is a
4-key, 4-character, 16-segment LED display as well as an
Alarm Status LED. See Fig. 30. The display is easy to operate
using 4 buttons and a group of 11 LEDs that indicate the
following menu structures:
• Run Status
•Service Test
• Temperatures
•Pressures
• Set points
• Inputs
• Outputs
• Configuration
• Timeclock
• Operating Modes
•Alarms
Through the scrolling marquee the user can access all the
inputs and outputs to check on their values and status. Because
the unit is equipped with suction pressure transducers and
discharge saturation temperature sensors it can also display
pressures typically obtained from gages. The control includes a
full alarm history, which can be accessed from the display. In
addition, through the scrolling marquee the user can access a
built-in test routine that can be used at start-up commission and
to diagnose operational problems with the unit. The scrolling
marquee is located in the main control box and is standard on
all units.
SUPPLY FAN — The size 020 to 050 units are equipped with
two 15 x 11-in. forward-curved fans. The size 051 and 060
units have three 15 x 11-in. fans. They are on a common shaft
and are driven by single belt drive 3-phase motor. The fan is
controlled directly by the ComfortLink™ controls.
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD) — On variable
volume units, the supply fan speed is controlled by a 3-phase
VFD. The VFD is located in the fan section behind a remov-
able panel as shown in Fig. 24 and 25. The VFD speed is
controlled directly by the ComfortLink controls through a 4 to
20 mA signal based on a supply duct pressure sensor. The
inverter has a display, which can be used for service diagnos-
tics, but setup of the supply duct pressure set point and control
loop factors is done through the scrolling marquee display. The
VFD is powered during normal operation to prevent condensa-
tion from forming on the boards during the off mode and is
stopped by driving the speed to 0 (by sending a 2 mA signal to
the VFD).
The A Series units use ABB ACH550 VFDs. The interface
wiring for the VFDs is shown in Fig. 31. Terminal designations
are shown in Table 121.
POINT
NAME POINT DESCRIPTION I/O POINT
NAME
PLUG AND PIN
REFERENCE SIGNAL PIN(S) PORT STATE
INPUTS
SFS Supply Fan Status switch DI 1 J7, 1-2 2 0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
DMD_SW1 Demand Limit - SW1 DI 2 J7, 3-4 4 0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
DMD_SW2/
DHD ISCIN
Demand Limit - SW2/
Dehumidification Switch Input DI 3 J7, 5-6 6 0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
PRES Pressurization DI 4 J7, 7-8 8 0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
EVAC Evacuation DI 5 J7, 9-10 10 0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
PURG Purge DI 6 J7, 11-12 12 0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
IAQIN Indoor Air Quality Switch DI 7 J7, 13-14 14 0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
AN7 J6, 1-3 2 (1 = loop power) (0-20mA input)
DMDLMTMA 4-20mA Demand Limit AN8 J6, 4-6 5 (4 = loop power) (0-20mA input)
EDTRESMA 4-20mA Evaporator Discharge SP Reset AN9 J6, 7-9 8 (7 = loop power) (0-20mA input)
OAQ Outside Air CO2 Sensor AN10 J6, 10-12 11 (10 = loop power) (0-20mA input)
SPRESET SP Reset milliamps AN10 J6, 10-12 11 (10 = loop power) (0-20mA input)
CEM_10K1/
CEM_4201
CEM AN1 10k temp J5,1-2/
CEM AN1 4-20 ma J5,1-2 AN1 J5, 1-2 1 (thermistor, ohms)
CEM_10K2/
CEM_4202
CEM AN2 10k temp J5,3-4/
CEM AN2 4-20 ma J5,3-4 AN2 J5, 3-4 3 (thermistor, ohms)
CEM_10K3/
CEM_4203
CEM AN3 10k temp J5,5-6/
CEM AN3 4-20 ma J5,5-6 AN3 J5, 5-6 5 (thermistor, ohms)
CEM_10K4/
CEM_4204
CEM AN4 10k temp J5,7-8/
CEM AN4 4-20 ma J5,7-8 AN4 J5, 7-8 7 (thermistor, ohms)
AN5 J5, 9-10 9 (thermistor, ohms)
AN6 J5, 11-12 11 (thermistor, ohms)
POINT NAME POINT DESCRIPTION CONNECTOR
PIN NO.
INPUTS
RT 24 Volt Power Supply R1,C
W Heat Demand 2
GFan 3
LS Limit Switch 7,8
RS Rollout Switch 5,6
SS Hall Effect Sensor 1,2,3
CS Centrifugal Switch (Not Used) 9,10
FS Flame Sense FS
OUTPUTS
CM Induced Draft Motor CM
IFO Indoor Fan IFO
R 24 Volt Power Output (Not Used) R
SPARK Sparker —
LED Display LED
Run Status
Service Test
Temperature
Pressures
Setpoints
Inputs
Outputs
Configuration
Time Clock
Operating Modes
Alarms
Alarm Status
ENTER
MODE
ESCAPE
Fig. 30 — Scrolling Marquee
A30-2239
123
Table 121 — VFD Terminal Designations
POWER EXHAUST — The units can be equipped with an
optional power exhaust system. The power exhaust fans are
forward-curved fans with direct-drive motors. The motors are
controlled directly by the ComfortLink™ controls through the
ECB1 board. On the 48/50A020-050 units there are 4 fans. On
the 48/50A051 and 060 units there are 6 fans. The fan sequenc-
es are controlled to provide 4 stages on the 48/50A020-050
units and 6 stages on the 48/50A051 and 060 units. There are
two control methods. For CV applications the fans can be
configured for 2 stages based on adjustable economizer
damper positions. For VAV applications and CV units with the
building pressure control option, the fans are sequenced to
maintain a building pressure set point based on a building
pressure transducer.
ECONOMIZER MOTOR — The economizer outside air and
return air dampers are gear-driven dampers without linkage. A
digitally controlled economizer motor controls their position.
The motor position is controlled by the ECB1 board by means
of a digital two-way communication signal. This allows for
accurate control of the motors as well as feedback information
and diagnostics information. The control has a self-calibration
routine that allows the motor position to be configured at initial
unit start-up. The motor is located on the economizer and can
be reached through the filter access door.
THERMISTORS AND PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS —
The 48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units are equipped with thermistors
and pressure transducers. These units have two thermistors
connected to the condenser coil and two pressure transducers
that are connected to the low side of the system.
The 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 units are equipped with four pres-
sure transducers. These units have two pressure transducers
connected to the low side of the system and two pressure trans-
ducers connected to the high side of the system.
By using either temperature sensors or transducers, the
ComfortLink controller displays the high and low side pres-
sures and saturation temperatures. A normal gage set is not
required.
SMOKE DETECTOR — The units can be equipped with an
optional smoke detector located in the return air. The detector
is wired to the ComfortLink controls and, if activated, will stop
the unit by means of a special fire mode. The smoke detector
can also be wired to an external alarm system through TB5
terminals 10 and 11. The sensor is located in the return air sec-
tion behind the filter access door.
FILTER STATUS SWITCH — The units can be equipped
with an optional filter status switch. The switch measures the
pressure drop across the filters and closes when an adjustable
pressure set point is exceeded. The sensor is located in the
return air section behind the filter access door.
RETURN AIR CO2 SENSOR — The unit can also be
equipped with a return air IAQ CO2 sensor that is used for the
demand control ventilation. The sensor is located in the return
air section and can be accessed from the filter access door.
Fig. 31 — VFD Wiring
+–
A48-7709
TERMINAL FUNCTION
U1
V1
W1 Three-Phase Main Circuit Input Power Supply
U2
V2 Three-Phase AC Output to Motor, 0 V to
W2 Maximum Input Voltage Level
X1-11 (GND)
X1-12 (COMMON) Factory-supplied jumper
X1-10 (24 VDC)
X1-13 (DI-1) Run (factory-supplied jumper)
X1-10 (24 VDC) Start Enable 1 (factory-supplied jumper). When
X1-16 (DI-4) opened the drive goes to emergency stop.
X1-2 (AI-1)
X1-3 (AGND) Factory wired for 4 to 20 mA remote input
124
BOARD ADDRESSES — Each board in the system has an
address. The MBB has a default address of 1 but it does have
an instance jumper that should be set to 1 as shown in Fig. 26.
For the other boards in the system there is a 4-dip switch head-
er on each board that should be set as shown below.
0 = On; 1 = Off
FIELD CONNECTION TERMINAL STRIPS — Field con-
nection terminal strips are located in the main control box. See
Fig. 32 and Table 122.
Accessory Control Components — In addition to
the factory-installed options, the units can also be equipped
with several field-installed accessories that expand the control
features of the unit. The following hardware components can
be used as accessories.
ROOM THERMOSTATS (48/50AJ,AW,A2,A4 UNITS
ONLY) — The ComfortLink™ controls support a conven-
tional electro-mechanical or electronic thermostat that uses the
Y1, Y2, W1, W2, and G signals. The control also supports an
additional input for an occupied/unoccupied command that is
available on some new thermostats. The ComfortLink controls
can be configured to run with multiple stages of capacity which
allows up to 6 stages of capacity. Although the unit can be con-
figured for normal 2-stage control, it is recommended that the
multi-stage control be used. The room thermostat is connected
to TB4.
SPACE SENSOR — The ComfortLink controls support the
use of space temperature sensors. The T55 and T56 sensors
and CCN communicating T58 room sensor can be used. The
T55 and T56 sensors are connected to TB5 terminal 3, 4, and 5.
The T58 sensor is connected to the CCN connections on TB3.
When a T55, T56, or T58 sensor is used, the user must install
the red jumpers from R to W1, and W2 on TB4 for the heat
function to work correctly.
SPACE CO2 SENSORS — The ComfortLink controls also
support a CO2 IAQ sensor that can be located in the space for
use in demand ventilation. The sensor must be a 4 to 20 mA
sensor and should be connected to TB5 terminal 6 and 7. See
Fig. 33 for sensor wiring.
ECONOMIZER HUMIDITY CHANGEOVER SEN-
SORS — The ComfortLink controls support 5 different
changeover schemes for the economizer. These are:
• outdoor air dry bulb
• differential dry bulb
• outdoor air enthalpy curves
• differential enthalpy
• custom curves (a combination of an enthalpy/dewpoint
curve and a dry bulb curve).
The units are equipped as standard with an outside air and
return air dry bulb sensor which supports the dry bulb change-
over methods. If the other methods are to be used, then a field-
installed humidity sensor must be installed for outdoor air en-
thalpy and customer curve control and two humidity sensors
must be installed for differential enthalpy. Installation holes are
pre-drilled and wire harnesses are installed in every unit for
connection of the humidity sensors. The ComfortLink controls
convert the measured humidity into enthalpy, dewpoint, and
the humidity changeover curves.
MOTORMASTER® V CONTROL — For operation below
32 F when an economizer is not used, the units can be equipped
with an accessory Motormaster V control, which controls the
speed of the stage 1 condenser fans. The Motormaster V control
is a 3-phase inverter that controls the speed of the fans based on
a pressure transducer connected to the liquid line. On 48/
50A020-035 units, one fan will be controlled. On 48/50A036-
060 units, two fans will be controlled. For units equipped with
an economizer, there should not be a need for this control be-
cause the economizer can provide free cooling using outside air,
which will be significantly lower in operating cost.
The accessory Motormaster V speed control is a completely
self-contained control and is not controlled by the unit’s
ComfortLink controller. On 48/50A051 and 060 units with 6
fan motors, the Motormaster control configuration (M.M.)
must be set to YES. See page 39.
ACCESSORY NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY — The accesso-
ry handheld Navigator display can be used with the 48/50A se-
ries units. See Fig. 34. The Navigator display operates the same
way as the scrolling marquee device. The ECB1 and ECB2
boards contain a second LEN port (J3 connection) than can be
used with the handheld Navigator display.
CONTROL MODULE COMMUNICATIONS
Red LED — Proper operation of the control boards can be
visually checked by looking at the red status LEDs as shown on
Fig. 26-29. When operating correctly, the red status LEDs
should blink in unison at a rate of once every 2 seconds. If the
red LEDs are not blinking in unison, verify that correct power is
being supplied to all modules. Also, be sure that the main base
board is supplied with the current software. If necessary, reload
current software. If the problem still persists, replace the MBB.
A board LED that is lit continuously or blinking at a rate of once
per second or faster indicates that the board should be replaced.
BOARD SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4
ECB10000
ECB21000
SCB0000
CEM0000
13579111315
246810121416
12345678
R Y1Y2W1W2G C X
13579111315
246810121416
TB5
TB6
TB3
TB4
C
LEN CCN CCN
+-GRD
Fig. 32 — Field Connection Terminal Strips (Main Control Box)
A48-7081
125
Table 122 — Field Connection Terminal Strips
TERMINAL
BOARD
TERMINAL
NO. DESCRIPTION TYPE
TB-1 - POWER CONNECTION OR DISCONNECT (in Main Control Box)
TB1
11 L1 power supply 208-230/460/575/380/-3-60, 400-3-50
12 L2 power supply 208-230/460/575/380/-3-60, 400-3-50
13 L3 power supply 208-230/460/575/380/-3-60, 400-3-50
TB-2 - GROUND (in Main Control Box)
TB2 1 Neutral Power
TB-3 - CCN COMMUNICATIONS (HY84HA096) (in Main Control Box)
TB3
1 LEN + 5 VDC, logic
2 LEN C 5 VDC, logic
3 LEN – 5 VDC, logic
4 24 VAC 24 VAC
5 CCN + 5 VDC, logic
6 CCN c 5 VDC, logic
7 CCN – 5 VDC, logic
8 Grd ground
TB-4 - THEROMSTAT CONNECTIONS (HY84HA090) (in Main Control Box)
TB4
1 Thermostat R 24VAC
2 Thermostat Y1 24VAC
3 Thermostat Y2 24VAC
4 Thermostat W1 24VAC
5 Thermostat W2 24VAC
6 Thermostat G 24VAC
7 Thermostat C 24VAC
8 Thermostat X 24VAC
TB-5 - FIELD CONNECTIONS (HY84HA101) (in Main Control Box)
TB5
1 VAV Heater Interlock Relay, Ground external 24 VDC relay
2 VAV Heater Interlock Relay, 24 VAC external 24 VDC relay
3 T56 Sensor 5VDC
4 T56/T58 Ground 5VDC
5 T58 Setpoint 5VDC
6 Indoor Air IAQ Remote Sensor/Remote Pot/Remote 4-20 mA 4-20 mA, ext. powered w/res or 0-5 VDC
7 Indoor Air IAQ Remote Sensor/Remote Pot/Remote 4-20 mA 4-20 mA, ext. powered w/res or 0-5 VDC
8 Smoke Detector Remote Alarm external contacts
9 Smoke Detector Remote Alarm external contacts
10 Fire Shutdown 24 VAC external
11 Fire Shutdown external contact
12 Fire Control Common external contact
13 Fire Pressurization external contact
14 Fire Evacuation external contact
15 Fire Smoke Purge external contact
16 Not Used —
TB-6 - FIELD CONNECTIONS (HY84HA101) (in Main Control Box)
TB6
1 Remote Occupied/Economizer Enable 24 VAC external 24 VAC contact
2 Remote Economizer Contact external 24 VAC contact
3 Remote Occupied Contact external 24 VAC contact
4 Demand Limit Contacts Common external 24 VAC contact
5 Demand Limit Switch 1 external 24 VAC contact
6 Demand Limit Switch 2/Dehumidify Switch Input external 24 VAC contact
7 Demand Limit 4-20 mA externally powered 4-20 mA
8 Demand Limit 4-20 mA externally powered 4-20 mA
9 Remote Supply Air Setpoint 4-20 mA externally powered 4-20 mA
10 Remote Supply Air Setpoint 4-20 mA externally powered 4-20 mA
11 Outdoor Air IAQ 4-20 mA externally powered 4-20 mA
12 Outdoor Air IAQ 4-20 mA externally powered 4-20 mA
13 IAQ Remote Switch external contact
14 IAQ Remote Switch external contact
15 Supply Fan Status Switch —
16 Supply Fan Status Switch —
TB-7 - ELECTRIC HEAT POWER BLOCK (in Electric Heat section)
TB7
1 L1 Power Supply 208-230/460/575/380/-3-60, 400-3-50
2 L2 Power Supply 208-230/460/575/380/-3-60, 400-3-50
3 L3 Power Supply 208-230/460/575/380/-3-60, 400-3-50
126
Green LED — The boards also have a green LED, which is
the indicator of the operation of the LEN communications,
which is used for communications between the boards. On the
MBB board the Local Equipment Network (LEN) LED should
always be blinking whenever power is on. All other boards
have a LEN LED that will blink whenever power is on and
there is communication occurring. If LEN LED is not blinking,
check LEN connections for potential communication errors (J3
and J4 connectors). A 3-wire sensor bus accomplishes commu-
nication between modules. These 3 wires run in parallel from
module to module.
Yellow LED — The MBB has one yellow LED. The Carrier
Comfort Network® (CCN) LED will blink during times of
network communication. The other boards do not have a CCN
communications port.
CARRIER COMFORT NETWORK INTERFACE — The
48/50A Series units can be connected to the CCN interface if
desired. The communication bus wiring is a shielded, 3-conduc-
tor cable with drain wire and is field supplied and installed. See
the Installation Instructions for wiring information. The system
elements are connected to the communication bus in a daisy
chain arrangement. The positive pin of each system element
communication connector must be wired to the positive pins of
the system elements on either side of it. This is also required for
the negative and signal ground pins of each system element.
Wiring connections for CCN should be made at TB3. See
Fig. 35. Consult the CCN Contractor’s Manual for further
information.
NOTE: Conductors and drain wire must be 20-AWG
(American Wire Gage) minimum stranded, tinned copper.
Individual conductors must be insulated with PVC, PVC/
nylon, vinyl, Teflon, or polyethylene. An aluminum/polyester
100% foil shield and an outer jacket of PVC, PVC/nylon,
chrome vinyl, or Teflon with a minimum operating tempera-
ture range of –20 C to 60 C is required.
It is important when connecting to a CCN communication
bus that a color-coding scheme be used for the entire network
to simplify the installation. It is recommended that red be used
for the signal positive, black for the signal negative and white
for the signal ground. Use a similar scheme for cables contain-
ing different colored wires.
At each system element, the shields of its communication
bus cables must be tied together. If the communication bus is en-
tirely within one building, the resulting continuous shield must
be connected to a ground at one point only. If the communica-
tion bus cable exits from one building and enters another, the
shields must be connected to grounds at the lightning suppressor
in each building where the cable enters or exits the building (one
point per building only).
J6
TB4
1234567
1234567
TB5
UNIT CONTROL BOX
12
J3
J5
J4
B4
OVERRIDE
3
2
1
123
Fig. 33 — CO2 and Space Temperature Sensor Wiring (33ZCT55CO2 and 33ZCT56CO2)
A48-7306
Run Status
Service Test
Temperatures
Pressures
Setpoints
Inputs
Outputs
Configuration
Time Clock
Operating Modes
Alarms
ENTER
ESC
MODE
Alarm Status
TIME
EWT
LWT
SETP
12.58
54.6F
44.1 F
44.0F
NAVIGATOR
ComfortLink
Fig. 34 — Accessory Navigator Display
127
To connect the unit to the network:
1. Turn off power to the control box.
2. Cut the CCN wire and strip the ends of the red (+), white
(ground), and black (–) conductors. (Substitute appropri-
ate colors for different colored cables.)
3. Connect the red wire to (+) terminal on TB3 of the plug,
the white wire to COM terminal, and the black wire to the
(–) terminal.
4. The RJ14 CCN connector on TB3 can also be used, but is
only intended for temporary connection (for example, a
laptop computer running Service Tool).
5. Restore power to unit.
IMPORTANT: A shorted CCN bus cable will prevent
some routines from running and may prevent the unit
from starting. If abnormal conditions occur, unplug the
connector. If conditions return to normal, check the
CCN connector and cable. Run new cable if necessary.
A short in one section of the bus can cause problems
with all system elements on the bus.
CCN WEB
OR
NETWORK
OPTIONS
REMOTE
CCN SITE TELINK
NON CARRIER
HVAC
EQUIPMENT
BRIDGE
(RECOM-
MENDED)
CID
ROOFTOP
UNIT
COMFORT
ID AIR
TERMINAL
CID CID
AIR DISTRIBUTION-DIGITAL AIR VOLUME CONTROL (DAV)
COMFORT ID
FAN
POWERED
MIXING
BOX
TO
ADDITIONAL
TERMINALS
HEATING/COOLING UNITS
COMPUTER WITH
ComfortView™
SOFTWARE
ROOFTOP
UNIT
CL
ROOFTOP
UNIT
CL
ROOFTOP
UNIT
CL
ROOFTOP
UNIT
CL
CCN BUS
CL
COMFORT
CONTROLLER
COMFORT
ID AIR
TERMINAL
LEGEND
CCN — Carrier Comfort Network®
CID — ComfortID™ Controls
CL — ComfortLink™ Controls
HVAC — Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning
Fig. 35 — CCN System Architecture
COMPUTER WITH
ComfortVIEW™
SOFTWARE
A48-7307
128
SERVICE
Service Access — All unit components can be reached
through clearly labelled hinged access doors. These doors are
not equipped with tiebacks, so if heavy duty servicing is need-
ed, either remove them or prop them open to prevent accidental
closure.
Each door is held closed with 3 latches. The latches are se-
cured to the unit with a single 1/4-in. - 20 x 1/2-in. long bolt. See
Fig. 36.
To open, loosen the latch bolt using a 7/16-in. wrench. Pivot
the latch so it is not in contact with the door. Open the door. To
shut, reverse the above procedure.
NOTE: Disassembly of the top cover may be required under
special service circumstances. It is very important that the ori-
entation and position of the top cover be marked on the unit
prior to disassembly. This will allow proper replacement of the
top cover onto the unit and prevent rainwater from leaking into
the unit.
Cleaning — Inspect unit interior at beginning of each heat-
ing and cooling season and as operating conditions require.
Remove unit side panels and/or open doors for access to unit
interior.
MAIN BURNERS — At the beginning of each heating sea-
son, inspect for deterioration or blockage due to corrosion or
other causes. Observe the main burner flames and adjust if nec-
essary. Check spark gap. See Fig. 37. Refer to Main Burners
section on page 139.
FLUE GAS PASSAGEWAYS — The flue collector box and
heat exchanger cells may be inspected by removing gas section
access panel, flue box cover, collector box, and main burner as-
sembly (Fig. 38 and 39). Refer to Main Burners section on
page 139 for burner removal sequence. If cleaning is required,
clean all parts with a wire brush. Reassemble using new high-
temperature insulation for sealing.
WARNING
Before performing service or maintenance operations on
unit, turn off main power switch to unit. Electrical shock
could cause personal injury.
IMPORTANT: After servicing is completed, make sure
door is closed and relatched properly, and that the latches
are tight. Failure to do so can result in water leakage into
the evaporator section of the unit.
Fig. 36 — Door Latch
Fig. 37 — Spark Gap Adjustment
A48-3821
A48-4022
NOTES:
1. Torque set screws on blower
wheel to 70 in. lb ± 2 in. lb.
2. Torque set screw on propeller
fan to 15 in. lb ± 2 in. lb.
3. Dimensions are in inches.
Fig. 38 — Typical Gas Heating Section
A48-3822
129
COMBUSTION-AIR BLOWER — Clean periodically to as-
sure proper airflow and heating efficiency. Inspect blower
wheel every fall and periodically during heating season. For the
first heating season, inspect blower wheel bi-monthly to deter-
mine proper cleaning frequency.
To inspect blower wheel, remove heat exchanger access
panel. Shine a flashlight into opening to inspect wheel. If
cleaning is required, remove motor and wheel assembly by
removing screws holding motor mounting plate to top of
combustion fan housing (Fig. 38 and 39). The motor, scroll,
and wheel assembly can be removed from the unit. Remove
scroll from plate. Remove the blower wheel from the motor
shaft and clean with a detergent or solvent. Replace motor and
wheel assembly.
ROUND TUBE PLATE FIN COIL MAINTENANCE AND
CLEANING RECOMMENDATIONS — Routine cleaning
of coil surfaces is essential to maintain proper operation of the
unit. Elimination of contamination and removal of harmful res-
idues will greatly increase the life of the coil and extend the life
of the unit. The following maintenance and cleaning proce-
dures are recommended as part of the routine maintenance ac-
tivities to extend the life of the coil.
Remove Surface Loaded Fibers — Surface loaded fibers or
dirt should be removed with a vacuum cleaner. If a vacuum
cleaner is not available, a soft non-metallic bristle brush may
be used. In either case, the tool should be applied in the direc-
tion of the fins. Coil surfaces can be easily damaged (fin edges
can be easily bent over and damage to the coating of a protect-
ed coil) if the tool is applied across the fins.
NOTE: Use of a water stream, such as a garden hose, against a
surface loaded coil will drive the fibers and dirt into the coil.
This will make cleaning efforts more difficult. Surface loaded
fibers must be completely removed prior to using low velocity
clean water rinse.
Periodic Clean Water Rinse — A periodic clean water rinse is
very beneficial for coils that are applied in coastal or industrial
environments. However, it is very important that the water
rinse is made with very low velocity water stream to avoid
damaging the fin edges. Monthly cleaning as described below
is recommended.
Routine Cleaning of Coil Surfaces — Monthly cleaning with
Totaline® environmentally sound coil cleaner is essential to ex-
tend the life of coils. This cleaner is available from Carrier Re-
placement parts division as part number P902-0301 for a one
gallon container, and part number P902-0305 for a 5 gallon
container. It is recommended that all coils, including copper
tube aluminum fin, pre-coated fin, copper fin, or E-coated coils
be cleaned with the Totaline environmentally sound coil clean-
er as described below. Coil cleaning should be part of the unit’s
regularly scheduled maintenance procedures to ensure long life
of the coil. Failure to clean the coils may result in reduced du-
rability in the environment.
Avoid the use of:
• coil brighteners
• acid cleaning prior to painting
• high pressure washers
• poor quality water for cleaning
Totaline environmentally sound coil cleaner is non-flamma-
ble, hypoallergenic, nonbacterial, and a USDA accepted biode-
gradable agent that will not harm the coil or surrounding com-
ponents such as electrical wiring, painted metal surfaces, or in-
sulation. Use of non-recommended coil cleaners is strongly
discouraged since coil and unit durability could be affected.
Totaline Environmentally Sound Coil Cleaner Application
Equipment
•2
1/2 gallon garden sprayer
• water rinse with low velocity spray nozzle
Totaline Environmentally Sound Coil Cleaner Application
Instructions
1. Remove any foreign objects or debris attached to the core
face or trapped within the mounting frame and brackets.
2. Put on personal protective equipment including safety
glasses and/or face shield, waterproof clothing and
gloves. It is recommended to use full coverage clothing.
3. Remove all surface loaded fibers and dirt with a vacuum
cleaner as described above.
4. Thoroughly wet finned surfaces with clean water and a
low velocity garden hose, being careful not to bend fins.
5. Mix Totaline environmentally sound coil cleaner in a
21/2 gallon garden sprayer according to the instructions
included with the cleaner. The optimum solution temper-
ature is 100 F.
NOTE: Do NOT USE water in excess of 130 F, as the enzy-
matic activity will be destroyed.
6. Thoroughly apply Totaline environmentally sound coil
cleaner solution to all coil surfaces including finned area,
tube sheets and coil headers.
7. Hold garden sprayer nozzle close to finned areas and
apply cleaner with a vertical, up-and-down motion. Avoid
spraying in horizontal pattern to minimize potential for
fin damage.
8. Ensure cleaner thoroughly penetrates deep into finned
areas.
9. Interior and exterior finned areas must be thoroughly
cleaned.
10. Finned surfaces should remain wet with cleaning solution
for 10 minutes.
Fig. 39 — Gas Heat Section Details
A48-3727
CAUTION
Harsh chemicals, household bleach or acid or basic clean-
ers should not be used to clean outdoor or indoor coils of
any kind. These cleaners can be very difficult to rinse out
of the coil and can accelerate corrosion at the fin/tube inter-
face where dissimilar materials are in contact. If there is
dirt below the surface of the coil, use the Totaline environ-
mentally sound coil cleaner as described above.
CAUTION
High velocity water from a pressure washer, garden hose,
or compressed air should never be used to clean a coil. The
force of the water or air jet will bend the fin edges and
increase airside pressure drop. Reduced unit performance
or nuisance unit shutdown may occur.
130
11. Ensure surfaces are not allowed to dry before rinsing.
Reapplying cleaner as needed to ensure 10-minute satura-
tion is achieved.
12. Thoroughly rinse all surfaces with low velocity clean wa-
ter using downward rinsing motion of water spray nozzle.
Protect fins from damage from the spray nozzle.
MICROCHANNEL HEAT EXCHANGER (MCHX) CON-
DENSER COIL MAINTENANCE AND CLEANING
RECOMMENDATIONS
Routine cleaning of coil surfaces is essential to maintain
proper operation of the unit. Elimination of contamination and
removal of harmful residues will greatly increase the life of the
coil and extend the life of the unit. The following steps should
be taken to clean MCHX condenser coils:
1. Remove any foreign objects or debris attached to the core
face or trapped within the mounting frame and brackets.
2. Put on personal protective equipment including safety
glasses and/or face shield, waterproof clothing and
gloves. It is recommended to use full coverage clothing.
3. Start high pressure water sprayer and purge any soap or
industrial cleaners from sprayer before cleaning condens-
er coils. Only clean potable water is authorized for clean-
ing condenser coils.
4. Clean condenser face by spraying the core steady and
uniformly from top to bottom while directing the spray
straight toward the core. Do not exceed 900 psig or
30 degree angle. The nozzle must be at least 12 in. from
the core face. Reduce pressure and use caution to prevent
damage to air centers.
CONDENSATE DRAIN — Check and clean each year at
start of cooling season. In winter, keep drains and traps dry.
FILTERS — Clean or replace at start of each heating and cool-
ing season, or more often if operating conditions require. Refer
to Installation Instructions for type and size.
NOTE: The unit requires industrial grade throwaway filters
capable of withstanding face velocities up to 625 fpm.
OUTDOOR-AIR INLET SCREENS — Clean screens with
steam or hot water and a mild detergent. Do not use disposable
filters in place of screens.
Lubrication
FAN SHAFT BEARINGS — Lubricate bearings at least ev-
ery 6 months with suitable bearing grease. Do not over grease.
Typical lubricants are given below:
*Preferred lubricant because it contains rust and oxidation inhibitors.
CONDENSER AND EVAPORATOR-FAN MOTOR BEAR-
INGS — The condenser and evaporator-fan motors have perma-
nently sealed bearings, so no field lubrication is necessary.
Evaporator Fan Performance Adjustment
(Fig. 40) — Fan motor pulleys are designed for speed
shown in Physical Data table in unit Installation Instructions
(factory speed setting).
To change fan speeds, change pulleys.
To align fan and motor pulleys:
1. Shut off unit power supply.
2. Loosen fan shaft pulley bushing.
3. Slide fan pulley along fan shaft.
4. Make angular alignment by loosening motor from
mounting plate.
5. Retighten pulley.
6. Return power to the unit.
Evaporator Fan Coupling Assembly — If the cou-
pling has been removed for other blower assembly component
repair or replacement, it is critical that the coupling be reassem-
bled and aligned correctly to prevent premature failures.
REASSEMBLING THE COUPLING INTO THE UNIT
(Fig. 41)
1. Prior to reassembling the coupling, loosen the 4 bearing
mounting bolts, which secure the 2 bearings on either side
of the coupling. Remove the drive belts.
2. Reassemble the coupling with the bearings loose. This
allows the coupling to find its own self-alignment position.
3. Check the hub-to-shaft fit for close fitting clearances.
Replace hubs if high clearances are determined.
4. Check the key for close-fitted clearances on the sides and
0.015 in. clearance over the top of the key. Replace key if
necessary.
5. Be sure that hub flanges, flex members, spacer, and hard-
ware are clean and free of oil.
6. Place the flanges onto the shafts with the hub facing out-
ward. Do not tighten the set screws at this time.
CAUTION
Do not apply any chemical cleaners to MCHX condenser
coils. These cleaners can accelerate corrosion and damage
the coil.
CAUTION
Excessive water pressure will fracture the braze between
air centers and refrigerant tubes.
MANUFACTURER LUBRICANT
Texaco Regal AFB-2*
Mobil Mobilplex EP No. 1
Sunoco Prestige 42
Texaco Multifak 2
IMPORTANT: Check to ensure that the unit drive matches
the duct static pressure using Tables 3-38.
Fig. 40 — Evaporator-Fan Alignment
and Adjustment
A48-4036
131
7. Outside of the unit, assemble the flex members to the cen-
ter drive shaft with 4 bolts and nuts. The flex members
have collars that need to be inserted into the smaller hole
of the drive shaft flange.
8. Assemble the flex member/drive shaft assembly to one of
the shaft flanges, using 2 bolts and nuts. Slide the other
shaft flange towards the assembly and assemble using
2 bolts and nuts. If the shafts are not misaligned, the collar
in the flex member should line up with the shaft flange
holes.
9. Torque nuts properly to 95 to 100 ft-lb. Do not turn a cou-
pling bolt. Always turn the nut. Always use thread lubri-
cant or anti-seize compound to prevent thread galling.
10. The ends of the shafts should be flush with the inside of
the shaft flange. Torque the set screws to 25 ft-lb.
11. After assembly is complete, slowly rotate the shafts by
hand for 30 to 60 seconds.
12. Tighten the bearing mounting bolts, using care not to
place any loads on the shaft which would cause flexure to
the shafts.
13. Reinstall drive belts. (Refer to Belt Tension Adjustment
section below.)
14. Visually inspect the assembly. If the shafts are overly mis-
aligned, the drive shaft flange will not be parallel with the
shaft flanges.
15. Recheck nut torque after 1 to 2 hours of operation. Bolts
tend to relax after being initially torqued.
Evaporator Fan Service and Replacement
1. Turn off unit power supply.
2. Remove supply-air section panels.
3. Remove belt and blower pulley.
4. Loosen setscrews in blower wheels.
5. Remove locking collars from bearings.
6. Remove shaft.
7. Remove venturi on opposite side of bearing.
8. Lift out wheel.
9. Reverse above procedure to reinstall fan.
10. Check and adjust belt tension as necessary.
11. Restore power to unit.
Belt Tension Adjustment — To adjust belt tension:
1. Turn off unit power supply.
2. Loosen motor mounting nuts and bolts. See Fig. 42.
3. Loosen fan motor nuts.
4. Turn motor jacking bolts to move motor mounting plate
left or right for proper belt tension. A slight bow should
be present in the belt on the slack side of the drive while
running under full load.
5. Tighten nuts.
6. Adjust bolts and nut on mounting plate to secure motor in
fixed position. Recheck belt tension after 24 hours of
operation. Adjust as necessary. Refer to Installation In-
structions for proper tension values.
7. Restore power to unit.
Evaporator-Fan Motor Replacement
1. Turn off unit power supply.
2. Remove upper outside panel and open hinged door to
gain access to motor.
3. Fully retract motor plate adjusting bolts.
4. Loosen the 2 rear (nearest the evaporator coil) motor plate
nuts.
5. Remove the 2 front motor plate nuts and carriage bolts.
6. Slide motor plate to the rear (toward the coil) and remove
fan belt(s).
7. Slide motor plate to the front and hand tighten one of the
rear motor plate nuts (tight enough to prevent the motor
plate from sliding back but loose enough to allow the
plate to pivot upward).
8. Pivot the front of the motor plate upward enough to allow
access to the motor mounting hex bolts and secure in
place by inserting a prop.
9. Remove the nuts from the motor mounting hex bolts and
remove motor.
10. Replace the locktooth washer under the motor base with a
new washer. Be sure that the washer contacts the motor
base surface.
11. Reverse above steps to install new motor.
CENTER DRIVE
SHAFT
FLEX
MEMBER
SHAFT
FLANGE
BEARINGSSHAFT
Fig. 41 — Evaporator Fan Coupling
A50-5146
Fig. 42 — Belt Tension Adjustment
A48-3729
132
Condenser-Fan Adjustment
NOTE: Condenser fans on size 060 MCHX units are not
adjustable.
1. Turn off unit power supply.
2. Remove fan guard.
3. Loosen fan hub setscrews.
4. Adjust fan height on shaft using a straightedge placed
across venturi and measure per Fig. 43.
5. Fill hub recess with permagum if rubber hubcap is missing.
6. Tighten setscrews and replace panel(s).
7. Turn on unit power.
Four-Inch Filter Replacement — The 4-Inch Filter
Change Mode variable is used to service the unit when 4-in.
filters are used. When the filters need to be changed, set
Service Test
F. 4 . C H = YES. The unit will be placed in
Service Test mode and the economizer will move to the 40%
open position to facilitate removal of the 4-in. filters. After the
filters have been changed, set Service Test
F. 4 . C H = NO to
return the unit to normal operation.
Power Failure — The economizer damper motor is a
spring return design. In event of power failure, dampers will
return to fully closed position until power is restored.
Refrigerant Charge — Amount of refrigerant charge is
listed on unit nameplate. Refer to Carrier GTAC II; Module 5;
Charging, Recovery, Recycling, and Reclamation section for
charging methods and procedures.
Unit panels must be in place when unit is operating during
charging procedure.
NOTE: Do not use recycled refrigerant as it may contain
contaminants.
NO CHARGE — Use standard evacuating techniques. After
evacuating system, weigh in the specified amount of refriger-
ant from the unit nameplate.
LOW CHARGE COOLING
All Units with Round Tube-Plate Fin Condenser Coils —
Connect the gage set and a temperature-measuring device to
the liquid line. Ensure that all condenser fans are operating. It
may be necessary to block part of the coil on cold days to
ensure that condensing pressures are high enough to turn on
the fans. Adjust the refrigerant charge in each circuit to obtain
state point liquid subcooling for specific models as listed in
Table 123.
NOTE: Indoor-air cfm must be within normal operating range
of unit.
Table 123 – Round Tube, Plate Fin Unit Charge
48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 Units with MCHX Condenser — Due
to the compact, all aluminum design, microchannel heat
exchangers will reduce refrigerant charge and overall operating
weight. As a result, charging procedures for MCHX units
require more accurate measurement techniques. Charge should
be added in small increments. Using cooling charging charts
provided (Fig. 44-50), add or remove refrigerant until condi-
tions of the chart are met. As conditions get close to the point
on the chart, add or remove charge in 1/4 lb increments until
complete. Ensure that all fans are on and all compressors are
running when using charging charts.
To Use the Cooling Charging Chart — Use the outdoor air
temperature, saturated suction temperature and saturated con-
densing temperature (available on the ComfortLink™ display),
and find the intersection point on the cooling charging chart. If
intersection point is above the line, carefully recover some of
the refrigerant. If intersection point is below the line, carefully
add refrigerant.
NOTE: Indoor-air cfm must be within normal operating range
of unit.
Thermostatic Expansion Valve (TXV) — Each circuit
has a TXV. The TXV is adjustable and is factory set to maintain
8 to 12° F superheat leaving the evaporator coil. The TXV con-
trols flow of liquid refrigerant to the evaporator coils. Adjusting
the TXV is not recommended.
Gas Valve Adjustment
NATURAL GAS — The 2-stage gas valve opens and closes
in response to the thermostat or limit control.
When power is supplied to valve terminals 3 and 4, the pilot
valve opens to the preset position. When power is supplied to
terminals 1 and 2, the main valve opens to its preset position.
The regular factory setting is stamped on the valve body
(3.5 in. wg).
To adjust regulator:
1. Set thermostat at setting for no call for heat.
2. Switch main gas valve to OFF position.
3. Remove 1/8-in. pipe plug from manifold. Install a water
manometer pressure-measuring device.
4. Switch main gas valve to ON position.
5. Set thermostat at setting to call for heat (high fire).
6. Remove screw cap covering regulator adjustment screw
(See Fig. 51).
7. Turn adjustment screw clockwise to increase pressure or
counterclockwise to decrease pressure.
8. Once desired pressure is established, set unit to no call for
heat (3.3-in. wg high fire).
9. Switch main gas valve to OFF position.
10. Remove pressure-measuring device and replace 1/8-in.
pipe plug and screw cap.
11. Turn main gas valve to ON position and check heating
operation.
UNIT
48/50
REFRIGERANT
TYPE SIZE LIQUID
SUBCOOLING
AJ,AK,AW,AY R-22
020, 025, 027,
030, 035, 040,
050, 060
20 F ± 2 F
036 18 F ± 2 F
041, 051 15 F ± 2 F
A2,A3,A4,A5 R-410A
020, 027, 040,
050, 060 15 F ± 2 F
030, 035 20 F ± 2 F
025 12 F ± 2 F
A
Fig. 43 — Condenser-Fan Adjustment
(All Units Except Size 060 MCHX)
UNIT SIZE DIMENSION “A” (in.)
020-035, 050 1.30 ± 0.12
036-041, 051, 060 0.87 ± 0.12
133
20 Ton MCHX CIRCUIT A Charging Chart
All Compressors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All Outdoor Fans Must be Operating
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
55 60 65 70 75 8085 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
Saturated Discharge Temperature (deg F)
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
Add Charge if Below Curve
SST= 45 F
SST= 55 F
SST= 35 F
20 Ton MCHX CIRCUIT B Charging Chart
All Compressors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All Outdoor Fans Must be Operating
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
55 60 65 70 75 8085 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
Saturated Discharge Temperature (deg F)
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
Add Charge if Below Curve
SST= 45 F
SST= 55 F
SST= 35 F
Fig. 44 — Charging Chart — 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5020 with R-410A Refrigerant
LEGEND
MCHX— Microchannel Heat Exchanger
SST — Saturated Suction Temperature
a48-8401
134
Fig. 45 — Charging Chart — 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5025 and 027 with R-410A Refrigerant
LEGEND
MCHX— Microchannel Heat Exchanger
SST — Saturated Suction Temperature
25 and 27 Ton MCHX CIRCUIT A Charging Chart
All Compressors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All Outdoor Fans Must be Operating
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
55 60 65 70 75 8085 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
Saturated Condensing Temperature (deg F)
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
Add Charge if Below Curve
SST= 45 F
SST= 55 F
SST= 35 F
25 and 27 Ton MCHX CIRCUIT B Charging Chart
All Compressors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All Outdoor Fans Must be Operating
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
55 60 65 70 75 8085 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
Saturated Condensing Temperature (deg F)
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
Add Charge if Below Curve
SST= 4 5 F
SST= 5 5 F
SST= 35 F
a48-8402
135
30 Ton MCHX CIRCUIT A Charging Chart
All Compressors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All Outdoor Fans Must be Operating
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
55 60 65 70 75 8085 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
Saturated Condensing Temperature (deg F)
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
Add Charge if Below Curve
SST= 4 5 F
SST= 5 5 F
SST= 35 F
30 Ton MCHX CIRCUIT B Charging Chart
All Compr e ssors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All Outdoor Fans Must be Operating
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
55 60 65 70 75 8085 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
Saturated Condensing Temperature (deg F)
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
Add Charge if Below Curve
SST= 4 5 F
SST= 5 5 F
SST= 35 F
Fig. 46 — Charging Chart — 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5030 with R-410A Refrigerant
LEGEND
MCHX— Microchannel Heat Exchanger
SST — Saturated Suction Temperature
136
35 Ton MCHX CIRCUIT A Charging Chart
All Compressors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All Outdoor Fans Must be Operating
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
55 60 65 70 75 8085 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
Saturated Condensing Temperature (deg F)
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
Add Charge if Below Curve
SST= 45 F
SST= 55 F
SST= 35 F
35 Ton MCHX CIRCUIT B Charging Chart
All Compressors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All O utdoor Fans Must be Operating
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
155
55 60 65 70 75 8085 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
Saturated Condensing Temperature (deg F)
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
Add Charge if Below Curve
SST= 45 F
SST= 55 F
SST= 35 F
Fig. 47 — Charging Chart — 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5035 with R-410A Refrigerant
LEGEND
MCHX— Microchannel Heat Exchanger
SST — Saturated Suction Temperature
137
40 Ton MCHX Charging Chart
All Co mp re ssors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All Outdoor Fans Must be Operating
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
55 60 65 70 75 8085 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
Saturated Condensing Temperature (deg F)
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
Add Charge if Below Curve
SST= 45 F
SST= 35 F
SST= 55 F
50 Ton MCHX Charging Chart
All Co mpr e ssors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All Outdoor Fans Must be Operating
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
55 60 65 70 75 8085 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
Saturated Condensing Temperature (deg F)
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
Add Charge if Below Curve
SST= 45 F
SST= 35 F
SST= 55 F
Fig. 48 — Charging Chart — 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5040 with R-410A Refrigerant
Fig. 49 — Charging Chart — 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5050 with R-410A Refrigerant
LEGEND
MCHX— Microchannel Heat Exchanger
SST — Saturated Suction Temperature
LEGEND
MCHX— Microchannel Heat Exchanger
SST — Saturated Suction Temperature
138
60 Ton MCHX CIRCUIT A Charging Chart
All Compressors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All Outdoor Fans Must be Operating
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
55 60 65 70 75 8085 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
Saturated Condensing Temperature (deg F)
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
Add Charge if Below Curve
SST= 4 5 F
SST= 5 5 F
SST= 35 F
60 Ton MCHX CIRCUIT B Charging Chart
All Compressors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All Outdoor Fans Must be Operating
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
55 60 65 70 75 8085 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
Saturated Condensing Temperature (deg F)
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
Add Charge if Below Curve
SST= 4 5 F
SST= 5 5 F
SST= 35 F
Fig. 50 — Charging Chart — 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5060 with R-410A Refrigerant
LEGEND
MCHX— Microchannel Heat Exchanger
SST — Saturated Suction Temperature
139
Main Burners — For all applications, main burners are
factory set and should require no adjustment.
MAIN BURNER REMOVAL (Fig. 52)
1. Shut off (field-supplied) manual main gas valve.
2. Shut off power supply to unit.
3. Remove heating access panel.
4. Disconnect gas piping from gas valve inlet.
5. Remove wires from gas valve.
6. Remove wires from rollout switch.
7. Remove sensor wire and ignitor cable from IGC board.
8. Remove 2 screws securing manifold bracket to basepan.
9. Remove 4 screws that hold the burner support plate
flange to the vestibule plate.
10. Lift burner assembly out of unit.
11. Reverse procedure to re-install burners.
Filter Drier — Replace whenever refrigerant system is ex-
posed to atmosphere.
Replacement Parts — A complete list of replacement
parts may be obtained from any Carrier distributor upon request.
INLET PRESSURE
TAP (ON SIDE)
1/8-IN. 27 NPT
OUTLET PRESSURE
TAP (ON SIDE)
1/8-IN. 27 NPT
HIGH-FIRE REGULATOR
ADJUSTMENT SCREW
LOW-FIRE REGULATOR
ADJUSTMENT SCREW
ON/OFF SWITCH
Fig. 51 — Gas Valve (Part Number EF33CW271)
A48-8364
A48-3733
Fig. 52 — Main Burner Removal
140
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES
MODE — RUN STATUS
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT WRITE STATUS PAGE NO.
VIEW AUTO VIEW OF RUN STATUS
HVAC ascii string spelling out the hvac modes string 90,91
OCC Occupied ? YES/NO OCCUPIED forcible 90,91
MAT Mixed Air Temperature dF MAT 90,91
EDT Evaporator Discharge Tmp dF EDT 90,91
LAT Leaving Air Temperature dF LAT 90,91
EC.C.P Economizer Control Point dF ECONCPNT 50,63,70,90,91
ECN.P Economizer Act.Curr.Pos. 0-100 % ECONOPOS 90,91
CL.C.P Cooling Control Point dF COOLCPNT 41,42,63,90,91
C.CAP Current Running Capacity CAPTOTAL 90,91
HT.C.P Heating Control Point dF HEATCPNT 53,90,91
HT.ST Requested Heat Stage HT_STAGE 54-56,90,91
H.MAX Maximum Heat Stages HTMAXSTG 54,90,91
ECON ECONOMIZER RUN STATUS
ECN.P Economizer Act.Curr.Pos. 0-100 % ECONOPOS 50,64,91
ECN.C Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos. 0-100 % ECONOCMD forcible 64,91
ACTV Economizer Active ? YES/NO ECACTIVE 42,50,64,91
DISA ECON DISABLING CONDITIONS 64,91
DISA
UNAV Econ Act. Unavailable? YES/NO ECONUNAV 64,91
DISA
R.EC.D Remote Econ. Disabled ? YES/NO ECONDISA 64,91
DISA
DBC DBC - OAT Lockout? YES/NO DBC_STAT 64,91
DISA
DEW DEW - OA Dewpt.Lockout? YES/NO DEW_STAT 64,91
DISA
DDBC DDBD- OAT > RAT Lockout? YES/NO DDBCSTAT 64,91
DISA
OAEC OAEC- OA Enth Lockout? YES/NO OAECSTAT 64,91
DISA
DEC DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout? YES/NO DEC_STAT 64,91
DISA
EDT EDT Sensor Bad? YES/NO EDT_STAT 64,91
DISA
OAT OAT Sensor Bad ? YES/NO OAT_STAT 64,91
DISA
FORC Economizer Forced ? YES/NO ECONFORC 64,91
DISA
SFON Supply Fan Not On 30s ? YES/NO SFONSTAT 64,91
DISA
CLOF Cool Mode Not In Effect? YES/NO COOL_OFF 64,91
DISA
OAQL OAQ Lockout in Effect ? YES/NO OAQLOCKD 64,91
DISA
HELD Econ Recovery Hold Off? YES/NO ECONHELD 64,91
DISA
DH.DS Dehumid. Disabled Econ? YES/NO DHDISABL 64,91
O.AIR OUTSIDE AIR INFORMATION 64,91
O.AIR
OAT Outside Air Temperature dF OAT forcible 64,91
O.AIR
OA.RH Outside Air Rel. Humidity % OARH forcible 64,91
O.AIR
OA.E Outside Air Enthalpy OAE 64,91
O.AIR
OA.D.T OutsideAir Dewpoint Temp dF OADEWTMP 64,91
COOL COOLING INFORMATION
C.CAP Current Running Capacity % CAPTOTAL 46,47,49,90,92
CUR.S Current Cool Stage COOL_STG 46,47,63,90,92
REQ.S Requested Cool Stage CL_STAGE 46,47,90,92
MAX.S Maximum Cool Stages CLMAXSTG 46,47,90,92
DEM.L Active Demand Limit DEM_LIM forcible 46-48,90,92
SUMZ COOL CAP. STAGE CONTROL 46,47,90,92
SUMZ
SMZ Capacity Load Factor % SMZ 46,47,90,92
SUMZ
ADD.R Next Stage EDT Decrease ^F ADDRISE 43,46,47,90,92
SUMZ
SUB.R Next Stage EDT Increase ^F SUBRISE 46,47,90,92
SUMZ
R.PCT Rise Per Percent Capacity RISE_PCT 46,47,90,92
SUMZ
Y.MIN Cap Deadband Subtracting Y_MINUS 46,47,90,92
SUMZ
Y.PLU Cap Deadband Adding Y_PLUS 46,47,90,92
SUMZ
Z.MIN Cap Threshold Subtracting Z_MINUS 46,47,91,92
SUMZ
Z.PLU Cap Threshold Adding Z_PLUS 46,47,91,92
SUMZ
H.TMP High Temp Cap Override HI_TEMP 46,47,91,92
SUMZ
L.TMP Low Temp Cap Override LOW_TEMP 46,47,91,92
SUMZ
PULL Pull Down Cap Override PULLDOWN 46,47,91,92
SUMZ
SLOW Slow Change Cap Override SLO_CHNG 47,91,92
TRIP MODE TRIP HELPER
UN.C.S Unoccup. Cool Mode Start UCCLSTRT 46,53,92
UN.C.E Unoccup. Cool Mode End UCCL_END 46,53,92
OC.C.S Occupied Cool Mode Start OCCLSTRT 46,53,92
OC.C.E Occupied Cool Mode End OCCL_END 46,53,92
TEMP Ctl.Temp RAT,SPT or Zone CTRLTEMP 46,53,92
OC.H.E Occupied Heat Mode End OCHT_END 46,53,92
OC.H.S Occupied Heat Mode Start OCHTSTRT 46,53,92
UN.H.E Unoccup. Heat Mode End UCHT_END 46,53,92
UN.H.S Unoccup. Heat Mode Start UCHTSTRT 46,53,92
HVAC ascii string spelling out the hvac modes string 46,53,92
LINK CCN - LINKAGE
MODE Linkage Active - CCN ON/OFF MODELINK 92
L.Z.T Linkage Zone Control Tmp dF LZT 92
L.C.SP Linkage Curr. Cool Setpt dF LCSP 92
L.H.SP Linkage Curr. Heat Setpt dF LHSP 92
HRS COMPRESSOR RUN HOURS
HR.A1 Compressor A1 Run Hours 0-999999 HRS HR_A1 config 92
HR.A2 Compressor A2 Run Hours 0-999999 HRS HR_A2 config 92
HR.B1 Compressor B1 Run Hours 0-999999 HRS HR_B1 config 92
HR.B2 Compressor B2 Run Hours 0-999999 HRS HR_B2 config 92
STRT COMPRESSOR STARTS
ST.A1 Compressor A1 Starts 0-999999 CY_A1 config 92
ST.A2 Compressor A2 Starts 0-999999 CY_A2 config 92
ST.B1 Compressor B1 Starts 0-999999 CY_B1 config 92
ST.B2 Compressor B2 Starts 0-999999 CY_B2 config 92
141
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — RUN STATUS (cont)
MODE — SERVICE TEST
MODE — TEMPERATURES
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT WRITE STATUS PAGE NO.
TMGD TIMEGUARDS
TG.A1 Compressor A1 Timeguard CMPA1_TG 93
TG.A2 Compressor A2 Timeguard CMPA2_TG 93
TG.B1 Compressor B1 Timeguard CMPB1_TG 93
TG.B2 Compressor B2 Timeguard CMPB2_TG 93
TG.H1 Heat Relay 1 Timeguard HS1_TG 93
TG.H2 Heat Relay 2 Timeguard HS2_TG 93
TG.H3 Heat Relay 3 Timeguard HS3_TG 93
TG.H4 Heat Relay 4 Timeguard HS4_TG 93
TG.H5 Heat Relay 5 Timeguard HS5_TG 93
TG.H6 Heat Relay 6 Timeguard HS6_TG 93
VERS SOFTWARE VERSION NUMBERS
MBB CESR131343-xx-xx string 93
ECB1 CESR131249-xx-xx string 93
ECB2 CESR131249-xx-xx string 93
SCB CESR131226-xx-xx string 93
CEM CESR131174-xx-xx string 93
MARQ CESR131171-xx-xx string 93
NAVI CESR130227-xx-xx string 93
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT WRITE STATUS PAGE NO.
TEST Service Test Mode ON/OFF MAN_CTRL
STOP Local Machine Disable YES/NO UNITSTOP config 27,29,30
S.STP Soft Stop Request YES/NO SOFTSTOP forcible 29,30
FAN.F Supply Fan Request YES/NO SFANFORC forcible 29,30
F.4. CH 4 in. Filter Change Mode YES/NO FILT4CHG 29,30
INDP TEST INDEPENDENT OUTPUTS
ECN.C Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos. ECONCTST 30
E.PWR Economizer Power Test ECONPTST 30
E.CAL Calibrate the Economizer? ECON_CAL 30
PE.A Power Exhaust Relay A PE_A_TST 30
PE.B Power Exhaust Relay B PE_B_TST 30
PE.C Power Exhaust Relay C PE_C_TST 30
H.I.R Heat Interlock Relay ON/OFF HIR_TST 30
ALRM Remote Alarm/Aux Relay ON/OFF ALRM_TST 30
FANS TEST FANS
S.FAN Supply Fan Relay ON/OFF SFAN_TST 30
S.VFD Supply Fan VFD Speed 0-100 % SGVFDTST 30
CD.F.A Condenser Fan Circuit A ON/OFF CNDA_TST 30
CD.F.B Condenser Fan Circuit B ON/OFF CNDB_TST 30
COOL TEST COOLING
A1 Compressor A1 Relay ON/OFF CMPA1TST 30
A2 Compressor A2 Relay ON/OFF CMPA2TST 30
MLV Min. Load Valve (HGBP) ON/OFF MLV_TST 30
B1 Compressor B1 Relay ON/OFF CMPB1TST 30
B2 Compressor B2 Relay ON/OFF CMPB2TST 30
HEAT TEST HEATING
HT.ST Requested Heat Stage 0-MAX HTST_TST 30
HT.1 Heat Relay 1 ON/OFF HS1_TST 30
HT.2 Heat Relay 2 ON/OFF HS2_TST 30
HT.3 Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2 ON/OFF HS3_TST 30
HT.4 Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2 ON/OFF HS4_TST 30
HT.5 Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3 ON/OFF HS5_TST 30
HT.6 Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3 ON/OFF HS6_TST 30
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT WRITE STATUS
AIR.T AIR TEMPERATURES
CTRL CONTROL TEMPS
CTRL
EDT Evaporator Discharge Tmp dF EDT
CTRL
LAT Leaving Air Temperature dF LAT
CTRL
MAT Mixed Air Temperature dF MAT
CTRL
R.TMP Controlling Return Temp dF RETURN_T forcible
CTRL
S.TMP Controlling Space Temp dF SPACE_T forcible
SAT Air Tmp Lvg Supply Fan dF SAT
OAT Outside Air Temperature –40 - 240 dF OAT forcible
RAT Return Air Temperature dF RAT forcible
SPT Space Temperature –40 - 240 dF SPT forcible
SPTO Space Temperature Offset ^F SPTO forcible
S.G.LS Staged Gas LAT Sum dF LAT_SGAS
S.G.L1 Staged Gas LAT 1 dF LAT1SGAS
S.G.L2 Staged Gas LAT 2 dF LAT2SGAS
S.G.L3 Staged Gas LAT 3 dF LAT3SGAS
S.G.LM Staged Gas Limit Sw.Temp dF LIMSWTMP
REF.T REFRIGERANT TEMPERATURES
SCT.A Cir A Sat.Condensing Tmp dF SCTA
SST.A Cir A Sat.Suction Temp. dF SSTA
SCT.B Cir B Sat.Condensing Tmp dF SCTB
SST.B Cir B Sat.Suction Temp. dF SSTB
142
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — PRESSURES
MODE — SET POINTS
MODE — INPUTS
*The display text changes depending on the remote switch configuration (Configuration
UNIT
RM.CF). If RM.CF is set to 0 (No Remote
Switch), then the display text will be “On” or “Off.” If RM.CF is set to 1 (Occupied/Unoccupied Switch), then the display text will be “Occupied” or
“Unoccupied.” If RM.CF is set to 2 (Start/Stop), then the display text will be “Stop” or “Start.” If RM.CF is set to 3 (Override Switch), then the display
text will be “No Override” or “Override.”
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT WRITE STATUS
AIR.P AIR PRESSURES
SP Static Pressure "H2O SP
BP Building Pressure "H2O BP
REF.P REFRIGERANT PRESSURES
DP.A Cir A Discharge Pressure PSIG DP_A
SP.A Cir A Suction Pressure PSIG SP_A
DP.B Cir B Discharge Pressure PSIG DP_B
SP.B Cir B Suction Pressure PSIG SP_B
ITEM DESCRIPTION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT
OHSP Occupied Heat Setpoint 40-99 dF OHSP 68
OCSP Occupied Cool Setpoint 40-99 dF OCSP 75
UHSP Unoccupied Heat Setpoint 40-99 dF UHSP 55
UCSP Unoccupied Cool Setpoint 40-99 dF UCSP 90
GAP Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap 2-10 ^F HCSP_GAP 5
V. C . O N VAV Occ. Cool On Delta 0-25 ^F VAVOCON 3.5
V. C . O F VAV Occ. Cool Off Delta 1-25 ^F VAVOCOFF 2
SASP Supply Air Setpoint 45-75 dF SASP 55
SA.HI Supply Air Setpoint Hi 45-75 dF SASP_HI 55
SA.LO Supply Air Setpoint Lo 45-75 dF SASP_LO 60
SA.HT Heating Supply Air Setpt 80-120 dF SASPHEAT 85
T.PRG Tempering Purge SASP –20-80 dF TEMPPURG 50
T.CL Tempering in Cool SASP 5-75 dF TEMPCOOL 5
T.V.OC Tempering Vent Occ SASP –20-80 dF TEMPVOCC 65
T.V.UN Tempering Vent Unocc. SASP –20-80 dF TEMPVUNC 50
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT WRITE STATUS
GEN.I GENERAL INPUTS
FLT.S Filter Status Input DRTY/CLN FLTS forcible
G.FAN Fan Request From IGC ON/OFF IGCFAN
REMT Remote Input State * RMTIN forcible
E.SW Economizer Control Input YES/NO ECOSW forcible
E.ENA Remote Economizer Enable YES/NO ECONENBL forcible
E.OVR Econo Position Override YES/NO ECOORIDE forcible
S.FN.S Supply Fan Status Switch ON/OFF SFS forcible
DL.S1 Demand Limit Switch 1 ON/OFF DMD_SW1 forcible
DL.S2 Demand Limit Switch 2 ON/OFF DMD_SW2 forcible
DH.IN Dehumidify Switch Input ON/OFF DHDISCIN forcible
FD.BK COMPRESSOR FEEDBACK
CS.A1 Compressor A1 Feedback ON/OFF CSB_A1
CS.A2 Compressor A2 Feedback ON/OFF CSB_A2
CS.B1 Compressor B1 Feedback ON/OFF CSB_B1
CS.B2 Compressor B2 Feedback ON/OFF CSB_B2
STAT THERMOSTAT INPUTS
GThermostat G Input ON/OFF G forcible
W1 Thermostat W1 Input ON/OFF W1 forcible
W2 Thermostat W2 Input ON/OFF W2 forcible
Y1 Thermostat Y1 Input ON/OFF Y1 forcible
Y2 Thermostat Y2 Input ON/OFF Y2 forcible
FIRE FIRE-SMOKE INPUTS
FSD Fire Shutdown Input ALARM/NORMAL FSD forcible
PRES Pressurization Input ALARM/NORMAL PRES forcible
EVAC Evacuation Input ALARM/NORMAL EVAC forcible
PURG Smoke Purge Input ALARM/NORMAL PURG forcible
REL.H RELATIVE HUMIDITY
OA.RH Outside Air Rel. Humidity % OARH forcible
OA.EN Outdoor Air Enthalpy OAE
OA.DP OutsideAir Dewpoint Temp dF OADEWTMP
RA.RH Return Air Rel. Humidity % RARH forcible
RA.EN Return Air Enthalpy RAE
AIR.Q AIR QUALITY SENSORS
IAQ.I IAQ - Discrete Input HIGH/LOW IAQIN forcible
IAQ IAQ - PPM Return CO2 IAQ forcible
OAQ OAQ - PPM Return CO2 OAQ forcible
DAQ Diff.Air Quality in PPM DAQ
IQ.P.O IAQ Min.Pos. Override % IAQMINOV forcible
RSET RESET INPUTS
SA.S.R Supply Air Setpnt. Reset ^F SASPRSET forcible
SP.RS Static Pressure Reset SPRESET forcible
143
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — INPUTS (cont)
*The display text changes depending on the remote switch configuration (Configuration
UNIT
RM.CF). If RM.CF is set to 0 (No Remote
Switch), then the display text will be “On” or “Off.” If RM.CF is set to 1 (Occupied/Unoccupied Switch), then the display text will be “Occupied” or
“Unoccupied.” If RM.CF is set to 2 (Start/Stop), then the display text will be “Stop” or “Start.” If RM.CF is set to 3 (Override Switch), then the display
text will be “No Override” or “Override.”
MODE — OUTPUTS
MODE — CONFIGURATION
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT WRITE STATUS
4-20 4-20 MILLIAMP INPUTS
IAQ.M IAQ Milliamps ma IAQ_MA
OAQ.M OAQ Milliamps ma OAQ_MA
SP.R.M SP Reset milliamps ma SPRST_MA
DML.M 4-20 ma Demand Signal ma DMDLMTMA forcible
EDR.M EDT Reset Milliamps ma EDTRESMA
ORH.M OARH Milliamps ma OARH_MA
RRH.M RARH Milliamps ma RARH_MA
BP.M BP Milliamps ma BP_MA
BP.M.T Bldg. Pressure Trim (ma) –2.0 - 2.0 BPMATRIM config
SP.M SP Milliamps ma SP_MA
SP.M.T Static Press. Trim (ma) –2.0 - 2.0 SPMATRIM config
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT WRITE STATUS
FANS FANS
S.FAN Supply Fan Relay ON/OFF SFAN_RLY
S.VFD Supply Fan VFD Speed 0-100 % SFAN_VFD
P. E . A Power Exhaust Relay A ON/OFF PE_A
P. E . B Power Exhaust Relay B ON/OFF PE_B
P. E . C Power Exhaust Relay C ON/OFF PE_C
CD.F.A Condenser Fan Circuit A ON/OFF CONDFANA
CD.F.B Condenser Fan Circuit B ON/OFF CONDFANB
COOL COOLING
A1 Compressor A1 Relay ON/OFF CMPA1
A2 Compressor A2 Relay ON/OFF CMPA2
MLV Min. Load Valve (HGBP) ON/OFF MLV
B1 Compressor B1 Relay ON/OFF CMPB1
B2 Compressor B2 Relay ON/OFF CMPB2
HEAT HEATING
HT.1 Heat Relay 1 ON/OFF HS1
HT.2 Heat Relay 2 ON/OFF HS2
HT.3 Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2 ON/OFF HS3
HT.4 Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2 ON/OFF HS4
HT.5 Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3 ON/OFF HS5
HT.6 Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3 ON/OFF HS6
H.I.R Heat Interlock Relay ON/OFF HIR forcible
ECON ECONOMIZER
ECN.P Economizer Act.Curr.Pos. 0-100 % ECONOPOS
ECN.C Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos. 0-100 % ECONOCMD forcible
E.PWR Economizer Power Relay ON/OFF ECON_PWR forcible
GEN.O GENERAL OUTPUTS
ALRM Remote Alarm/Aux Relay ON/OFF ALRM forcible
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT PAGE NO.
UNIT UNIT CONFIGURATION
C.TYP Machine Control Type 1 - 6 (multi-text strings) CTRLTYPE 4 27,28,32,35-37,
63,75,96
CV.FN Fan Mode (0=Auto, 1=Cont) 0 - 1 (multi-text strings) FAN_MODE 1 27,28,35,36
RM.CF Remote Switch Config 0 - 3 (multi-text strings) RMTINCFG 0 31,35,36,74
CEM CEM Module Installed Yes/No CEM_BRD No 35,36
TCS.C Temp.Cmp.Strt.Cool Factr 0 - 60 min TCSTCOOL 0 35,36
TCS.H Temp.Cmp.Strt.Heat Factr 0 - 60 min TCSTHEAT 0 36
SFS.S Fan Fail Shuts Down Unit Yes/No SFS_SHUT No 36,60,100
SFS.M Fan Stat Monitoring Type 0 - 2 (multi-text strings) SFS_MON 0 35,36,60,100
VAV.S VAV Unocc.Fan Retry Time 0 - 720 min SAMPMINS 50 36
SIZE Unit Size (20-60) 20 - 60 UNITSIZE 20 36,38,42,49
DP.XR Disch.Press. Transducers Yes/No DP_TRANS No 36,97
SP.XR Suct. Pres. Trans. Type 0 - 1 (multi-text strings) SPXRTYPE 0 36
RFG.T Refrig: 0=R22 1=R410A 0 - 1 (multi-text strings) REFRIG_T 1 36,38,49
CND.T Cnd HX Typ:0=RTPF 1=MCHX 0 - 1 (multi-text strings) COILTYPE 0 36,38,49
MAT.S MAT Calc Config 0 - 2 (multi-text strings) MAT_SEL 1 36,47,48
MAT.R Reset MAT Table Entries? Yes/No MATRESET No 36,47,48
MAT.D MAT Outside Air Default 0-100 % MATOADOS 20 36,37
ALTI Altitude……..in feet: 0 - 60000 ALTITUDE 0 36,37
DLAY Startup Delay Time 0 - 900 sec DELAY 0 36,37
STAT TSTAT-Both Heat and Cool Yes/No TSTATALL No 36,37
AUX.R Auxiliary Relay Config 0 - 3 AUXRELAY 0 36,37
SENS INPUT SENSOR CONFIG 36
SENS
SPT.S Space Temp Sensor Enable/Disable SPTSENS Disable 27,28,36,37
SENS
SP.O.S Space Temp Offset Sensor Enable/Disable SPTOSENS Disable 36,37,75
SENS
SP.O.R Space Temp Offset Range 1 - 10 SPTO_RNG 5 36,37,75
SENS
RRH.S Return Air RH Sensor Enable/Disable RARHSENS Disable 36,37,61,97,99
SENS
FLT.S Filter Stat.Sw.Enabled ? Enable/Disable FLTS_ENA Disable 36,37,60,100
144
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT PAGE NO.
COOL COOLING CONFIGURATION
Z.GN Capacity Threshold Adjst –10 - 10 Z_GAIN 1 39,46,91
MC.LO Compressor Lockout Temp –20 - 55 dF OATLCOMP 40 39,48
C.FOD Fan-Off Delay, Mech Cool 0 - 600 sec COOL_FOD 60 39
MLV Min. Load Valve? (HGBP) Yes/No MLV_SEL No 39,75
M.M. Motor Master Control Yes/No MOTRMAST No 39,49
HPSP Head Pressure Setpoint 80 - 150 dF HPSP 113 39,49
A1.EN Enable Compressor A1 Enable/Disable CMPA1ENA Enable 39
A2.EN Enable Compressor A2 Enable/Disable CMPA2ENA Enable 39
B1.EN Enable Compressor B1 Enable/Disable CMPB1ENA Enable 39
B2.EN Enable Compressor B2 Enable/Disable CMPB2ENA Enable 39
CS.A1 CSB A1 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable CSB_A1EN Enable 39,100
CS.A2 CSB A2 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable CSB_A2EN Enable 39,100
CS.B1 CSB B1 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable CSB_B1EN Enable 39,100
CS.B2 CSB B2 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable CSB_B2EN Enable 39,100
REV.R Rev Rotation Verified ? Yes/No REVR_VER No 39,98
H.SST Hi SST Alert Delay Time 5 - 30 min HSSTTIME 10 39,97
EDT.R EVAP.DISCHRGE TEMP RESET
RS.CF EDT Reset Configuration 0 - 3 (multi-text strings) EDRSTCFG 0 28,38
RTIO Reset Ratio 0 - 10 RTIO 2 28,38
LIMT Reset Limit 0 - 20 ^F LIMT 10 28,38
RES.S EDT 4-20 ma Reset Input Enable/Disable EDTRSENS Disable 28,35,38,96
HEAT HEATING CONFIGURATION
HT.CF Heating Control Type 0 - 4 HEATTYPE 0 50,51,56,71
HT.SP Heating Supply Air Setpt 80 - 120 dF SASPHEAT 85 50,51
OC.EN Occupied Heating Enabled Yes/No HTOCCENA No 51
LAT.M MBB Sensor Heat Relocate Yes/No HTLATMON No 51
G.FOD Fan-Off Delay, Gas Heat 45-600 GAS_FOD 45 51
E.FOD Fan-Off Delay, Elec Heat 10-600 HEAT_FOD 30 51
SG.CF STAGED GAS CONFIGS
SG.CF
HT.ST Staged Gas Heat Type 0 - 4 HTSTGTYP 0 51,53-56
SG.CF
CAP.M Max Cap Change per Cycle 5 - 45 HTCAPMAX 45 51,53,54
SG.CF
M.R.DB S.Gas DB min.dF/PID Rate 0 - 5 HT_MR_DB 0.5 51,53,54
SG.CF
S.G.DB St.Gas Temp. Dead Band 0 - 5 ^F HT_SG_DB 2 51,53,54
SG.CF
RISE Heat Rise dF/sec Clamp 0.05 - 0.2 HTSGRISE 0.06 51,53,54
SG.CF
LAT.L LAT Limit Config 0 - 20 ^F HTLATLIM 10 51,53,54
SG.CF
LIM.M Limit Switch Monitoring? Yes/No HTLIMMON No 51,53,54
SG.CF
SW.H.T Limit Switch High Temp 110 - 180 dF HT_LIMHI 170 51,53,54
SG.CF
SW.L.T Limit Switch Low Temp 100 - 170 dF HT_LIMLO 160 51,53,54
SG.CF
HT.P Heat Control Prop. Gain 0 - 1.5 HT_PGAIN 1 51,53,54
SG.CF
HT.D Heat Control Derv. Gain 0 - 1.5 HT_DGAIN 1 51,53,54
SG.CF
HT.TM Heat PID Rate Config 60 - 300 sec HTSGPIDR 90 51,53,54
SP SUPPLY STATIC PRESS.CFG.
SP.CF Static Pressure Config 0 - 1 (multi-text strings) STATICFG No 31,57,58,60
SP.FN Static Pres.Fan Control? Yes STATPFAN Yes 57,58
SP.S Static Pressure Sensor Enable/Disable SPSENS Disable 57,58
SP.LO Static Press. Low Range –10 - 0 SP_LOW 0 57,58
SP.HI Static Press. High Range 0 - 10 SP_HIGH 5 57,58
SP.SP Static Pressure Setpoint 0 - 5 "H2O SPSP 1.5 28,57,58
SP.MN VFD Minimum Speed 0 - 100 % STATPMIN 20 58
SP.MX VFD Maximum Speed 0 - 100 % STATPMAX 100 58
SP.FS VFD Fire Speed Override 0 - 100 % STATPFSO 100 58,67
SP.RS Stat. Pres. Reset Config 0-4 (multi-text strings) SPRSTCFG 0 31,58,59
SP.RT SP Reset Ratio (/dF) 0 - 2.00 SPRRATIO 0.2 58
SP.LM SP Reset Limit in iwc() 0 - 2.00 SPRLIMIT 0.75 58
SP.EC SP Reset Econo.Position 0 - 100 % ECONOSPR 5 58
S.PID STAT.PRESS.PID CONFIGS 58,59
S.PID->SP.TM Stat.Pres.PID Run Rate 1 - 200 sec SPIDRATE 2 58,59
S.PID->SP.P Static Press. Prop. Gain 0 - 100 STATP_PG 20 58,59
S.PID->SP.I Static Pressure Intg. Gain 0 - 50 STATP_IG 2 58,59
S.PID->SP.D Static Pressure Derv. Gain 0 - 50 STATP_DG 0 58,59
S.PID->SP.SG Static Press.System Gain 0 - 50 STATP_SG 1 58,59
ECON ECONOMIZER CONFIGURATION
EC.EN Economizer Installed? Yes/No ECON_ENA Yes 28,60,62
EC.MN Economizer Min.Position 0 - 100 % ECONOMIN 5 28,60,62
EC.MX Economizer Max.Position 0 - 100 % ECONOMAX 98 28,42,43,50,60,
62
E.TRM Economzr Trim For SumZ ? Yes/No ECONTRIM Yes 28,48,60,62
E.SEL Econ ChangeOver Select 0 - 3 (multi-text strings) ECON_SEL 1 28,61,62
OA.E.C OA Enthalpy ChgOvr Selct 1 - 5 (multi-text strings) OAEC_SEL 4 28,61,62
OA.EN Outdr.Enth Compare Value 18 - 28 OAEN_CFG 24 28,61,62
OAT.L High OAT Lockout Temp -40 - 120 dF OAT_LOCK 60 28,61,62
O.DEW OA Dewpoint Temp Limit 50 - 62 dF OADEWCFG 55 28,61,62
ORH.S Outside Air RH Sensor Enable/Disable OARHSENS Disable 28,61,62,96
E.TYP Economizer Control Type 1-3 (multi-text strings) ECON_CTL 1 61,62
EC.SW Economizer Switch Config 0 - 2 (multi-text strings) ECOSWCFG 0 61,62
E.CFG ECON.OPERATION CONFIGS
E.CFG
E.P.GN Economizer Prop.Gain 0.7 - 3.0 EC_PGAIN 1 62
E.CFG
E.RNG Economizer Range Adjust 0.5 - 5.0 ^F EC_RANGE 2.5 62
E.CFG
E.SPD Economizer Speed Adjust 0.1 - 10.0 EC_SPEED 0.75 62
E.CFG
E.DBD Economizer Deadband 0.1 - 2.0 ^F EC_DBAND 0.5 62
UEFC UNOCC.ECON.FREE COOLING
UEFC
FC.CF Unoc Econ Free Cool Cfg 0-2 (multi-text strings) UEFC_CFG 0 62
UEFC
FC.TM Unoc Econ Free Cool Time 0 - 720 min UEFCTIME 120 62
UEFC
FC.L.O Un.Ec.Free Cool OAT Lock 40 - 70 dF UEFCNTLO 50 62
145
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT PAGE NO.
BP BUILDING PRESS. CONFIG
BP.CF Building Press. Config 0-3 BLDG_CFG 0 29,64,65
BP.RT Bldg.Pres.PID Run Rate 5-120 sec BPIDRATE 10 64,65
BP.P Bldg. Press. Prop. Gain 0-5 BLDGP_PG 0.5 64,65
BP.I Bldg.Press.Integ.Gain 0-2 BLDGP_IG 0.5 64,65
BP.D Bldg.Press.Deriv.Gain 0-5 BLDGP_DG 0.3 64,65
BP.SO BP Setpoint Offset 0.0 - 0.5 “H2O BPSO 0.05 64,65
BP.MN BP VFD Minimum Speed 0-100 % BLDGPMIN 10 64,65
BP.MX BP VFD Maximum Speed 0-100 % BLDGPMAX 100 64,65
BP.FS VFD/Act. Fire Speed/Pos. 0-100 % BLDGPFSO 100 64,65
BP.MT Power Exhaust Motors 1-2 PWRM 1 64,65
BP.S Building Pressure Sensor Enable/Dsable BPSENS Dsable 64,65
BP.R Bldg Press (+/-) Range 0 - 1.00 “H2O BP_RANGE 0.25 64,65
BP.SP Building Pressure Setp. –0.25 -> 0.25 "H2O BPSP 0.05 29,64,65
BP.P1 Power Exhaust On Setp.1 0 - 100 % PES1 35 29,64,65
BP.P2 Power Exhaust On Setp.2 0 - 100 % PES2 75 29,64,65
B.CFG BP ALGORITHM CONFIGS 64,65
B.CFG
BP.SL Modulating PE Alg. Slct. 1-3 BPSELECT 1 64,65
B.CFG
BP.TM BP PID Evaluation Time 0 - 10 min BPPERIOD 1 64,65
B.CFG
BP.ZG BP Threshold Adjustment 0.1 - 10.0 “H2O BPZ_GAIN 1 64,65
B.CFG
BP.HP High BP Level 0 - 1.000 “H2O BPHPLVL 0.05 64,65
B.CFG
BP.LP Low BP Level 0 - 1.000 “H2O BPLPLVL 0.04 64-66
D.LV.T COOL/HEAT SETPT. OFFSETS
L.H.ON Dmd Level Lo Heat On –1 - 2 ^F DMDLHON 1.5 27,28,52
H.H.ON Dmd Level(+) Hi Heat On 0.5 - 20.0 ^F DMDHHON 0.5 27,28,52
L.H.OF Dmd Level(-) Lo Heat Off 0.5 - 2 ^F DMDLHOFF 1 27,28,52
L.C.ON Dmd Level Lo Cool On –1 - 2 ^F DMDLCON 1.5 27,28,52
H.C.ON Dmd Level(+) Hi Cool On 0.5 - 20.0 ^F DMDHCON 0.5 27,28,52
L.C.OF Dmd Level(-) Lo Cool Off 0.5 - 2 ^F DMDLCOFF 1 27,28,52
C.T.LV Cool Trend Demand Level 0.1 - 5 ^F CTRENDLV 0.1 52
H.T.LV Heat Trend Demand Level 0.1 - 5 ^F HTRENDLV 0.1 52
C.T.TM Cool Trend Time 30 - 600 sec CTRENDTM 120 52
H.T.TM Heat Trend Time 30 - 600 sec HTRENDTM 120 52
DMD.L DEMAND LIMIT CONFIG.
DM.L.S Demand Limit Select 0 - 3 (multi-text strings) DMD_CTRL 0 31,35,48,49,98
D.L.20 Demand Limit at 20 ma 0 - 100 % DMT20MA 100 31,49
SH.NM Loadshed Group Number 0 - 99 SHED_NUM 0 49
SH.DL Loadshed Demand Delta 0 - 60 % SHED_DEL 0 49
SH.TM Maximum Loadshed Time 0 - 120 min SHED_TIM 60 49
D.L.S1 Demand Limit Sw.1 Setpt. 0 - 100 % DLSWSP1 80 31,49
D.L.S2 Demand Limit Sw.2 Setpt. 0 - 100 % DLSWSP2 50 31,49
IAQ INDOOR AIR QUALITY CFG.
DCV.C DCV ECONOMIZER SETPOINTS
DCV.C
EC.MN Economizer Min.Position 0 - 100 % ECONOMIN 5 29,31,32,67-70
DCV.C
IAQ.M IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos. 0 - 100 % IAQMINP 0 29,31,67-70
AQ.CF AIR QUALITY CONFIGS
AQ.CF
IQ.A.C IAQ Analog Sensor Config 0 - 4 (multi-text strings) IAQANCFG 0 32,67,69,70
AQ.CF
IQ.A.F IAQ 4-20 ma Fan Config 0 - 2 (multi-text strings) IAQANFAN 0 32,68-70
AQ.CF
IQ.I.C IAQ Discrete Input Config 0 - 2 (multi-text strings) IAQINCFG 0 31,35,67-70
AQ.CF
IQ.I.F IAQ Disc.In. Fan Config 0 - 2 (multi-text strings) IAQINFAN 0 32,68-70
AQ.CF
OQ.A.C OAQ 4-20ma Sensor Config 0 - 2 (multi-text strings) OAQANCFG 0 35,68-70
AQ.SP AIR QUALITY SETPOINTS
AQ.SP
IQ.O.P IAQ Econ Override Pos. 0 - 100 % IAQOVPOS 100 32,67,69,70,98
AQ.SP
DAQ.L Diff.Air Quality LoLimit 0 - 1000 DAQ_LOW 100 68-70
AQ.SP
DAQ.H Diff.Air Quality HiLimit 100 - 2000 DAQ_HIGH 700 32,68-70
AQ.SP
D.F.OF DAQ PPM Fan Off Setpoint 0 - 2000 DAQFNOFF 200 32,68-70
AQ.SP
D.F.ON DAQ PPM Fan On Setpoint 0 - 2000 DAQFNON 400 32,68-70
AQ.SP
IAQ.R Diff. AQ Responsiveness –5 - 5 IAQREACT 0 69,70
AQ.SP
OAQ.L OAQ Lockout Value 0 - 2000 OAQLOCK 0 69,70
AQ.SP
OAQ.U User Determined OAQ 0 - 5000 OAQ_USER 400 32,69,70
AQ.S.R AIR QUALITY SENSOR RANGE
AQ.S.R
IQ.R.L IAQ Low Reference 0 - 5000 IAQREFL 0 32,69,70
AQ.S.R
IQ.R.H IAQ High Reference 0 - 5000 IAQREFH 2000 32,69,70
AQ.S.R
OQ.R.L OAQ Low Reference 0 - 5000 OAQREFL 0 69,70
AQ.S.R
OQ.R.H OAQ High Reference 0 - 5000 OAQREFH 2000 69,70
IAQ.P IAQ PRE-OCCUPIED PURGE
IAQ.P
IQ.PG IAQ Purge Yes/No IAQPURGE No 69,70
IAQ.P
IQ.P.T IAQ Purge Duration 5-60 min IAQPTIME 15 69,70
IAQ.P
IQ.P.L IAQ Purge LoTemp Min Pos 0-100 % IAQPLTMP 10 69,70
IAQ.P
IQ.P.H IAQ Purge HiTemp Min Pos 0-100 % IAQPHTMP 35 69,70
IAQ.P
IQ.L.O IAQ Purge OAT Lockout 35-70 dF IAQPNTLO 50 69,70
DEHU DEHUMIDIFICATION CONFIG.
D.SEL Dehumidification Config 0-2 (multi-text strings) DHSELECT 0 69-71
D.SEN Dehumidification Sensor 1-2 (multi-text strings) DHSENSOR 1 69,70
D.EC.D Econ disable in DH mode? Yes/No DHECDISA Yes 69,70
D.V.CF Vent Reheat Setpt Select 0-1 (multi-text strings) DHVHTCFG 0 70,71
D.V.RA Vent Reheat RAT offset 0-8 ^F DHVRAOFF 0 70,71
D.V.HT Vent Reheat Setpoint 55-95 dF DHVHT_SP 70 70,71
D.C.SP Dehumidify Cool Setpoint 40-55 dF DHCOOLSP 45 70,71
D.RH.S Dehumidify RH Setpoint 10-90 % DHRELHSP 55 70,71
146
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT PAGE NO.
CCN CCN CONFIGURATION
CCNA CCN Address 1 - 239 CCNADD 1 71,72
CCNB CCN Bus Number 0 - 239 CCNBUS 0 71,72
BAUD CCN Baud Rate 1 - 5 (multi-text strings) CCNBAUDD 3 71,72
BROD CCN BROADCST DEFINITIONS
BROD
TM.DT CCN Time/Date Broadcast ON/OFF CCNBC On 71,72
BROD
OAT.B CCN OAT Broadcast ON/OFF OATBC Off 71,72
BROD
ORH.B CCN OARH Broadcast ON/OFF OARHBC Off 71,72
BROD
OAQ.B CCN OAQ Broadcast ON/OFF OAQBC Off 71,72
BROD
G.S.B Global Schedule Broadcst ON/OFF GSBC Off 71,72
BROD
B.ACK CCN Broadcast Ack'er ON/OFF CCNBCACK Off 71,72
SC.OV CCN SCHEDULES-OVERRIDES
SC.OV
SCH.N Schedule Number 0 - 99 SCHEDNUM 1 27-29,71,72
SC.OV
HOL.T Accept Global Holidays? YES/NO HOLIDAYT No 72
SC.OV
O.T.L. Override Time Limit 0 - 4 HRS OTL 1 27,72
SC.OV
OV.EX Timed Override Hours 0 - 4 HRS OVR_EXT 0 72
SC.OV
SPT.O SPT Override Enabled ? YES/NO SPT_OVER Yes 27,72
SC.OV
T58.O T58 Override Enabled ? YES/NO T58_OVER Yes 27,72
SC.OV
GL.OV Global Sched. Override ? YES/NO GLBLOVER No 72
ALLM ALERT LIMIT CONFIG.
SP.L.O SPT lo alert limit/occ –10-245 dF SPLO 60 72,73,98
SP.H.O SPT hi alert limit/occ –10-245 dF SPHO 85 72,73,99
SP.L.U SPT lo alert limit/unocc –10-245 dF SPLU 45 72,73,98
SP.H.U SPT hi alert limit/unocc –10-245 dF SPHU 100 72,73,99
SA.L.O EDT lo alert limit/occ –40-245 dF SALO 40 43,72,73,99
SA.H.O EDT hi alert limit/occ –40-245 dF SAHO 100 72,73,99
SA.L.U EDT lo alert limit/unocc –40-245 dF SALU 40 72,73,99
SA.H.U EDT hi alert limit/unocc –40-245 dF SAHU 100 72,73,99
RA.L.O RAT lo alert limit/occ –40-245 dF RALO 60 72,73,99
RA.H.O RAT hi alert limit/occ –40-245 dF RAHO 90 72,73,99
RA.L.U RAT lo alert limit/unocc –40-245 dF RALU 40 72,73,99
RA.H.U RAT hi alert limit/unocc –40-245 dF RAHU 100 72,73,99
R.RH.L RARH low alert limit 0-100 % RRHL 0 72,73,99
R.RH.H RARH high alert limit 0-100 % RRHH 100 72,73,99
SP.L SP low alert limit 0-5 "H2O SPL 0 73,99
SP.H SP high alert limit 0-5 "H2O SPH 2 73,99
BP.L BP lo alert limit –0.25-0.25 "H2O BPL -0.25 73,99
BP.H BP high alert limit –0.25-0.25 "H2O BPH 0.25 73,99
IAQ.H IAQ high alert limit 0-5000 IAQH 1200 73,99
TRIM SENSOR TRIM CONFIG.
SAT.T Air Temp Lvg SF Trim –10 - 10 ^F SAT_TRIM 0 73
RAT.T RAT Trim –10 - 10 ^F RAT_TRIM 0 73
OAT.T OAT Trim –10 - 10 ^F OAT_TRIM 0 73
SPT.T SPT Trim –10 - 10 ^F SPT_TRIM 0 73
CTA.T Cir A Sat.Cond.Temp Trim –30 - 30 ^F SCTATRIM 0 73
CTB.T Cir B Sat.Cond.Temp Trim –30 - 30 ^F SCTBTRIM 0 73
SP.A.T Suct.Press.Circ.A Trim –50 - 50 PSIG SPA_TRIM 0 73
SP.B.T Suct.Press.Circ.B Trim –50 - 50 PSIG SPB_TRIM 0 73
DP.A.T Dis.Press.Circ.A Trim –50 - 50 PSIG DPA_TRIM 0 73,74
DP.B.T Dis.Press.Circ.B Trim –50 - 50 PSIG DPB_TRIM 0 73,74
SW.LG SWITCH LOGIC: NO / NC
FTS.L Filter Status Inpt-Clean Open/Close FLTSLOGC Open 74,75
IGC.L IGC Feedback - Off Open/Close GASFANLG Open 74,75
RMI.L RemSw Off-Unoc-Strt-NoOv Open/Close RMTINLOG Open 31,74,75
ECS.L Economizer Switch - No Open/Close ECOSWLOG Open 74,75
SFS.L Fan Status Sw. - Off Open/Close SFSLOGIC Open 74,75,100
DL1.L Dmd.Lmt.Sw.1 - Off Open/Close DMD_SW1L Open 31,74,75
DL2.L Dmd.Lmt.Sw.2 - Dehumid - Off Open/Close DMD_SW2L Open 31,74,75
IAQ.L IAQ Disc.Input - Low Open/Close IAQINLOG Open 31,32,74,75
FSD.L Fire Shutdown - Off Open/Close FSDLOGIC Open 74,75,99
PRS.L Pressurization Sw. - Off Open/Close PRESLOGC Open 74,75
EVC.L Evacuation Sw. - Off Open/Close EVACLOGC Open 74,75
PRG.L Smoke Purge Sw. - Off Open/Close PURGLOGC Open 74,75
DISP DISPLAY CONFIGURATION
TEST Test Display LEDs ON/OFF TEST Off 74,75
METR Metric Display ON/OFF DISPUNIT Off 74,75
LANG Language Selection 0-1(multi-text strings) LANGUAGE 0 74,75
PAS.E Password Enable ENABLE/DISABLE PASS_EBL Enable 74,75
PASS Service Password 0000-9999 PASSWORD 1111 74,75
147
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — TIME CLOCK
MODE — OPERATING MODES
MODE — ALARMS
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT PAGE NO.
TIME TIME OF DAY
HH.MM Hour and Minute 00:00 TIME 75,77
DATE MONTH,DATE,DAY AND YEAR
MNTH Month of Year multi-text strings MOY 75,77
DOM Day of Month 0-31 DOM 75,77
DAY Day of Week multi-text strings DOWDISP 75,77
YEAR Year e.g. 2003 YOCDISP 75,77
SCH.L LOCAL TIME SCHEDULE 27,28,75,77
PER.1 PERIOD 1
PER.1
DAYS DAY FLAGS FOR PERIOD 1 Period 1 only 76,77
PER.1
DAYS
MON Monday in Period YES/NO PER1MON Yes 76,77
PER.1
DAYS
TUE Tuesday in Period YES/NO PER1TUE Yes 76,77
PER.1
DAYS
WED Wednesday in Period YES/NO PER1WED Yes 76,77
PER.1
DAYS
THU Thursday in Period YES/NO PER1THU Yes 76,77
PER.1
DAYS
FRI Friday in Period YES/NO PER1FRI Yes 76,77
PER.1
DAYS
SAT Saturday in Period YES/NO PER1SAT Yes 76,77
PER.1
DAYS
SUN Sunday in Period YES/NO PER1SUN Yes 76,77
PER.1
DAYS
HOL Holiday in Period YES/NO PER1HOL Yes 76,77
PER.1
OCC Occupied from 00:00 PER1_OCC 00:00 76,77
PER.1
UNC Occupied to 00:00 PER1_UNC 24:00 76,77
Repeated for periods 2-8………..
HOL.L LOCAL HOLIDAY SCHEDULES
HD.01 HOLIDAY SCHEDULE 01
HD.01
MON Holiday Start Month 0-12 HOL_MON1 76,77
HD.01
DAY Start Day 0-31 HOL_DAY1 76,77
HD.01
LEN Duration (Days) 0-99 HOL_LEN1 76,77
Repeated for holidays 2-30……..
DAY.S DAYLIGHT SAVINGS TIME
DS.ST DAYLIGHT SAVINGS START
DS.ST
ST.MN Month 1 - 12 STARTM 4 76,77
DS.ST
ST.WK Week 1 - 5 STARTW 1 76,77
DS.ST
ST.DY Day 1 - 7 STARTD 7 76,77
DS.ST
MIN.A Minutes to Add 0 - 90 MINADD 60 76,77
DS.SP DAYLIGHTS SAVINGS STOP
DS.SP
SP.MN Month 1 - 12 STOPM 10 76,77
DS.SP
SP.WK Week 1 - 5 STOPW 5 76,77
DS.SP
SP.DY Day 1 - 7 STOPD 7 76,77
DS.SP
MIN.S Minutes to Subtract 0 - 90 MINSUB 60 76,77
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT
SYS.M ascii string spelling out the system mode string
HVAC ascii string spelling out the hvac modes string
CTRL ascii string spelling out the “control type” string
MODE MODES CONTROLLING UNIT
OCC Currently Occupied ON/OFF MODEOCCP
T.OVR Timed Override in Effect ON/OFF MODETOVR
DCV DCV Resetting Min Pos ON/OFF MODEADCV
SA.R Supply Air Reset ON/OFF MODESARS
DMD.L Demand Limit in Effect ON/OFF MODEDMLT
T.C.ST Temp.Compensated Start ON/OFF MODETCST
IAQ.P IAQ Pre-Occ Purge Active ON/OFF MODEIQPG
LINK Linkage Active - CCN ON/OFF MODELINK
LOCK Mech.Cooling Locked Out ON/OFF MODELOCK
H.NUM HVAC Mode Numerical Form 0-24 MODEHVAC
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT WRITE STATUS
CURR CURRENTLY ACTIVE ALARMS
this is a dynamic list of active alarms strings
R.CUR Reset All Current Alarms YES/NO ALRESET ram config
HIST ALARM HISTORY
this is a record of the last 20 alarms strings
148
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES
All A Series units with ComfortLink™ controls have a port
for interface with the Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN)
system. On TB3 there is a J11 jack which can be used for
temporary connection to the CCN network or to computers
equipped with CCN software like the Service Tool. Also on
TB3 there are screw connections that can be used for more
permanent CCN connections.
In the following tables the structure of the tables which are
used with the Service Tool as well as the names and data that
are included in each table are shown. As a reference the equiv-
alent scrolling marquee tables and names are included. There
are several CCN variables that are not displayed through the
scrolling marquee and are used for more extensive diagnostics
and system evaluations.
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES
TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS
COOLING
HVAC Mode…………..: ascii text strings
Control Mode………..: ascii text strings
Current Running Capacity % CAPTOTAL
Cooling Control Point dF COOLCPNT
Evaporator Discharge Tmp dF EDT
Mixed Air Temperature dF MAT
COOL_A
Compressor A1 Relay CMPA1
Compressor A1 Feedback CSB_A1
Compressor A1 Timeguard CMPA1_TG
Compressor A2 Relay CMPA2
Compressor A2 Feedback CSB_A2
Compressor A2 Timeguard CMPA2_TG
Minimum Load Valve MLV
Cir A Discharge Pressure PSIG DP_A
Cir A Suction Pressure PSIG SP_A
Cir A Sat.Condensing Tmp dF SCTA
Cir A Sat.Suction Temp. dF SSTA
COOL_B
Compressor B1 Relay CMPB1
Compressor B1 Feedback CSB_B1
Compressor B1 Timeguard CMPB1_TG
Compressor B2 Relay CMPB2
Compressor B2 Feedback CSB_B2
Compressor B2 Timeguard CMPB2_TG
Cir B Discharge Pressure PSIG DP_B
Cir B Suction Pressure PSIG SP_B
Cir B Sat.Condensing Tmp dF SCTB
Cir B Sat.Suction Temp. dF SSTB
ECONDIAG
Economizer Active ? Yes/No ECACTIVE
Conditions which prevent
economizer being active:
Econ Act. Unavailable? Yes/No ECONUNAV
Remote Econ. Disabled ? Yes/No ECONDISA
DBC - OAT lockout? Yes/No DBC_STAT
DEW - OA Dewpt. lockout? Yes/No DEW_STAT
DDBC- OAT > RAT lockout? Yes/No DDBCSTAT
OAEC- OA Enth Lockout? Yes/No OAECSTAT
DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout? Yes/No DEC_STAT
EDT Sensor Bad ? Yes/No EDT_STAT
OAT Sensor Bad ? Yes/No OAT_STAT
Economizer forced ? Yes/No ECONFORC
Supply Fan not on 30s ? Yes/No SFONSTAT
Cool Mode not in effect? Yes/No COOL_OFF
OAQ lockout in effect ? Yes/No OAQLOCKD
Econ recovery hold off? Yes/No ECONHELD
ECONOMZR
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos. % ECONOPOS
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos. % ECONOCMD forcible
Economizer Active ? ECACTIVE
Economizer Control Point dF ECONCPNT
Outside Air Temperature dF OAT forcible
Evaporator Discharge Tmp dF EDT
Controlling Return Temp dF RETURN_T forcible
149
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS
GENERAL
Occupied ? Yes/No OCCUPIED forcible
Static Pressure "H2O SP
Building Pressure "H2O BP
Outside Air Rel.Humidity % OARH forcible
Return Air Rel.Humidity % RARH forcible
Space Temperature Offset ^F SPTO forcible
Supply Air Setpnt. Reset ^F SASPRSET forcible
Static Pressure Reset SPRESET forcible
IAQ - PPM Return CO2 IAQ forcible
OAQ - PPM Return CO2 OAQ forcible
IAQ Min.Pos.Override % IAQMINOV forcible
GENERIC
20 points dependent upon
the configuration of the
“generics” table in the
Service-Config section on page 155.
HEATING
HVAC Mode…………..: ascii text strings
Control Mode………..: ascii text strings
Heat Control Type……: ascii text strings
Re-Heat Control Type ascii text strings
Heating Mode………..: ascii text strings
Current Heat Stage HT_STAGE
Heating Control Point dF HEATCPNT
Heat Relay 1 HS1
Heat Relay 2 HS2
Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2 HS3
Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2 HS4
Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3 HS5
Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3 HS6
Heat Interlock Relay HIR forcible
Heat Stage 1 Timeguard HS1_TG
Heat Stage 2 Timeguard HS2_TG
Heat Stage 3 Timeguard HS3_TG
Heat Stage 4 Timeguard HS4_TG
Heat Stage 5 Timeguard HS5_TG
Heat Stage 6 Timeguard HS6_TG
MODEDISP
System Mode…………: ascii text strings
HVAC Mode…………..: ascii text strings
Control Mode………..: ascii text strings
Currently Occupied On/Off MODEOCCP
Timed Override in effect On/Off MODETOVR
DCV resetting min pos On/Off MODEADCV
Supply Air Reset On/Off MODESARS
Demand Limit in Effect On/Off MODEDMLT
Temp.Compensated Start On/Off MODETCST
IAQ pre-occ purge active On/Off MODEIQPG
Linkage Active - DAV On/Off MODELINK
Mech.Cooling Locked Out On/Off MODELOCK
HVAC Mode Numerical Form number MODEHVAC
MODETRIP
Unoccup. Cool Mode Start UCCLSTRT
Unoccup. Cool Mode End UCCL_END
Occupied Cool Mode Start OCCLSTRT
Occupied Cool Mode End OCCL_END
Ctl.Temp RAT,SPT or Zone CTRLTEMP
Occupied Heat Mode End OCHT_END
Occupied Heat Mode Start OCHTSTRT
Unoccup. Heat Mode End UCHT_END
Unoccup. Heat Mode Start UCHTSTRT
HVAC Mode…………..: ascii text strings string
TEMPCTRL
Evaporator Discharge Tmp dF EDT
Leaving Air Temperature dF LAT
Mixed Air Temperature dF MAT
Controlling Return Temp dF RETURN_T forcible
Controlling Space Temp dF SPACE_T forcible
150
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS
TEMPS
Air Temp Lvg Supply Fan dF SAT
Return Air Temperature dF RAT forcible
Outside Air Temperature dF OAT forcible
Space Temperature dF SPT forcible
Space Temperature Offset ^F SPTO forcible
Staged Gas LAT Sum dF LAT_SGAS
Staged Gas LAT 1 dF LAT1SGAS
Staged Gas LAT 2 dF LAT2SGAS
Staged Gas LAT 3 dF LAT23SGAS
Staged Gas Limit Sw.Temp dF LIMSWTMP
Cir A Sat.Condensing Tmp dF SCTA
Cir B Sat.Condensing Tmp dF SCTB
Cir A Sat.Suction Temp. dF SSTA
Cir B Sat.Suction Temp. dF SSTB
TSTAT
Control Mode………..: ascii text strings
Thermostat Y1 Input On/Off Y1 forcible
Thermostat Y2 Input On/Off Y2 forcible
Thermostat W1 Input On/Off W1 forcible
Thermostat W2 Input On/Off W2 forcible
Thermostat G Input On/Off G forcible
UINPUTS
Filter Status Input Dirty/Clean FLTS forcible
Fan request from IGC On/Off IGCFAN
Fire Shutdown Switch Alarm/Normal FSD forcible
Thermostat G Input On/Off G forcible
Thermostat W2 Input On/Off W2 forcible
Thermostat W1 Input On/Off W1 forcible
Thermostat Y2 Input On/Off Y2 forcible
Thermostat Y1 Input On/Off Y1 forcible
Economizer Control Input On/Off ECOSW forcible
Remote Economizer Enable Yes/No ECONENBL forcible
Econo Position Override Yes/No ECOORIDE forcible
Remote Input State On/Off RMTIN forcible
Supply Fan Status Switch On/Off SFS forcible
Demand Limit Switch 1 On/Off DMD_SW1 forcible
Demand Limit Switch 2 On/Off DMD_SW2 forcible
Pressurization Input Alarm/Normal PRES forcible
Evacuation Input Alarm/Normal EVAC forcible
Smoke Purge Input Alarm/Normal PURG forcible
IAQ - Discrete Input High/Low IAQIN forcible
Dehumidify Switch Input On/Off DHDISCIN forcible
UOUTPUTS
FANS
Supply Fan Relay On/Off SFAN_RLY
Supply Fan VFD Speed 0-100 % SFAN_VFD
Supply Fan Request Yes/No SFANFORC forcible
Power Exhaust Relay A On/Off PE_A
Power Exhaust Relay B On/Off PE_B
Power Exhaust Relay C On/Off PE_C
Condenser Fan A On/Off CONDFANA
Condenser Fan B On/Off CONDFANB
COOLING
Compressor A1 Relay On/Off CMPA1
Compressor A2 Relay On/Off CMPA2
Minimum Load Valve On/Off MLV
Compressor B1 Relay On/Off CMPB1
Compressor B2 Relay On/Off CMPB2
HEATING
Heat Relay 1 On/Off HS1
Heat Relay 2 On/Off HS2
Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2 On/Off HS3
Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2 On/Off HS4
Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3 On/Off HS5
Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3 On/Off HS6
Heat Interlock Relay On/Off HIR forcible
ECONOMIZER
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos. 0-100 % ECONOPOS
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos. 0-100 % ECONOCMD forcible
Economizer Power Relay On/Off ECON_PWR forcible
GENERAL OUTPUTS
Remote Alarm/Aux Relay On/Off ALRM forcible
151
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
SET POINT TABLE
CONFIG TABLES
TABLE NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME DEFAULT
SET_PNT
Occupied Heat Setpoint 40-99 dF OHSP 68
Occupied Cool Setpoint 40-99 dF OCSP 75
Unoccupied Heat Setpoint 40-99 dF UHSP 55
Unoccupied Cool Setpoint 40-99 dF UCSP 90
Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap 2-10 ^F HCSP_GAP 5
VAV Occ. Cool On Delta 0-25 ^F VAVOCON 3.5
VAV Occ. Cool Off Delta 1-25 ^F VAVOCOFF 2
Supply Air Setpoint 45-75 dF SASP 55
Supply Air Setpoint Hi 45-75 dF SASP_HI 55
Supply Air Setpoint Lo 45-75 dF SASP_LO 60
Heating Supply Air Setpt 80-100 dF SASPHEAT 85
Tempering Purge SASP –20-80 dF TEMPPURG 50
Tempering in Cool SASP 5-75 dF TEMPCOOL 5
Tempering in Vent Occ SASP –20-80 dF TEMPVOCC 65
Tempering Vent Unocc. SASP –20-80 dF TEMPVUNC 50
TABLE NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME DEFAULT
ALARMDEF
Alarm Routing Control 00000000-11111111 ALRM_CNT 11000000
Equipment Priority 0 - 7 EQP_TYPE 5
Comm Failure Retry Time 1 - 240 min RETRY_TM 10
Re-Alarm Time 1 - 255 min RE-ALARM 30
Alarm System Name up to 8 alphanum ALRM_NAM A-SERIES
BRODEFS
CCN Time/Date Broadcast Off/On CCNBC Off
CCN OAT Broadcast Off/On OATBC Off
CCN OARH Broadcast Off/On OARHBC Off
CCN OAQ Broadcast Off/On OAQBC Off
Global Schedule Broadcst Off/On GSBC Off
Daylight Savings Start:
Month 1 - 12 STARTM 4
Week 1 - 5 STARTW 1
Day 1 - 7 STARTD 7
Minutes to Add 0 - 90 MINADD 60
Daylight Savings Stop:
Month 1 - 12 STOPM 10
Week 1 - 5 STOPW 5
Day 1 - 7 STOPD 7
Minutes to Subtract 0 - 90 MINSUB 60
Ctlr-ID
Device Name: A-Series
Description: A Series Rooftop
Location:
Software Part Number: CESR131343-XX-XX
Model Number:
Serial Number:
Reference Number:
HOLIDAY Broadcast Supervisory
HOLDY01S Holiday Start Month 1-12 HOL-MON 0
to Start Day 1-31 HOL-DAY 0
HOLDY30S Duration (days) 1-99 HOL-LEN 0
OCCDEFCS Occupancy Supervisory
Timed Override Hours 0 OVR-EXT
Period 1 DOW (MTWTFSSH) 00000000 DOW1
Occupied From 0:00 OCCTOD1
Occupied To 0:00 UNOCTOD1
Period 2 DOW (MTWTFSSH) 00000000 DOW2
Occupied From 0:00 OCCTOD2
Occupied To 0:00 UNOCTOD2
Period 3 DOW (MTWTFSSH) 00000000 DOW3
Occupied From 0:00 OCCTOD3
Occupied To 0:00 UNOCTOD3
Period 4 DOW (MTWTFSSH) 00000000 DOW4
Occupied From 0:00 OCCTOD4
Occupied To 0:00 UNOCTOD4
Period 5 DOW (MTWTFSSH) 00000000 DOW5
Occupied From 0:00 OCCTOD5
Occupied To 0:00 UNOCTOD5
Period 6 DOW (MTWTFSSH) 00000000 DOW6
Occupied From 0:00 OCCTOD6
Occupied To 0:00 UNOCTOD6
Period 7 DOW (MTWTFSSH) 00000000 DOW7
Occupied From 0:00 OCCTOD7
Occupied To 0:00 UNOCTOD7
Period 8 DOW (MTWTFSSH) 00000000 DOW8
Occupied From 0:00 OCCTOD8
Occupied To 0:00 UNOCTOD8
152
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
CONFIG TABLES (cont)
SERVICE-CONFIG TABLES
TABLE NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME DEFAULT
SCHEDOVR
Schedule Number 0-99 SCHEDNUM 0
Accept Global Holidays? Yes/No HOLIDAYT No
Override Time Limit 0-4 hours OTL 1
Timed Override Hours 0-4 hours OVR_EXT 0
Accepting an Override:
SPT Override Enabled ? Yes/No SPT_OVER Yes
T58 Override Enabled ? Yes/No T58_OVER Yes
Allowed to Broadcast a
Global Sched. Override ? Yes/No GLBLOVER No
SET_PNT
Occupied Heat Setpoint 55-80 dF OHSP 68
Occupied Cool Setpoint 55-80 dF OCSP 75
Unoccupied Heat Setpoint 40-80 dF UHSP 55
Unoccupied Cool Setpoint 75-95 dF UCSP 90
Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap 2-10 ^F HCSP_GAP 5
VAV Occ. Cool On Delta 0-25 ^F VAVOCON 3.5
VAV Occ. Cool Off Delta 1-25 ^F VAVOCOFF 2
Supply Air Setpoint 45-75 dF SASP 55
Supply Air Setpoint Hi 45-75 dF SASP_HI 55
Supply Air Setpoint Lo 45-75 dF SASP_LO 60
Heating Supply Air Setpt 90-145 dF SASPHEAT 85
Tempering Purge SASP –20-80 dF TEMPPURG 50
TABLE NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME DEFAULT
ALLM
SPT lo alert limit/occ –10-245 dF SPLO 60
SPT hi alert limit/occ –10-245 dF SPHO 85
SPT lo alert limit/unocc –10-245 dF SPLU 45
SPT hi alert limit/unocc –10-245 dF SPHU 100
EDT lo alert limit/occ –40-245 dF SALO 40
EDT hi alert limit/occ –40-245 dF SAHO 100
EDT lo alert limit/unocc –40-245 dF SALU 40
EDT hi alert limit/unocc –40-245 dF SAHU 100
RAT lo alert limit/occ –40-245 dF RALO 60
RAT hi alert limit/occ –40-245 dF RAHO 90
RAT lo alert limit/unocc –40-245 dF RALU 40
RAT hi alert limit/unocc –40-245 dF RAHU 100
RARH low alert limit 0-100 % RRHL 0
RARH high alert limit 0-100 % RRHH 100
SP low alert limit 0-5 "H2O SPL 0
SP high alert limit 0-5 "H2O SPH 2
BP lo alert limit –0.25-0.25 "H2O BPL -0.25
BP high alert limit –0.25-0.25 "H2O BPH 0.25
IAQ high alert limit 0-5000 IAQH 1200
BP__
Building Press. Config 0-3 BLDG_CFG 0
Bldg.Pres.PID Run Rate 5-120 BPIDRATE 10
Bldg. Press. Prop. Gain 0-5 BLDGP_PG 0.5
Bldg.Press.Integ.Gain 0-2 BLDGP_IG 0.5
Bldg.Press.Deriv.Gain 0-5 BLDGP_DG 0.3
BP Setpoint Offset 0.0 - 0.5 BPSO 0.05
BP VFD Minimum Speed 0-100 BLDGPMIN 10
BP VFD Maximum Speed 0-100 BLDGPMAX 100
VFD/Act. Fire Speed/Pos. 0-100 BLDGPFSO 100
Power Exhaust Motors 0-2 PWRM 1
0=None,1=4 Mtr, 2=6 Mtr
Building Pressure Sensor Enable/Disable BPSENS Dsable
Bldg Press (+/-) Range 0-1 BP_RANGE 0.25
Building Pressure Setp. –0.25 -> 0.25 "H2O BPSP 0.05
Power Exhaust On Setp.1 0-100 % PES1 35
Power Exhaust On Setp.2 0-100 % PES2 75
Modulating PE Alg. Slct. 1-3 BPSELECT 1
BP PID Evaluation Time 0-10 min BPPERIOD 1
BP Threshold Adjustment 0.1-10 BPZ_GAIN 1
High BP Level 0-1 BPHPLVL 0.05
Low BP Level 0-1 BPLPLVL 0.04
153
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
SERVICE-CONFIG TABLES (cont)
TABLE NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME DEFAULT
COOL
Capacity Threshold Adjust –10 -> 10 Z_GAIN 1
Compressor Lockout Temp –20 -> 55 dF OATLCOMP 40
Fan-off Delay, Mech Cool 0-600 sec COOL_FOD 60
Minimum Load Valve? Yes/No MLV_SEL No
Motor Master Control ? Yes/No MOTRMAST No
Head Pressure Setpoint 80-150 dF HPSP 110
Enable Compressor A1 Enable/Disable CMPA1ENA Enable
Enable Compressor A2 Enable/Disable CMPA2ENA Enable
Enable Compressor B1 Enable/Disable CMPB1ENA Enable
Enable Compressor B2 Enable/Disable CMPB2ENA Enable
CSB A1 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable CSB_A1EN Enable
CSB A2 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable CSB_A2EN Enable
CSB B1 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable CSB_B1EN Enable
CSB B2 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable CSB_B2EN Enable
Rev. Rotation Verified ? Yes/No REVR_VER No
Hi SST Alert Delay Time 5-30 min HSSTTIME 10
DEHU
Dehumidification Config 0-2 DHSELECT 0
Dehumidification Sensor 1-2 DHSENSOR 1
Econ disable in DH mode? Yes/No DHECONEN No
Vent Reheat Setpt Select 0-1 DHVHTCFG 0
Vent Reheat RAT offset 0-8 ^F DHVRAOFF 0
Vent Reheat Setpoint 55-95 dF DHVHT_SP 70
Dehumidify Cool Setpoint 40-55 dF DHCOOLSP 45
Dehumidify RH Setpoint 10-90 % DHRELHSP 55
DISP
Metric Display Off/On DISPUNIT Off
Language Selection 0-1 LANGUAGE 0
Password Enable Enable/Disable PASS_EBL Enable
Service Password 0000-9999 PASSWORD 1111
Contrast Adjustment –255 - 255 CNTR_ADJ 0
Brightness Adjustment –255 - 255 BRTS_ADJ 0
DLVT
Dmd Level Lo Heat On –1 - 2 ^F DMDLHON 1.5
Dmd Level(+) Hi Heat On 0.5 - 20.0 ^F DMDHHON 0.5
Dmd Level(-) Lo Heat Off 0.5 - 2 ^F DMDLHOFF 1
Dmd Level Lo Cool On –1 - 2 ^F DMDLCON 1.5
Dmd Level(+) Hi Cool On 0.5 - 20.0 ^F DMDHCON 0.5
Dmd Level(-) Lo Cool Off 0.5 - 2 ^F DMDLCOFF 1
Cool Trend Demand Level 0.1 - 5 ^F CTRENDLV 0.1
Heat Trend Demand Level 0.1 - 5 ^F HTRENDLV 0.1
Cool Trend Time 30 - 600 sec CTRENDTM 120
Heat Trend Time 30 - 600 sec HTRENDTM 120
DMDL
Demand Limit Select 0 - 3 DMD_CTRL 0
Demand Limit at 20 ma 0 - 100 % DMT20MA 100
Loadshed Group Number 0 - 99 SHED_NUM 0
Loadshed Demand Delta 0 - 60 % SHED_DEL 0
Maximum Loadshed Time 0 - 120 min SHED_TIM 60
Demand Limit Sw.1 Setpt. 0 - 100 % DLSWSP1 80
Demand Limit Sw.2 Setpt. 0 - 100 % DLSWSP2 50
ECON
Economizer Installed ? Yes/No ECON_ENA Yes
Economizer Min.Position 0 - 100 % ECONOMIN 20
Economizer Max.Position 0 - 100 % ECONOMAX 98
Economzr trim for sumZ ? Yes/No ECONTRIM Yes
Econ ChangeOver Select 0 - 3 ECON_SEL 1
OA Enthalpy ChgOvr Selct 1 - 5 OAEC_SEL 2
Outdr.Enth Compare Value 18 - 28 OAEN_CFG 24
High OAT Lockout Temp 55 - 120 dF OAT_LOCK 60
OA Dewpoint Temp Limit 50 - 62 dF OADEWCFG 55
Outside Air RH Sensor Enable/Disable OARHSENS Disable
Economizer Control Type 1-3 ECON_CTL 1
Economizer Switch Config 0-2 ECOSWCFG 0
Economizer Prop.Gain 0.7 - 3.0 EC_PGAIN 1
Economizer Range Adjust 0.5 - 5 ^F EC_RANGE 2.5
Economizer Speed Adjust 0.1 - 10 EC_SPEED 0.75
Economizer Deadband 0.1 - 2 ^F EC_DBAND 0.5
Unoc Econ Free Cool Cfg 0-2 UEFC_CFG 0
Unoc Econ Free Cool Time 0-720 min UEFCTIME 120
Un.Ec.Free Cool OAT Lock 40-70 dF UEFCNTLO 50
EDTR
EDT Reset Configuration 0 - 3 EDRSTCFG 0
Reset Ratio 0 - 10 RTIO 2
Reset Limit 0 - 20 ^F LIMT 10
EDT 4-20 ma Reset Input Enable/Disable EDTRSENS Disable
154
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
SERVICE-CONFIG TABLES (cont)
TABLE NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME DEFAULT
HEAT
Heating Control Type 0 - 4 HEATTYPE 0
Heating Supply Air Setpt 80-120 dF SASPHEAT 85
Occupied Heating Enabled Yes/No HTOCCENA No
MBB Sensor Heat Relocate Yes/No HTLATMON No
Fan-off Delay, Gas Heat 45-600 GAS_FOD 45
Fan-off Delay, Elec Heat 10-600 ELEC_FOD 30
Staged Gas Heat Type 0 - 4 HTSTGTYP 0
Max Cap Change per Cycle 5 - 45 HTCAPMAX 45
S.Gas DB min.dF/PID Rate 0 - 5 HT_MR_DB 0.5
St.Gas Temp. Dead Band 0 - 5 ^F HT_SG_DB 2
Heat Rise dF/sec Clamp 0.05 - 0.2 HTSGRISE 0.06
LAT Limit Config 0 - 20 ^F HTLATLIM 10
Heat Control Prop. Gain 0 - 1.5 HT_PGAIN 1
Heat Control Derv. Gain 0 - 1.5 HT_DGAIN 1
Heat PID Rate Config 60 - 300 sec HTSGPIDR 90
IAQ_
Economizer Min.Position 0 - 100 % ECONOMIN 5
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos. 0 - 100 % IAQMINP 0
IAQ Analog Sensor Config 0 - 4 IAQANCFG 0
IAQ 4-20 ma Fan Config 0 - 2 IAQANFAN 0
IAQ Discrete Input Config 0 - 2 IAQINCFG 0
IAQ Disc.In. Fan Config 0 - 2 IAQINFAN 0
OAQ 4-20ma Sensor Config 0 - 2 OAQANCFG 0
IAQ Econo Override Pos. 0 - 100 % IAQOVPOS 100
Diff.Air Quality LoLimit 0 - 1000 DAQ_LOW 100
Diff. Air Quality HiLimit 100 - 2000 DAQ_HIGH 700
DAQ PPM Fan Off Setpoint 0 - 2000 DAQFNOFF 200
DAQ PPM Fan On Setpoint 0 - 2000 DAQFNON 400
Diff. AQ Responsiveness –5 - 5 IAQREACT 0
OAQ Lockout Value 0 - 2000 OAQLOCK 0
User determined OAQ 0-5000 OAQ_USER 400
IAQ Low Reference 0 - 5000 IAQREFL 0
IAQ High Reference 0 - 5000 IAQREFH 2000
OAQ Low Reference 0 - 5000 OAQREFL 0
OAQ High Reference 0 - 5000 OAQREFH 2000
IAQ Purge Yes/No IAQPURGE No
IAQ Purge Duration 5-60 min IAQPTIME 15
IAQ Purge LoTemp Min Pos 0-100 % IAQPLTMP 10
IAQ Purge HiTemp Min Pos 0-100 % IAQPHTMP 35
IAQ Purge OAT Lockout 35-70 dF IAQPNTLO 50
SP__
Static Pres.VFD Control? No STATICFG No
Static Pres.Fan Control? Yes STATPFAN Yes
Static Pressure Sensor Enable/Disable SPSENS Disable
Static Press. Low Range –10 - 0 SP_LOW 0
Static Press. High Range 0 - 10 SP_HIGH 5
Static Pressure Setpoint 0 - 5 "H2O SPSP 1.5
VFD Minimum Speed 10 - 50 % STATPMIN 20
VFD Maximum Speed 50 - 100 % STATPMAX 100
VFD Fire Speed Override 0 - 100 % STATPFSO 100
Stat. Pres. Reset Config 0-4 (multi-text strings) SPRSTCFG 0
SP Reset Ratio ("/dF) 0 - 2.00 SPRRATIO 0.2
SP Reset Limit in iwc(") 0 - 2.00 SPRLIMIT 0.75
SP Reset Econo.Position 0 - 100 % ECONOSPR 5
Stat.Pres.PID Run Rate 1 - 200 sec SPIDRATE 2
Static Press. Prop. Gain 0 - 100 STATP_PG 20
Static Pressure Intg. Gain 0 - 50 STATP_IG 2
Static Pressure Derv. Gain 0 - 50 STATP_DG 0
Static Press.System Gain 0 - 50 STATP_SG 1
TRIM
Air Temp Lvg SF Trim –10 - 10 ^F SAT_TRIM 0
RAT Trim –10 - 10 ^F RAT_TRIM 0
OAT Trim –10 - 10 ^F OAT_TRIM 0
SPT Trim –10 - 10 ^F SPT_TRIM 0
Cir A Sat.Cond.Temp Trim –30 - 30 ^F SCTATRIM 0
Cir B Sat.Cond.Temp Trim –30 - 30 ^F SCTBTRIM 0
Suct.Press.Circ.A Trim –50 - 50 PSI SPA_TRIM 0
Suct.Press.Circ.B Trim –50 - 50 PSI SPB_TRIM 0
Dis.Press.Circ.A Trim –50 - 50 PSI DPA_TRIM 0
Dis.Press.Circ.B Trim –50 - 50 PSI DPB_TRIM 0
Static Press. Trim (ma) –2 - 2 SPMATRIM 0
Bldg. Pressure Trim (ma) –2 - 2 BPMATRIM 0
155
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
SERVICE-CONFIG TABLES (cont)
TABLE NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME DEFAULT
SWLG
Filter Status Inpt-Clean Open/Close FLTSLOGC Open
IGC Feedback - Off Open/Close GASFANLG Open
RemSw Off-Unoc-Strt-NoOv Open/Close RMTINLOG Open
Economizer Switch - No Open/Close ECOSWLOG Open
Fan Status Sw. - Off Open/Close SFSLOGIC Open
Dmd.Lmt.Sw.1 - Off Open/Close DMD_SW1L Open
Dmd.Lmt.-Dehumid - Off Open/Close DMD_SW2L Open
IAQ Disc.Input - Low Open/Close IAQINLOG Open
Fire Shutdown - Off Open/Close FSDLOGIC Open
Press. Switch - Off Open/Close PRESLOGC Open
Evacuation Sw. - Off Open/Close EVACLOGC Open
Smoke Purge Sw. - Off Open/Close PURGLOGC Open
UNIT
Machine Control Type 1-6 CTRLTYPE 4
Fan Mode (0=auto, 1=cont) 0-1 FAN_MODE 1
Remote Switch Config 0 -3 RMTINCFG 0
CEM Module installed Yes/No CEM_BRD No
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Cool Factr 0-60 min TCSTCOOL 0
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Heat Factr 0-60 min TCSTHEAT 0
Fan fail shuts down unit Yes/No SFS_SHUT No
Fan Stat Monitoring Type 0-2 SFS_MON 0
VAV Unocc.Fan Retry time 0-720 min SAMPMINS 50
Unit Size (20-60) 20-60 TONS UNITSIZE 20
20,25,27,30,35,40,50,60
Disch. Press. Transducer Yes/No DP_TRANS No
Suct. Pres. Trans. Type 0-1 SPXRTYPE 0
Refrig: 0=R22 1=R410A 0-1 REFRIG_T
Cnd HX Typ:0=RTPF 1=MCHX 0-1 COILTYPE
MAT Calc Config 0-2 MAT_SEL 1
Reset MAT Table Entries? Yes/No MATRESET No
MAT Outside Air Default 0-100 % MATOAPOS 20
Altitude……..in feet: 0-60000 ALTITUDE 0
Startup Delay Time 0-900 sec DELAY 0
TSTAT-Both Heat and Cool Yes/No TSTATALL No
Auxiliary Relay Config 0 - 3 AUXRELAY 0
Space Temp Sensor Enable/Disable SPTSENS Disable
Space Temp Offset Sensor Enable/Disable SPTOSENS Disable
Space Temp Offset Range 1 - 10 ^F SPTO_RNG 5
Return Air RH Sensor Enable/Disable RARHSENS Disable
Filter Stat.Sw.Enabled ? Enable/Disable FLTS_ENA Disable
generics
POINT_01 Definition 8 CHAR ASCII POINT_01
POINT_02 Definition 8 CHAR ASCII POINT_02
POINT_03 Definition 8 CHAR ASCII POINT_03
POINT_04 Definition 8 CHAR ASCII POINT_04
POINT_05 Definition 8 CHAR ASCII POINT_05
POINT_06 Definition 8 CHAR ASCII POINT_06
POINT_07 Definition 8 CHAR ASCII POINT_07
POINT_08 Definition 8 CHAR ASCII POINT_08
POINT_09 Definition 8 CHAR ASCII POINT_09
POINT_10 Definition 8 CHAR ASCII POINT_10
POINT_11 Definition 8 CHAR ASCII POINT_11
POINT_12 Definition 8 CHAR ASCII POINT_12
POINT_13 Definition 8 CHAR ASCII POINT_13
POINT_14 Definition 8 CHAR ASCII POINT_14
POINT_15 Definition 8 CHAR ASCII POINT_15
POINT_16 Definition 8 CHAR ASCII POINT_16
POINT_17 Definition 8 CHAR ASCII POINT_17
POINT_18 Definition 8 CHAR ASCII POINT_18
POINT_19 Definition 8 CHAR ASCII POINT_19
POINT_20 Definition 8 CHAR ASCII POINT_20
156
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES
TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS
ALARMS01
Active Alarm ascii ALARM_01
------------------------ ascii
Active Alarm ascii ALARM_02
------------------------ ascii
Active Alarm ascii ALARM_03
------------------------ ascii
Active Alarm ascii ALARM_04
------------------------ ascii
follow same format for…
ALARMS02
ALARMS03
ALARMS04
ALARMS05
COMPRESR
Compressor A1 Relay On/Off CMPA1
Compressor A1 Feedback On/Off CSB_A1
Curr.Sens.Brd. A1 Status ascii CSBA1ASC
CSB A1 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable CSB_A1EN config
Comp A1 Locked Out ? Yes/No CMPA1LOK
Compressor A1 Strikes CMPA1STR
Enable Compressor A1 Enable/Disable CMPA1ENA config
Compressor A2 Relay On/Off CMPA2
Compressor A2 Feedback On/Off CSB_A2
Curr.Sens.Brd. A2 Status ascii CSBA2ASC
CSB A2 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable CSB_A2EN config
Comp A2 Locked Out ? Yes/No CMPA2LOK
Compressor A2 Strikes CMPA2STR
Enable Compressor A2 Enable/Disable CMPA2ENA config
Compressor B1 Relay On/Off CMPB1
Compressor B1 Feedback On/Off CSB_B1
Curr.Sens.Brd. B1 Status ascii CSBB1ASC
CSB B1 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable CSB_B1EN config
Comp B1 Locked Out ? Yes/No CMPB1LOK
Compressor B1 Strikes CMPB1STR
Enable Compressor B1 Enable/Disable CMPB1ENA config
Compressor B2 Relay On/Off CMPB2
Compressor B2 Feedback On/Off CSB_B2
Curr.Sens.Brd. B2 Status ascii CSBB2ASC
CSB B2 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable CSB_B2EN config
Comp B2 Locked Out ? Yes/No CMPB2LOK
Compressor B2 Strikes CMPB2STR
Enable Compressor B2 Enable/Disable CMPB2ENA config
DMANDLIM
Active Demand Limit 0-100 % DEM_LIM forcible
Percent Total Capacity 0-100 % CAPTOTAL
Demand Limit Select 0-3 DMD_CTRL config
Demand Limit Switch 1 On/Off DMD_SW1 forcible
Demand Limit Switch 2 On/Off DMD_SW2 forcible
Demand Limit Sw.1 Setpt. 0-100 % DLSWSP1 config
Demand Limit Sw.2 Setpt. 0-100 % DLSWSP2 config
4-20 ma Demand Signal 4-20 ma DMDLMTMA forcible
Demand Limit at 20 ma 0-100 % DMT20MA config
CCN Loadshed Signal 0-99 DL_STAT
Loadshed Group Number 0-99 SHED_NUM config
Loadshed Demand Delta 0-60 % SHED_DEL config
Maximum Loadshed Time 0-120 min SHED_TIM config
157
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS
ECON_MIN
Econo Damper Command Pos % ECONOCMD forcible
Econo Damper Current Pos % ECONOPOS
Econo Current Min. Pos. % ECMINPOS
Diff.Air Quality in PPM DAQ
Econo Position Override ECOORIDE forcible
IAQ Min.Pos.Override % IAQMINOV forcible
Econ Remote 10K Pot Val. ECON_POT forcible
IAQ - PPM Return CO2 IAQ forcible
OAQ - PPM Return CO2 OAQ forcible
IAQ - Discrete Input IAQIN forcible
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos. % IAQMINP config
Economizer Min.Position % ECONOMIN config
IAQ Analog Sensor Config IAQANCFG config
IAQ 4-20 ma Fan Config IAQANFAN config
IAQ Discrete Input Confg IAQINCFG config
IAQ Disc.In. Fan Config IAQINFAN config
IAQ Econo Override Pos. % IAQOVPOS config
Diff.Air Quality LoLimit DAQ_LOW config
Diff.Air Quality HiLimit DAQ_HIGH config
DAQ PPM Fan Off Setpoint DAQFNOFF config
DAQ PPM Fan On Setpoint DAQFNON config
Diff. AQ Responsiveness IAQREACT config
IAQ Low Reference IAQREFL config
IAQ High Reference IAQREFH config
OAQ Lockout Value OAQLOCK config
OAQ 4-20ma Sensor Config ma OAQANCFG config
IAQ milliamps ma IAQ_MA
OAQ milliamps OAQ_MA
EC_DIAG
Economizer Active ? Yes/No ECACTIVE
Conditions which prevent
economizer being active:
Econ Act. Unavailable? Yes/No ECONUNAV
Remote Econ. Disabled ? Yes/No ECONDISA
DBC - OAT lockout? Yes/No DBC_STAT
DEW - OA Dewpt. lockout? Yes/No DEW_STAT
DDBC- OAT > RAT lockout? Yes/No DDBCSTAT
OAEC- OA Enth Lockout? Yes/No OAECSTAT
DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout? Yes/No DEC_STAT
EDT Sensor Bad ? Yes/No EDT_STAT
OAT Sensor Bad ? Yes/No OAT_STAT
Economizer forced ? Yes/No ECONFORC
Supply Fan not on 30s ? Yes/No SFONSTAT
Cool Mode not in effect? Yes/No COOL_OFF
OAQ lockout in effect ? Yes/No OAQLOCKD
Econ recovery hold off? Yes/No ECONHELD
Outside Air Temperature dF OAT forcible
OutsideAir DewPoint Temp dF OADEWTMP
Outside Air Rel.Humidity % OARH forcible
Outdoor Air Enthalpy OAE
Return Air Temperature dF RAT forcible
Return Air Rel.Humidity % RARH forcible
Return Air Enthalpy RAE
High OAT Lockout Temp dF OAT_LOCK config
Econ ChangeOver Select ECON_SEL config
OA Enthalpy ChgOvr Selct OAEC_SEL config
Outdr.Enth Compare Value OAEN_CFG config
OA Dewpoint Temp Limit dF OADEWCFG config
Supply Fan State SFAN
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos. % ECONOCMD forcible
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos. % ECONOPOS
Evaporator Discharge Tmp dF EDT
Economizer Control Point dF ECONCPNT
EDT Trend in degF/minute ^F EDTTREND
Economizer Prop.Gain EC_PGAIN config
Economizer Range Adjust ^F EC_RANGE config
Economizer Speed Adjust EC_SPEED config
Economizer Deadband ^F EC_DBAND config
Economizer Timer sec ERATETMR config
158
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS
ENTHALPY
Outdoor Air Enthalpy OAE
Outside Air Temperature dF OAT forcible
Outside Air Rel.Humidity % OARH forcible
Outside Air RH Sensor OARHSENS config
OA Dewpoint Temp Limit dF OADEWCFG config
OutsideAir DewPoint Temp dF OADEWTMP
OutsideAir Humidty Ratio OA_HUMR
OA H2O Vapor Sat.Pressur "Hg OA_PWS
OA H2O Partial.Press.Vap "Hg OA_PWS
Return Air Enthalpy RAE
Return Air Temperature dF RAT forcible
Controlling Return Temp dF RETURN_T forcible
Return Air Rel.Humidity % RARH forcible
Return Air Temp Sensor RATSENS config
Return Air RH Sensor RARHSENS config
Altitude……..in feet: ALTITUDE config
Atmospheric Pressure "Hg ATMOPRES config
LINKDATA
Supervisory Element # SUPE-ADR
Supervisory Bus SUPE-BUS
Supervisory Block Number BLOCKNUM
Average Occup. Heat Stp. dF AOHS
Average Occup. Cool Stp. dF AOCS
Average Unocc. Heat Stp. dF AUHS
Average Unocc. Cool Stp. dF AUCS
Average Zone Temperature dF AZT
Average Occup. Zone Temp dF AOZT
Linkage System Occupied? LOCC
Next Occupied Day LNEXTOCD
Next Occupied Time LNEXTOCC
Next Unoccupied Day LNEXTUOD
Next Unoccupied Time LNEXTUNC
Last Unoccupied Day LLASTUOD
Last Unoccupied Time LLASTUNC
MILLIAMP
IAQ milliamps ma IAQ_MA
OAQ milliamps ma OAQ_MA
SP Reset milliamps ma SPRST_MA
4-20 ma Demand Signal ma DMDLMTMA forcible
EDT Reset milliamps ma EDTRESMA
OARH milliamps ma OARH_MA
RARH milliamps ma RARH_MA
BP milliamps ma BP_MA
SP milliamps ma SP_MA
MODES
System Mode…………: ascii text strings
HVAC Mode…………..: ascii text strings
Control Mode………..: ascii text strings
Currently Occupied On/Off MODEOCCP
Timed Override in effect On/Off MODETOVR
DCV resetting min pos On/Off MODEADCV
Supply Air Reset On/Off MODESARS
Demand Limit in Effect On/Off MODEDMLT
Temp.Compensated Start On/Off MODETCST
IAQ pre-occ purge active On/Off MODEIQPG
Linkage Active - DAV On/Off MODELINK
Mech.Cooling Locked Out On/Off MODELOCK
HVAC Mode Numerical Form 0-24 MODEHVAC
OCCDEFME
Current Day, Time & Date: ascii date & time TIMEDATE
Occupancy Controlled By: ascii text OCDFTXT1
ascii text OCDFTXT2
ascii text OCDFTXT3
Currently Occupied Yes/No MODE_OCC
Current Occupied Time STRTTIME
Current Unoccupied Time ENDTIME
Next Occupied Day & Time NXTOC_DT
Next Unocc. Day & Time NXTUN_DT
Last Unocc. Day & Time PRVUN_DT
Current Occup. Period # PER_NO
Timed-Override in Effect Yes/No OVERLAST
Timed-Override Duration hours OVR_HRS
159
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS
PRESBLDG
Building Pressure "H2O BP
Econo Damper Current Pos % ECONOPOS
Power Exhaust Stage A PE_A
Power Exhaust Stage B PE_B
Power Exhaust Stage C PE_C
BP Load Factor BPSMZ
BP Rise Per Stage BPRISE
BP PID/Integral Term BPINT config
BP PID Threshold BPZ config
BP Deadband BPY config
Building Pressure Error BPERROR config
Rate of Chng of BPERROR BPRATE config
High BP Override BPHPOVRD config
Low BP Override BPLPOVRD config
PRESDUCT
Static Pressure "H2O SP
Supply Fan VFD Speed % SFAN_VFD
Static Pressure Setpoint "H2O SPSP config
Static Pressure Reset SPRESET forcible
STAGEGAS
Heating Mode………..:
Requested Heat Stage HT_STAGE
Heating Control Point HEATCPNT
Staged Gas LAT Sum dF LAT_SGAS
Staged Gas LAT 1 dF LAT1SGAS
Staged Gas LAT 2 dF LAT2SGAS
Staged Gas LAT 3 dF LAT3SGAS
Staged Gas Limit Sw.Temp dF LIMSWTMP
Heat PID Timer sec HTSGTIMR
Staged Gas Capacity Calc % HTSGCALC
Current Running Capacity % HTSG_CAP
Proportional Cap. Change HTSG_P
Derivative Cap. Change HTSG_D
Maximum Heat Stages HTMAXSTG
Hi Limit Switch Tmp Mode LIMTMODE
LAT Cutoff Mode LATCMODE
Capacity Clamp Mode CAPMODE
STRTHOUR
Compressor A1 Run Hours hours HR_A1 config
Compressor A2 Run Hours hours HR_A2 config
Compressor B1 Run Hours hours HR_B1 config
Compressor B2 Run Hours hours HR_B2 config
Compressor A1 Starts CY_A1 config
Compressor A2 Starts CY_A2 config
Compressor B1 Starts CY_B1 config
Compressor B2 Starts CY_B2 config
SUMZ
Cooling Control Point dF COOLCPNT
Mixed Air Temperature dF MAT
Evaporator Discharge Tmp dF EDT
Return Air Temperature dF RAT
Outside Air Temperature dF OAT
Econo Damper Current Pos % ECONOPOS
Capacity Threshold Adjst Z_GAIN
Capacity Load Factor SMZ
Next Stage EDT Decrease ADDRISE
Next Stage EDT Increase SUBRISE
Rise Per Percent Capacity RISE_PCT
Cap Deadband Subtracting Y_MINUS
Cap Deadband Adding Y_PLUS
Cap Threshold Subtracting Z_MINUS
Cap Threshold Adding Z_PLUS
High Temp Cap Override On/Off HI_TEMP
Low Temp Cap Override On/Off LOW_TEMP
Pull Down Cap Override On/Off PULLDOWN
Slow Change Cap Override On/Off SLO_CHNG
SYSTEM
Reset All Current Alarms Yes/No ALRESET config
Reset the Device Yes/No RESETDEV config
Local Machine Disable Yes/No UNITSTOP config
Soft Stop Request Yes/No SOFTSTOP forcible
Emergency Stop Enable/Disable EMSTOP forcible
CEM AN1 10K temp J5,1-2 -40 - 240 dF CEM10K1 forcible
CEM AN2 10K temp J5,3-4 -40 - 240 dF CEM10K2 forcible
CEM AN3 10K temp J5,5-6 -40 - 240 dF CEM10K3 forcible
CEM AN4 10K temp J5,7-8 -40 - 240 dF CEM10K4 forcible
CEM AN1 4-20 ma J5,1-2 0-20 ma CEM4201 forcible
CEM AN2 4-20 ma J5,3-4 0-20 ma CEM4202 forcible
CEM AN3 4-20 ma J5,5-6 0-20 ma CEM4203 forcible
CEM AN4 4-20 ma J5,7-8 0-20 ma CEM4204 forcible
160
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TIME SCHEDULE CONFIG TABLE
Allowable Entries: Day not selected = 0 Day selected = 1
TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS
TESTCOOL
Compressor A1 Relay ON/OFF CMPA1TST test
Compressor A2 Relay ON/OFF CMPA2TST test
Min. Load Valve (HGBP) ON/OFF MLV_TST test
Compressor B1 Relay ON/OFF CMPB1TST test
Compressor B2 Relay ON/OFF CMPB2TST test
TESTFANS
Supply Fan Relay ON/OFF SFAN_TST test
Supply Fan VFD Speed 0-100 % SGVFDTST test
Condenser Fan Circuit A ON/OFF CNDA_TST test
Condenser Fan Circuit B ON/OFF CNDB_TST test
TESTHEAT
Requested Heat Stage 0-MAX HTST_TST test
Heat Relay 1 ON/OFF HS1_TST test
Heat Relay 2 ON/OFF HS2_TST test
Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2 ON/OFF HS3_TST test
Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2 ON/OFF HS4_TST test
Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3 ON/OFF HS5_TST test
Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3 ON/OFF HS6_TST test
TESTINDP
Economizer Position Test ECONCTST test
Economizer Power Test ECONPTST test
Calibrate the Economizer? ECON_CAL test
Power Exhaust Relay A PE_A_TST test
Power Exhaust Relay B PE_B_TST test
Power Exhaust Relay C PE_C_TST test
Heat Interlock Relay ON/OFF HIR_TST test
Remote Alarm/Aux Relay ON/OFF ALRM_TST test
VERSIONS
MBB CESR131343- ascii version# MBB_SW
ECB1 CESR131249- ascii version# ECB1_SW
ECB2 CESR131249- ascii version# ECB2_SW
SCB CESR131226- ascii version# SCB_SW
CEM CESR131174- ascii version# CEM_SW
MARQUEE CESR131171- ascii version# MARQ_SW
NAVIGATOR CESR130227- ascii version# NAVI_SW
DAY FLAGS
MTWTFSSH
OCCUPIED
TIME
UNOCCUPIED
TIME
Period 1: 00000000 00:00 00:00
Period 2: 00000000 00:00 00:00
Period 3: 00000000 00:00 00:00
Period 4: 00000000 00:00 00:00
Period 5: 00000000 00:00 00:00
Period 6: 00000000 00:00 00:00
Period 7: 00000000 00:00 00:00
Period 8: 00000000 00:00 00:00
161
APPENDIX C — VFD INFORMATION
On variable air volume units with optional VFD, the supply
fan speed is controlled by a 3-phase VFD. The VFD is located
in the supply fan section behind a removable panel. The VFD
speed is controlled directly by the ComfortLink™ controls
through a 4 to 20 mA signal based on a supply duct pressure
sensor. The VFD has a display, which can be used for service
diagnostics, but setup of the building pressure and control loop
factors should be done through the scrolling marquee display.
The VFD is powered during normal operation to prevent
condensation from forming on the boards during the off mode
and is stopped by driving the speed to 0 (by sending a 4 mA
signal to the VFD).
The A Series units use ABB VFDs. The interface wiring for
the VFDs is shown in Fig. A. The VFD connects through
an isolation board to the 4 to 20 mA RCB board. Terminal
designations are shown in Table A. Configurations are shown
in Table B.
Table A — VFD Terminal Designations
TERMINAL FUNCTION
U1
V1
W1 Three-Phase Main Circuit Input Power Supply
U2
V2 Three-Phase AC Output to Motor, 0 V to
W2 Maximum Input Voltage Level
X1-11 (GND)
X1-12 (COMMON) Factory-supplied jumper
X1-10 (24 VDC)
X1-13 (DI-1) Run (factory-supplied jumper)
X1-10 (24 VDC) Start Enable 1 (Factory-supplied jumper). When
X1-16 (DI-4) opened the drive goes to emergency stop.
X1-2 (AI-1)
X1-3 (AGND) Factory wired for 4 to 20 mA remote input
Fig. A — VFD Wiring
A48-7712
162
APPENDIX C — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
Table B — VFD Configurations
VFD Operation — The VFD keypad is shown in Fig. B.
The function of SOFT KEYS 1 and 2 change depending on
what is displayed on the screen. The function of SOFT KEY 1
matches the word in the lower left-hand box on the display
screen. The function of SOFT KEY 2 matches the word in the
lower right-hand box on the display screen. If the box is empty,
then the SOFT KEY does not have a function on that specific
screen. The UP and DOWN keys are used to navigate through
the menus. The OFF key is used to turn off the VFD. The
AUTO key is used to change control of the drive to automatic
control. The HAND key is used to change control of the drive
to local (hand held) control. The HELP button is used to access
the help screens.
START UP WITH ASSISTANT — Initial start-up has been
performed at the factory. To start up the VFD with the Start-Up
Assistant or reset the VFD with the Carrier defaults, perform
the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight ASSISTANTS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight Carrier Assistant
and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. The Carrier Assistant will ask questions to determine the
correct parameters for the VFD. Select the desired values
and press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) after every change. The
process will continue until all the parameters are set.
a. The Carrier Assistant will ask “Is this an Air
Handler or Rooftop?” Select “Rooftop.”
b. The Carrier Assistant will ask “Is this a High E or
Premium E motor?” Select the correct efficiency
type.
c. If the VFD can be used with two different size
(HP) motors, then the Carrier Assistant will ask the
user to choose the proper HP. Select the correct
motor horsepower.
START UP BY CHANGING PARAMETERS INDIVIDU-
ALLY — Initial start-up is performed at the factory. To start up
the VFD with by changing individual parameters, perform the
following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PARAMETERS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired
parameter group and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
PARAMETER GROUP PARAMETER TITLE PARAMETER INDEX CARRIER DEFAULT
Start-Up Data
LANGUAGE 9901 ENGLISH
APPLIC MACRO 9902 USER 1
MOTOR CTRL MODE 9904 SCALAR: FREQ
MOTOR NOM VOLT 9905 460v
MOTOR NOM CURR 9906 *TBD*
MOTOR NOM FREQ 9907 60 Hz
MOTOR NOM SPEED 9908 1750 rpm
Start/Stop/Dir EXT1 COMMANDS 1001 DI-1
DIRECTION 1003 REVERSE
Analog Inputs MINIMUM AI1 1301 20.0 %
MAXIMUM AI1 1302 100.0 %
Relay Outputs
RELAY OUTPUT 1 1401 STARTED
RELAY OUTPUT 2 1402 RUN
RELAY OUTPUT 3 1403 FAULT (-1)
System Controls RUN ENABLE 1601 NOT SELECTED
START ENABLE 1 1608 DI-4
OVER RIDE
OVERRIDE SEL 1701 DI-3
OVERRIDE FREQ 1702 60 Hz
OVERRIDE SPEED 1703 1750 rpm
OVER PASS CODE 1704 ENTERED
OVERRIDE 1705 ON
STOP FUNCTION 2102 RAMP
Accel/Decel ACCELER TIME 1 2202 30.0s
DECELER TIME 1 2203 30.0s
MOTOR SWITCHING FREQ 2606 8 kHz
Fig. B — VFD Keypad
A39-2918
163
APPENDIX C — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired
parameter and press EDIT (SOFT KEY 2).
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to change the value of the
parameter.
6. Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to store the modified value.
Press CANCEL (SOFT KEY 1) to keep the previous val-
ue. Any modifications that are not saved will not be
changed.
7. Choose another parameter or press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1)
to return to the listing of parameter groups. Continue until
all the parameters have been configured and then press
EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
NOTE: The current parameter value appears above the high-
light parameter. To view the default parameter value, press the
UP and DOWN keys simultaneously. To restore the default
factory settings, select the application macro “HVAC Default.”
VFD Modes — The VFD has several different modes for
configuring, operating, and diagnosing the VFD. The modes
are:
• Standard Display mode — shows drive status informa-
tion and operates the drive
• Parameters mode — edits parameter values individually
• Start-up Assistant mode — guides the start-up and
configuration
• Changed Parameters mode — shows all changed
parameters
• Drive Parameter Backup mode — stores or uploads the
parameters
• Clock Set mode — sets the time and date for the drive
• I/O Settings mode — checks and edits the I/O settings
STANDARD DISPLAY MODE — Use the standard display
mode to read information on the drive status and operate the
drive. To reach the standard display mode, press EXIT until the
LCD display shows status information as described below. See
Fig. C.
The top line of the LCD display shows the basic status
information of the drive. The HAND icon indicates that the
drive control is local from the control panel. The AUTO icon
indicates that the drive is in remote control mode, such as the
basic I/O (X1) or field bus.
The arrow icon indicates the drive and motor rotation status.
A rotating arrow (clockwise or counterclockwise) indicates
that the drive is running and at set point and the shaft direction
is forward or reverse. A rotating blinking arrow indicates that
the drive is running but not at set point. A stationary arrow
indicates that the drive is stopped. For Carrier rooftop units, the
correct rotation is counterclockwise.
The upper right corner shows the frequency set point that
the drive will maintain.
Using parameter group 34, the middle of the LCD display
can be configured to display 3 parameter values. The default
display shows parameters 0103 (OUTPUT FREQ) in percent-
ages, 0104 (CURRENT) in amperes, and 0120 (AI1) in
milliamperes.
The bottom corners of the LCD display show the functions
currently assigned to the two soft keys. The lower middle
displays the current time (if configured to show the time).
The first time the drive is powered up, it is in the OFF mode.
To switch to local hand-held control and control the drive using
the control panel, press and hold the HAND button. Pressing
the HAND button switches the drive to hand control while
keeping the drive running. Press the AUTO button to switch to
remote input control. To start the drive press the HAND or
AUTO buttons, to stop the drive press the OFF button.
To adjust the speed in HAND mode, press the UP or
DOWN buttons (the reference changes immediately). The
reference can be modified in the local control (HAND) mode,
and can be parameterized (using Group 11 reference select) to
also allow modification in the remote control mode.
PARAMETERS MODE — The Parameters mode is used
to change the parameters on the drive. To change parameters,
perform the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PARAMETERS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired
parameter group and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired
parameter and press EDIT (SOFT KEY 2).
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to change the value of the
parameter.
6. Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to store the modified value.
Press CANCEL (SOFT KEY 1) to keep the previous
value. Any modifications that are not saved will not be
changed.
7. Choose another parameter or press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1)
to return to the listing of parameter groups. Continue until
all the parameters have been configured and then press
EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
NOTE: The current parameter value appears above the high-
light parameter. To view the default parameter value, press the
UP and DOWN keys simultaneously. To restore the default
factory settings, select the Carrier application macro.
START-UP ASSISTANT MODE — To use the Start-Up
Assistant, perform the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight ASSISTANTS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight Commission
Drive and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. The Start-Up Assistant will display the parameters that
need to be configured. Select the desired values and press
SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) after every change. The process
will continue until all the parameters are set. The assistant
checks to make sure that entered values are in range.
The assistant is divided into separate tasks. The user can
activate the tasks one after the other or independently. The
tasks are typically done in this order: Application, References
1 and 2, Start/Stop Control, Protections, Constant Speeds, PID
Control, Low Noise Setup, Panel Display, Timed Functions,
and Outputs.
Fig. C — Standard Display Example
A48-7713
164
APPENDIX C — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
CHANGED PARAMETERS MODE — The Changed Param-
eters mode is used to view and edit recently changed parameters
on the drive. To view the changed parameters, perform the
following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CHANGED
PAR on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT
KEY 2). A list of the recently changed parameters will be
displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired pa-
rameter group and press EDIT (SOFT KEY 2) to change
the parameter if desired.
4. Press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to exit the Changed Parame-
ters mode.
DRIVE PARAMETER BACKUP MODE — The drive param-
eter back up mode is used to export the parameters from one
drive to another. The parameters can be uploaded from a VFD
to the removable control panel. The control panel can then be
transferred to another drive and the parameters downloaded into
memory.
Depending on the motor and application, there are two
options available. The first option is to download all parame-
ters. This copies both application and motor parameters to the
drive from the control panel. This is recommended when using
the same application for drives of the same size. This can also
be used to create a backup of the parameters group for the
drive.
The second option downloads only the application parame-
ters to the drive. This is recommended when using the same ap-
plication for drives of different sizes. Parameters 9905, 9906,
9907, 9908, 9909, 1605, 1607, 5201, and group 51 parameters
and internal motor parameters are not copied.
Upload All Parameters — To upload and store parameters in
the control panel from the VFD, perform the following
procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PAR BACKUP
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight UPLOAD TO
PANEL and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. The text “Copying Parameters” will be displayed with a
progress indicator. To stop the process, select ABORT
(SOFT KEY 1).
5. When the upload is complete, the text “Parameter upload
successful” will be displayed.
6. The display will then return to the PAR BACKUP menu.
Select EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
7. The control panel can now be disconnected from the
drive.
Download All Parameters — To download all parameters
from the control panel to the VFD, perform the following
procedure:
1. Install the control panel with the correct parameters onto
the VFD.
2. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PAR BACKUP
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight DOWNLOAD
TO DRIVE ALL and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
5. The text “Restoring Parameters” will be displayed with a
progress indicator. To stop the process, select ABORT
(SOFT KEY 1).
6. When the download is complete, the text “Parameter
download successful” will be displayed.
7. The display will then return to the PAR BACKUP menu.
Select EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
8. The control panel can now be disconnected from the
drive.
Download Application Parameters — To download applica-
tion parameters only to the control panel from the VFD,
perform the following procedure:
1. Install the control panel with the correct parameters onto
the VFD.
2. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PAR BACKUP
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight DOWNLOAD
APPLICATION and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
5. The text “Downloading Parameters (partial)” will be
displayed with a progress indicator. To stop the process,
select ABORT (SOFT KEY 1).
6. When the download is complete, the text “Parameter
download successful” will be displayed.
7. The display will then return to the PAR BACKUP menu.
Select EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
8. The control panel can now be disconnected from the
drive.
CLOCK SET MODE — The clock set mode is used for
setting the date and time for the internal clock of the VFD. In
order to use the timer functions of the VFD control, the internal
clock must be set. The date is used to determine weekdays and
is visible in the fault logs.
To set the clock, perform the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CLOCK SET on
the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2). The
clock set parameter list will be displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CLOCK VISI-
BILITY and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). This parameter
is used to display or hide the clock on the screen. Use the
UP or DOWN keys to change the parameter setting. Press
OK (SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration and return
to the Clock Set menu.
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight SET TIME and
press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN keys to
change the hours and minutes. Press OK (SOFT KEY 2)
to save the configuration and return to the Clock Set
menu.
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight TIME FORMAT
and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN
keys to change the parameter setting. Press OK (SOFT
KEY 2) to save the configuration and return to the Clock
Set menu.
6. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight SET DATE and
press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN keys to
change the day, month, and year. Press OK (SOFT KEY
2) to save the configuration and return to the Clock Set
menu.
165
APPENDIX C — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
7. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight DATE FOR-
MAT and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or
DOWN keys to change the parameter setting. Press OK
(SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration and return to the
Clock Set menu.
8. Press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) twice to return to the main
menu.
I/O SETTINGS MODE — The I/O Settings mode is used for
viewing and editing the I/O settings.
To configure the I/O settings, perform the following
procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight I/O SETTINGS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
The I/O Settings parameter list will be displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired I/O
setting and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to select the parameter to
view. Press OK (SOFT KEY 2).
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to change the parameter
setting. Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to save the configu-
ration. Press CANCEL (SOFT KEY 1) to keep the previ-
ous value. Any modifications that are not saved will not
be changed.
6. Press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) twice to return to the main
menu.
Third Party Controls — For conversion to third party
control of the VFD, perform the following procedure:
1. Remove the factory-installed jumper between X1-10 and
X1-13 (control of VFD start/stop).
2. Remove the factory-installed jumper between X1-10 and
X1-16 and replace with a normally closed safety contact
for control of VFD start enable.
3. Install speed signal wires to AI-1 and AGND. This input
is set at the factory for a 4 to 20 mA signal. If a 0 to
10 vdc signal is required, change DIP switch J1 (located
above the VFD control terminal strip) to OFF (right
position to left position) and change parameter 1301 to
0% from 20%.
VFD Diagnostics — The drive detects error situations
and reports them using:
• the green and red LEDs on the body of the drive (located
under the keypad)
• the status LED on the control panel
• the control panel display
• the Fault Word and Alarm Word parameter bits (parame-
ters 0305 to 0309)
The form of the display depends on the severity of the error.
The user can specify the severity for many errors by directing
the drive to ignore the error situation, report the situation as an
alarm, or report the situation as a fault.
FAULTS (RED LED LIT) — The VFD signals that it has
detected a severe error, or fault, by:
• enabling the red LED on the drive (LED is either steady
or flashing)
• setting an appropriate bit in a Fault Word parameter
(0305 to 0307)
• overriding the control panel display with the display of a
fault code
• stopping the motor (if it was on)
The fault code on the control panel display is temporary.
Pressing the MENU, ENTER, UP button or DOWN buttons
removes the fault message. The message reappears after a few
seconds if the control panel is not touched and the fault is still
active.
ALARMS (GREEN LED FLASHING) — For less severe
errors, called alarms, the diagnostic display is advisory. For
these situations, the drive is simply reporting that it had detect-
ed something unusual. In these situations, the drive:
• flashes the green LED on the drive (does not apply to
alarms that arise from control panel operation errors)
• sets an appropriate bit in an Alarm Word parameter
(0308 or 0309)
• overrides the control panel display with the display of an
alarm code and/or name
Alarm messages disappear from the control panel display
after a few seconds. The message returns periodically as long
as the alarm condition exists.
CORRECTING FAULTS — The recommended corrective
action for faults is shown in the Fault Listing Table C. The
VFD can also be reset to remove the fault. If an external source
for a start command is selected and is active, the VFD may
start immediately after fault reset.
To reset a fault indicated by a flashing red LED, turn off the
power for 5 minutes. To reset a fault indicated by a red LED
(not flashing), press RESET from the control panel or turn off
the power for 5 minutes. Depending on the value of parameter
1604 (FAULT RESET SELECT), digital input or serial com-
munication could also be used to reset the drive. When the fault
has been corrected, the motor can be started.
HISTORY — For reference, the last three fault codes are
stored into parameters 0401, 0412, 0413. For the most recent
fault (identified by parameter 0401), the drive stores additional
data (in parameters 0402 through 0411) to aid in troubleshoot-
ing a problem. For example, a parameter 0404 stores the motor
speed at the time of the fault. To clear the fault history (all of
Group 04, Fault History parameters), follow these steps:
1. In the control panel, Parameters mode, select parameter
0401.
2. Press EDIT.
3. Press the UP and DOWN buttons simultaneously.
4. Press SAVE.
CORRECTING ALARMS — To correct alarms, first deter-
mine if the Alarm requires any corrective action (action is not
always required). Use Table D to find and address the root
cause of the problem.
If diagnostics troubleshooting has determined that the
drive is defective during the warranty period, contact
ABB Automation Inc., at 1-800-435-7365, option 4, option 3.
A qualified technician will review the problem with the caller
and make a determination regarding how to proceed. This may
involve dispatching a designated service station (DSS) repre-
sentative from an authorized station, dispatching a replacement
unit, or advising return for repair.
VFD Maintenance — If installed in an appropriate envi-
ronment, the VFD requires very little maintenance.
Table E lists the routine maintenance intervals recommend-
ed by Carrier.
HEAT SINK — The heat sink fins accumulate dust from the
cooling air. Since a dusty sink is less efficient at cooling the
drive, overtemperature faults become more likely. In a normal
environment check the heat sink annually, in a dusty environ-
ment check more often.
166
APPENDIX C — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
Table C — Fault Codes
FAULT
CODE
FAULT NAME
IN PANEL DESCRIPTION AND RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION
1OVERCURRENT Output current is excessive. Check for excessive motor load, insufficient acceleration time (parameters 2202 ACCELER TIME 1,
default 30 seconds), or faulty motor, motor cables or connections.
2DC OVERVOLT Intermediate circuit DC voltage is excessive. Check for static or transient over voltages in the input power supply, insufficient deceler-
ation time (parameters 2203 DECELER TIME 1, default 30 seconds), or undersized brake chopper (if present).
3DEV OVERTEMP Drive heat sink is overheated. Temperature is at or above 115 C (239 F). Check for fan failure, obstructions in the air flow, dirt or dust
coating on the heat sink, excessive ambient temperature, or excessive motor load.
4SHORT CIRC Fault current. Check for short-circuit in the motor cable(s) or motor or supply disturbances.
5OVERLOAD Inverter overload condition. The drive output current exceeds the ratings.
6DC UNDERVOLT Intermediate circuit DC voltage is not sufficient. Check for missing phase in the input power supply, blown fuse, or under voltage on
main circuit.
7AI1 LOSS Analog input 1 loss. Analog input value is less than AI1 FLT LIMIT (3021). Check source and connection for analog input and param-
eter settings for AI1 FLT LIMIT (3021) and 3001 AI<MIN FUNCTION.
8AI2 LOSS Analog input 2 loss. Analog input value is less than AI2 FLT LIMIT (3022). Check source and connection for analog input and param-
eter settings for AI2 FLT LIMIT (3022) and 3001 AI<MIN FUNCTION.
9MOT OVERTEMP Motor is too hot, as estimated by the drive. Check for overloaded motor. Adjust the parameters used for the estimate (3005 through
3009). Check the temperature sensors and Group 35 parameters.
10 PANEL LOSS
Panel communication is lost and either drive is in local control mode (the control panel displays LOC), or drive is in remote control
mode (REM) and is parameterized to accept start/stop, direction or reference from the control panel. To correct check the communi-
cation lines and connections. Check parameter 3002 PANEL COMM ERROR, parameters in Group 10: Command Inputs and Group
11:Reference Select (if drive operation is REM).
11 ID RUN FAIL The motor ID run was not completed successfully. Check motor connections.
12 MOTOR STALL Motor or process stall. Motor is operating in the stall region. Check for excessive load or insufficient motor power. Check parameters
3010 through 3012.
13 RESERVED Not used.
14 EXT FAULT 1 Digital input defined to report first external fault is active. See parameter 3003 EXTERNAL FAULT 1.
15 EXT FAULT 2 Digital input defined to report second external fault is active. See parameter 3004 EXTERNAL FAULT 2.
16 EARTH FAULT The load on the input power system is out of balance. Check for faults in the motor or motor cable. Verify that motor cable does not
exceed maximum specified length.
17 UNDERLOAD Motor load is lower than expected. Check for disconnected load. Check parameters 3013 UNDERLOAD FUNCTION through 3015
UNDERLOAD CURVE.
18 THERM FAIL Internal fault. The thermistor measuring the internal temperature of the drive is open or shorted. Contact Carrier.
19 OPEX LINK Internal fault. A communication-related problem has been detected between the OMIO and OINT boards. Contact Carrier.
20 OPEX PWR Internal fault. Low voltage condition detected on the OINT board. Contact Carrier.
21 CURR MEAS Internal fault. Current measurement is out of range. Contact Carrier.
22 SUPPLY PHASE Ripple voltage in the DC link is too high. Check for missing main phase or blown fuse.
23 RESERVED Not used.
24 OVERSPEED
Motor speed is greater than 120% of the larger (in magnitude) of 2001 MINIMUM SPEED or 2002 MAXIMUM SPEED parameters.
Check parameter settings for 2001 and 2002. Check adequacy of motor braking torque. Check applicability of torque control. Check
brake chopper and resistor.
25 RESERVED Not used.
26 DRIVE ID Internal fault. Configuration block drive ID is not valid.
27 CONFIG FILE Internal configuration file has an error. Contact Carrier.
28 SERIAL 1 ERR Field bus communication has timed out. Check fault setup (3018 COMM FAULT FUNC and 3019 COMM FAULT TIME). Check com-
munication settings (Group 51 or 53 as appropriate). Check for poor connections and/or noise on line.
29 EFB CON FILE Error in reading the configuration file for the field bus adapter.
30 FORCE TRIP Fault trip forced by the field bus. See the field bus reference literature.
31 EFB 1 Fault code reserved for the EFB protocol application. The meaning is protocol dependent.
32 EFB 2 Fault code reserved for the EFB protocol application. The meaning is protocol dependent.
33 EFB 3 Fault code reserved for the EFB protocol application. The meaning is protocol dependent.
34 MOTOR PHASE Fault in the motor circuit. One of the motor phases is lost. Check for motor fault, motor cable fault, thermal relay fault, or internal fault.
35 OUTP WIRING Error in power wiring suspected. Check that input power wired to drive output. Check for ground faults.
101-105 SYSTEM ERROR Error internal to the drive. Contact Carrier and report the error number.
201-206 SYSTEM ERROR Error internal to the drive. Contact Carrier and report the error number.
1000 PAR HZRPM
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check for any of the following:
2001 MINIMUM SPEED > 2002 MAXIMUM SPEED
2007 MINIMUM FREQ > 2008 MAXIMUM FREQ
2001 MINIMUM SPEED / 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED is outside of the range: -128/+128
2002 MAXIMUM SPEED / 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED is outside of the range: -128/+128
2007 MINIMUM FREQ / 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ is outside of the range: - 128/+128
2008 MAXIMUM FREQ / 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ is outside of the range: - 128/+128
1001 PAR PFA REFNG Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that 2007 MINIMUM FREQ is negative, when 8123 PFA ENABLE is active.
1002 PAR PFA IOCNF
Parameter values are inconsistent. The number of programmed PFA relays does not match with Interlock configuration, when 8123
PFA ENABLE is active. Check consistency of RELAY OUTPUT parameters 1401 through 1403, and 1410 through 1412. Check 8117
NR OF AUX MOTORS, 8118 AUTOCHANGE INTERV, and 8120 INTERLOCKS.
1003 PAR AI SCALE Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that parameter 1301 AI 1 MIN > 1302 AI 1 MAX and that parameter 1304 AI 2 MIN > 1305
AI 2 MAX.
1004 PAR AO SCALE Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that parameter 1504 AO 1 MIN > 1505 AO 1 MAX and that parameter 1510 AO 2 MIN >
1511 AO 2 MAX.
1005 PAR PCU 2
Parameter values for power control are inconsistent: Improper motor nominal kVA or motor nominal power. Check the following
parameters:
1.1 < (9906 MOTOR NOM CURR * 9905 MOTOR NOM VOLT * 1.73 / PN) < 2.6
Where: PN = 1000 * 9909 MOTOR NOM POWER (if units are kW) or PN = 746
* 9909 MOTOR NOM POWER (if units are HP, e.g., in US)
1006 PAR E X T RO Parameter values are inconsistent. Check the extension relay module for connection and 1410 through 1412 RELAY OUTPUTS 4
through 6 have non-zero values.
1007 PAR F BUS Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that a parameter is set for field bus control (e.g., 1001 EXT1 COMMANDS = 10 (COMM)),
but 9802 COMM PROT SEL = 0.
1008 PAR PFA MODE Parameter values are inconsistent. The 9904 MOTOR CTRL MODE must = 3 (SCALAR SPEED) when 8123 PFA ENABLE activated.
1009 PAR PCU 1
Parameter values for power control are inconsistent or improper motor nominal frequency or speed. Check for both of the following:
1 < (60 * 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ / 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED < 16
0.8 < 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED / (120 * 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ / Motor poles) < 0.992
1010 OVERRIDE/PFA
CONFLICT
Override mode is enabled and PFA is activated at the same time. This cannot be done because PFA interlocks cannot be observed in
the override mode.
167
APPENDIX C — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
Table D — Alarm Codes
*This alarm is not indicated by a relay output, even when the relay output is configured to indicate alarm conditions, parameter 1401 RELAY OUT-
PUT = 5 (ALARM) or 16 (FLT/ALARM).
Check the heat sink as follows (when necessary):
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove the cooling fan.
3. Blow clean compressed air (not humid) from bottom to top
and simultaneously use a vacuum cleaner at the air outlet
to trap the dust. If there a risk of the dust entering adjoining
equipment, perform the cleaning in another room.
4. Replace the cooling fan.
5. Restore power.
Table E — Maintenance Intervals
ALARM
CODE
ALARM NAME
IN PANEL DESCRIPTION AND RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION
2001 —Reserved
2002 —Reserved
2003 —Reserved
2004 DIR LOCK The change in direction being attempted is not allowed. Do not attempt to change the direction of motor rota-
tion, or Change parameter 1003 DIRECTION to allow direction change (if reverse operation is safe).
2005 I/O COMM
Field bus communication has timed out. Check fault setup (3018 COMM FAULT FUNC and 3019 COMM
FAULT TIME). Check communication settings (Group 51 or 53 as appropriate). Check for poor connections
and/or noise on line.
2006 AI1 LOSS Analog input 1 is lost, or value is less than the minimum setting. Check input source and connections. Check
the parameter that sets the minimum (3021) and the parameter that sets the Alarm/Fault operation (3001).
2007 AI2 LOSS Analog input 2 is lost, or value is less than the minimum setting. Check input source and connections. Check
parameter that sets the minimum (3022) and the parameter that sets the Alarm/Fault operation (3001).
2008 PANEL LOSS
Panel communication is lost and either the VFD is in local control mode (the control panel displays HAND), or
the VFD is in remote control mode (AUTO) and is parameterized to accept start/stop, direction or reference
from the control panel. To correct, check the communication lines and connections, Parameter 3002 PANEL
LOSS, and parameters in groups 10 COMMAND INPUTS and 11 REFERENCE SELECT (if drive operation
is REM).
2009 —Reserved
2010 MOT OVERTEMP
Motor is hot, based on either the VFD estimate or on temperature feedback. This alarm warns that a Motor
Overload fault trip may be near. Check for overloaded motor. Adjust the parameters used for the estimate
(3005 through 3009). Check the temperature sensors and Group 35 parameters.
2011 UNDERLOAD
Motor load is lower than expected. This alarm warns that a Motor Underload fault trip may be near. Check
that the motor and drive ratings match (motor is NOT undersized for the drive). Check the settings on param-
eters 3013 to 3015.
2012 MOTOR STALL Motor is operating in the stall region. This alarm warns that a Motor Stall fault trip may be near.
2013* AUTORESET This alarm warns that the drive is about to perform an automatic fault reset, which may start the motor. To
control automatic reset, use parameter group 31 (AUTOMATIC RESET).
2014* AUTOCHANGE This alarm warns that the PFA autochange function is active. To control PFA, use parameter group 81 (PFA)
and the Pump Alternation macro.
2015 PFA INTERLOCK This alarm warns that the PFA interlocks are active, which means that the drive cannot start any motor (when
Autochange is used), or a speed regulated motor (when Autochange is not used).
2016 — Reserved
2017* OFF BUTTON This alarm indicates that the OFF button has been pressed.
2018* PID SLEEP
This alarm warns that the PID sleep function is active, which means that the motor could
accelerate when the PID sleep function ends. To control PID sleep, use parameters
4022 through 4026 or 4122 through 4126.
2019 ID RUN The VFD is performing an ID run.
2020 OVERRIDE Override mode is activated.
2021 START ENABLE 1
MISSING
This alarm warns that the Start Enable 1 signal is missing. To control Start Enable 1 function, use parameter
1608. To correct, check the digital input configuration and the communication settings.
2022 START ENABLE 2
MISSING
This alarm warns that the Start Enable 2 signal is missing. To control Start Enable 2 function, use parameter
1609. To correct, check the digital input configuration and the communication settings.
2023 EMERGENCY STOP Emergency stop is activated.
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL
Heat Sink Temperature
Check and Cleaning
Every 6 to 12 months (depending
on the dustiness of the environment)
Main Cooling Fan
Replacement
Every five years
Internal Enclosure Cooling
Fan Replacement
Every three years
Capacitor Change
(Frame Size R5 and R6)
Every ten years
HVAC Control Panel
Battery Change
Every ten years
168
APPENDIX C — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
MAIN FAN REPLACEMENT — The main cooling fan of
the VFD has a life span of about 60,000 operating hours at
maximum rated operating temperature and drive load. The
expected life span doubles for each 18 F drop in the fan
temperature (fan temperature is a function of ambient tempera-
tures and drive loads).
Fan failure can be predicted by the increasing noise from
fan bearings and the gradual rise in the heat sink temperature in
spite of heat sink cleaning. If the drive is operated in a critical
part of a process, fan replacement is recommended once these
symptoms start appearing. Replacement fans are available
from Carrier.
To replace the main fan for frame sizes R1 through R4,
perform the following (see Fig. D):
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove drive cover.
3. For frame sizes R1 and R2, press together the retaining
clips on the fan cover and lift. For frame sizes R3 and R4,
press in on the lever located on the left side of the fan
mount, and rotate the fan up and out.
4. Disconnect the fan cable.
5. Install the new fan by reversing Steps 2 to 4.
6. Restore power.
To replace the main fan for frame sizes R5 and R6, perform
the following (see Fig. E):
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove the screws attaching the fan.
3. Disconnect the fan cable.
4. Install the fan in reverse order.
5. Restore power.
INTERNAL ENCLOSURE FAN REPLACEMENT — The
VFD IP 54 / UL Type 12 enclosures have an additional internal
fan to circulate air inside the enclosure.
To replace the internal enclosure fan for frame sizes R1 to
R4, perform the following (see Fig. F):
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove the front cover.
3. The housing that holds the fan in place has barbed retain-
ing clips at each corner. Press all four clips toward the
center to release the barbs.
4. When the clips/barbs are free, pull the housing up to re-
move from the drive.
5. Disconnect the fan cable.
6. Install the fan in reverse order, noting the following: the
fan airflow is up (refer to arrow on fan); the fan wire
harness is toward the front; the notched housing barb is
located in the right-rear corner; and the fan cable connects
just forward of the fan at the top of the drive.
To replace the internal enclosure fan for frame sizes R5 or
R6, perform the following:
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove the front cover.
3. Lift the fan out and disconnect the cable.
4. Install the fan in reverse order.
5. Restore power.
CONTROL PANEL CLEANING — Use a soft damp cloth
to clean the control panel. Avoid harsh cleaners which could
scratch the display window.
BATTERY REPLACEMENT — A battery is only used in as-
sistant control panels that have the clock function available and
enabled. The battery keeps the clock operating in memory
during power interruptions. The expected life for the battery is
greater than ten years. To remove the battery, use a coin to
rotate the battery holder on the back of the control panel.
Replace the battery with type CR2032.
3
3
4
2
3
2
Bottom View (R5)
2
3
Bottom View (R6)
Fig. D — Main Fan Replacement
(Frame Sizes R1-R4)
Fig. E — Main Fan Replacement
(Frame Sizes R5 and R6)
A39-2922
A48-7714
A48-7715
169
APPENDIX C — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
Fig. F — Internal Enclosure Fan Replacement
A48-7716
170
APPENDIX D — MODE SELECTION PROCESS
The following section is to be used in conjunction with
Fig. 4 on page 34. To help determine why the unit controls are
in a certain mode, the programming logic is provided below.
The software will proceed, step by step, until a mode is
reached. If an “If” statement is true, then that mode will be en-
tered. The “Else” statement refers to other possible choices.
If the System Mode is OFF:
{ If the fire shut down input (Inputs
FIRE
FSD)
is in “alarm”:
HVAC mode: ("Fire Shut Down ") OFF
Else
HVAC mode: ("Disabled ") OFF}
Else If: The rooftop is not in “factory test” and a fire
smoke-control mode is “alarming”:
{ If the pressurization input (Inputs
FIRE
PRES)
is in “alarm”:
HVAC mode: ("Pressurization ")
Else If the evacuation input (Inputs
FIRE
EVAC)
is in “alarm”:
HVAC mode: ("Evacuation ")
Else If the smoke purge input (Inputs
FIRE
PURG)
is in “alarm”:
HVAC mode: ("Smoke Purge ")}
Else If: Someone changed the machine’s
control type (Configuration
UNIT
C.TYP) during
run time, a 15 second delay is called out:
{HVAC mode: ("Disabled ") OFF}
Else If: The System Mode is TEST:
{HVAC mode: ("Test ")}
Else If: The “soft stop” command (Service Test
S.STP)
is forced to YES:
{ HVAC mode: ("SoftStop Request")}
Else If: The remote switch config (Configuration
UNIT
RM.CF)=2; “start/stop”, and the remote
input state (Inputs
GEN.I
REMT)=ON:
{HVAC mode: ("Rem. Sw. Disable") OFF}
Else If: Configured for static pressure control
(Configuration
SP
SP.CF = 1,2) and the static
pressure sensor (Pressures
AIR.P
SP) fails:
{HVAC mode: ("Static Pres.Fail") OFF}
Else If: Configured for supply fan status monitoring
(Configuration
UNIT
SFS.M = 1,2) and
configured to shut the unit down on fan status fail
(Configuration
UNIT
SFS.S = YES)
{HVAC mode: ("Fan Status Fail ") OFF}
Else If: The unit is just waking up from a power reset
{HVAC mode: ("Starting Up ") OFF}
Else If: A compressor is diagnosed as being “Stuck On”
{ HVAC mode: ("Comp. Stuck On ")
Else The control is free to select the normal heating/
cooling HVAC modes:
{ HVAC mode: ("Off ")
— The unit is off and no operating modes are active.
HVAC mode: ("Tempering Vent ")
— The economizer is at minimum vent position but
the supply air temperature has dropped below the
tempering vent set point. Gas heat is used to
temper the ventilation air.
HVAC mode: ("Tempering LoCool")
— The economizer is at minimum vent position but
the combination of the outside-air temperature and
the economizer position has dropped the supply-air
temperature below the tempering cool set point.
Gas heat is used to temper the ventilation air.
HVAC mode: ("Tempering HiCool")
— The economizer is at minimum vent position but
the combination of the outside air temperature and
the economizer position has dropped the supply air
temperature below the tempering cool set point.
Gas heat is used to temper the ventilation air.
HVAC mode: (“Re-Heat”)
— The unit is operating in reheat mode.
HVAC mode: (“Dehumidification”)
— The unit is operating in dehumidification mode.
HVAC mode: ("Vent ")
— This is a normal operation mode where no heating
or cooling is required and outside air is being
delivered to the space to control IAQ levels.
HVAC mode: ("Low Cool ")
— This is a normal cooling mode when a low cooling
demand exists.
HVAC mode: ("High Cool ")
— This is a normal cooling mode when a high
cooling demand exists.
HVAC mode: ("Low Heat ")
— This is a normal heating mode when a low
heating demand exists.
HVAC mode: ("High Heat ")
— This is a normal heating mode when a high
heating demand exists.
HVAC mode: ("Unocc. Free Cool")
— In this mode the unit will operate in cooling but
will be using the economizer for free cooling.
Entering this mode will depend on the status of the
outside air. The unit can be configured for outside
air changeover, differential dry bulb changeover,
outside air enthalpy changeover, differential
enthalpy changeover, or a custom arrangement
of enthalpy/dewpoint and dry bulb. See the
Economizer section for further details.}
NOTE: There is also a transitional mode whereby the machine
may be waiting for relay timeguards to expire before shutting
the machine completely down:
HVAC mode: ("Shutting Down ")
171
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER
The following section is used to configure the UPC Open.
The UPC Open controller is mounted in a separate enclosure
below the main control box.
To Address the UPC Open Controller — The
user must give the UPC Open controller an address that is
unique on the BACnet* network. Perform the following proce-
dure to assign an address:
1. If the UPC Open controller is powered, pull the screw ter-
minal connector from the controller's power terminals la-
beled Gnd and HOT. The controller reads the address
each time power is applied to it.
2. Using the rotary switches (see Fig. A and B), set the con-
troller's address. Set the Tens (10's) switch to the tens dig-
it of the address, and set the Ones (1's) switch to the ones
digit.
As an example in Fig. A, if the controller’s address is 25,
point the arrow on the Tens (10's) switch to 2 and the arrow on
the Ones (1's) switch to 5.
BACNET DEVICE INSTANCE ADDRESS — The UPC
Open controller also has a BACnet Device Instance address.
This Device Instance MUST be unique for the complete BAC-
net system in which the UPC Open controller is installed. The
Device Instance is auto generated by default and is derived by
adding the MAC address to the end of the Network Number.
The Network Number of a new UPC Open controller is 16101,
but it can be changed using i-Vu® Tools or BACView device.
By default, a MAC address of 20 will result in a Device In-
stance of 16101 + 20 which would be a Device Instance of
1610120.
10's
1's
1
3
4
5
2
7
8
9
6
0
1
3
4
5
2
7
8
9
6
0
Fig. A — Address Rotary Switches
a48-8578
Fig. B — UPC Open Controller
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
BACNET
BAUD RATE
DIP SWITCHES
ADDRESS
ROTARY
SWITCHES
POWER LED
RUN LED
ERROR LED
BACNET
CONNECTION
(BAS PORT)
BT485
TERMINATOR
Tx2 LED
Rx2 LED
Tx1 LED
Rx1 LED
EIA-485
JUMPERS
a48-8579
* Sponsored by ASHRAE (American Society of Heat-
ing, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers).
172
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER (cont)
Configuring the BAS Port for BACnet MS/
TP — Use the same baud rate and communication settings
for all controllers on the network segment. The UPC Open
controller is fixed at 8 data bits, No Parity, and 1 Stop bit for
this protocol's communications.
If the UPC Open controller has been wired for power, pull
the screw terminal connector from the controller's power termi-
nals labeled Gnd and HOT. The controller reads the DIP
Switches and jumpers each time power is applied to it.
Set the BAS Port DIP switch DS3 to “enable.” Set the BAS
Port DIP switch DS4 to “E1485.” Set the BMS Protocol DIP
switches DS8 through DS5 to”MSTP.” See Table A.
Table A — SW3 Protocol Switch Settings
for MS/TP
Verify that the EIA-485 jumpers below the CCN Port are set
to EIA-485 and 2W.
The example in Fig. C shows the BAS Port DIP Switches
set for 76.8k (Carrier default) and MS/TP.
Set the BAS Port DIP Switches DS2 and DS1 for the appro-
priate communications speed of the MS/TP network (9600,
19.2k, 38.4k, or 76.8k bps). See Fig. C and Table B.
Table B — Baud Selection Table
Wiring the UPC Open Controller to the MS/TP
Network — The UPC Open controller communicates using
BACnet on an MS/TP network segment communications at
9600 bps, 19.2 kbps, 38.4 kbps, or 76.8 kbps.
Wire the controllers on an MS/TP network segment in a dai-
sy-chain configuration. Wire specifications for the cable are
22 AWG (American Wire Gage) or 24 AWG, low-capacitance,
twisted, stranded, shielded copper wire. The maximum length
is 2000 ft.
Install a BT485 terminator on the first and last controller on
a network segment to add bias and prevent signal distortions
due to echoing. See Fig. B, D, and E.
To wire the UPC Open controller to the BAS network:
1. Pull the screw terminal connector from the controller's
BAS Port.
2. Check the communications wiring for shorts and
grounds.
3. Connect the communications wiring to the BAS port’s
screw terminals labeled Net +, Net -, and Shield.
NOTE: Use the same polarity throughout the network
segment.
4. Insert the power screw terminal connector into the UPC
Open controller's power terminals if they are not current-
ly connected.
5. Verify communication with the network by viewing a
module status report. To perform a module status report
using the BACview keypad/display unit, press and hold
the “FN” key then press the “.” Key.
DS8 DS7 DS6 DS5 DS4 DS3
OffOffOffOffOnOff
BAUD RATE DS2 DS1
9,600 Off Off
19,200 On Off
38,400 Off On
76,800 On On
Fig. C — DIP Switches
a48-8580
Fig. D — Network Wiring
a48-8581
173
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER (cont)
To install a BT485 terminator, push the BT485 terminator,
on to the BT485 connector located near the BACnet connector.
NOTE: The BT485 terminator has no polarity associated with
it.
To order a BT485 terminator, consult Commercial Products
i-Vu® Open Control System Master Prices.
MS/TP Wiring Recommendations — Recommen-
dations are shown in Tables C and D. The wire jacket and UL
temperature rating specifications list two acceptable alterna-
tives. The Halar specification has a higher temperature rating
and a tougher outer jacket than the SmokeGard specification,
and it is appropriate for use in applications where the user is
concerned about abrasion. The Halar jacket is also less likely to
crack in extremely low temperatures.
NOTE: Use the specified type of wire and cable for maximum
signal integrity.
Table C — MS/TP Wiring Recommendations
LEGEND
Fig. E — BT485 Terminator Installation
a48-8582
SPECIFICATION RECOMMMENDATION
Cable Single twisted pair, low capacitance, CL2P, 22 AWG (7x30), TC foam FEP, plenum rated cable
Conductor 22 or 24 AWG stranded copper (tin plated)
Insulation Foamed FEP 0.015 in. (0.381 mm) wall 0.060 in. (1.524 mm) O.D.
Color code Black/White
Twist Lay 2 in. (50.8 mm) lay on pair 6 twists/foot (20 twists/meter) nominal
Shielding Aluminum/Mylar shield with 24 AWG TC drain wire
Jacket SmokeGard Jacket (SmokeGard PVC) 0.021 in. (0.5334 mm) wall 0.175 in. (4.445 mm) O.D.
Halar Jacket (E-CTFE) 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) wall 0.144 in. (3.6576 mm) O.D.
DC resistance 15.2 Ohms/1000 feet (50 Ohms/km) nominal
Capacitance 12.5 pF/ft (41 pF/meter) nominal conductor to conductor
Characteristic impedance 100 Ohms nominal
Weight 12 lb/1000 feet (17.9 kg/km)
UL Temperature Rating SmokeGard 167°F (75°C)
Halar -40 to 302°F (-40 to 150°C)
Voltag e 300 Vac, power limited
Listing UL: NEC CL2P, or better
AWG — American Wire Gage
CL2P — Class 2 Plenum Cable
DC — Direct Current
FEP — Fluorinated Ethylene Polymer
NEC — National Electrical Code
O.D. — Outside Diameter
TC — Tinned Copper
UL — Underwriters Laboratories
174
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER (cont)
Table D — Open System Wiring Specifications and Recommended Vendors
LEGEND
Local access to the UPC Open — The user can
use a BACview6 handheld keypad display unit or the Virtual
BACview software as a local user interface to an Open control-
ler. These items let the user access the controller network infor-
mation. These are accessory items and do not come with the
UPC Open controller.
The BACview6 unit connects to the local access port on the
UPC Open controller. See Fig. F. The BACview software must
be running on a laptop computer that is connected to the local
access port on the UPC Open controller. The laptop will re-
quire an additional USB link cable for connection.
See the BACview Installation and User Guide for instruc-
tions on connecting and using the BACview6 device.
To order a BACview6 Handheld (BV6H), consult Commer-
cial Products i-Vu Open Control System Master Prices.
WIRING SPECIFICATIONS RECOMMENDED VENDORS AND PART NUMBERS
Wire Type Description Connect Air
International Belden RMCORP Contractors
Wire and Cable
MS/TP
Network (RS-485)
22 AWG, single twisted shielded pair, low capacitance, CL2P,
TC foam FEP, plenum rated. See MS/TP Installation Guide for
specifications.
W221P-22227 — 25160PV CLP0520LC
24 AWG, single twisted shielded pair, low capacitance, CL2P,
TC foam FEP, plenum rated. See MS/TP Installation Guide
for specifications.
W241P-2000F 82841 25120-OR —
Rnet 4 conductor, unshielded, CMP, 18 AWG, plenum rated. W184C-2099BLB 6302UE 21450 CLP0442
AWG — American Wire Gage
CL2P — Class 2 Plenum Cable
CMP — Communications Plenum Rated
FEP — Fluorinated Ethylene Polymer
TC — Tinned Copper
Fig. F — BACview6 Device Connection
a48-8583
175
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER (cont)
Configuring the UPC Open Controller's Prop-
erties — The UPC Open device and ComfortLink™ con-
trols must be set to the same CCN Address (Element) number
and CCN Bus number. The factory default settings for CCN
Element and CCN Bus number are 1 and 0 respectively.
If modifications to the default Element and Bus number are
required, both the ComfortLink and UPC Open configurations
must be changed.
The following configurations are used to set the CCN Ad-
dress and Bus number in the ComfortLink controls. These con-
figurations can be changed using the scrolling marquee display
or accessory Navigator handheld device.
Configuration→CCN→CCN.A (CCN Address)
Configuration→CCN→CCN.B (CCN Bus Number)
The following configurations are used to set the CCN Ad-
dress and Bus Number in the UPC Open controller. These con-
figurations can be changed using the accessory BACview6
display.
Navigation: BACview→CCN
Home: Element Comm Stat
Element: 1
Bus: 0
Troubleshooting — If there are problems wiring or ad-
dressing the UPC Open controller, contact Carrier Technical
Support.
COMMUNICATION LEDS — The LEDs indicate if the
controller is communicating with the devices on the network.
See Tables E and F. The LEDs should reflect communication
traffic based on the baud rate set. The higher the baud rate the
more solid the LEDs become. See Fig. B for location of LEDs
on UPC Open module.
REPLACING THE UPC OPEN BATTERY — The UPC
Open controller's 10-year lithium CR2032 battery provides a
minimum of 10,000 hours of data retention during power
outages.
Remove the battery from the controller, making note of the
battery's polarity. Insert the new battery, matching the battery's
polarity with the polarity indicated on the UPC Open
controller.
Table E — LED Status Indicators
Table F — Run and Error LEDs Controller and Network Status Indication
IMPORTANT: Power must be ON to the UPC Open when
replacing the battery, or the date, time, and trend data will
be lost.
LED STATUS
Power
Lights when power is being supplied to the controller. The UPC Open controller is protected by internal solid-state polyswitches on
the incoming power and network connections. These polyswitches are not replaceable and will reset themselves if the condition
that caused the fault returns to normal.
Rx Lights when the controller receives data from the network segment; there is an Rx LED for Ports 1 and 2.
Tx Lights when the controller transmits data to the network segment; there is an Rx LED for Ports 1 and 2.
Run Lights based on controller status. See Table F.
Error Lights based on controller status. See Table F.
RUN LED ERROR LED STATUS
2 flashes per second Off Normal
2 flashes per second 2 flashes, alternating with Run LED Five minute auto-restart delay after system error
2 flashes per second 3 flashes, then off Controller has just been formatted
2 flashes per second 1 flash per second Controller is alone on the network
2 flashes per second On Exec halted after frequent system errors or control programs halted
5 flashes per second On Exec start-up aborted, Boot is running
5 flashes per second Off Firmware transfer in progress, Boot is running
7 flashes per second 7 flashes per second, alternating with Run LED Ten second recovery period after brownout
14 flashes per second 14 flashes per second, alternating with Run LED Brownout
176
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER (cont)
NETWORK POINTS LIST
See legend on page 182.
BACNET
OBJECT ID POINT NAME READ
ONLY UNITS DEFAULT
VALUE RANGE BACNET
OBJECT NAME
UNIT
POINT
AV:9 Active Demand Limit W % n/a 0-100 dem_lim_1 DEM_LIM
AV:10 Air Temp Lvg Supply Fan R °F n/a n/a sat_1 SAT
AV:11 CEM AN1 4-20 ma J5,1-2 W mA n/a 0-20 cem4201_1 CEM4201
AV:12 CEM AN1 10K temp J5,1-2 W °F n/a -40-240 cem10k1_1 CEM10K1
AV:13 CEM AN2 4-20 ma J5,3-4 W mA n/a 0-20 cem4202_1 CEM4202
AV:14 CEM AN2 10K temp J5,3-4 W °F n/a -40-240 cem10k2_1 CEM10K2
AV:15 Temper Supply Air Setpt W °F n/a 0-100 sasptemp_1 SASPTEMP
AV:16 BP PID Evaluation Time Level W min 1 0-10 bpperiod_1 BPPERIOD
AV:17 BP Setpoint Offset W in H2O 0.05 0-0.5 bpso_1 BPSO
AV:18 BP Threshold Adjustment W n/a 1 0.1-10 bpz_gain_1 BPZ_GAIN
AV:22 Capacity Load Factor R % n/a n/a smz_1 SMZ
AV:23 Capacity Threshold Adj W n/a 1 0-10 z_gain_1 Z_GAIN
AV:24 Compressor A1 Run Hours R hr n/a n/a hr_a1_1 HR_A1
AV:25 Compressor A1 Starts R n/a n/a n/a cy_a1_1 CY_A1
AV:26 Compressor A1 Strikes R n/a n/a n/a cmpa1str_1 CMPA1STR
AV:27 Compressor A1 Timeguard R n/a n/a n/a cmpa1_tg_1 CMPA1_TG
AV:28 Compressor A2 Run Hours R hr n/a n/a hr_a2_1 HR_A2
AV:29 Compressor A2 Starts R n/a n/a n/a cy_a2_1 CY_A2
AV:30 Compressor A2 Strikes R n/a n/a n/a cmpa2str_1 CMPA2STR
AV:31 Compressor A2 Timeguard R n/a n/a n/a cmpa2_tg_1 CMPA2_TG
AV:32 Compressor B1 Run Hours R hr n/a n/a hr_b1_1 HR_B1
AV:33 Compressor B1 Starts R n/a n/a n/a cy_b1_1 CY_B1
AV:34 Compressor B1 Strikes R n/a n/a n/a cmpb1str_1 CMPB1STR
AV:35 Compressor B1 Timeguard R n/a n/a n/a cmpb1_tg_1 CMPB1_TG
AV:36 Compressor B2 Run Hours R hr n/a n/a hr_b2_1 HR_B2
AV:37 Compressor B2 Starts R n/a n/a n/a cy_b2_1 CY_B2
AV:38 Compressor B2 Strikes R n/a n/a n/a cmpb2str_1 CMPB2STR
AV:39 Compressor B2 Timeguard R n/a n/a n/a cmpb2_tg_1 CMPB2_TG
AV:40 Compressor Lockout Temp W °F 40 -20-55 oatlcomp_1 OATLCOMP
AV:41 Cool Trend Demand Level W °^F 0.1 0.1-5 ctrendlv_1 CTRENDLV
AV:42 Cool Trend Time (secs) W sec 120 30-600 ctrendtm_1 CTRENDTM
AV:43 Ctl.Temp RAT,SPT or ZONE R °F n/a n/a ctrltemp_1 CTRLTEMP
AV:44 Current Running Capacity R % n/a n/a htsg_cap_1 HTSG_CAP
AV:45 DAQ PPM Fan Off Setpoint W n/a 200 0-2000 daqfnoff_1 DAQFNOFF
AV:46 DAQ PPM Fan On Setpoint W n/a 400 0-2000 daqfnon_1 DAQFNON
AV:49 Dehumidify Cool Setpoint W °F 45 40-55 dhcoolsp_1 DHCOOLSP
AV:50 Dehumidify RH Setpoint W % 55 10-90 dhrelhsp_1 DHRELHSP
AV:52 Demand Limit Select W n/a 0 0-3 dmd_ctrl_1 DMD_CTRL
AV:53 Demand Limit Sw.1 Setpt. W % 80 0-100 dlswsp1_1 DLSWSP1
AV:54 Demand Limit Sw.2 Setpt. W % 50 0-100 dlswsp2_1 DLSWSP2
AV:56 Diff.Air Quality in PPM R n/a n/a n/a daq_1 DAQ
AV:58 Diff. AQ Responsiveness W n/a 0 -5-5 iaqreact_1 IAQREACT
AV:59 Dmd Level(-) Low Cool OFF W °^F 1 0.5-2 dmdlcoff_1 DMDLCOFF
AV:60 Dmd Level(-) Low Heat OFF W °^F 1 0.5-2 dmdlhoff_1 DMDLHOFF
177
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER (cont)
NETWORK POINTS LIST (cont)
See legend on page 182.
BACNET
OBJECT ID POINT NAME READ
ONLY UNITS DEFAULT
VALUE RANGE BACNET
OBJECT NAME
UNIT
POINT
AV:61 Dmd Level(+) Hi Cool ON W °^F 0.5 0.5-20 dmdhcon_1 DMDHCON
AV:62 Dmd Level(+) Hi Heat ON W °^F 0.5 0.5-20 dmdhhon_1 DMDHHON
AV:63 Dmd Level Low Cool ON W °^F 1.5 0.5-2 dmdlcon_1 DMDLCON
AV:64 Dmd Level Low Heat ON W °^F 1.5 0.5-2 dmdlhon_1 DMDLHON
AV:66 Econo Current Min. Pos. R % n/a n/a min_pos_1 MIN_POS
AV:67 Economizer Act. Cmd. Pos. W % n/a 0-100 econocmd_1 ECONOCMD
AV:68 Economizer Control Point R °F n/a n/a econpnt_1 ECONCPNT
AV:70 Economizer Max.Position W % 98 0-100 economax_1 ECONOMAX
AV:76 Evaporator Discharge Tmp R °F n/a n/a edt_1 EDT
AV:77 Fan Mode W n/a 1 0-1 fan_mode_1 FAN_MODE
AV:78 Fan-Off Delay, Elec Heat W n/a 30 10-600 elec_fod_1 ELEC_FOD
AV:79 Fan-Off Delay, Gas Heat W n/a 45 45-600 gas_fod_1 GAS_FOD
AV:80 Fan-Off Delay, Mech Cool W sec 60 0-600 cool_fod_1 COOL_FOD
AV:83 Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap W °^F 5 2-10 hcsp_gap_1 HCSP_GAP
AV:85 Heating Supply Air Setpt W °F 85 80-120 saspheat_1 SASPHEAT
AV:86 High BP Level W n/a 0.05 0-1 bphplvl_1 BPHPLVL
AV:87 Low BP Level W n/a 0.04 0-1 bplplvl_1 BPLPLVL
AV:93 IAQ Econo Override Pos. W % 100 0-100 iaqovpos_1 IAQOVPOS
AV:95 IAQ High Reference W n/a 2000 0-5000 iaqrefh_1 IAQREFH
AV:96 IAQ Low Reference W n/a 0 0-5000 iaqrefl_1 IAQREFL
AV:97 IAQ Min.Pos.Override W % n/a 0-100 iaqminov_1 IAQMINOV
AV:98 IAQ Purge Duration W min 15 5-60 iaqptime_1 IAQPTIME
AV:99 IAQ Purge HiTemp Min Pos W % 35 0-100 iaqphtmp_1 IAQPHTMP
AV:100 IAQ Purge LoTemp Min Pos W % 10 0-100 iaqpltmp_1 IAQPLTMP
AV:101 IAQ Purge OAT Lockout W °F 50 35-70 iaqpntlo_1 IAQPNTLO
AV:102 LAT Limit Config W °^F 10 0-20 htlatlim_1 HTLATLIM
AV:107 Maximum Heat Stages R n/a n/a n/a htmaxstg_1 HTMAXSTG
AV:112 OAQ Lockout Value W n/a 0 0-2000 oaqlock_1 OAQLOCK
AV:113 OAQ - PPM Outdoor CO2 W n/a n/a 0-5000 oaq_1 OAQ
AV:114 Occupied Cool Mode End R °F n/a n/a occl_end_1 OCCL_END
AV:115 Occupied Cool Mode Start R °F n/a n/a occlstrt_1 OCCLSTRT
AV:116 Occupied Heat Mode End R °F n/a n/a ocht_end_1 OCHT_END
AV:117 Occupied Heat Mode Start R °F n/a n/a ochtstrt_1 OCHTSTRT
AV:118 Outside Air Humidity Ratio R n/a n/a n/a oa_humr_1 OA_HUMR
AV:119 Outside Air Relative Humidity W % n/a 0-100 oarh_1 OARH
AV:120 Override Time Limit W hr 1 0-4 otl_1 OTL
AV:121 Power Exhaust Motors W n/a 1 0-2 pwrm_1 PWRM
AV:122 Power Exhaust On Setp.1 W % 35 0-100 pes1_1 PES1
AV:123 Power Exhaust On Setp.2 W % 75 0-100 pes2_1 PES2
AV:130 Remote Switch Config W n/a 0 0-3 rmtincfg_1 RMTINCFG
AV:131 Reset Limit W °^F 10 0-20 limt_1 LIMT
AV:132 Reset Ratio W n/a 2 0-10 rtio_1 RTIO
AV:133 Return Air Enthalpy R n/a n/a n/a rae_1 RAE
178
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER (cont)
NETWORK POINTS LIST (cont)
See legend on page 182.
BACNET
OBJECT ID POINT NAME READ
ONLY UNITS DEFAULT
VALUE RANGE BACNET
OBJECT NAME
UNIT
POINT
AV:134 Return Air Relative Humidity W % n/a 0-100 rarh_1 RARH
AV:135 Return Air Temperature W °F n/a -40-240 rat_1 RAT
AV:136 Schedule Number W n/a 0 0-99 schednum_1 SCHEDNUM
AV:137 Space Temperature W °F n/a -40-240 spt_1 SPT
AV:138 Space Temperature Offset W °^F n/a -10-10 spto_1 SPTO
AV:139 Space Temp Offset Range W °^F 5 1-10 spto_rng_1 SPTO_RNG
AV:143 SP Reset Limit W n/a 0.75 0-2 sprlimit_1 SPRLIMIT
AV:144 SP Reset Ratio W n/a 0.2 0-2 sprratio_1 SPRRATIO
AV:150 Staged Gas LAT 1 R °F n/a n/a lat1sgas_1 LAT1SGAS
AV:151 Staged Gas LAT 2 R °F n/a n/a lat2sgas_1 LAT2SGAS
AV:152 Staged Gas LAT 3 R °F n/a n/a lat3sgas_1 LAT3SGAS
AV:153 Staged Gas LAT Sum R °F n/a n/a lat_sgas_1 LAT_SGAS
AV:154 Staged Gas Limit Sw Temp R °F n/a n/a limswtmp_1 LIMSWTMP
AV:155 Startup Delay Time W sec 0 0-900 delay_1 DELAY
AV:156 Stat. Pres. Reset Config W n/a 0 0-4 sprstcfg_1 SPRSTCFG
AV:157 Static Pressure Reset W n/a n/a 0-15 spreset_1 SPRESET
AV:158 Supply Air Setpnt. Reset W °^F n/a 0-20 sasprset_1 SASPRSET
AV:159 Temp Comp Start Cool Factor W min 0 0-60 tcstcool_1 TCSTCOOL
AV:160 Temp Comp Start Heat Factor W min 0 0-60 tcstheat_1 TCSTHEAT
AV:161 Tempering in Cool SASP W n/a 5 5-75 tempcool_1 TEMPCOOL
AV:162 Tempering Purge SASP W n/a 50 -20-80 temppurg_1 TEMPPURG
AV:163 Tempering Vent Occ SASP W n/a 65 -20-80 tempvocc_1 TEMPVOCC
AV:164 Temper Vent Unocc W n/a 50 -20-80 tempvunc_1 TEMPVUNC
AV:165 Supply Fan VFD Speed W % n/a 0-100 sf_vfd_output_1 SFVFDTST
AV:166 Un.Ec.Free Cool OAT Lock W °F 50 40-70 uefcntlo_1 UEFCNTLO
AV:168 Unoccupied Cool Mode End R °F n/a n/a uccl_end_1 UCCL_END
AV:169 Unoccupied Cool Mode Start R °F n/a n/a ucclstrt_1 UCCLSTRT
AV:170 Unoccupied Heat Mode End R °F n/a n/a ucht_end_1 UCHT_END
AV:171 Unoccupied Heat Mode Start R °F n/a n/a uchtstrt_1 UCHTSTRT
AV:172 Unoc Econ Free Cool Cfg W n/a 0 0-2 uefc_cfg_1 UEFC_CFG
AV:173 Unoc Econ Free Cool Time W min 120 0-720 uefctime_1 UEFCTIME
AV:179 User Determined OAQ W n/a 400 0-5000 oaq_user_1 OAQ_USER
AV:180 VAV Occ. Cool Off Delta W °^F 2 1-25 vavocoff_1 VAVOCOFF
AV:181 VAV Occ. Cool On Delta W °^F 3.5 0-25 vavocon_1 VAVOCON
AV:182 VAV Unocc Fan Retry Time W min 60 0-720 sampmins_1 SAMPMINS
AV:183 Vent Reheat RAT Offset W °^F 0 0-8 dhvraoff_1 DHVRAOFF
AV:184 Vent Reheat Setpoint W °F 70 55-95 dhvht_sp_1 DHVHT_SP
AV:185 Vent Reheat Setpt Select W n/a 0 0-1 dhvhtcfg_1 DHVHTCFG
AV:186 VFD/Act. Fire Speed/Pos. W % 100 0-100 bldgpfso_1 BLDGPFSO
AV:187 VFD Fire Speed Override W % 100 0-100 statpfso_1 STATPFSO
AV:188 VFD Maximum Speed W % 100 0-100 statpmax_1 STATPMAX
AV:189 VFD Minimum Speed W % 20 0-100 statpmin_1 STATPMIN
AV:1003 Outside Air Temperature W °F n/a -40-240 oat_1 OAT
179
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER (cont)
NETWORK POINTS LIST (cont)
See legend on page 182.
BACNET
OBJECT ID POINT NAME READ
ONLY UNITS DEFAULT
VALUE RANGE BACNET
OBJECT NAME
UNIT
POINT
AV:1009 IAQ - PPM Indoor CO2 W n/a n/a 0-5000 iaq_1 IAQ
AV:1016 Static Pressure R in H2O n/a n/a static_press_1 SP
AV:1022 HVAC Mode Numerical Form R n/a n/a n/a hvac_mode_1 MODEHVAC
AV:1023 Current Running Capacity R % n/a n/a cool_capacity_1 CAPTOTAL
AV:1024 Cooling Control Point R °F n/a n/a cool_ctrl_point_1 COOLCPNT
AV:1025 Heating Control Point R °F n/a n/a heat_ctrl_point_1 HEATCPNT
AV:1027 Leaving Air Temperature R °F n/a n/a lvg_air_temperature_1 LAT
AV:1028 Economizer Act. Curr. Pos R % n/a n/a econ_pos_1 ECONOPOS
AV:1030 Controlling Return Temp W °F n/a -40-240 ra_temp_1 RETURN_T
AV:1070 Building Pressure R in H2O n/a n/a bldg_static_press_1 BP
AV:1500 Mixed Air Temperature R °F n/a n/a ma_temp_1 MAT
AV:1600 Cir A Suction Pressure R psig n/a n/a suction_press_a_1 SP_A
AV:1601 Cir A Discharge Pressure R psig n/a n/a discharge_press_a_1 DP_A
AV:1602 Cir A Sat. Condensing Temperature R °F n/a n/a sat_cond_temp_a_1 SCTA
AV:1603 Cir A Sat. Suction Temperature R °F n/a n/a sat_suction_temp_a_1 SSTA
AV:1604 Cir B Suction Pressure R psig n/a n/a suction_press_b_1 SP_B
AV:1605 Cir B Discharge Pressure R psig n/a n/a discharge_press_b_1 DP_B
AV:1606 Cir B Sat. Condensing Temperature R °F n/a n/a sat_cond_temp_b_1 SCTB
AV:1607 Cir B Sat. Suction Temperature R °F n/a n/a sat_suction_temp_b_1 SSTB
AV:2003 Requested Heat Stage R n/a n/a n/a heat_run_1 HT_STAGE
AV:2007 Controlling Space Temp W °F n/a -40-240 space_temp_1 SPACE_T
AV:2050 Supply Fan VFD Speed R % n/a n/a sfvfdtst_1 SFAN_VFD
AV:2075 Exhaust Fan VFD Speed R % n/a n/a ef_vfd_output_1 EFAN_VFD
AV:2901 User Defined Analog 1 n/a n/a n/a n/a user_analog_1_1 n/a
AV:2902 User Defined Analog 2 n/a n/a n/a n/a user_analog_2_1 n/a
AV:2903 User Defined Analog 3 n/a n/a n/a n/a user_analog_3_1 n/a
AV:2904 User Defined Analog 4 n/a n/a n/a n/a user_analog_4_1 n/a
AV:2905 User Defined Analog 5 n/a n/a n/a n/a user_analog_5_1 n/a
AV:3001 Cooling Occupied Setpoint W °F 75 40-99 occ_cl_stpt_1 OCSP
AV:3002 Heating Occupied Setpoint W °F 68 409-99 occ_ht_stpt_1 OHSP
AV:3003 Cooling Unoccupied Setpoint W °F 90 40-99 unocc_cl_stpt_1 UCSP
AV:3004 Heating Unoccupied Setpoint W °F 55 40-99 unocc_ht_stpt_1 UHSP
AV:3007 Supply Air Setpoint W °F 55 45-75 sa_temp_stpt_1 SASP
AV:3016 IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos. W % 0 0-100 iaq_min_pos_1 IAQMINP
AV:3050 Static Pressure Setpoint W in H2O 1.5 0-5 sa_static_stpt_1 SPSP
AV:3070 Building Pressure Setp. W in H2O 0.05 -0.25-
0.25 bldg_press_stpt_1 BPSP
AV:4005 Economizer Min.Position W % 5 0-100 econ_min_1 ECONOMIN
AV:9008 High OAT Lockout Temp W °F 60 -40-120 econ_oat_lockout_1 OAT_LOCK
180
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER (cont)
NETWORK POINTS LIST (cont)
See legend on page 182.
BACNET
OBJECT ID POINT NAME READ
ONLY UNITS DEFAULT
VALUE RANGE BACNET
OBJECT NAME
UNIT
POINT
BV:9 Alarm State R n/a n/a n/a alm_1 ALM
BV:10 Capacity Clamp Mode R n/a n/a n/a capmode_1 CAPMODE
BV:11 Fan request from IGC R n/a n/a n/a igcfan_1 IGCFAN
BV:12 Comp A1 Locked Out ? R n/a n/a n/a cmpa1lok_1 CMPA1LOK
BV:13 Comp A2 Locked Out ? R n/a n/a n/a cmpa2lok_1 CMPA2LOK
BV:14 Comp B1 Locked Out ? R n/a n/a n/a cmpb1lok_1 CMPB1LOK
BV:15 Comp B2 Locked Out ? R n/a n/a n/a cmpb2ok_1 CMPB2LOK
BV:16 Compressor A1 Relay R n/a n/a n/a cmpa1_1 CMPA1
BV:17 Compressor A2 Relay R n/a n/a n/a cmpa2_1 CMPA2
BV:18 Compressor B1 Relay R n/a n/a n/a cmpb1_1 CMPB1
BV:19 Compressor B2 Relay R n/a n/a n/a cmpb2_1 CMPB2
BV:20 Cool Mode Not In Effect? R n/a n/a n/a cool_off_1 COOL_OFF
BV:21 Override Modes in Effect R n/a n/a n/a modes_1 MODES
BV:22 Supply Fan not on 30s ? R n/a n/a n/a sfonstat_1 SFONSTAT
BV:25 DBC - OAT Lockout? R n/a n/a n/a dbc_stat_1 DBC_STAT
BV:26 DCV Resetting Min Pos R n/a n/a n/a modeadcv_1 MODEADCV
BV:27 DDBC- OAT > RAT Lockout? R n/a n/a n/a ddbcstat_1 DDBCSTAT
BV:28 DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout? R n/a n/a n/a dec_stat_1 DEC_STAT
BV:29 Dehumid. Disabled Econ.? R n/a n/a n/a dhdisabl_1 DHDISABL
BV:30 Dehumidify Input W n/a n/a 0-1 dhdiscin_1 DHDISCIN
BV:31 Demand Limit In Effect R n/a n/a n/a modedmlt_1 MODEDMLT
BV:32 DEW - OA Dewpt.Lockout? R n/a n/a n/a dew_stat_1 DEW_STAT
BV:34 Econ Act. Unavailable? R n/a n/a n/a econunav_1 ECONUNAV
BV:35 Econ disable in DH mode? W n/a 1 0-1 dhecdisa_1 DHECDISA
BV:36 Economizer Active? R n/a n/a n/a ecactive_1 ECACTIVE
BV:37 Economizer Control Input W n/a n/a 0-1 ecosw_1 ECOSW
BV:38 Economizer Forced ? R n/a n/a n/a econforc_1 ECONFORC
BV:41 Econo Position Override W n/a n/a 0-1 ecooride_1 ECOORIDE
BV:42 Econ Recovery Hold Off? R n/a n/a n/a econheld_1 ECONHELD
BV:44 EDT Sensor Bad ? R n/a n/a n/a edt_stat_1 EDT_STAT
BV:45 Emergency Stop W n/a n/a 0-1 emstop_1 EMSTOP
BV:46 Enable Compressor A1 W n/a Enable 0-1 cmpa1ena_1 CMPA1ENA
BV:47 Enable Compressor A2 W n/a Enable 0-1 cmpa2ena_1 CMPA2ENA
BV:48 Enable Compressor B1 W n/a Enable 0-1 cmpb1ena_1 CMPB1ENA
BV:49 Enable Compressor B2 W n/a Enable 0-1 cmpb2ena_1 CMPB2ENA
BV:50 Fan Fail Shuts Down Unit W n/a 0 0-1 sfs_shut_1 SFS_SHUT
BV:52 Heat Relay 1 R n/a n/a n/a hs1_1 HS1
BV:53 Heat Relay 2 R n/a n/a n/a hs2_1 HS2
BV:54 High BP Override R n/a n/a n/a bphpovrd_1 BPHPOVRD
BV:55 Hi Limit Switch Tmp Mode R n/a n/a n/a limtmode_1 LIMTMODE
BV:56 IAQ Pre-Occ Purge Active R n/a n/a n/a modeiqpg_1 MODEIQPG
BV:57 IAQ Purge W n/a 0 0-1 iaqpurge_1 IAQPURGE
BV:58 LAT Cutoff Mode R n/a n/a n/a latcmode_1 LATCMODE
181
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER (cont)
NETWORK POINTS LIST (cont)
See legend on page 182.
BACNET
OBJECT ID POINT NAME READ
ONLY UNITS DEFAULT
VALUE RANGE BACNET
OBJECT NAME
UNIT
POINT
BV:59 Local Machine Disable W n/a No 0-1 unitstop_1 UNITSTOP
BV:60 Low BP Override R n/a n/a n/a bplpovrd_1 BPLPOVRD
BV:61 Low Temp Cap Override R n/a n/a n/a low_temp_1 LOW_TEMP
BV:63 Mech Cooling Locked Out R n/a n/a n/a modelock_1 MODELOCK
BV:64 Min. Load Valve (HGBP) R n/a n/a n/a mlv_1 MLV
BV:67 OAEC- OA Enth Lockout? R n/a n/a n/a oaecstat_1 OAECSTAT
BV:68 OAQ Lockout In Effect ? R n/a n/a n/a oaqlockd_1 OAQLOCKD
BV:69 OAT Sensor Bad ? R n/a n/a n/a oat_stat_1 OAT_STAT
BV:70 Occupied Heating Enabled W n/a No 0-1 htoccena_1 HTOCCENA
BV:72 Power Exhaust Relay A R n/a n/a n/a pe_a_1 PE_A
BV:73 Power Exhaust Relay B R n/a n/a n/a pe_b_1 PE_B
BV:74 Power Exhaust Relay C R n/a n/a n/a pe_c_1 PE_C
BV:75 Pull Down Cap Override R n/a n/a n/a pulldown_1 PULLDOWN
BV:76 Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2 R n/a n/a n/a hs3_1 HS3
BV:77 Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2 R n/a n/a n/a hs4_1 HS4
BV:78 Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3 R n/a n/a n/a hs5_1 HS5
BV:79 Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3 R n/a n/a n/a hs6_1 HS6
BV:80 Remote Econ. Disabled ? R n/a n/a n/a econdisa_1 ECONDISA
BV:81 Remote Input State W n/a n/a 0-1 rmtin_1 RMTIN
BV:86 Slow Change Cap Override R n/a n/a n/a slo_chng_1 SLO_CHNG
BV:87 Soft Stop Request W n/a n/a 0-1 softstop_1 SOFTSTOP
BV:93 Supply Air Reset R n/a n/a n/a modesars_1 MODESARS
BV:94 Supply Fan Relay R n/a n/a n/a sfan_rly_1 SFAN_RLY
BV:95 Supply Fan Status Switch W n/a n/a 0-1 sfs_1 SFS
BV:96 Temp Compensated Start R n/a n/a n/a modetcst_1 MODETCST
BV:97 Timed Override In Effect R n/a n/a n/a modetovr_1 MODETOVR
BV:98 Timed-Override in Effect R n/a n/a n/a overlast_1 OVERLAST
BV:99 TSTAT Both Heat and Cool W n/a No 0-1 tstatall_1 TSTATALL
BV:1005 Fire Shutdown Input W n/a n/a 0-1 firedown_status_1 FSD
BV:1006 Demand Limit Switch 1 W n/a n/a 0-1 dmd_sw1_1 DMD_SW1
BV:1007 Demand Limit Switch 2 W n/a n/a 0-1 dmd_sw2_1 DMD_SW2
BV:1010 Remote Economizer Enable W n/a n/a 0-1 remote_econ_enable_1 ECONENBL
BV:1017 Thermostat Y1 Input W n/a n/a 0-1 y1_input_1 Y1
BV:1018 Thermostat Y2 Input W n/a n/a 0-1 y2_input_1 Y2
BV:1019 Thermostat W1 Input W n/a n/a 0-1 w1_input_1 W1
BV:1020 Thermostat W2 Input W n/a n/a 0-1 w2_input_1 W2
BV:1021 Thermostat G Input W n/a n/a 0-1 g_input_1 G
BV:1026 Heat Interlock Relay W n/a n/a 0-1 heat_interlock_relay_1 HIR
BV:1050 IAQ - Discrete Input W n/a n/a 0-1 iaq_status_1 IAQIN
182
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER (cont)
NETWORK POINTS LIST (cont)
LEGEND
BACNET
OBJECT ID POINT NAME READ
ONLY UNITS DEFAULT
VALUE RANGE BACNET
OBJECT NAME
UNIT
POINT
BV:1052 Filter Status Input W n/a n/a 0-1 filter_status_1 FLTS
BV:1060 Evacuation Input W n/a n/a 0-1 smk_evac_1 EVAC
BV:1061 Pressurization Input W n/a n/a 0-1 smk_press_1 PRES
BV:1062 Smoke Purge Input W n/a n/a 0-1 smk_purg_1 PURG
BV:2001 Supply Fan State R n/a n/a n/a sfan_1 SFAN
BV:2004 Supply Fan Request W n/a n/a 0-1 sfan_forc_1 SFANFORC
BV:2008 Occupied? W n/a n/a 0-1 occ_status_1 OCCUPIED
BV:2012 Condenser Fan Circuit A R n/a n/a n/a cond_fan_a_1 CONDFANA
BV:2013 Condenser Fan Circuit B R n/a n/a n/a cond_fan_b_1 CONDFANB
BV:2014 Remote Alarm/Aux Relay W n/a n/a 0-1 aux_relay_1 ALRM
BV:2911 User Defined Binary 1 n/a n/a n/a n/a user_binary_1_1 n/a
BV:2912 User Defined Binary 2 n/a n/a n/a n/a user_binary_2_1 n/a
BV:2913 User Defined Binary 3 n/a n/a n/a n/a user_binary_3_1 n/a
BV:2914 User Defined Binary 4 n/a n/a n/a n/a user_binary_4_1 n/a
BV:2915 User Defined Binary 5 n/a n/a n/a n/a user_binary_5_1 n/a
BV:2999 Element Comm Status n/a n/a n/a n/a element_stat_1 n/a
BP — Building Pressure
CEM — Controls Expansion Module
DAQ — Differential Air Quality
DBC — Dry Bulb Changeover
DDBC — Differential Dry Bulb Changeover
DEC — Differential Enthalpy Changeover
DH — Dehumidification
IAQ — Indoor Air Quality
LAT — Leaving Air Temperature
n/a — Not Available
OAEC — Outdoor Air Enthalpy Changeover
OAT — Outdoor Air Temperature
PID — Proportional, Integral, Derivative
R—Read
RAT — Return Air Temperature
RH — Relative Humidity
SASP — Supply Air Set Point
SPT — Space Temperature
TSTAT — Thermostat
VAV — Variable Air Volume
VFD — Variable Frequency Drive
W—Write
183
INDEX
Accessory control components 124
Accessory installation 7
Accessory Navigator™ display 4, 124
Airflow control during
fire-smoke modes 66
Alarm output 31
Alarms and alerts 93
Alert limit configuration 72
Auto view of run status 90
Basic control usage 3-6
Building pressure configuration 63
Building pressure control 63
Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) System 71
CCN tables and display 5
CCN tables 148-160
Cleaning 128
ComfortLink™ controls 3
Complete unit stoppage 77
Compressor run hours display table 91
Compressor starts display table 91
Condenser-fan adjustment 132
Controls 7
Controls operation 4, 32-75
Controls quick start 27-29
Controls set point and configuration
log CL-1 to CL-5
Conventions used in this manual 3
Cool mode selection process 40
Cooling 30
Cooling control 37
Cooling mode diagnostic help 46
Crankcase heaters 7
Dehumidification and reheat 69
Demand controlled ventilation control 31
Demand limit control 31, 48
Dirty filter switch 60
Discrete switch logic configuration 74
Display configuration 74
Economizer 60
Economizer diagnostic help 63
Economizer integration with
mechanical cooling 50
Economizer operation 61
Economizer options 28
Economizer run status 90
Evacuation mode 66
Evaporator fan 7, 130, 131
Exhaust options 29
Factory-installed components 101
Fan status monitoring 59
Fans 30
Filter drier 139
Fire shutdown mode 66
Fire-smoke inputs 66
Four-inch filter replacement 132
Forcing inputs and outputs 90
Gas heat (48A only) 7
Gas valve adjustment (48A only) 132
Generics table 5
Head pressure control 49
Heat mode diagnostic help 52
Heat mode selection process 51
Heating 30
Heating control 50
Hot gas bypass 75
HVAC modes 33
Independent outputs 30
Indoor air quality control 67
Indoor air quality options 29
Internal wiring 7
Local display tables 140-147
Lubrication 130
Main burners 139
Major system components 101-127
Mode selection 170
Mode trip helper 91
Modes 32
Multi-stage constant volume units with
mechanical thermostat 28
Multi-stage constant volume units
with space sensor 28
Power failure 132
Pressurization mode 66
Programming operating schedules 29
Refrigerant charge 132
Remote control switch input 74
Remote switch 31
Replacement parts 139
Restart procedure 77
Run status menu 90
Safety considerations 2
Scrolling marquee 4, 122
Sensor trim configuration 73
Service 128-139
Service access 128
Service analysis 77
Service test 29, 30
Service test mode logic 29
Single circuit stoppage 77
Smoke control modes 66
Smoke purge mode 66
Software version numbers
display table 91
Space temperature offset 75
Staged gas heating control 54-56
Start up 7-27
Static pressure control 57
Static pressure reset 58,59
SumZ cooling algorithm 46
Supply air reset 31
Supply fan status monitoring logic 60
System modes 33
System Pilot™ interface 5
Temperature compensated start 71
Temperature compensated start logic 71
Thermistor troubleshooting 77
Thermostat 31
Thermostatic expansion valve (TXV) 132
Third party control 31,32
Time clock configuration 75-77
Transducer troubleshooting 78
Troubleshooting 77-101
Two-stage constant volume units
with mechanical thermostat 27
Two-stage constant volume units
with space sensor 27
Unit Configuration submenu 35
Unit preparation 7
Unit setup 7
Unit staging tables 43-45
Unit start-up checklist CL-6
Unoccupied economizer free cooling 62
UPC Open controller 171-182
Variable air volume units using return
air sensor or space temperature
sensor 28
VFD control 31
VFD information 161-169
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Catalog No. 04-53480077-01 Printed in U.S.A. Form 48/50A-9T Pg 184 6-10 Replaces: 48/50A-7T
Copyright 2010 Carrier Corporation
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Catalog No. 04-53480077-01 Printed in U.S.A. Form 48/50A-9T Pg CL-1 6-10 Replaces: 48/50A-7T
CONTROLS SET POINT AND CONFIGURATION LOG
MODEL NUMBER: Software Version
SERIAL NUMBER: MBB CESR131343--
DATE: RCB CESR131249--
TECHNICIAN: ECB CESR131249--
NAVI CESR131227--
SCB CESR131226--
CEM CESR131174--
MARQ CESR131171--
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE DEFAULT ENTRY
UNIT UNIT CONFIGURATION
C.TYP Machine Control Type 1 - 6 (multi-text strings) 4
CV.FN Fan Mode (0=Auto, 1=Cont) 0 - 1 (multi-text strings) 1
RM.CF Remote Switch Config 0 - 3 (multi-text strings) 0
CEM CEM Module Installed Yes/No No
TCS.C Temp.Cmp.Strt.Cool Factr 0 - 60 min 0
TCS.H Temp.Cmp.Strt.Heat Factr 0 - 60 min 0
SFS.S Fan Fail Shuts Down Unit Yes/No No
SFS.M Fan Stat Monitoring Type 0 - 2 (multi-text strings) 0
VAV.S VAV Unocc.Fan Retry Time 0 - 720 min 50
SIZE Unit Size (20-60) 20 - 60 20
DP.XR Disch.Press. Transducers Yes/No No
SP.XR Suct. Pres. Trans. Type 0 -1 (multi-text strings) 0
RFG.T Refrig: 0=R22 1=R410A 0 -1 (multi-text strings) 1
CND.T Cnd HX Typ:0=RTPF 1=MCHX 0 -1 (multi-text strings) 0
MAT.S MAT Calc Config 0 - 2 (multi-text strings) 1
MAT.R Reset MAT Table Entries? Yes/No No
MAT.D MAT Outside Air Default 0-100% 20
ALTI Altitude……..in feet: 0 - 60000 0
DLAY Startup Delay Time 0 - 900 sec 0
STAT TSTAT_Both Heat and Cool Yes/No No
AUX.R Auxiliary Relay Config 0 - 3 0
SENS INPUT SENSOR CONFIG
SENS
SPT.S Space Temp Sensor Enable/Disable Disable
SENS
SP.O.S Space Temp Offset Sensor Enable/Disable Disable
SENS
SP.O.R Space Temp Offset Range 1 - 10 5
SENS
RRH.S Return Air RH Sensor Enable/Disable Disable
SENS
FLT.S Filter Stat.Sw.Enabled ? Enable/Disable Disable
COOL COOLING CONFIGURATION
Z.GN Capacity Threshold Adjst –10
- 10 1
MC.LO Compressor Lockout Temp –20 - 55 dF 40
C.FOD Fan-Off Delay, Mech Cool 0 - 600 sec 60
MLV Min. Load Valve? (HGBP) Yes/No No
M.M. Motor Master Control Yes/No No
HPSP Head Pressure Setpoint 80 - 150 dF 113
A1.EN Enable Compressor A1 Enable/Disable Enable
A2.EN Enable Compressor A2 Enable/Disable Enable
B1.EN Enable Compressor B1 Enable/Disable Enable
B2.EN Enable Compressor B2 Enable/Disable Enable
CS.A1 CSB A1 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable Enable
CS.A2 CSB A2 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable Enable
CS.B1 CSB B1 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable Enable
CS.B2 CSB B2 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable Enable
REV.R Rev Rotation Verified ? Yes/No No
H.SST Hi SST Alert DelayTime 5 - 30 min 10
EDT.R EVAP.DISCHRGE TEMP RESET
RS.CF EDT Reset Configuration 0 - 3 (multi-text strings) 0
RTIO Reset Ratio 0 - 10 2
LIMT Reset Limit 0 - 20 ^F 10
RES.S EDT 4-20 ma Reset Input Enable/Disable Disable
CL-2
-
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE DEFAULT ENTRY
HEAT HEATING CONFIGURATION
HT.CF Heating Control Type 0 - 4 0
HT.SP Heating Supply Air Setpt 80 - 120 dF 85
OC.EN Occupied Heating Enabled Yes/No No
LAT.M MBB Sensor Heat Relocate Yes/No No
G.FOD Fan-Off Delay, Gas Heat 45-600 45
E.FOD Fan-Off Delay, Elec Heat 10-600 30
SG.CF STAGED GAS CONFIGS
SG.CF
HT.ST Staged Gas Heat Type 0 - 4 0
SG.CF
CAP.M Max Cap Change per Cycle 5 - 45 45
SG.CF
M.R.DB S.Gas DB min.dF/PID Rate 0 - 5 0.5
SG.CF
S.G.DB St.Gas Temp. Dead Band 0 - 5 ^F 2
SG.CF
RISE Heat Rise dF/sec Clamp 0.05 - 0.2 0.06
SG.CF
LAT.L LAT Limit Config 0 - 20 ^F 10
SG.CF
LIM.M Limit Switch Monitoring? Yes/No No
SG.CF
SW.H.T Limit Switch High Temp 110 - 180 dF 170
SG.CF
SW.L.T Limit Switch Low Temp 100 - 170 dF 160
SG.CF
HT.P Heat Control Prop. Gain 0 - 1.5 1
SG.CF
HT.D Heat Control Derv. Gain 0 - 1.5 1
SG.CF
HT.TM Heat PID Rate Config 60 - 300 sec 90
SP SUPPLY STATIC PRESS.CFG.
SP.CF Static Pressure Config 0 - 1 (multi-text strings) No
SP.FN Static Pres.Fan Control? Yes Yes
SP.S Static Pressure Sensor Enable/Disable Disable
SP.LO Static Press. Low Range -10 - 0 0
SP.HI Static Press. High Range 0 - 10 5
SP.SP Static Pressure Setpoint 0 - 5 "H2O 1.5
SP.MN VFD Minimum Speed 0 - 100 % 20
SP.MX VFD Maximum Speed 0 - 100 % 100
SP.FS VFD Fire Speed Override 0 - 100 % 100
SP.RS Stat. Pres. Reset Config 0 - 4 (multi-text strings) 0
SP.RT SP Reset Ratio (/dF) 0 - 2.00 in. wg/dF 0.2
SP.LM SP Reset Limit in iwc () 0 - 2.00 in. wg 0.75
SP.EC SP Reset Econo. Position 0 - 100 % 5
S.PID STAT.PRESS.PID CONFIGS
S.PID
SP.TM Stat.Pres.PID Run Rate 1 - 200 sec 2
S.PID
SP.P Static Press. Prop. Gain 0 - 100 20
S.PID
SP.I Static Pressure Intg. Gain 0 - 50 2
S.PID
SP.D Static Pressure Derv. Gain 0 - 50 0
S.PID
SP.SG Static Press.System Gain 0 - 50 1
ECON ECONOMIZER CONFIGURATION
EC.EN Economizer Installed? Yes/No Yes
EC.MN Economizer Min.Position 0 - 100 % 5
EC.MX Economizer Max.Position 0 - 100 % 98
E.TRM Economzr Trim For SumZ ? Yes/No Yes
E.SEL Econ ChangeOver Select 0 - 3 (multi-text strings) 1
OA.E.C OA Enthalpy ChgOvr Selct 1 - 5 (multi-text strings) 4
OA.EN Outdr.Enth Compare Value 18 - 28 24
OAT.L High OAT Lockout Temp –40 - 120 dF 60
O.DEW OA Dewpoint Temp Limit 50 - 62 dF 55
ORH.S Outside Air RH Sensor Enable/Disable Disable
E.TYP Economizer Control Type 1-3 (multi-text strings) 1
EC.SW Economizer Switch Config 0 - 2 (multi-text strings) 0
E.CFG ECON.OPERATION CONFIGS
E.CFG
E.P.GN Economizer Prop.Gain 0.7 - 3.0 1
E.CFG
E.RNG Economizer Range Adjust 0.5 - 5.0 ^F 2.5
E.CFG
E.SPD Economizer Speed Adjust 0.1 - 10.0 0.75
E.CFG
E.DBD Economizer Deadband 0.1 - 2.0 ^F 0.5
UEFC UNOCC.ECON.FREE COOLING
UEFC
FC.CF Unoc Econ Free Cool Cfg 0-2 (multi-text strings) 0
UEFC
FC.TM Unoc Econ Free Cool Time 0 - 720 min 120
UEFC
FC.L.O Un.Ec.Free Cool OAT Lock 40 - 70 dF 50
CL-3
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE DEFAULT ENTRY
BP BUILDING PRESS. CONFIG
BP.CF Building Press. Config 0-2 0
BP.RT Bldg.Pres.PID Run Rate 5-120 sec 10
BP.P Bldg. Press. Prop. Gain 0-5 0.5
BP.I Bldg.Press.Integ.Gain 0-2 0.5
BP.D Bldg.Press.Deriv.Gain 0-5 0.3
BP.SO BP Setpoint Offset 0.0 - 0.5 “H2O 0.05
BP.MN BP VFD Minimum Speed 0-100% 10
BP.MX BP VFD Maximum Speed 0-100% 100
BP.FS VFD/Act. Fire Speed/Pos. 0-100% 100
BP.MT Power Exhaust Motors 1-2 1
BP.S Building Pressure Sensor Enable/Dsable Dsable
BP.R Bldg Press (+/-) Range 0 - 1.00 “H2O 0.25
BP.SP Building Pressure Setp. –0.25
0.25 "H2O 0.05
BP.P1 Power Exhaust On Setp.1 0 - 100 % 35
BP.P2 Power Exhaust On Setp.2 0 - 100 % 75
B.CFG BP ALGORITHM CONFIGS
B.CFG
BP.SL Modulating PE Alg. Slct. 1-3 1
B.CFG
BP.TM BP PID Evaluation Time 0 - 10 min 1
B.CFG
BP.ZG BP Threshold Adjustment 0.1 - 10.0 “H2O 1
B.CFG
BP.HP High BP Level 0 - 1.000 “H2O 0.05
B.CFG
BP.LP Low BP Level 0 - 1.000 “H2O 0.04
D.LV.T COOL/HEAT SETPT. OFFSETS
L.H.ON Dmd Level Lo Heat On –1 - 2 ^F 1.5
H.H.ON Dmd Level(+) Hi Heat On 0.5 - 20.0 ^F 0.5
L.H.OF Dmd Level(-) Lo Heat Off 0.5 - 2 ^F 1
L.C.ON Dmd Level Lo Cool On –1 - 2 ^F 1.5
H.C.ON Dmd Level(+) Hi Cool On 0.5 - 20.0 ^F 0.5
L.C.OF Dmd Level(-) Lo Cool Off 0.5 - 2 ^F 1
C.T.LV Cool Trend Demand Level 0.1 - 5 ^F 0.1
H.T.LV Heat Trend Demand Level 0.1 - 5 ^F 0.1
C.T.TM Cool Trend Time 30 - 600 sec 120
H.T.TM Heat Trend Time 30 - 600 sec 120
DMD.L DEMAND LIMIT CONFIG.
DM.L.S Demand Limit Select 0 - 3 (multi-text strings) 0
D.L.20 Demand Limit at 20 ma 0 - 100 % 100
SH.NM Loadshed Group Number 0 - 99 0
SH.DL Loadshed Demand Delta 0 - 60 % 0
SH.TM Maximum Loadshed Time 0 - 120 min 60
D.L.S1 Demand Limit Sw.1 Setpt. 0 - 100 % 80
D.L.S2 Demand Limit Sw.2 Setpt. 0 - 100 % 50
IAQ INDOOR AIR QUALITY CFG.
DCV.C DCV ECONOMIZER SETPOINTS
DCV.C
EC.MN Economizer Min.Position 0 - 100 % 5
DCV.C
IAQ.M IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos. 0 - 100 % 0
AQ.CF AIR QUALITY CONFIGS
AQ.CF
IQ.A.C IAQ Analog Sensor Config 0 - 4 (multi-text strings) 0
AQ.CF
IQ.A.F IAQ 4-20 ma Fan Config 0 - 2 (multi-text strings) 0
AQ.CF
IQ.I.C IAQ Discrete Input Config 0 - 2 (multi-text strings) 0
AQ.CF
IQ.I.F IAQ Disc.In. Fan Config 0 - 2 (multi-text strings) 0
AQ.CF
OQ.A.C OAQ 4-20ma Sensor Config 0 - 2 (multi-text strings) 0
AQ.SP AIR QUALITY SETPOINTS
AQ.SP
IQ.O.P IAQ Econ Override Pos. 0 - 100 % 100
AQ.SP
DAQ.L Diff.Air Quality LoLimit 0 - 1000 100
AQ.SP
DAQ.H Diff.Air Quality HiLimit 100 - 2000 700
AQ.SP
D.F.OF DAQ PPM Fan Off Setpoint 0 - 2000 200
AQ.SP
D.F.ON DAQ PPM Fan On Setpoint 0 - 2000 400
AQ.SP
IAQ.R Diff. AQ Responsiveness –5 - 5 0
AQ.SP
OAQ.L OAQ Lockout Value 0 - 2000 0
AQ.SP
OAQ.U User Determined OAQ 0 - 5000 400
AQ.S.R AIR QUALITY SENSOR RANGE
CL-4
-
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE DEFAULT ENTRY
AQ.S.R
IQ.R.L IAQ Low Reference 0 - 5000 0
AQ.S.R
IQ.R.H IAQ High Reference 0 - 5000 2000
AQ.S.R
OQ.R.L OAQ Low Reference 0 - 5000 0
AQ.S.R
OQ.R.H OAQ High Reference 0 - 5000 2000
IAQ.P IAQ PRE-OCCUPIED PURGE
IAQ.P
IQ.PG IAQ Purge Yes/No No
IAQ.P
IQ.P.T IAQ Purge Duration 5-60 min 15
IAQ.P
IQ.P.L IAQ Purge LoTemp Min Pos 0-100 % 10
IAQ.P
IQ.P.H IAQ Purge HiTemp Min Pos 0-100 % 35
IAQ.P
IQ.L.O IAQ Purge OAT Lockout 35-70 dF 50
DEHU DEHUMIDIFICATION CONFIG.
D.SEL Dehumidification Config 0-2(multi-text strings) 0
D.SEN Dehumidification Sensor 1-2(multi-text strings) 1
D.EC.D Econ disable in DH mode? Yes/No Yes
D.V.CF Vent Reheat Setpt Select 0-1(multi-text strings) 0
D.V.RA Vent Reheat RAT offset 0-8 ^F 0
D.V.HT Vent Reheat Setpoint 55-95 dF 70
D.C.SP Dehumidify Cool Setpoint 40-55 dF 45
D.RH.S Dehumidify RH Setpoint 10-90 % 55
CCN CCN CONFIGURATION
CCNA CCN Address 1 - 239 1
CCNB CCN Bus Number 0 - 239 0
BAUD CCN Baud Rate 1 - 5 (multi-text strings) 3
BROD CCN BROADCST DEFINITIONS
BROD
TM.DT CCN Time/Date Broadcast ON/OFF On
BROD
OAT.B CCN OAT Broadcast ON/OFF Off
BROD
ORH.B CCN OARH Broadcast ON/OFF Off
BROD
OAQ.B CCN OAQ Broadcast ON/OFF Off
BROD
G.S.B Global Schedule Broadcst ON/OFF Off
BROD
B.ACK CCN Broadcast Ack'er ON/OFF Off
SC.OV CCN SCHEDULES-OVERRIDES
SC.OV
SCH.N Schedule Number 0 - 99 1
SC.OV
HOL.T Accept Global Holidays? YES/NO No
SC.OV
O.T.L. Override Time Limit 0 - 4 HRS 1
SC.OV
OV.EX Timed Override Hours 0 - 4 HRS 0
SC.OV
SPT.O SPT Override Enabled ? YES/NO Yes
SC.OV
T58.O T58 Override Enabled ? YES/NO Yes
SC.OV
GL.OV Global Sched. Override ? YES/NO No
ALLM ALERT LIMIT CONFIG.
SP.L.O SPT lo alert limit/occ –10-245 dF 60
SP.H.O SPT hi alert limit/occ –10-245 dF 85
SP.L.U SPT lo alert limit/unocc –10-245 dF 45
SP.H.U SPT hi alert limit/unocc –10-245 dF 100
SA.L.O EDT lo alert limit/occ –40-245 dF 40
SA.H.O EDT hi alert limit/occ –40-245 dF 100
SA.L.U EDT lo alert limit/unocc –40-245 dF 40
SA.H.U EDT hi alert limit/unocc –40-245 dF 100
RA.L.O RAT lo alert limit/occ –40-245 dF 60
RA.H.O RAT hi alert limit/occ –40-245 dF 90
RA.L.U RAT lo alert limit/unocc –40-245 dF 40
RA.H.U RAT hi alert limit/unocc –40-245 dF 100
R.RH.L RARH low alert limit 0-100 % 0
R.RH.H RARH high alert limit 0-100 % 100
SP.L SP low alert limit 0-5 "H2O 0
SP.H SP high alert limit 0-5 "H2O 2
BP.L BP lo alert limit –0.25-0.25 "H2O -0.25
BP.H BP high alert limit –0.25-0.25 "H2O 0.25
IAQ.H IAQ high alert limit 0-5000 1200
TRIM SENSOR TRIM CONFIG.
SAT.T Air Temp Lvg SF Trim –10 - 10 ^F 0
RAT.T RAT Trim –10 - 10 ^F 0
OAT.T OAT Trim –10 - 10 ^F 0
SPT.T SPT Trim –10 - 10 ^F 0
CTA.T Cir A Sat.Cond.Temp Trim –30 - 30 ^F 0
CTB.T Cir B Sat.Cond.Temp Trim –30 - 30 ^F 0
SP.A.T Suct.Press.Circ.A Trim –50 - 50 PSIG 0
SP.B.T Suct.Press.Circ.B Trim –50 - 50 PSIG 0
DP.A.T Dis.Press.Circ.A Trim –50 - 50 PSIG 0
DP.B.T Dis.Press.Circ.B Trim –50 - 50 PSIG 0
CL-5
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE DEFAULT ENTRY
SW.LG SWITCH LOGIC: NO / NC
FTS.L Filter Status Inpt-Clean Open/Close Open
IGC.L IGC Feedback - Off Open/Close Open
RMI.L RemSw Off-Unoc-Strt-NoOv Open/Close Open
ECS.L Economizer Switch - No Open/Close Open
SFS.L Fan Status Sw. - Off Open/Close Open
DL1.L Dmd.Lmt.Sw.1 - Off Open/Close Open
DL2.L Dmd.Lmt.-Dehumid - Off Open/Close Open
IAQ.L IAQ Disc.Input - Low Open/Close Open
FSD.L Fire Shutdown - Off Open/Close Open
PRS.L Pressurization Sw. - Off Open/Close Open
EVC.L Evacuation Sw. - Off Open/Close Open
PRG.L Smoke Purge Sw. - Off Open/Close Open
DISP DISPLAY CONFIGURATION
TEST Test Display LEDs ON/OFF Off
METR Metric Display ON/OFF Off
LANG Language Selection 0-1(multi-text strings) 0
PAS .E Password Enable ENABLE/DISABLE Enable
PAS S Service Password 0000-9999 1111
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Catalog No. 04-53480077-01 Printed in U.S.A. Form 48/50A-9T Pg CL-6 6-10 Replaces: 48/50A-7T
Copyright 2010 Carrier Corporation
-
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE
UNIT START-UP CHECKLIST
MODEL NO.: _________________________________ SERIAL NO.: ______________________________________
SOFTWARE VERSION _________________________ TECHNICIAN: ____________________________________
DATE: _______________________________________
PRE-START-UP:
VERIFY THAT DIP SWITCH SETTINGS ARE CORRECT
VERIFY THAT ALL PACKING MATERIALS HAVE BEEN REMOVED FROM UNIT
REMOVE ALL COMPRESSOR SHIPPING HOLDDOWN BOLTS AND BRACKETS PER INSTRUCTIONS
VERIFY INSTALLATION OF ECONOMIZER HOOD
VERIFY INSTALLATION OF ALL OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
VERIFY THAT ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND TERMINALS ARE TIGHT
CHECK GAS PIPING FOR LEAKS (48A ONLY)
CHECK THAT RETURN-AIR FILTER AND OUTDOOR-AIR FILTERS ARE CLEAN AND IN PLACE
VERIFY THAT UNIT IS LEVEL WITHIN TOLERANCES FOR PROPER CONDENSATE DRAINAGE
CHECK FAN WHEELS AND PROPELLERS FOR LOCATION IN HOUSING/ORIFICE, AND SETSCREW IS TIGHT
VERIFY THAT FAN SHEAVES ARE ALIGNED AND BELTS ARE PROPERLY TENSIONED
VERIFY THAT SUCTION, DISCHARGE, AND LIQUID SERVICE VALVES ON EACH CIRCUIT ARE OPEN
VERIFY THAT CRANKCASE HEATERS HAVE BEEN ON 24 HOURS BEFORE START-UP
START-UP:
ELECTRICAL
SUPPLY VOLTAGE L1-L2 __________ L2-L3 __________ L3-L1 __________
COMPRESSOR AMPS — COMPRESSOR NO. 1 L1 __________ L2 __________ L3 _________
COMPRESSOR AMPS — COMPRESSOR NO. 2 L1 __________ L2 __________ L3 _________
SUPPLY FANS AMPS (CV) ________ EXHAUST FAN AMPS __________
(VAV) ________ *
*VAV fan supply amps reading must be taken with a true RMS meter for accurate readings.
TEMPERATURES
OUTDOOR-AIR TEMPERATURE __________ F DB (Dry Bulb)
RETURN-AIR TEMPERATURE __________ F DB __________ F WB (Wet Bulb)
COOLING SUPPLY AIR __________ F
GAS HEAT SUPPLY AIR __________ F (48A ONLY)
ELECTRIC HEAT SUPPLY AIR __________ F (50A ONLY, IF EQUIPPED)
PRESSURES
GAS INLET PRESSURE __________ IN. WG (48A ONLY)
GAS MANIFOLD PRESSURE STAGE NO. 1 __________ IN. WG STAGE NO. 2 __________IN. WG (48A ONLY)
REFRIGERANT SUCTION CIRCUIT NO. 1 __________ PSIG CIRCUIT NO. 2__________ PSIG
REFRIGERANT DISCHARGE CIRCUIT NO. 2 __________ PSIG CIRCUIT NO. 2 __________ PSIG
VERIFY REFRIGERANT CHARGE.
